JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM HARVARD UNIVERSITY ALFRED REHDER EDITOR JOSEPH H. FAULL ann CLARENCE E. KOBUSKI ASSOCIATE EDITORS VOLUME XVII JAMAICA PLAIN, MASS. 1936 Reprinted with the permission of the Arnold Arboretum of Harvard University KRAUS REPRINT CORPORATION New York 1968 DATES OF ISSUE (pp. 1-51, pl. 166-178) issued January 24, 1936, (pp. 53-114, pl. 179-181) issued April 16, 1936. (pp. 115-240, pl. 182-194, map) issued July 30, 1936. (pp. 241-389, pl. 195-200) issued October 20, 1936. Printed in U.S.A. TABLE OF CONTENTS STUDIES ON THE BIOLOGY OF GYMNOSPORANGIUM GLOBOSUM FAL. ‘Vith plates 166-175 and two text figures. By J.D. MacLachlan... 1 Tue Lire Histories or MILEs1A ScoLopeNpRII, M. Potypopi, M. VOGESIACA AND M. KRIEGERIANA. With plate 176. By Lillian M. A CONVENIENT SAND-CULTURE ee With plate 177 and one text tipure. (By Mover! WW Ord eee oases odoin eas See eee CHROMOSOME COMPLEX AT PREMEIOTIC ANAPHASE AND MEIOTIC METAPHASE. With two text figures. By Haig Dermen ........ BURRETIODENDRON, A NEW GENUS OF TILIACEAE. With ous 178. BY Ee OER Ne 2055550 6 a oA SoU eae ee eae Two NEw SPECIES OF GYMNOSPORANGIUM FROM AsIA. With two RONG UUM Se OOM UPON 6 oss bsead eae dae eaneee caer Notes ON THE LIGN PLANTS DESCRIBED BY LEVEILLE FROM EASTERN Asta. By “Alfred TCROCE «2 sisatecs Yip eae eee CHROMOSOME NUMBERS AND PHYLOGENY IN THE GYMNOSPERMS. With two text figures. By Walter S. Flory ........ccccceeeeeee APOSPORIC PARTHENOGENESIS IN A TRIPLOID since MALUS HUPE- HENSIS. With plates 179-181. By Haig Dermen .............. FERTILIZATION IN THE BALDWIN APPLE, A TRIPLOID VARIETY. By Ha ES PINON as 63 kh 4d ee nea SHR Oe 106 Two SpRUCE-INFECTING Rusts, CHRYSOMYXA PIPERIANA AND CHRYSOMYXA CHIOGENIS. By 7. POU a. Pee eae eee ae 109 MorPHOLOGY AND ONTOGENY OF THE SPERMOGONIA OF THE MELAMP- SORACEAE. With plates 182-188. By Lillian M. Hunter ........ 115 THE EXPERIMENTAL PRODUCTION OF PoLyPLompy. With plate 189. BE OR ats We ie oh aos oy + Wk e's Be GE STUDIES IN THE OAKS OF THE MOoUNTAINS OF NORTHEASTERN Mexico. By Cornelius H. Mueller .........ccccccccccseccceces 1 PHYTOGEOGRAPHIC STUDIES IN THE ATHABASKA—GREAT SLAVE LAKE Recion. With plates 190-194 and map. By Hugh M. Raup .... 180 PavroctocaaPsc STUDIES IN THE ATHABASKA—GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION (contin.). With plates 195-200. By Hugh M. Raup .... 241 NoTES ON THE LiGNEOUS PLANTS DeEscRIBED BY LEVEILLE FROM EASTERN AsIA (contin.). By Alfred Rehder ......... 0.000005. 316 THE GeNuS CESTRUM IN GUATEMALA. By C. V. Morton ......... 341 A New SPECIES oF ACER FROM GUATEMALA. By Alfred Rehder .... 350 POLYPLoIDy AND GEOGRAPHIC DIsTRIBUTION IN SPIRAEA. By Karl Sax 352 Ai a A a eo Ae a a ee ee er ee Yer ee Ye Te a ee ee iv TABLE OF CONTENTS THe ARNOLD ARBORETUM DuRING THE FiscAL YEAR ENDED JUNE ct ie |X, ee re rer eee eer errr errs yor rer ery 57 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE PUBLISHED WRITINGS OF THE STAFF AND STUDENTS, JULY 1, 1935-JUNE 30, 1936 ....... cee cece eeceeeces 366 STAFF OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM, 1935-36 ....... 00sec eee ences 370 COMNORPINME ook bac ck pace ee cace P50 bd) wu RW e Rea ee areeTEes 371 > ee ee en ee ee ee eRe ee rr ree rr TT 373 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM VotuME XVII. JANUARY, 1936 NuMBER | STUDIES ON THE BIOLOGY OF GYMNOSPORANGIUM GLOBOSUM FARL. Toa. MaAcLACHLAN With plates 166-175 and two text figures TABLE OF CONTENTS i TA TROUUCTION fe 64-24 6 0.05-05-556 8 E46 whe SRDS re es 1 II INGMENCEATOU RE op oiis Go ceed oi eee e teed e eee ene s 2 Ill RANGE AND EcoNnoMIc IMPORTANCE OF G. GLOBOSUM ........ 3 IV SYMPTOMATOLOGY OF THE DISEASES CAUSED BY G. GLOBOSUM.. 5 V Factors AFFECTING SPORE GERMINATION ......--eeeceeees 14 VI Tee Aree OF THE LELTAL SCORUS. .< 28-60 u, with outer walls smooth and inner walls with elevated, coarse, short, irregularly oriented ridges; aeciospores ellipsoid, ovoid or globose, mostly elongated, white, 20-36 28-54 u, densely and rather coarsely warted, warts irregular in outline, tapering to a very blunt point and somewhat deciduous; walls hyaline, thin, about 1 u thick. (3) Milesia vogesiaca O. Spermogonia on needles of current season, epiphyllous and hypo- phyllous, mostly epiphyllous, very abundant, immersed, inconspicuous, colorless, plane, 154-241 uw broad by 168-214 wu iat: spherical to slightly flask-shaped in sectional view, subcuticular; spermatia hyaline, narrowly elliptical, 1.5-2.0 « 4-5 wu. I. Aecia hypophyllous on needles of current season, in two irregular rows, one on each side of midrib on slightly yellowish discolored portions of affected needles, white, cylindrical, 0.5-0.7 mm. in diameter by 0.6-1.0 mm. high; peridium colorless, delicate, rupturing at the apex; peridial cells polygonal, elongated vertically, overlapping, in a single layer, 20-32 & 32-48 u, with outer walls smooth and inner walls warted or with elevated, coarse, short, irregularly oriented ridges; aeciospores 1936] HUNTER, LIFE HISTORIES OF MILESIA 35 ellipsoid, ovoid or globose, mostly elongated, white, 24-30 32-46 u, densely warted, warts very irregular in outline and tapering to a very blunt point, somewhat deciduous; walls hyaline, thin, about 1 p thick. (4) Milesia Kriegeriana O. Spermogonia on needles of current season, epiphyllous and hypo- phyllous, mostly epiphyllous, numerous, irregularly scattered, incon- spicuous, colorless, plane, abundant, immersed, hemispherical in sec- tional view, subcuticular, 98-168 u broad by 94-168 u high; spermatia narrowly elliptical, 1.5—-2.0 « 3.5—5.0 wu. I. Aecia hypophyllous on needles of current season, in two irregular rows on slightly -yellowish discolored portions of affected needles, sub- circular, ellipsoid or compressed laterally in transverse section, cylindri- cal, 0.3-0.8 mm. in diameter by 0.5-1.3 mm. high; peridium colorless, delicate, rupturing at the apex; peridial cells polygonal, elongated verti- cally, overlapping, in a single layer, 16-52 32-68 u, with outer walls smooth and inner walls with fine elevated ridges, irregularly oriented ; aeciospores ellipsoid, ovoid or globose, mostly elongated, white, 20-36 22-48 u, finely warted, warts tapering to a blunt point, somewhat decidu- ous; walls hyaline, thin, about 1 p thick. Mayor (14) refers to the late appearance of the aecia from natural infection in the field and believes that the younger needles of Abzes are not susceptible to Milesia Kriegeriana. It would seem from the writer’s experience that the late appearance of the aecia of M. Kriegeriana is because of the long period of development of the fungus from the time of inoculation until the peridermia make their appearance and that young leaves are more susceptible to the rust than older ones. A comparison of the foregoing descriptions shows that these rusts can- not be separated on morphological differences in their peridermia but, on the other hand, that the spermogonia do afford some help. The spermo- gonia of Milesia Scolopendrii and M. Polypodii are hemispherical to slightly flask-shaped while those of M. vogesiaca are spherical to slightly flask-shaped, and are on the average much larger. The spermogonia of Milesia Kriegeriana are hemispherical in shape and are on the average consistently smaller than those of the other three species. The sub- cuticular areas directly overlying the spermogonia of M. Kriegeriana, M. Polypodii and M. Scolopendrii are relatively greater than that in M. vogesiaca. Indeed in M. vogesiaca the area is so small that in lateral vertical sections the spermogonium appears to be subepidermal. The spermogonia of M. Scolopendrii and M. Polypodii are much alike in form and size, although those of the latter are on the average a little larger. The detailed data are recorded in a paper to be published soon. 36 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. Xvi SUMMARY 1, By means of controlled cultures the O I stages of Milesia Scolo- pendriu, M. Polypodti, M. vogesiaca and M. Kriegeriana have been obtained for the first time. O I hosts II III hosts (1) Milesia Scolopendrii Abies alba, Scolopendrium vulgare A. concolor (2) Milesia Polypodi Abies alba, Polypodium vulgare A. concolor (3) Milesia vogesiaca Abies alba Polystichum angulare (4a) Milesia Kriegeriana Abies alba, Dryopteris spinulosa, (from Dryopteris A. concolor, D. spinulosa dilatata, Spinulosa) A. grandis D. spinulosa intermedia, D. Filix-mas (4b) Milesia Kriegeriana Abies concolor Drvyopteris spinulosa, (from Dryopteris D. Filix-mas Filix-mas ) 2. The spermogonia and the aecia of M. Scolopendrii, M. Polypodii and M. vogesiaca are described for the first time. The spermogonia and the aecia of M. Kriegeriana are described for the first time from culture material, 3. The spermogonia of M. Kriegeriana and M. vogesiaca are dis- tinguishable by their form and size from one another and from those of M. Scolopendrit and M. Polypodii. The spermogonia of M. Scolopen- drii and M. Polypodii are similar in form and size. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS Studies recorded in this paper form part of an investigation carried out by the writer under the direction of Professor J. H. Faull of the Arnold Arboretum, Harvard University. This particular phase of the work was made possible by a fellowship granted by the Canadian Fed- eration of University Women and was mostly done in England under the sponsorship of Professor William Brown of the Imperial College of Science and Technology, London University. Sincere thanks are ten- dered to Professors Brown and Faull. The author also gratefully acknowledges various services rendered by Mrs. L. Allen, Mr. D. Blockey, Dr. G. D. Darker, Dr. E. Milton, Mr. H. B. S. Montgomery, Dr. Muriel P. Hall, Dr. P.O’Connor, Mr. A. H. G. Alston, Mr. W. Hales, Mr. W. Williams, Mr. J. Ramsbottom, Mr. A. D. Cotton, Miss E. M. Wakefield, Dr. E. J. Butler, Mr. E. W. Swanton, Mr. J. Ogilvie, the Torquay Museum of Natural History and the Forestry Commission of Great Britain. Jour. ARNoLD Ars. VoL. XVII PLATE 176 Mites1a Potypopit, M. ScoLopENpDRII, M. KRIEGERIANA AND M. VOGESIACA FULL-TONE— MERIDEN oe OO a ee 1936] HUNTER, LIFE HISTORIES OF MILESIA 37 Ne oO. © NW np w bo LITERATURE CITED AsHuwortH, D. Puccinia Malvacearum in monosporidial culture. (Trans. Br. Myc. Soc. 16: 177-202. 1931. FauL., J. H. Taxonomy and geographical distribution of the genus Milesia (Contrib. Arnold Arb. 2: 1-138. The biology of Milesian rusts. (Jour. Arnold Arb. 15: 50-86. 1934. Grove, W. B. The British rust fungi. (Cambridge, 1913.) — —— The British species of Milesina. (Jour. Bot. 59: 109. 1921.) ——— Mycological notes VI. (Jour. Bot. 59: 311-313. 1921.) Hunter, L. M. preliminary note on life history studies of Euro- pean species of Milesia. (Jour. Arnold Arb. 16: 143. 1935. ———— The genus ie in Great Britain and Ireland. (Trans. . Kamel, S. Note Sve na vogesiaca Sydow on Polystichum ana Miyabe et Kudo, A. firma Sieb. et Zucc. and A. sachalinensis ast. yas, Sapporo Nat. His. Soc. 11: 141-147. 1930. ———. A new species of Milesina Sig yee on ae vulgare L Cras Sapporo Nat. His. Soc. 12: 27-33. On new species of heteroecious yee rusts. teoas Sapporo Nat. a Soc. 12: 161-174. 1932. . KieBpaAun, H. Kulturversuche mit Rostpilzen. (Zeitsch. Pflanzenkr. 26: 357.277, 1916. Maanus. P. Weitere ee uber die auf Farnkrautern auftre- tenden Uredineen. (Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. 19: 578-584. 1901.) . Mayor, Euc. Notes be Le VIII. (Bull. Soc. Neuchat. Sci. Nat. 58: 23-26. 1933.) HITE UCHANAN. Note on the zoology and botany of Glen Tilt. (Scottish Naturalist, 4: 160-163. 1877-8. ) EXPLANATION OF PLATE 176 ig. 1. Basidiospores of Milesia Polypodii B. White. Note variation in form and germination. x 495. ioc: Basidiospores of Milesia apts (Fuckel) Arth. Note variation in form and germinati 3. Basidiospores of Milesia Kriegeriana (Magn. ) Arth. from Dry- opteris Filix- ions ia Schott. Note variation in form and ermination. 4. Germinating Sed cere of Milesia Polypodii. Note the vari- ous stages in germination and the formation of a secondary spore. 5. . 5. Germinating basidiospores of Milesia Polypodii. X 200. . 6. Germinating basidiospores of Milesia Polypodii. Note nuclei in germ tubes. he . 7. Young tree of Abies alba Mill. infected with four species of Milesia, namely,—(1) M. Polypodii on upper left branch (inocu- lation experiment No. 7); (2) M. vogesiaca (Syd.) Faull on up- per right branch (inoculation experiment No. 8) ; (3) M. Krieg- ertana on lower left branch (inoculation experiment No. 9); (4) M. ehatia’ on lower right branch (inoculation experiment No. 10). xX %. LABORATORY OF PLANT PATHOLOGY, ARNOLD ARBORETUM, HARVARD Lwiv ERSITY. 38 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [vVoOL. Xvi A CONVENIENT SAND-CULTURE APPARATUS Rosert W. Warp With plate 177 and one text figure One of the essential requirements in nutritional studies on higher plants is a culture apparatus in which replications of an extended series may be studied simultaneously. It is also always desirable, if not actu- ally necessary, that the time expended in the routine operations of water- ing and feeding the plants be reduced to a minimum. The most im- portant consideration, however, from the physiological point of view is that the component parts of the apparatus with which the plants, medium, or nutrient come in contact be constructed of materials which are chemically resistant, as well as non-porous, and capable of affording leak-proof connections. An apparatus which seems to satisfy these requirements better than any heretofore described has been designed and put into use by the writer in a study on physiological disorders of apple trees. The apparatus consists primarily of an inverted, bottomless, one- gallon jug connected to an inverted, standard, one-half-gallon jug by means of rubber- and glass-tubing (Fig. 14). The bottomless jug B, in which the plants are grown in white silica sand, is of standard dimensions but lacks both bottom and handle and has the neck grooved so that the rubber stopper may be wired in position. It is glazed externally accord- ing to standard requirements with a white glaze and internally with a special acid-resistant glaze. The sand found satisfactory for apple cul- ture is a mixture of 5 parts of Columbia No. 4, a coarse, angular, silica sand, and 6 parts of Ottawa No. 20, a silica sand having almost spherical grains. The lower part of the jug, as shown in the illustration, is pro- vided with the Columbia No. 4 sand to ensure good drainage. The sand is prevented from entering the glass tubing by the use of a small circle of Monel metal screening, No. 32 mesh, laid against the rubber stopper. The nutrient solution is placed in the one-half-gallon jug A, from which it is flooded into the sand by elevating this jug to the proper height and into which it is later drained by lowering again. The connecting tubings H are of heavy-walled gum rubber and standard Pyrex glass. As much of the latter is used as is conveniently possible (Plate 177). The tubing J, which facilitates movement of air in the nutrient jug, may also serve as a suction tube to which a very weak suction pump may be attached 1936] WARD, SAND-CULTURE APPARATUS 39 if more aération of the sand culture medium is desired than can be obtained by normal drainage of the nutrient solution. As many of these pieces of apparatus as are necessary or can be used conveniently are assembled on a wooden stand, as shown in Fig. 1, in which the culture jugs B...B are placed in twin beds C, C and the nutrient jugs A...A in a movable rack E. The writer was thus enabled to set up twenty-four cultures in triplicate, seventy-two cultures in all, on one greenhouse bench. XX C x» Go PPT Figure 1. SANp CULTURE ApparRATus. 1, 2, 3. Working drawings of stand and assembled jugs. 4. Vertical section of jugs in flooding position. The wooden stand which holds the jugs has been designed to fit on an ordinary greenhouse bench (Fig. 11:3; Plate 177). It is composed of twin beds C, C resting on horses D...D, placed about four feet apart, and a movable median rack E, which, in the raised or flooding position, rests on removable horses of a predetermined height, placed about eight feet apart (Plate 177) and which later, in the lowered or draining posi- tion, comes to rest on two stout spiral-spring blocks (Fig. 11?-F), The beds are fastened firmly to their respective horses and the ensemble is made immovable by use of the upright structures G...G (Fig. 13; Plate 177), which also serve as guides for the rack E. The lumber used 40 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM (VOL. Xvi in the construction of the stand is ‘‘western fir,” 2 inches by 4 inches, and white pine, 1 inch by 4 inches. All exposed parts are painted with a good white waterproof paint. Although details of construction of the stand are obvious in the accompanying working drawings (Fig. 1) there are several important features to be noted. First, the scantlings supporting the inverted bottomless jugs B...B in the beds C, C are mitered instead of being inserted at right angles or parallel to the sides of the bed. This makes it possible to adjust the beds to the proper width so that the ensemble of beds and rack may be accommodated on the greenhouse bench. e mitered angle of the scantlings depends naturally on the width of bed desired. The scantlings are also spaced accurately, both in the beds and rack, so that the inverted jugs may rest snugly on their shoulders between adjacent pieces. Secondly, an intermediate portion of the upright part of the beds and the entire bottoms are covered with gal- vanized wire netting of a coarse mesh. This permits the bottomless jugs in the beds to be packed in wet sphagnum moss, an arrangement which tends to keep the cultures at a uniform temperature due to the regulatory properties of evaporating water. Thirdly, the horses D...D supporting the beds must be of sufficient height to allow proper and adequate drainage of the cultures. Finally, it is imperative that at least two sets of heavy spiral springs F...F, of the shock-absorber type be placed in such a position under the rack E as to give the latter maxi- mum support when fully loaded. This precaution is necessary to pre- vent shock and probable damage to the glass tubing when the rack with its heavy load of nutrient jugs and attached glass- and rubber-tubings are lowered to the draining position. — The operations of raising and lowering the rack and nutrient jugs are accomplished by means of two quadruple, self-locking block and tackle sets. These are attached to the rack at the proper supporting points and to a solid superstructure directly above the rack, the slings in each case being of Manila rope or some equally reliable uecanl, The single operation of raising or lowering the rack can be accomplished by one operator and occupies about three minutes. The height to which the rack should be raised for proper flooding of the cultures is determined in the following manner. Two liters of water are placed in the nutrient jug A, which is then set in the rack and con- nected to its respective culture jug B by means of the rubber- and glass- tubing H described above. The rack is then raised until the water level reaches exactly to the surface of the sand (Fig. 14). This height is carefully recorded and light-weight wooden horses are constructed to support the rack when raised to this position (Plate 177). Jour. ArNoLp Ars. VoL. XVII PLATE 177 SAND CULTURE APPARATUS WITH APPLE TREES IN CULTURE. (Photos by A. B. Hatch) a oe oe a oe Bn re a 7 a —— 7 a 7 — — oe a _ _ - 7 1936] WARD, SAND-CULTURE APPARATUS 41 At this time tests are made with several of the units to determine the average volume of water retained in the sand after drainage. Later, when the culture solutions are made up, this volume is taken into consideration. The routine daily care of the cultures resolves itself briefly into the following operations. The rack is raised to the flooding position and, after a lapse of a few minutes to allow adjustment of the liquid level, distilled water is added directiy to the sand to compensate for loss by evaporation and transpiration, until the original level at the surface of the sand is reached. Thus the original volume of the culture solution is retained throughout the course of the experiment. When the cultures have been flooded for a sufficient length of time the rack is lowered, allowing the sand to be drained and aérated naturally at the same time. For purposes of convenience, the writer placed a carboy of distilled water on a high stand at the rear of the beds. Leading from this, along either of the outer sides of the beds, were two lines of 12 mm. glass-tubing provided with several outlets (Plate 177). A short length of rubber- tubing was attached successively to these outlets and by this means the complement of distilled water was added to the cultures directly from the carboy. The frequency with which the culture solutions should be renewed depends upon the technique of the operator and the plants in culture. Since all of the nutrients can be accounted for, either in the plants or in the solutions, it is possible to make periodic analyses of the latter and adjust the time of renewal according to the interpretation of the results obtained. This apparatus was designed and constructed in the laboratory of Professor J. H. Faull of the Arnold Arboretum, Harvard University, in connection with investigations carried on under his direction. This research was made possible through scholarships from the Harvard Forest and the Arnold Arboretum. The writer wishes to express his sincere thanks to Professor Faull for the facilities afforded and his con- tinued interest. Much credit is due Professor P. R. Gast of the Harvard Forest, who contributed the basic principle of the apparatus devised from his own researches and assisted in many ways with time and equipment. Grateful appreciation is expressed to my former labora- tory associates, Drs. A. B. Hatch and J. D. MacLachlan for their many constructive criticisms. LABORATORY OF PLANT PATHOLOGY, RNOLD ARBORETUM, HARVARD UNIVERSITY AND Division OF HorTICULTURE, ENTRAL EXPERIMENTAL FARM, OTTAWA, CANADA. 42 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. XvII CHROMOSOME COMPLEX AT PREMEIOTIC ANAPHASE AND MEIOTIC METAPHASE Haic DERMEN With two text figures A NUMBER of workers have reported in the case of plants that the individual chromosomes at anaphase are at least double. In this labora- tory we have seen this duality in the root-tips (Dermen 1933), during all stages of microsporogenesis in Rhoeo, and in the telophase stage of embryo sac tetrad nuclei in Lilium regale. In the present paper we are presenting conclusive evidence indicating that this duality also exists in Fic. 1. Ficure 1. Preme1otic ANAPHASE FROM RHOEO DISCOLOR.—FIGURE 2. Metotic First METAPHASE FROM A Hysrip TRADESCANTIA (T. REFLEXA x T. PALUDOSA). the last premeiotic anaphase chromosomes which are destined to become meiotic leptotene threads. In addition to this the meiotic metaphase chromosomes were studied and were found to be structurally eight-parted. The anthers of a young bud which is the third in series from that in the reduction stage in Rhoeo discolor were used for the study of pre- meiotic anaphase (Fig. 1). The cells of these anthers are for the most part in early prophase of meiosis but a few may be found in somatic metaphase or anaphase stage. The material showing the structure of meiotic first metaphase chromosomes (Fig. 2) was from a_ hybrid Tradescantia, T. reflexa * T. paludosa. 1936] DERMEN, CHROMOSOME COMPLEX 43 MATERIAL AND TECHNIQUE The anthers in either case were smeared and pretreated for 5 to 10 seconds in 30% alcohol, 40 cc. in a staining jar, to which was added approximately 4 to 6 drops of ammonia water (26%), and the smear was then flooded with aceto-carmine 2 or 3 times for about 30 seconds. The slide was drained, any residual anther material that remained on the slide was removed, and a drop of aceto-carmine was added and a cover glass placed on the smear. The material was first located and studied, and if the preparation was successful the slide was gently heated over an alcohol lamp until small bubbles began to form. The cover glass was then pressed using a piece of filter paper for the purpose. To make these temtporary preparations permanent either McClintock’s acetic-alcohol or Metz’s acetic-alcohol-xylol method may be used. For a more permanent smear using the crystal violet-iodine stain, the following method is prescribed: Smear and pretreat as described above and place the slide, smear side down, in a small shallow dish containing a few drops of % to 34 strength Flemming’s modified solution for %4 to 1 minute. Rinse in water in a staining jar for one to two minutes, then stain in crystal violet for 15 seconds or longer depending upon the source of the material. Some plant smears may require over one minute of staining. If material so stained is thoroughly washed with xylol future destaining is prevented and the stain is as permanent as haemotoxylin preparations. DESCRIPTION A photomicrograph of an anaphase genom at last premeiotic stage from Rhoeo discolor is shown in figure 1. It is one of the two anaphase groups seen from a slightly oblique polar view. It shows on the lower right the short arm of a chromosome pointing down. From this posi- tion the structure of this arm could be clearly made out indicating unmistakably that it is split. The halves seem to be independently coiled and are not intimately associated. Where these chromosomes are twisted they appear as if constricted. A meiotic first metaphase from a hybrid Tradescantia (T. reflexa T. paludosa) is shown in figure 2, also a photomicrograph. A bivalent chromosome is seen in a horizontal plane. This pair of chromosomes at the connection point shows two kinds of split, one major and one minor. This type of opening was not confined to the rod-bivalents alone. In other cells in the ring-bivalent chromosomes at both ends of their connections, these double, large and small, diamond shaped open- ings could be observed, but for the purpose of illustration the rod- bivalent type was found best, for it is easily flattened out by pressure on the cover glass to show this feature. 44 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII DISCUSSION The duality in the premeiotic chromosomes has been shown by Kauf- mann (1926) in plant material. In animals, McClung (1928) and Robertson (1931) have demonstrated this duality of chromosomes at a corresponding stage. Koshy (1934) has illustrated the duality of pre- meiotic anaphase chromosomes and leptotene threads, though it appears from his drawings that he may have confused leptotene with pachytene stage. Nebel (1932 and 1933), Stebbins (1935) and Goodspeed, Uber and Avery (1935) are in agreement that telophase chromosomes are four- parted. It is indicated that the leptotene threads, although optically single, are actually four-parted. Goodspeed et al. believe further, by estimation, that the meiotic metaphase chromosomes are sixteen-parted, thus homologizing with Drosophila salivary chromosomes which are suggested to be sixteen-parted. Huskins (1932) and Huskins and Smith (1934 and 1935) have ad- mitted the duality of anaphase chromosomes elsewhere but deny it in the premeiotic anaphase. They also have reported eight-parted meiotic metaphase chromosomes. Darlington (1935) on the other hand has denied the duality of anaphase chromosomes in all regions. He believes that anaphase chromosomes are sing!e in both somatic and premeiotic phases because of the fact that leptotene threads appear to be single. Our own evidence (Figs. 1 and 2) shows conclusively that premeiotic anaphase chromosomes are at least two-parted and eight-parted at mei- otic metaphase. The indication is that mitotic and meiotic phases are essentially of the same fundamental nature, with this difference, that instead of each chromosome remaining as a unit and perpetually dividing as in mitosis, in meiosis similar chromosomes (homologues) pair to- gether (barring the crossing-over phenomenon from the discussion) and during the first metaphase move to opposite poles. In mitosis homo- logues do not form intimate association while in meiosis their associa- tion is quite intimate and complex. The mitotic chromosomes are four- parted at metaphase, in meiosis they are eight-parted in the bivalents, and correspondingly there are four in each half of the bivalents. I tried to analyze the same situation of duality in Lilium ovules where as in any other plant there is usually only one cell that becomes meiotic. The preparations I made (sectioned material) were of a somewhat advanced stage.- However, there is one obvious thing that should be considered here, that this meiotic cell is a product of a somatic cell division. Here one cell only becomes meiotic while its sister cell con- tinues the-somatic cycle. It is hard to imagine if the anaphase chromo- 1936] DERMEN, CHROMOSOME COMPLEX 45 somes in the somatic cell are split, as Huskins admits (1932), how the anaphase chromosomes of one such group become normally split while those in the opposite group remain unsplit to justify Huskins’ assump- tion that leptotene threads are single by origin. In both sister cells chromosomes are either split or unsplit since these halves are supposedly mirror images of each other. If the chromosomes were single in this stage there should be two cells alike and both meiotic. However, there is normally only one such cell. The obvious conclusion is that if chromosomes are split in the somatic cells at anaphase elsewhere, they must be split here too and that undoubtedly late premeiotic anaphase chromosomes of the egg-mother-cell are of a dual nature. SUMMARY Conclusive evidence is presented showing that last premeiotic ana- phase chromosomes in microsporogenesis are split and that metaphase chromosomes in pollen-mother-cells are optically eight-parted. It is argued that the same is true in the ovule. A method which enabled us to bring out the coiled structure in meiotic chromosomes is described in some detail. This method involves pre- treatment of smear preparations with ammonia in alcohol. LITERATURE CITED DarLINGTON, C. D. (1935). The old Sige reer Ae and the new analysis of mae aaa ee r. (Ann. 49: 579-586. ) DeRMEN, H. (19 Origin and behavi or of the nucleolus in plants. (Jour. Arnold res 14: 282-323. ) GoopspEED, T. H., F. M. User, & P. Avery (1935). Application of the Altmann freezing- drying technique to plant cytology. III. Chromosome structure in Lilium longiflorum. (Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 18: 33-44.) Husxins, C. L. (1932). Observations ‘bearing o on the mechanism of meiosis and crossing over. (Proc. Sixth Int. Congress Genetics, 2: 95-96. —— & S. G. SmitH (1934). Chromosome division and pairing in Fritillaria Meleagris: The mechanism of meiosis. (Jour. Genetics, 28: 6.) ————— ————. (1935). Meiotic chromosome structure in Trillium erectum L. (Ann. Bot. 49: 119-150.) KAuFMANN, B. P. (1926). Chromosome structure and its relation to the chromosome cycle. I. Somatic mitosis in Tradescantia pilosa. (Amer. 0 Kosuy, T. K. (1934). Chromosome studies in Allium. II. The meiotic McCiune, C. E. (1928). ’ Differential chromosomes of Mecostethus gracilis. (Zeit. Zellf. Microsk. Anat. 7: 756-778). 46 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII Neset, B. R. (1932). Chromosome structure in Tradescantiae. I. Method and morphology. (Zeit. Zellf. Microsk. Anat. 16: 251-284. —— (1933). Chromosome structure in Tradescantiae. IV. The Rogertson, W. R. B. (1931). Chromosome studies. II. Synapsis in the Tettigidae with special reference to the presynapsis split. (Jour. ree i -_ Physiol. 51: 119-146. STEBBINS, G. (193 ). Chromosome structure and the mechanism of eo hi in ae (Am. Nat. 69: 81.) CyTOLoGIcAL LABORATORY, ARNOLD ARBORETUM, HARVARD UNIVERSITY. 1936] REHDER, BURRETIODENDRON 47 BURRETIODENDRON, A NEW GENUS OF TILIACEAE ALFRED REHDER With plate 178 Burretiodendron, gen. nov. Flores dioeci, 5-meri, in cymis axillaribus paucifloris bracteatis pedunculatis petiolo multo brevioribus dense stellato-pilosis interdum in apice ramulorum brevium in paniculam brevem congestis; flores masculi breviter pedicellati, basi bracteolis 2 late ovalibus vel 3 ellip- ticis obtusiusculis concavis quam sepala fere dimidio brevioribus extus dense stellato-pilosis glandulis interspersis, intus glabris ante anthesin alabastrum arcte includentibus instructi; sepala 5, libera, anguste elliptica, acuta, extus dense stellato-pilosis, intus glabra basi area oblonga elevata dense glanduligera trientem sepali aequante instructa; petala 5, libera, alba aestivatione contorta, sepalis paulo longiora, unguiculata, lamina late obovata, apice fere truncata et plus minusve erosula et cilio- lata basi in unguem tenuem fere dimidiam laminam aequantem attenu- ata, margine ciliolata excepta glabra; stamina circiter 30, petalis triente breviora, filamentis filiformibus infra medium in phalanges 5 et basi in tubum connatis, antheris lineari-oblongis bilocularibus basifixis, loculis rima longitudinali dehiscentibus; rudimentum ovarii parvum tubo staminali inclusum ovoideum rostratum. Flores feminei non _ visi. Capsula oblonga, stipitata, 5-alata, septicide 5-cocca, alis capsulae papyraceis bilamellatim partitis, coccis verticaliter bialatis indehiscenti- bus monospermis; semen oblongo- obovatum, basin versus attenuatum, apice obtusum et chalaza ovali notata, parce albuminosum; pee ae rectus, cotyledonibus foliaceis latis tenuibus plicatis sacreule recta.— Arbor ramulis hornotinis dense pilis stellatis vestitis, annotinis glabris. Folia alterna, decidua, ovata vel late ovata, acuminata, basi cordata, palminervia nervis basalibus 5—7 et insuper utrinsecus nervis 4—5 angulo angusto a costa media divergentibus et ascendentibus, nervis lateralibus a costa media et a nervis basalibus divergentibus ad marginem ceterum integram in mucronem exeuntibus, utrinque pilis stellatis satis dense, in costa et venis densius vestita, costa nervisque supra fere planis subtus distincte elevatis et trabeculis reteque venularum prominulis conjunctis; petioli satis graciles, dense stellato-pilosi; stipulae caducae, vestigia tantum adsunt. Species unica Chinae occidentalis incola. 48 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. Xvi Burretiodendron Esquirolii (Lévl.), comb. nov. Pentace Esquirolii Léveillé in Fedde, Rep. Spec. Nov. 10: 147 (1911) ; Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 419 (1915).— Burret in Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Mus. Berlin, 9: 620 (1926). Eriolaena Esquirolii Léveillé, Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 405 (1915). Character generis. Petiolus 2.5—5 cm. vel interdum ad 11 cm. longus; folii lamina 6-12 cm. longa et 4-8 cm. lata vel interdum ad 28 20 cm. magna. Inflo- rescentia pedunculo brevi incluso circiter 3 cm. longo; bracteae 7 mm. longae; flores circiter 2 cm. diam.; sepala circiter 10 mm. longa et 4 mm. lata; petala ungue 3 mm. longo incluso circiter 11-12 mm. longa, lamina circiter 7-8 mm. lata; stamina 7 mm. longa antheris 2 mm. longis; ovarii rudimentum 1 mm. longum. Capsulae 3—3.5 cm. longa et circiter 1.5 cm. lata, alis circiter 6 mm. latis; semina 8 mm. longa et 3-4 mm. lata. DISTRIBUTION: Southeastern Yunnan and Kweichou. Cuina. Kweichou:. ouest de Lo-fou (Kouai-kou), J, Cava- leri, no. 2648, Nov. 1905, “arbre moyen, moucilagineux” (holotype of Pentace Esquirolii; photo. in A. A.); same locality, J. Esquirol, no. 817, and Yang-ly, J. Esquirol, no. 2717, both cited in Fl. Kouy-Tchéou under P. Esquirolii; Yang-ly, J. Esquirol, no. 2717, Aug. 1911, “arbre 8-10 métres, fleur blanche” (holotype of Eriolaena Esquirolii; photo. in A. A.); Lohu, 170 m. in lightly shaded ravine, Y. Tsiang, no. 7290, Oct. 3, 1930, “tree 10 m. high, diam. of trunk (breast high) 20 cm., leaves dull green above, light green below, fruit yellowish green” (New York Bot. Gard.) Yunnan: Red River, A. Henry, no. 9572 (New York Bot. Gard.); Red River, near Manhao, A. Henry, no. 9573, “tree 25 ft., flowers all fallen off, young green fruit” (New York Bot. Gard.). This new genus does not seem to be closely related to any of the genera of the Tiliaceae or Sterculiaceae, but is best perhaps placed in the Tiliaceae near Luehea; from the Sterculiaceae it differs in the dry winged fruit dividing septicidally into one-seeded carpels broadly winged all around, and in the androecium which in the latter family has the episepalous stamens sterile or lacking, while in Burretiodendron they are all fertile. With Luehea it agrees in the lack of an androgynophore and in pentadelphous stamens, but differs markedly in the unisexual flowers, in the slender-clawed petals without glandular spot at the base and in the fruit separating into 5 one-seeded carpels. In the presence of a nectary at the base of the sepals Burretiodendron differs from all Tiliaceae. In the fruit separating into one-seeded winged carpels, it resembles Colona, but is easily distinguished by the unisexual flowers in axillary short cymes, the lack of an androgynophore, the clawed petals Jour. ARNoLp Ars. VoL, XVII PLATE 178 2B oP be roe Sogee nok (eer? J J Chol aor. FP care G 6 OU. Det Alfred Rehder ARXHLD Antounrow SY, war BURRETIODENDRON Esgurrotit (Lévl.) Rehder. 7 - - OO Be BS 1936] REHDER, BURRETIODENDRON 49 without nectary and the pentadelphous stamens. Eriolaena in which Lé veillé placed the flowering specimen, differs among other characters chiefly in its ligneous loculicidally dehiscent capsule with many winged seeds. Pentace, to which he referred the fruiting specimen, is easily distinguished by the rather small bisexual flowers in large terminal panicles and the much smaller indehiscent one-seeded fruit. The specimens collected by Henry near Manhao, about 25 kilometers north of the border of Tonkin, agree exactly with Cavalerie’s and Esquirol’s specimens, except that the former have the leaves generally more deeply cordate like those of Tsiang’s specimen. The genus may possibly extend into northern Tonkin and northwestern Kwangsi. I take pleasure in naming this new and very distinct genus in honor of Dr. M. Burret who has made important contributions to the knowl- edge of the Tiliaceae. EXPLANATION OF PLATE 178 1. Fruiting specimen, Y. Tsiang, no. 7290. x 2/5. . 2. Single carpel of fruit from the ventral and dorsal side. x 2/5. Fig. 3. Axillary cyme with one open flower, from Henry, no. 9572. Natural size. 4. Terminal panicle of flower buds, from Henry, no. 9572. Natural size. HERBARIUM, ARNOLD ARBORETUM, HARVARD UNIVERSITY. 50 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. Xvu TWO NEW SPECIES OF GYMNOSPORANGIUM FROM ASIA Ivan H. Crowe. With two text figures Gymnosporangium magnum Crowell, sp. nov. (Fig. 1). Spermogonia foliicolae, subepidermalia. Aecidia hypophylla, cupuli- formia, tumoribus subglobosis insidentia; cellulae peridii rhomboideae, hyalinae, pariete interiore marginibusque subspinulosae, 22.5-30.6 50.0-64.4 ut, plus minusve 24.3 59.2 4; aecidiosporae globosae, pallide brunneae, verruculosae, 24.2-29.0 > 30-32 u, plus minusve 26.1 29.8 w. y H ry tis* s*s) pate G,,2. . §202,2 383 pa 4 = f é & v 17 ¢, V. e®%o. & o ye ee i) i erat’ & Slete la SRR > pur Gees Kio — Fic. 2. IGURE 1. GYMNOSPORANGIUM MAGNUM a —Ficure 2. GyYMm- NOSPORANGIUM LEVE Crowell.—AECIOSPORE ND PERIDIAL CELLS. Hab. in foliis Crataegi sp. in China centrali. Ex Herb. G. Lagerheim, Botaniska Andelning Riksmuseet, Stockholm, Sweden (Smith, no. 917) The specific name is suggested by the unusual size of the aeciospores, a feature in which they are surpassed by G. juniperinum (L.) Mart. only. Gymnosporangium leve Crowell, sp. nov. (Fig. 2). Spermogonia foliicolae, sibepideuans, Aecidia hypophylla, roes- telioidea, tumoribus tumidis insidentia, 1-2 mm. alta, 0.25—0.5 mm. lata; cellulae peridii elongatae, hyalinae, pariete interiore spinulosae, mar- 1936] CROWELL, NEW SPECIES OF GYMNOSPORANGIUM 51 ginibus et pariete exteriore gradatim plus breviter spinulosae, 12.8-18.2 X 80-120 u, plus minusve 15.2 102 uw; aecidiosporae globosae, pallide brunneae, leves, 19.2-22.4 20.8-24.0 u, plus minusve 20.8 xX 22.6 wu. Hab. in foliis Mali Sieboldii (Reg.) Rehd. in China. Ex Herb. G. Lagerheim, Botaniska Andelning Riksmuseet, Stockholm, Sweden (Smith, no, 4221). The material from which this species is described was collected by Smith at Karlong, Szechuan, China, altitude 3200 m., Aug. 27, 1922. The specific name is suggested by the smooth surface of the aeciospore wall, a character of rare occurrence in this genus of rusts. Comparatively few species of Gymnosporangium have so far been described from Asia. One feature common to them, generally speaking, is the occurrence of spinulose embossments on the peridial cells of the aecia. Among the American species this feature is found in G. exiguum Kern only. The specimens which now become the types of Gymnosporangium magnum and G. leve were loaned from the Herbarium of the Natur- historika Riksmuseet, Stockholm, Sweden, through the courtesy of Professor Dr. Gunnar Samuelsson. LABORATORY OF PLANT PATHOLOGY, ARNOLD ARBORETUM, HARVARD UNIVERSITY. : _ _ _ oo BS a - Oo Be 7 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM VoLtuME XVII APRIL, 1936 NUMBER 2 NOTES ON THE LIGNEOUS PLANTS DESCRIBED BY H. LEVEILLE FROM EASTERN ASIA’ ALFRED REHDER IN THE COURSE of my revision of the ligneous plants described by Léveillé from Eastern Asia, it became apparent that after once going over the ground in systematic order, I would have to publish a supplement to include those plants which for various reasons, had been omitted in the first account. When I started this work in 1929, after a short sojourn in Edinburgh in the summer of the preceding year, I based it chiefly on notes and photographs I had taken and on duplicates of types generously given to me whenever feasible, by Sir William Wright Smith, Regius Keeper of the Royal Botanic Garden. Later in the course of my work, Sir William kindly offered to send me on loan all the types I had not examined while in Edinburgh; this enabled me to treat the later families more fully. Another reason for the omission of certain species in their proper places was the fact that in many instances, species referred by Léveillé to cer- tain genera, did not belong there but to families previously treated, e.g. Clerodendron Esquirolii which turned out to be a Tacca. There remains also to be cited important additional literature dealing with Léveillé’s plants and not yet mentioned in my previous publications. After having finished my first attempt of an enumeration of Léveillé’s ligneous plants in systematic order from the Taxaceae to the Compositae, I journeyed last year once more to Edinburgh to go over the Léveillé herbarium, and again Sir William facilitated my work in every possible way, so that I was able to accomplish much in the limited time at my disposal. It is to be expected that with the following supplement, the critical enumeration of the ligneous species described by Léveillé from eastern Asia will be fairly complete with the exception, perhaps, of a few species which could not be located in Léveillé’s herbarium. 1Continued from Vol. 16: 311-340; for preceding parts see Vols. 10: ag 132, 164- 196; 12: 275-281; 13: 299-332; 14: 223-252; 15: 1-27, 89-117, 267-3 54 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII TAXACEAEF! Podocarpus neriifolius D. Donn. — Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 10: 108 (1929). Alyxia Schlechteri Léveillé, Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 30 (1914), quoad Cavalerie, no. 3463; not Léveillé (1911). Cutna. Kweichou: Lo-fou, riviére de louest, J. Cavalerie, no. 3463, March 1909, “petit arbre, 4—5 m.” (sub Alyxia Schlechteri in herb. Lévl.; duplicate in A. A.) Leaves of Cavalerie no. 3463 were sent in 1916 to the Arnold Arbore- tum by Léveillé in answer to our request for a fragment of Alyxia Schlechteri. For typical A. Schlechteri see Jour. Arnold Arb, 15: 316 (1934). Of P. macrophylla var. Argyi Léveillé in Mem. R. Acad. Ci. Barce- lona, ser. 3, 12: 547 (1916), nom. nud., I have seen no description and no specimen; it is probably not different from P. macrophylla. Taxus chinensis (Pilger) Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 1: 51 (1919). Tsuga Mairei Lemée & Léveillé in Monde PI. ser. 2, Sit 20 (1914). — Léveillé, Cat. Pl. Yun-Nan, 58 (1916). — Synon CHINA. Yunnan: commun sur les collines be ae 700-800 m., E. E. Maire, May, 1912 (holotype of Tsuga Mairez; cola: and inane in A. A.). The type specimen is sterile. To 7. chinensis probably also belongs T. cuspidata in Léveillé, Fl]. Kouy-Tchéou, 112 (1914). PINACEAE? Pinus Massoniana Lambert. — Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 10: 109 (1929). Pinus Argyi Lemée & Léveillé in Fedde, Rep. Spec. Nov. 8:60 (1910). — Léveillé in Mem. R. Acad. Ci. Barcelona, ser. 3, 12: 547 (Cat. Pl. Kiang-Sou, 7) (1916 Pinus Argyi var. longevaginans Léveillé j in aes lc. and Mem. L.c. Pinus Cavaleriei Lemée et Léveillé in Fedde, Pinus tabulaeformis Carr. sensu Rehder in . “Arnold Arb. 10: 109 (1929) quoad syn. P. Argyi; non Hort. ex Carriére. CHInA. Kiangsu: Che-sang and Zuosé, Ch. d’Argy (syntypes of P. Argyi,; photos. in A. A.); locality illegible, Ch. d’Argy (holotype of P. Argyvi var. longevaginans ; photo.in A. A.). Kweichou: Pin-fa, montagnes, J. Cavalerie, no. 1695, March 22, 1902 (holotype of P. Cavaleriei; photo. in A. 1See Vol. 10: 108. 2See Vol. 10: 108. 1936] REHDER, LIGNEOUS PLANTS DESCRIBED BY LEVEILLE 55 When I enumerated Léveillé’s species cited above in 1929, I had not seen any of the type specimens. I have since had the opportunity to examine the types, and find that they all belong to P. Massoniana and bore already on the sheets identification labels, two (P. Cavaleriei and P. Argyi var. longevaginans) by V. Komarov, and the other two signed by M. Y. O[rr]. Cunninghamia lanceolata (Lamb.) Hooker in Bot. Mag. 54: t. 2743 (1827). Cunninghamia sinensis var. prolifera Lemée & Léveillé in Monde PI. ser. 2, 16: 20 (1914). — Léveillé, Cat. Pl. Yun-Nan, 56 CuinA. Yunnan: Tong-tchouan, pagode, alt. 2500 m., E. E. Maire, March [1910-13] ‘“‘rameaux secondaires pendants, naissant tous du centre d’un fruit” (holotype of C. sinensis var. prolifera; photo. in A. A.) The abnormality that the axis of the cone continues growing into a leafy branch is found occasionally in this species, e.g. in Wilson’s no. 4076 from Szechuan. It can hardly be considered a variety; at best it is a monstrous form. Cryptomeria japonica (L.f.) D. Don in Trans. Linn. Soc. 18: 166, t. 13, fig. 1 (1841). — Léveillé, Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 111 (1914); Cat. Pl. Yun-Nan, 56 (1916). Cupressus Mairei Léveillé, Cat. Pl. Yun-Nan, 56 (1916). —Synon. nov. ae er Duclouxiana Hickel sensu Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 110 (1929), quoad syn. Cupressus Mairei; non Hickel. a, Yunnan: plaine de Tong-tchouan, pagodes, alt. 2500 m., E. E. Maire, Jan. [1910-13], “grand et superbe resineux, petits rameaux decourbants.” (holotype of Cupressus Mairei; photo. and merotype in A. A.) In 1910 when I referred Cupressus Mairei doubtfully to C. Du- clouxiana Hickel, I had not seen the type specimen. Thuja orientalis Linnaeus, Sp. Pl. 1002 (1753). — Léveillé, FI. Kouy-Tchéou, 112 (1914); Cat. Pl. Yun-Nan, 56 (1916). Thuja orientalis L. var. Argyi Léveillé & Lemée in Monde PI. ser. 2, 17:15 (1915). CutInA. Kiangsu: Ch. d’Argy, [1848-66] (holotype of Th. orientalis var. Argyi; photo. and merotype in A. A.). The specimen which bears staminate flowers differs slightly from the usual form in its more slender and distant branchlets, but the differences are hardly sufficient to distinguish it as a variety or form. 56 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII Juniperus squamata Lambert, Descr. Gen. Pinus, 2: 17 (1824). — Rehder & Wilson in Jour. Arnold Arb. 9:17 (1928).— Handel- Mazzetti, Symb. Sin. 7: 8 (1929). Juniperus ike ih Léveillé, Cat. Pl. Yun-Nan, 57 (1916), nom. seminud. — Komarov in a Syst. Herb. Hort. Bot. Reipub. Ros 5: 30 (1924), cum ds CHINA. Yunnan: au an du col de Yentzchay, J. Delavay, no. 3112, July 19, 1887 “arbrisseau a tiges redressées” (ex Komarov; syntype in herb. Paris, photo. in A. A.). Juniperus Franchetiana, of which the type could not be located in the Léveillé herbarium is known to me only from a photograph of a Delavay specimen in the Paris herbarium. Komarov distinguishes it from J. Fargesii and from J. squamata chiefly by its fruit and seed char- acters, while Handel-Mazzetti l.c. places it under J. squamata. Juniperus Franchetiana is based by Léveillé on J. recurva Franchet, non Hamilton, which in Plantae Wilsonianae (2: 58. 1914) was cited as a synonym of J. squamata, Franchet (Pl. David. 1: 292. 1884) cites under J. recurva a specimen collected in Shensi without any further remarks; the type of J. recurva Franchet, non Hamilton, and conse- quently the type of J. Franchetiana, would therefore be the David specimen from Shensi and not Delavay’s specimen from Yunnan. Juniperus squamata Lamb. var. Fargesii (Komar.) Rehder & Wilson in Sargent, Pl. Wilson. 2: 59 (1914). Juniperus Fargesii Komarov in sched. Herb. Paris, Feb. 1911; in Not. Syst. Herb. Hort. Bot. Reipub. Ross. 5: 30 (1924), cum descript. Juniperus Lemeeana Léveillé & Blin in Léveillé, Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, (1914). — Handel-Mazzetti, Symb. Sin. 7:7 (1929). Cutna. Kweichou: Gan-chouen, J. Cavalerie, no. 3922 (holotype of J. Lemeeana; photo. in A. A.) By Komarov and by Handel-Mazzetti this juniper is considered a distinct species, but it seems closely connected with J. sguamata by inter- mediate forms, and I prefer to keep it, at least for the present, as a variety of the latter. If considered a distinct species, the correct name will be J. Lemeeana Lévl. & Blin which has priority. GNETACEAE Gnetum Cavaleriei Léveillé, Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 186 (1914).— Markgraf in Engler & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. ed. 2, 13: 440 (1926). Curna, Kweichou: Pin-fa, sur un arbre au sud a Pai-tchen, J. Cavalerie, no. 2336, March 30, 1905 (holotype; merotype in A. A.). The specimen is fragmentary; it consists of bare branches and broken, 1936] REHDER, LIGNEOUS PLANTS DESCRIBED BY LEVEILLE 57 immature, catkin-like inflorescences covered with a ferrugineous woolly tomentum. By Markgraf (in Bull. Jard. Buitenzorg, ser. 3, 10: 490. 1930) it was referred to Populus, but it certainly does not belong to that genus. From a certain resemblance of the branches and the pubescence to Lannea, I thought it might belong to the Anacardiaceae, and Dr. I. W. Bailey who kindly examined the wood structure, made the following statement: ‘The plant has five traces and five gaps at each node and the wood is clearly ring porous. The various anatomical characters, as a whole, would appear to place the plant in either the Anacardiaceae or the Burseraceae. I should be inclined to place it in the Anacardiaceae except for the fact that this family is stated to have trilacunar nodes. The Burseraceae have five traces, but I know of no species which is ring porous. The transition from three to five traces is an easy one and it may be that certain Anacardiaceae have five traces.” To the Gnetaceae Léveillé (l.c.) doubtfully refers Cavalerie no. 2764 from Pin-fa, Li-tséou-gai, April 1906, “grand arbre a tronc écailleux, les rameaux coupés laissent couler une sorte de colle.” The specimen consists of branches with long pendulous staminate catkins which slightly resemble the spikes of Gnetum. It belongs to Carpinus and is probably referable to C. Fangiana Hu with which it agrees in the large winter-buds with strongly striate scales. ARACEAE Rhaphidophora Dunniana Léveillé in Fedde, Rep. Spec. Nov. 9: 325 (1911); Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 39 (1914 CuinaA. Kweichou: Kuao-siang, lieux ombreux et frais, foréts profonds et ruisseaux, J. Esquirol, no. 246, Jan. 1905, “gros lierre qui monte aux arbres et rochers” (holotype; photo. in A. A.). The specimen consists only of some bare branches, an immature in- florescence and detached leaves which measure 8-15 & 5-—9.5 cm. and are abruptly contracted into a short acumen about 5 mm. long. It is similar to Rh. Calophyllum Schott from Khasia and Sikkim, but may possibly belong to Scindapsus. STEMONACEAE Stemona japonica (Bl.) Miquel, Prol. Fl. Jap. 386 (1867). Helwingia Argyi Léveillé & Vaniot in Bull. Herb. Boissier, ser. 2, 6: 506 (1906). Stemona ae (Lévl. & Vant.) Léveillé in Fedde, Rep. Spec. Nov. 1 (1912); in Mem. Acad. Ci. Barcelona, ser. 3, 12: 560 (Cat. Pl. Kiang-sou, 20) (1916). — Synon. nov. 58 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VoL. XVII Cumna. Kiangsu:_ Sou-tchéou-fou, Ch. d’Argy [1848-66] (syntype of Helwingia Argyi; merotype in A. A.). Anhwei: Ning-koue-fou, Ch. d’Argy [1848-66] (syntype of H. Argyi; ex Léveillé). Neither C. H. Wright (in Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 32: 493. 1896), nor Schlechter (in Notizbl. Bot. Gard. Mus. Berlin, 9: 193. 1924) credit S. japonica to China, but Hemsley (in Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 36: 95. 1903) cites a specimen from Kiangsu collected by Carles (no. 357) on the hills near Shanghai. The two specimens in the Léveillé herbarium are in a cover which bears on the outside the localities “Sou-tchéou Ning-koue-fou,” but there is no indication from which locality each specimen came, nor any reference to Anhwei (Ngan-hoei). LILIACEAE! Smilax herbacea L. var. acuminata Wright in Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 36: 97 (1903). Smilax herbacea L. var. foetida Léveillé in Mem. Pontif. Accad. Nuov. Lincei, 23: 351 (Liliac. 23) (1905); Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 256 14 914). Smilax aa L. var. heterophylla Léveillé l.c. (1905). CuinaA. Kweichou: Pin-fa, bois, bords des torrents, lieux ombrageux, J. Cavalerie, no. 1314, May 25, 1902 (holotype of S. herbacea var. foetida; photo. in A. A.); same locality and collector, no. 1314, May 22, 1902 (holotype of S. herbacea var. heterophylla; photo. in A. A.). Both of Léveillé’s varieties cited above are referable to var. acuminata Wright with which they agree in the gradually acuminate leaves, but they differ widely in the width of their leaves, var. heterophylla having on one branch leaves about 8 cm. wide, on the other 2 cm. in width, while var. foetida is intermediate with about 3—4 cm. width. Smilax glabra Roxburgh, Fl. Ind. ed. 2, 3: 792 (1832). — Léveillé, Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 256 (1914). — Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb, 10: 110 (1929).— Wang & Tang in Sinensia, 5: 417 (1934). Smilax glabra Roxb. var. maculata Bodinier ex Léveillé in Mem. Pontif. Accad. Nuov. Lincei, 23: 351 (Liliac. 23) (1905). Smilax Dunniana Léveillé in Fedde, Rep. Spec. Nov. 9: 446 (1911). Smilax Blinii Léveillé, Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 256 (1914). Cutna. Kweichou: Ma-jo, J. Cavalerie, no. 2973, July 1908 (holotype of S. Dunniana and S. Blinii; merotype in A. A.). Hong- 1See Vol. 10: 110. 1936] REHDER, LIGNEOUS PLANTS DESCRIBED BY LEVEILLE 59 kong: dans les rocailles d’un torrent 4 mi-céte du Pic Victoria, E. Bodinier, Feb. 24, 1893 (holotype of S. glabra var. maculata; photo. in Smilax Dunniana is not cited in Flore du Kouy-Tchéou, but S. Blinii is described as a new species in that work, based on the same number. The name S. Dunniana does not appear on the type specimen in the Léveillé herbarium. Smilax glabra var. maculata is hardly different enough to be main- tained as a variety; it is at best a slight form. Specimens of S. glabra with leaves variegated with irregular white spots occasionally occur, e.g. T. N. Hsiung 494 from Kiangsi, J. B. Norton 1252 from Fukien and U. Faurie 950 from Formosa. Smilax microphylla Wright in Kew Bull. 1895: 117.— Wang & Tang in Sinensia, 5: 418 (1934). Smilax Labordei Léveillé & Vaniot in Mem. Pontif. Accad. Nuov. Lincet, 23: 355 (Liliac. 27) (1905). — Léveillé, Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 257 (1914). Smilax gracillima Léveillé & Vaniot, 7 354 (Liliac. 26) (1905). — Léveillé, FI. Kouy-Tchéou, 256 (1914). Smilax Darrisii Léveillé in Fedde, Rep. Spec. Nov. 12: 533 (1913); Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 256 (1914).—Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 10: 111 (1929).— Wang & Tang in Sinensia, 5: 419 (1934).— Synon. nov. Smilax Mairei Léveillé in Bull. Géog. Bot. 25: 39 (1915); Cat. PI. Yun-Nan, 169 (1916).—Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 10: 111 (1929). Cuina. Kweichou: environs de Kouy-yang, mont. du Col- lége, rocailles, June 2, 1898 (flowers), environs de Tsin-gay, Dec. 9, 1897 (fruit), J. Laborde in herb. Bodinier, no. 2318 “petit buisson épineux” (holotype of S. Labordei; photo. in A. A.); Tsin-gay, bois, J. Cavalerie, no. 1156, July 15, 1903 (holotype of S. gracillima, photo. in A. A.); steppes et bois de Gan-chouen, J. Cavalerie, no. 3819, Dec. 1909, J. Esquirol, no. 3145, May, 1911 (syntypes of S. Darrisii; mero- type of Cavalerie’s and sitioks: of Esquirol’s specimen in A. A.). Yunnan: rochers a mi-mont de La-kou, 2400 m., E. E. Maire, June 1912 (holotype of S. Mairei; photo. in A. A.). Smilax Darristi is enumerated as a distinct species by Wang & Tang (l.c.) as it was by me (l.c.), but I do not see now that it can be sepa- rated from S. microphylla. On the other hand, Wang & Tang refer S. castaneiflora Lévl. to S. microphylla, but that is undoubtedly a different species. 60 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII Smilax scobinicaulis Wright in Kew Bull. 1895: 117. Smilax brevipes Warburg in Bot. Jahrb. 28: 256 (1900).— Wang & ang in Sinensia, 5: 419 (1934). Smilax ocreata Léveillé & Vaniot apud Léveillé in Mem. Pontif. Accad. Nuov. Lincei, 23: 354 (Liliac. 26) (1905). — Léveillé, FI. Kouy-Tchéou, 257 (1914).— Non A. De Candolle (1878). Smilax Martini Léveillé & Vaniot in Léveillé in Mem. Pontif. Accad. Nuov. Lincei, 23: 355 (Liliac. 26) (1905). — Léveillé, Fl. Kouy- Tchéou, 257 (1914). Smilax Cavalerici Léveillé & Vaniot apud Léveillé in Mem. Pontif. Accad. Nuov. Lincei, 23: 355 (Liliac. 27) (1905). — Léveillé, Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 257 (1914) ; Cat. Pl. Yun-Nan, 168 (1916). Cutna. Kweichou:_ environs de Gan-pin, au Grandes Rocailles, trainant sur les rochers, L. Martin in herb. Bodinier, no. 1871, Sept. 17, 1897 (holotype of S. ocreata; photo. in A. A.); Pin-fa, bois, J. Cavalerie, no. 1315, May 3, 1902 (holotype of S. Martini; photo. in A. A.); Pin-fa, montagnes, J. Cavalerie, no. 1313, May 3, 1902 (holo- type of S. Cavaleriei; photo. in A. A.). The three species of Léveillé’s had been referred by Wang & Tang to S. brevipes Warb. which can hardly be separated from S. scobinicaulis as a distinct species. Smilax leucocarpa Léveillé & Vaniot apud Léveillé in Mem. Pontif. Accad. Nuov. Lincei 23: 354 (Liliac. 26) (1905); 24: 344 (Liliac. 10) (1906). — Wang & Tang in Sinensia, 5: 420 (1934). Smilax Esquirolii Léveillé, Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 256 (1914). Curna. Kweichou: environs de Kouy-yang, dans les bois de Kien-lin-chan, E. Bodinier, no. 2124, Apr. 14 (flowers) and July 7 (fruit), 1898, ‘“arbuste épineux, a tiges dressées, non sarmenteuses”’ (holotype of S. leucocarpa; photo. in A. A.); plateau de San-tou, 1000 m., J. Esquirol no. 2109, May 1, 1910 (type of S. Esquirolii; photo. in A. A.); Gan-pin, J. Cavalerie, no. 2120 (op. cit. 24: 344 under S. leuco- carpa; photo, in A, A.) This species resembles somewhat in its small leaves S. microphylla Wright, but the leaves are cuneate and obtuse and the fruits are yellow; from the related S. megalantha Wright and S. China L. it is at once dis- tinguished by the very small obovate to obovate-oblong obtuse leaves and smaller fruits on shorter peduncles. In the Flore du Kouy-Tchéou Léveillé cites S. leucocarpa as a syno- nym of S. Esquirolii, a name which appears on the sheet of Esquirol 2109, but does not seem to have been published before 1914. Smilax megalantha Wright in Kew Bull. 1895: 118.— Wang & Tang in Sinensia, 5: 420 (1934). 1936] REHDER, LIGNEOUS PLANTS DESCRIBED BY LEVEILLE 61 Smilax loupouensis Léveillé in Bull. Géog. Bot. 25: 38 (1915) ; Cat. Pl. Yun-Nan, 169 (1916). Smilax ferox Wall. sensu Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 10: 110 (1929), p-p., quoad synon. S. loupouensis; non Wall. ex DeCandolle. Cuina. Yunnan: “brousse des mont. a Lou-pou, 3000 m., E. E. Maire, Sept. 1912, ‘“arbuste grimpant, un peu épineux, feuilles blanches au dessous, fleurs grises” (holotype of S. loupouensis ; mero- type in A. A.). Smilax loupouensis resembles S. discotis Warb. in its stipules extend- ing the entire length of the short petiole, but that species has black fruits. From S. ferox, to which it seems closely related, it differs in the only slightly spiny branches, in the leaves being abruptly contracted at the apex and very glaucous beneath and in the stipules. It apparently agrees best with S. megalantha, but differs from the type in the shorter petioles with the stipules extending the whole length. Smilax China Linnaeus, Spec. Pl. 1029 (1753).— Léveillé, FI. Kouy-Tchéou, 256 (1914), p.p. excl. syn. S. Bodinieri; Cat. Pl. Yun- Nan, 168 (1916). — Norton in Sargent, Pl. Wilson. 3: 4 (1916). Smilax Taquetii Léveillé in Fedde, Rep. Spec. Nov. 10: 372 (1912). Smilax China L. f. obtusa Léveillé in Mem. Pontif. Accad. Nuov. Lincei, 24: 344 (Liliac. 10) (1906). Korea. Quelpaert: in silvis Hogno et Hallisan, E. Taquet, nos. 3306, 3307, 3308, Jan., May, Aug. 1909 (syntypes of S. Taquetii; photo. of 3306 and isotypes of nos. 3306, 3307 and 3308 in A. A.). Cuina. Kiangsu: Tou-gou-lin, Ch. d’Argy, [1848-66] (holo- type of S. China f. obtusa; photo. in A. A.). Smilax Taquetii was first identified with S$. China by Norton (l.c.). Smilax China f{. obtusa does not seem to be different from typical S. China. Smilax glauco-china Warburg in Bot. Jahrb. 29: 255 (1900).— Wang & Tang in Sinensia, 5: 420 (1934). Smilax Bodinieri Léveillé & Vaniot apud Léveillé in Mem. Pontif. Accad. Nuov. Lincei, 23: 355 (Liliac. 27) (1905). Smilax China “L.” sensu Léveillé, Fl. Kouy-Tchéou 256 (1914), quoad syn. S. Bodinieri; non Linnaeus. Cutna. Kweichou: monts de Hin-y-fou et Hin-y-hien, dans les haies, E. Bodinier, no, 1581, Apr. 13, 1897 (holotype of S$. Bodiniert ; photo. in A. A.). Smilax Bodinieri was cited as a synonym of S. China L. by Léveillé in his Flore du Kouy-Tchéou, but Wang & Tang referred it to S. glauco- china. 62 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII Smilax menispermoidea A. De Candolle, Monog. Phan. 1: 108 (1878). — Wang & Tang in Sinensia, 5: 420 (1934). Smilax luteocaulis Léveillé in Fedde, Rep. Spec. Nov. 13: 339 (1914) ; Cat. Pl. Yun-Nan, 169 (1916). Cuina. Yunnan: brousse du mont To-chan, 3200 m., E. E. Maire, June, 1913 (holotype of S. /uteocaulis ; merotype in A. A.). The specimen agrees perfectly with typical S. menispermoidea. Smilax stemonifolia Léveillé & Vaniot apud Léveillé in Mem. Pontif. Accad. Nuov. Lincei 23: 356 (Liliac, 28) (1905).— Wang in Bull. Fan Mem. Inst. Biol. 5: 117 (1934). Cuina. Hongkong: bois le long de Bowenroad, trés rare, E. Bodinier, no. 804, Aug. 4, 1894 (holotype; photo. in A. A.). The type specimen of this species is sterile, but Wang (l.c.) refers to it two other specimens, one from Hunan collected by H. F. Chow and P. Ou-yang, no. 46102, with young fruit, and one from Anhwei col- lected by F. T. Wang, no. 23860, sterile. Wang states that it is closely related to S. Bockii Warb. which differs in its much narrower leaves rounded at the base and in longer pedicels. It may also be near S. longipes Warb. Smilax castaneiflora Léveillé in Bull. Acad. Géog. Bot. 25: 39 (1915); Cat. Pl. Yun-Nan, 168 (1916).— Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 10: 111 (1929). Smilax microphylla “Wright” sensu Wang & sea in a 5: 418 (1934) quoad synon. S. castanetflora; non Wri CHINA. Yunnan: brousse des mont. a nitie ee, alt. 2700 m., E. E. Maire, June 1912, “arbuste grimpant, fleurs chocolat, fruits noirs” (holotype; merotype in A. A In general appearance this species resembles S. Bockii Warb., but the branches are angled and quite spiny, the leaves are short-cordate, lanceolate, broad at the base and partly constricted below the middle into the narrow long-acuminate upper part. By Wang & Tang the species was referred to S. microphylla Wright, but it differs from that species in the long peduncle, the gradually acuminate cordate leaves, often somewhat restricted below the middle and green beneath. I have been unable to identify this species with any Chinese species I know. Handel-Mazzetti, no. 10379, from Kweichou may belong here, but it has broader leaves and is not spiny. Smilax micropoda A. DC. var. reflexa Norton in Sargent, Pl. Wil- son. 3: 6 (1916). Smilax Lebrunii Léveillé, Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 257 (1914). Pehies & Tang in Sinensia, 5: 421 (1934), “Lebranii.” — Synon 1936] REHDER, LIGNEOUS PLANTS DESCRIBED BY LEVEILLE 63 CHINA. Kweichou: bois sacré de Ban-gnien, 1100 m., J. Esquirol, no. 3518, March 19, 1912 (holotype of S. Lebrunii; photo. in Wang & Tang keep S. Lebrunii as a distinct species and refer to it three specimens from Kwangsi, R. C. Ching 5846, 6992 and 7201 which I have not seen. Smilax tortopetiolata Léveillé & Vaniot apud Léveillé in Mem. Pontif. Accad. Nuov. Lincei 23: 354 (Liliac. 26) (1905); Fl. Kouy- Tchéou, 258 (1914). — Wang & Tang in Sinensia, 5: 422 (1934), excl. synon. Smilax opaca (A. DC.) Norton in Sargent, Pl. Wilson. 3: 11 (1916). — Synon. nov. CutInA. Kweichou: Pin-fa, bois, J. Cavalerie, no. 1312, March 18, 1902 (holotype of S. tortopetiolata; photo. in A. A.). This species had not yet been reported from western China; it seems common in southeastern China and is represented in this herbarium by many specimens from Fukien, Kwangtung, Hainan and Kwangsi. I have been unable to find any specific difference between S. opaca and S. tortopetiolata which has to replace the former on account of priority. Smilax cocculoides Warb. var. lanceolata Norton in Sargent, Pl. Wilson. 3: 11 (1916). Smilax Pinfaensis Léveillé & Vaniot apud Léveillé in Mem. Pontif. Accad. Nuov. Lincei, 23: 355 (Liliac. 27) (1905). — Léveillé, Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 257 (1914). — Synon. nov. Smilax tortopetiolata “Lévl. & Vant.” sensu Wang & Tang in Sinensia, 5: 422 (1934), p.p., quoad synon. S. pinfaensis. Cutna. Kweichou: Pin-fa, J. Cavalerie no. 1311, March 18, 1902, “fl. verte” (holotype of S. pinfaensis ; photo. in A. A.). Smilax pinfaensis is apparently identical with S. cocculoides var. lanceolata Norton, the type of which is in fruit, and which I have before me. The flowers agree with those of typical S. cocculoides, as repre- sented by Wilson, no. 3252. Wang & Tang (l.c.) refer S. pinfaensis as a synonym to S. tortopetiolata, but it is easily distinguished from the latter by the narrow-lanceolate, long-acuminate leaves, the slender peduncles much longer than the petioles and the short stamens. Smilax Lyi Léveillé in Fedde, Rep. Spec. Nov. 8: 171 (1910); Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 257 (1914). — Wang & Tang in Sinensia, 5: 421 (1934). Cuina. Kweichou: Pin-fa, montagnes, J. Cavalerie, no. 1406, Sept. 27, 1903 ‘fl. vert-jaune” (holotype; photo. in A. A.). 64 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. xv This species was kept distinct by Wang & Tang. The rather meagre specimen which consists of a branch with two leaves and an inflo- resence in bud, resembles S. stenophylla A. Gray from the Liukiu Islands and Formosa, but with the scant material at hand, I hesitate to consider these geographically widely separated species identical. Smilax perfoliata Loureiro, Fl. Cochinch. 622 (1790).— Wang & Tang in Sinensia, 5: 422 (1934). Smilax perulata Léveillé & Vaniot in Fedde, Rep. Spec. Nov. 9:78 (1910). — Léveillé, Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 257 (1914). Cuina. Kweichou: Lo-fou, J. Cavalerie, no. 3648, March 1909 (holotype of S. perulata; merotype in A. A.). This species was identified first by Wang & Tang with S. perfoliata Lour. (S. ocreata A. DC.). Heterosmilax Gaudichaudiana (Kunth) Maximowicz in Bull. Acad, St. Pétersb. 17: 176 (1872); in Mél. Biol. 8: 415 (1872).— A. DeCandolle, Monog. Phan. 1: 44 (1878). — Léveillé in Mem. Pontif. Accad. Nuov. Lincei, 23: 350 (Liliac. 22) (1905). Heterosmilax Gaudichaudiana var. latifolia Bodinier ex Léveillé 1.c. 1905). Cuina. Hongkong: bord de l’Aquéduc, prés Richmond Ter- race, FE. Bodinier, Aug. 22, 1894 (holotype of H. Gaudichaudiana var. latifolia; photo. in A. A.). In the shape and measurements of the leaves Léveillé’s variety agrees with DeCandolle’s var. « Gaudichaudiana (1.c.), which represents the type of the species. It seems doubtful whether this and var. 3 hong- kongensis (Seem.) A. DC., (l.c.) are sufficiently distinct to be main- tained as varieties. TACCACEAE Tacca Esquirolii (Lévl.), comb. nov. Clerodendron Esquirolii Léveillé in 7 Rep. Spec. Nov. 11: 298 (1912) ; Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 439 (1915). Tacca Paxiana Limpricht f. in Engler, Pflanzenreich, IV. 42: 16 (1928).— P’ei in Mem. Sci. Soc. China, 1, no. 3, p. 162 (1932). Cuina. Kweichou: bois de Ta-Thamn, trés ombreux et chaud, J. Esquirol, no. 2802, May 1912, “toute l’inflorescence rouge, lie de vin, feuilles radicales, fleur 1 m. de haut sur tige simple” (holotype of Clero- dendron Esquirolii; photo. in A. A.). Léveillé’s species was first identified by the writer with Tacca Paxtana (see P’ei, l.c.). 1936] REHDER, LIGNEOUS PLANTS DESCRIBED BY LEVEILLE 65 SALICACEAEF} Populus adenopoda Maximowicz in Bull. Soc. Nat. Moscou, 54: 50 (1879). — Léveillé, Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 380 (1915); Cat. Pl. Yun-Nan, 250 (1917). — Handel-Mazzetti, Symb. Sin. 7: 58 (1929). Populus macranthela Léveillé & Vaniot in Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 142 (March 1905); in Monde Pl. 12:9 (1910); in Fedde, ep. Spec. Nov. 8: 446 (1910).— Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 10: 111 (1929). Populus Duclouxiana Dode in Bull. Soc. Nat. Hist. Autun, 18: 190, t. 11, f. 329 (Extr. Monog. ined. Populus, 32) (1905). Populus alee aa Griff. var. Duclouxiana (Dode) Gombocz in Mat mesz. Kozl. 30: 130 (Monog. ae Populi) (1908). — Schneider i in Sargent, Pl. Wilson. 3: 25 (19 Populus rotundifolia Griff. « macranthela ae in Bot. Kozl. 10: 25, (7) (1910). — Léveillé, Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 380 (1915). Cuina. Kweichou: Pin-fa, J. Cavalerie, no. 974, April 1, 1903, “grande arbre” (holotype of P. macranthela; photo. in A. A.). Yunnan: _ Ko-kouy prés Tchao-tong, Pére Marc Mey in herb. F. Ducloux, no, 667, in 1906 (in hb. Léveillé and in hb. Univ. Calif. sub P. macranthela ; isotypes of P. Duclouxiana Dode; photos. in A. A.). In my earlier account of P. macranthela, I had considered it a species distinct from P. adenopoda, chiefly on account of the absence of the glands at the base of the blade of the leaves, their glabrousness and coarser serration. In comparing a large series of specimens of P. adeno- poda one finds a great variability in these characters; though the glands are usually conspicuous, they may occasionally be small and partly lacking, as in Wilson’s no. 724 from Hupeh, and in Steward, Chiao and Cheo, no. 294, from Kweichou. One of the two mature leaves of Duclours specimen in the herbarium of the University of California has an almost suborbicular shape, but on the material from trees cultivated in the Arnold Arboretum similar leaves can be found. Both specimens I have seen of Ducloux’s no. 667 bear the name P. macranthela in Lé- veillé’s handwriting. Neither Dode nor Gombocz give an exact citation of the specimen upon which P. Duclouxiana is based, but I assume that the species is based on Ducloux’s no. 667. Salix Cavaleriei Léveillé. — Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 10: 113 (1929). — Handel-Mazzetti, Symb. Sin. 7: 61 (1929). Salix erioclada Léveillé.— Rehder, l.c. 115 (1929). — Handel- Mazzetti, l.c. 64, fig. 1,1, 2 (1929). Handel-Mazzetti gives a detailed description of the species and figures staminate and pistillate flowers. 1See Vol. 10: 111. 66 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVI Salix luctuosa Léveillé.— Rehder, lc. 115 (1929). — Handel- Mazzetti, I.c. 68 (1929). Handel-Mazzetti gives a full description of the pistillate flowers and refers S. dyscrita Schneid. as a synonym to this species. Salix Duclouxii Léveillé. — Rehder, l.c. (1929).— Handel-Maz- zetti, lc. 87 (1929). Salix kouytchensis (Lévl.) Schneider in Sargent, Pl. Wilson. 3: 171 (1916). — Rehder, I.c. 117 (1929). Handel-Mazzetti unites S. kouwytchensis (Lévl.) Schneid. with S. Duclouxii and discusses the close relation of the latter to S. Bocki Seemen and S. variegata Franch., but prefers to keep these species dis- tinct for the present. MYRICACEAE! Myrica esculenta Hamilton ex D. Don, Prodr. Fl. Nepal, 56 (1825). Litsea myricopsis Léveillé, Cat. Pl. Yun-Nan, 150 (1916).— Synon. nov. Cutna. Kweichou: prés Tchang-pou, J. Cavalerie, no. 2697, Nov. 3, 1905, “petit arbre” (holotype of Litsea myricopsis ; merotype in A. A.). Myrica esculenta has been collected in Kweichou also by Handel- Mazzetti (no. 10852). Myrica adenophora Hance in Jour. Bot. 21: 357 (1883). — Lé- veillé, Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 281 (1914). Litsea Mairei Léveillé, Cat. Pl. Yun-Nan, 150 (1916).— Synon. nov. Cutna. Yunnan: collines arides incultes de Tché-hay, alt. 2600 m., E. E. Maire, March, 1912 “arbousier, arbuste rameuse, fleur blanc-verdatre” (holotype of Litsea Mairei; merotype in A. A.). Myrica adenophora does not seem to have been recorded from Yunnan before, nor from Kweichou, for I feel sure that Esquirol no. 3296 cited by Léveillé in his Flore du Kouy-Tchéou under that species (1.c.) does not belong here, but I have not seen it. BETULACEAF? Alnus Fauriei Léveillé in Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 51: 423 (1904). — Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb, 10: 118 (1929). APAN. Hondo: in monte Gurvassan, U. Faurie, no. 783, Sept. 28, 1897 (holotype; photo. in A. A.). The type specimen bears an identification label by Koidzumi with 1See Vol. 10: 118. 2See Vol. 10: 118. 1936] REHDER, LIGNEOUS PLANTS DESCRIBED BY LEVEILLE 67 the legend “Alnus cylindrostachya (Winkl.) Koidz.”” Though Wink- ler’s name, A. glutinosa var. cylindrostachya, was published June 17, 1904, while Léveillé’s name did not appear before November 1904, Léveillé’s binomial has precedence over Winkler’s varietal name. Alnus nepalensis D. Don, Prodr. Fl. Nepal. 58 (1825). — Léveillé, Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 124 (1914); Cat. Pl. Yun-Nan, 66 (1916). Alnus Mairei Léveillé in Bull. Géog. Bot. 24: 283 (1914). Cuina. Yunnan: vallées et montagnes de Tong-tchouan, 2500— 2700 m., E. E. Maire, Nov. 1913, “grand arbre, chatons jaunes” (holo- type of A. Mairei; photo. in A. A.). Alnus Mairei was referred to A. nepalensis by Léveillé himself in 1916. Carpinus Seemeniana Diels in Bot. Jahrb. 29: 279 (1900).— Schneider in Sargent, Pl. Wilson. 2: 430 (1916). Carpinus pinfaensis Léveillé & Vaniot in Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 52: 142 (1905). Carpinus pubescens Burkill sensu Winkler in Bot. Jahrb. 51: 501 (1914), p.p., quoad syn. C. pinfaensis et C. Seemeniana. — Léveillé, Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 125 (1914).—Hu in Sunyatsenia, 1: 119 (1933). Cuina. Kweichou: Pin-fa, J. Cavalerie, no. 1011, May 28, 1903, “arbre” (holotype of C. pinfaensis; photo. in A. A Carpinus pinfaensis was first referred to C. pubescens (including C. Seemeniana) by Winkler in 1914, but in 1916 it was placed under C. Seemeniana by Schneider, where it certainly belongs if C. Seemeniana and C. pubescens are considered distinct. These two species and also C. austrosinensis Hu are closely related and perhaps best united under C. pubescens with one or two varieties, but at present I prefer to keep C. Seemeniana as a species, since the extreme forms are quite distinct. Carpinus austrosinensis is nearer to the latter. Carpinus laxiflora Blume, Mus. Bot. Lugd.-Bat. 1: 309 (1850) :— Schneider in Sargent, Pl. Wilson. 2: 438 (1916). ? Carpinus laxiflora Bl. var. chartacea Léveillé in Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 51: 424 (1904) JAPAN: without locality and collector (holotype of var. chartacea ; ex Léveillé). No specimen named C. laxifolia var. chartacea can be found in the Léveillé herbarium, but I have no doubt that it is but a slight variation of C. laxiflora under which it was placed by Schneider in 1916. 68 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVI FAGACEAF! Castanea mollissima Blume in Mus. Bot. Lugd.-Bat. 1: 286 (1850). Castanopsis yunnanensis (Franch.) Léveillé, Cat. Pl. Yun-Nan, 66 (1916), Syn.: “(C. vulgaris L., p.p.)” — Camus, Chataigniers, 485 The combination Castanopsis yunnanensis was published by Léveillé without any citation of a specimen. It is based on Castanea vulgaris var. yunnanensis Franchet which is a synonym of C. mollissima; also the citation by Léveillé of C. vulgaris L., p.p., as a synonym seems to indicate that it is a true Castanea. It can, therefore, hardly be referred to any other species than C. mollissima which is common in Yunnan; probably to this species belongs also C. sativa Mill. cited in Cat. PI. Yun-Nan, 66. Castanopsis cuspidata (Thbg.) Schottky in Bot. Jahrb. 47: 625 (1912). Castanea Fauriei Léveillé & Vaniot in Bull. Soc. Bot. shige 52: 142 (1905). — Camus, Chataigniers, 241 (1929). — Synon. nov. JapAN. Kiushu: autour de Nagasaki, U. eRe no. 3681, June 1899 (holotype of C. Fauriei,; isotype in A. A.). Miss Camus enumerated C. Fauriei under the doubtful species of Cas- tanea with a note that it is probably a Castanopszs. Castanopsis hystrix (Hook. f. & Th.) A. DeCandolle in Jour. Bot. 1: 182 (1863); Prodr. 167: 111 (1864). — Léveillé, Cat. Pl. Yun-Nan, 66 (1916). — Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb, 10: 118 (1929). Castanea de Léveillé & Vaniot in Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 52: 142 (1905). — Léveillé, Cat. Pl. Yun-Nan, 66 (1916).— Camus, Chataigniers, 241 (1929). Castanopsis Bodinieri (Lévl. & Vant.) Koidzumi in Tokyo Bot. Mag. 30: 100 (1916) ‘“Boodinieri.” Quercus brunnea Léveillé in Fedde, Rep. Spec. Nov. 12: 364 (1913) ; Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 127 (1914). — Camus, Chataigniers, 482 (1929) ; Atlas, pl. 28, fig. 9-11, 1x. f. 9-17 (1928). Castanopsis brunnea (Lévl.) Camus, Chataigniers, Atlas, pl. 28 (1928). Cu1na. Kweichou: Pin-fa, bois, J. Cavalerie, no. 2299, Apr. 13, 1905 (holotype of Q. brunnea; photo.in A.A.). Yunnan: en- virons de Yun-nan-sen, bois de la pagode de Kiang-tchou-se, E. Bo- dinier, Feb. 2, 1897, “grand arbuste ou petit arbre, fruits en long épis a glands sessiles serrés” (holotype of Castanea Bodinieri ; photo. in A. A.). Castanea Bodinieri is enumerated by Miss Camus (l.c.) under in- 1See Vol. 10: 118. 1936] REHDER, LIGNEOUS PLANTS DESCRIBED BY LEVEILLE 69 completely known species of Castanea. Quercus brunnea she describes under doubtful species of Castanopsis and says “probablement var. ou sous-espece du C. Hystrix.” Castanopsis Eyrei (Champ.) Tutcher in Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 37: 68 (1905). — Chun in Sunyatsenia, 1: 217, pl. 35 (1934), excl. syn. Q. Castanopsis. Castanopsis caudata Franchet in Nouv. Arch. Mus. Paris, ser. 3, 7: 87 (Pl. David. 1:277) (1884).—Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 10:119 (1929), excl. syn. Q. Castanopsis. — Handel-Mazzetti, Symb. Sin. 7: 28 (1929). Quercus trinervis Léveillé in Fedde, Rep. Spec. Nov. 12: 364 (1913) ; Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 128 (1914 Quercus cepifera Léveille, l.c. 364 (1913) ; lc. 127 (1914), pro parte, quoad specimina foliifera. Castanopsis asymetrica Léveillé, Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 125 (1914).— A. Camus, Chataigniers, 472 (1929) “asymmetrica”; Atlas, pl. 72, fig. 15, xxxiv, fig. 17-19 (1928). Castanopsis neo-Cavaleriet A. Camus, ee ai 375- (1929): Atlas, pl. 72, fig. 1-12, xxx1v, fig. 8-15 (1928). Castanopsts trinervis (Lévi.) A. Camus, op. cit. 400 (1929); Atlas, pl. 70, fig. 1-7, xxx111, fig. 1-7 (1928). Castanopsis tribuloides var. echidnocarpa King sensu Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 10: 119 (1929) ; non King apud Hooker f. (1888). Cuina. Kweichou: J. Cavalerie, no. 3275, Aug. 20, 1908 (holotype of Q. trinervis ; photo. in A. A.) ; sud de Pin-fa, rare, J. Cava- lerie, no. 2341 (in part, except fruit), June 8, 1905 ‘fruits ci-joints trouvés par terre; apartiennent-ils 4 cet arbre” (holotype of Q. cepifera, except fruit; photo. in A. A.); Kouy-yang, monts du College, J. Chaffan- jon in herb. Bodinier, no. 2235, Apr. 15, 1898, ‘‘arbre, fleurs blanches”’ (syntype of Castanopsis asymetrica; merotype in A, A.); Kouy-yang, bois d’une pagode, J. Cavalerie, no. 2078 [cited as 2178 by Léveillé], “arbre” (syntype of C. asymetrica; photo. in A. A.); Kien-lin-chan, J. Esquirol, no. 17, May 2, 1904, “feuilles de camélia” (syntype of C. asymetrica; photo. in A. A.). I agree with Chun in considering Castanopsis Eyrei and C. caudata identical. Miss Camus places C. asymmetrica, C. Eyrei and C. caudata among the incompletely known species and describes C. trimervis as a distinct species. Handel-Mazzetti cites Castanopsis asymetrica as a synonym of C. caudata Franch. Castanopsis neo-Cavaleriei A. Camus in Bull. Bimens. Soc. Linn. Lyon, 8: 87 (1929); Chataigniers, 375 (1929) ; Atlas, pl. 72, fig. 1~12, XXIV, fig. 8-15 (1928). 70 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII Quercus Cavaleriei Léveillé & Vaniot in oe Soc. Bot. France, 52: 142 (1905); Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 127 (191 Quercus Castanopsis Léveillé in rt om Spec. Nov. 12: 363 (1913); Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 127 (191 Castanopsis caudata Franchet sensu See in sbeakd aaa Arb. 10: 119 (1929), quoad syn. Q. Castanopsis; non Fra Castanopsis tribuloides var. echidnocarpa King sensu | Rehder, lc. (1929) ; non King ex Hooker f. Castanopsis eyrei (Champ.) Tutcher sensu Chun in Sunyatsenia, 1: 217 (1934), quoad syn. Q. Castanopsis; non (Champ.) Tutcher. Cutna. Kweichou: Pin-fa, hautes montagnes, J. Cavalerie, no. 57 (in part; young fruit), July 15, 1902, “petit arbre” (holotype of Quercus Cavaleriei; photo. in A. A.); Pin-fa, Ma-jo, hautes montagnes, rare, J. Cavalerie, no. 57 (in part; flowers), May 1902 (syntype of Q. Castanopsis; merotype in A. A.); same locality, J. Cavalerie, no. 57, Aug. 1908 (syntype of Q. Castanopsis; merotype in A. A.); same lo- cality, J. Cavalerie, no. 1268, July 1908 (syntype of Q. Castanopsis ; ex Léveillé; ? merotype in A. A.). This species is closely related to C. Eyrei, but differs in the thinly scurfy-tomentulose brownish under side of the leaves — quite glabrous in C. Eyrei — and in the larger, very oblique cupula with more distinct fascicles of spines nearly wanting on the ventral side. From C. Fargesii Franch, it differs in the broader leaves less densely tomentulose be- neath, — in C. Fargesii the dense brown tomentum obscures the vein- lets, — and in the larger apparently indehiscent cupula. Two fruiting spikes are figured by Miss Camus on pl. 72; fig. 3 apparently represents the young fruits of Q. Cavaleriei, while fig. 4-6 represent mature fruits of Q. Castanopsis collected in August. The name C. neo-Cavaleriei for this species has to stand, since there exists already a Castanopsis Cavaleriei Lévl. of 1913 which, however, is not a Castanopsis, but represents Sloanea sinensis (Hance) Hu (see Jour. Arnold Arb. 15: 89. 1934), and the specific epithet of the second synonym cannot be transferred to Castanopsis, since this would result in a tautonym. Castanopsis tibetana Hance. — Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 10: 119 (1929), Quercus Franchetiana Léveillé, Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 128 (1915).— Camus, Chataigniers, 485 (1929). Miss Camus states that C. Franchetiana is perhaps identical with C. tibetana ; in a note she says that the leaves of the former are quite differ- ent from those of Hance’s type in shape, are very lustrous above and more waxy and less pubescent beneath but that she has seen an inter- mediate form. 1936] REHDER, LIGNEOUS PLANTS DESCRIBED BY LEVEILLE 71 Castanopsis cryptoneuron (Lévl.) Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 10: 119 (1929).— Camus, ChAataigniers, Atlas, pl. 54, fig. 1-4 (1928), nom, tantum; text, 418 (1929). Miss Camus cites the combination as dating from her Atlas of 1928, but since the original binomial is not cited there, it cannot be considered as validly published. Castanopsis spec. Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 10: 120 (1929). Quercus Argyi Léveillé in Mem. Acad. Ci. Art. Barcelona, ser. 3, 12: 548 (Cat. Pl. Kiang-Sou, 8) (1916). Cuina. Kiangsu: Sonosé, Ch. d’Argy, nos. 842, 856 [1846— 66]. In the cover of Q. Argyi in Léveillé’s herbarium, there are two speci- mens, no. 842 with pistillate and no. 856 with staminate flowers, both belonging apparently to the same species related to C. Fargesii Franch., but they have broader and more serrate leaves. Cavalerie’s no. 2078 (not 2178) of which I stated (l.c.) that it may belong here, belongs to C. Eyrei (Champ.) Tutch. together with the other specimens of Casta- nopsis asymetrica, Castanopsis spec. Myrica Cavaleriei Léveillé in Fedde, Rep. Spec. Nov. 12: Sa (1983); pro parte, quoad specim. Q Cuina. Kweichou: haut plateau, route de Pin-fa a Kouy- yang, J. Cavalerie, no. 3184, June 1908 (holotype of Myrica Cavaleriet, in part; photo. in A. A.). Cavalerie’s no. 3184 consists of two leafless branches, for which see Quercus spec. (p. 72), and a leafy branch with short axillary spikes of pistillate flowers and with lanceolate slender-petioled leaves 10-12 cm. long and about 2 cm. broad. Quercus serrata Thunberg. — Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 10: 120 (1929). Since the name Q. serrata Thbg. which correctly belongs to the species named Q. glandulifera Bl. has been applied by almost all authors, fol- lowing Siebold and Zuccarini, to Q. acutissima Carruthers, it is advis- able to consider Q. serrata a nomen ambiguum and use Q. acutissima and Q. glandulifera for the two species involved. Quercus guyavaefolia Léveillé in Fedde, Rep. Spec. Nov. 12: 363 (1913); Cat. Pl. Yun-Nan, 67 (1916) “guyavifolia.” — Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 10: 121 (1929).— Camus, Chénes, Atlas, 1: t. 35 (1934). 72 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. Xvi Quercus semecarpifolia Sm. var. longispica Handel-Mazzetti, Symb. Sin. 7: 39 (1929). Handel-Mazzetti cites Q. guyavaefolia as a synonym of his Q. seme- carpifolia var. longispica, but does not enumerate the type of Léveillé’s species, and apparently bases his description on other specimens from Yunnan and also from Szechuan; Miss Camus’ illustrations also are partly based on other specimens. The type specimen of QO. guyavaefolia has all the leaves entire. Quercus Prainiana Léveillé. — Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 10: 121 (1929), This species is figured by Léveillé in the manuscript work Cat. III. Pl. Seu-Tchouan on pl. 23 under the name Q. Prainii. Quercus glauca Thunberg, Fl. Jap. 175 (1784).— Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 10: 121 (1929). — Handel-Mazzetti, Symb. Sin. 7: 50 (1929). Quercus Blakei Skan var. Vaniotii (Lévl.) Chun in Jour. Arnold Arb. 9: 153 (1928). Chun’s new combination is based on Q. Vaniotii Lévl. and on Cava- lerie, no. 3274 (not 3264, as cited), which undoubtedly belongs to Q. glauca, he evidently placed too much faith in Léveillé’s statement, that Q. Vaniotii is very closely related to Q. Blakei Skan. The type speci- men consists only of sterile branches; the leaves show the closely appressed pubescence of Q. glauca, while Q. Blakei has the leaves gla- brous and green beneath, more gradually attenuate at base and with shorter appressed and fewer teeth. Handel-Mazzetti cites (l.c.) QO. Vaniotti as a synonym of Q. glauca. Quercus spec. — Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 10: 122 (1929). Myrica Cavaleriei Léveillé in Fedde, Rep. Spec. Nov. 12: 537 (1913), pro parte, quoad specim. ¢. Curna. Kweichou: haut plateau, route de Pin-fa 4 Kouy- yang, J. Cavalerie, no. 3184 in part (4), April, 1908 (holotype of Myrica Cavaleriei, in part; photo. in A. A.). To Quercus belong two leafless branches with immature staminate catkins; for the pistillate specimen see Castanopsis spec. (p. 71). MORACEAE! Vanieria tricuspidata (Carr.) Hu in Jour. Arnold Arb. 5: 228 (1924). Cudrania_ tricuspidata Bureau in Lavallée, Arb. Segrez. 243 (1877). — Nakai, Fl. Sylv. Kor. 19: 114 (1932). 1See Vol. 10: 123. 1936] REHDER, LIGNEOUS PLANTS DESCRIBED BY LEVEILLE 73 Morus integrifolia Léveillé & Vaniot in Bull. Acad. Intern. Géog. Bot. 17, no. 210-11, p. iii (1907).— Schneider in Sargent, Pl. Wilson. 3: 301, in nota (1916) Cuina. Hopei: Tchao-tchao, cimetiére, L. Chanet, no. 49, June 25, 1905. “fruit rouge a la maturité” (holotype of Morus integri- folia; photo. in A. A.) Nakai (l.c.) seems to have first referred Morus integrifolia to this species. As Cudrania Trecul, though proposed as a nomen conservan- dum, did not receive the unanimous vote of the Committee, I retain here the oldest generic name Vanieria Lour. As Chanet collected his specimen in a cemetery, it was probably from a planted tree the specimen has not been recorded as growing wild in Hopei, but we have specimens in the herbarium from the adjoining provinces — Shansi, Honan and Shantung. Ficus gibbosa Bl. var. cuspidifera King. — Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 10: 123 (1929). Ficus cuspidifera Miquel in London on Bot. 7: 434 (1848).— Handel-Mazzetti, Symb. Sin. 7:92 (19 Handel-Mazzetti cites F. rhomboidalis tél, & Vant. as a synonym of F. cuspidifera. Ficus glaberrima Blume, Bijdr. 451 (1825). Ficus suberosa Léveillé & Vaniot in Fedde, Rep. Spec. Nov. 8: 549 (1910). — Léveillé, Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 433 Cee — Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 10: 131 (1929).— Synon. n Ficus Blinti Léveillé ba Vaniot, I.c. 550 (1910). wn Leveillé, lc. 429 (1915). — Synon. n Ficus Feddei Léveillé & ‘Vanier op. cit. 9: 19 (1910). — Synon. n Ficus Kingiana Léveillé, Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 431 (1915), pro ae non Hemsley. — Synon. nov Cuina. Kweichou: Lo-fou, J. Cavalerie, no. 3597, March 1909, (holotype of F. suberosa; fragments in A. A.); Pia-ouai-lo, alt. 600 m., J. Esquirol, no. 2197, Sept. 1910 (cited under F. suberosa in FI. Kouy-Tchéou; duplicate in A. A.); Lo-fou, J. Cavalerie, no. 3595, March 1909 (holotype of F. Blinii; merotype in A. A.) ; Lo-fou, J. Cava- lerie, no. 3634, Oct. 1908 (holotype of F. Feddei; photo. in A. A.) ; Hua- kiang, J. Cavalerie, no. 2172, June 3, 1904 (syntype of F. Kingiana; photo. in A. A.). In his Flore du Kouy-Tchéou, Léveillé refers F. Fedde as a synonym to F. suberosa, but keeps F. Blinii distinct. Cavalerie’s no. 2172 is cited as a syntype of F. Kingiana by Léveillé, but the characters under which F. Kingiana appears in the key, exclude it, and therefore the other syntype which belongs to F. pyriformis Hook. & Arn. must be considered the real type of the species. 74 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. xvi Ficus retusa Linnaeus, Mant. 129 (1767). — Léveillé, Cat. Pl. Yun- Nan, 275 (1917). — Handel-Mazzetti, Symb. Sin. 7: 100 (1929). Ficus retusiformis Léveillé in Fedde, Rep. Spec. Nov. 8: 549 (1910); Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 433 (1915). Cuina. Kweichou; Lou-fou, J. Cavalerie, no. 3601, March 1909 (holotype of F. retusiformis; merotype in A. A.). Ficus retusiformis was first referred to F. retusa as a synonym by Handel-Mazzetti (l.c.). Ficus lacor Hamilton.— Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 10: 124 (1929 Ficus pili Miq. sensu Handel-Mazzetti, Symb. Sin. 7: 92 (1929), uo . F. Tent; vix Mig ie pial unnan: * Kiao-kia, Siméon Ten, no. 733, Jan. 5, 1906, “grand arbre” (holotype of F. Tenii in hb. Lévl., isotype in hb. Ducloux in hb. Univ. Calif.; photos. in A. A.). Ficus Tenu Lévl. was referred by Handel-Mazzetti (l.c.) to F. superba. Ficus pseudoreligiosa Lévl. has smaller longer-stalked recep- tacles and distinctly cuneate leaves. Ficus obscura Blume, Bijdr. 474 (1825). — Gagnepain in Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo-Chine, 5: 792 (1928). Ficus asymetrica Léveillé & Vaniot in Mem. Acad. Ci. Art. Barcelona, ser. 3, 6: 147 (Ficus Spec. Chin. 9) (1907); in Fedde, Rep. Spec. Nov. 4:82 (1907). — Léveillé, Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 429 (1915).— Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 10: 128 (1929). — Synon. nov CuHInA. Kweichou: bord du Hoa-kiang, L. Martin in hb. Bodinier, no. 2577, Feb. 18, 1899 (holotype of F. asymetrica ; merotype in A. A.); Lo-fou, J. Cavalerie, no. 3596, March 1909 (cited in Fl. Kouy- Tchéou [as 3796]; duplicates in A. A.); bord du Ta-ras riviére, J. Esquirol, nos. 2692, July 20, 1911, and 3549 (cited in Fl. Kouy-Tchéou; duplicates in A. A.). Ficus asymetrica agrees well with F. obscura which has been reported from Kweichou by Gagnepain (l.c.) apparently based on Cavalerie 3596 named in the Paris Herbarium F. obscura. It is a species of wide dis- tribution extending from the Malayan Archipelago to Tonkin, southern China and the eastern Himalayas. Ficus longepedata Léveillé & Vaniot.— Rehder in Jour, Arnold Arb, 10: 127 (1929). — Handel-Mazzetti, Symb. Sin. 7: 93 (1929). Handel-Mazzetti gives (l.c.) a complete description of the species, to which he refers F. trichopoda Léveillé and F. sordida Hand.-Mazz. as synonyms. 1936] REHDER, LIGNEOUS PLANTS DESCRIBED BY LEVEILLE 75 Ficus laevis Blume, Bijdr. 437 (1825). Ficus Jamini Léveillé & Vaniot in Fedde, Rep. Spec. Nov. 8: 550 (1910). — Léveillé, Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 430 (1915).—Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 10: 129 (1929). — Synon. nov. Cutna. Kweichou: Lo-fou, J. Cavalerie, no. 3601, March 1909 (holotype of F. Jamini; merotype in A. A.). The specimen cited represents the typical glabrous form to which be- longs also Henry’s no, 11823 from Yunnan. Ficus scandens Roxburg, Fl. Ind. 3: 536 (1832). Ficus heapicagenigt Bodinier ex Léveillé in Mem. Acad. Ci. Art. Bar- celona, ser. 3, 6: 148 (Ficus Spec. China, 10) etry: in Fedde, Rep. Spec. a 4: 83 (1907). — Synon. nov. Cuina. Hongkong: introduit 4 Hongkong, ot il est main- tenant trés commun sur les murs, E. Bodinier, no, 1253, July 7, 1895 (holotype of F. cantoniensis ; merotype in A. A.). Ficus scandens is not recorded in Hemsley, Index Florae Sinensis, nor in Dunn & Tutcher, Flora of Kwangtung and Hongkong, but it has been collected more recently in southern Yunnan and in Hainan. Ficus foveolata Wall.— Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 10: 124 (1929). — Handel-Mazzetti, Symb. Sin. 7: 95 (1929). Handel-Mazzetti (l.c.) cites F. rufipes Lévl. as a synonym and points out that of the three syntypes cited only Cavalerie 340 belongs here, while Esquirol 75 and 76 represent Rubiaceae; the two last-named syn- types I have not yet seen. Ficus foveolata var. Thunbergii (Maxim.) King.— Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 10: 125 (1929). Ficus stipulata Thunberg, es Ficus, 5, 8 (1786).— Nakai, FI. Sylv. Kor. 19: 124, t. 40 (1932). Ficus hederera Léveillé. — Rehder, l.c. 129 (1929 Ficus Fauriei var. macrocarpa Léveillé in Fedde, Rep. Spec. Nov. 11:65 (1912). Korea. Quelpaert, add: scandens in rupibus, E. Taquet, no. 5972, Dec. 1911 “feuilles et fruits doubles du F. Fauriez’ (holotype of F. Fauriei var. macrocarpa; photo. in A. A.); Hong-no, in declivibus altis, repens in rupibus et tapetem formans, E. Taquet, no. 4425, July 2, 1910 (holotype of F. hederifolia Lévl.; merotype in A. A.). Nakai enumerates under F. stipulate. (l.c.) as synonyms F. hedert- folia Lévl. and F. Fauriei var. macrocarpa Lévl. Ficus Martini Léveillé & Vaniot.— Rehder, l.c. 127 (1929).— Handel-Mazzetti, Symb. Sin. 7: 95 (1929). 76 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. xviI Ficus botryoides Léveillé & Vaniot in Mem. Acad. Ci. Art. Barcelona, ser. 3, 6: 148 (Ficus Sp. Chin. 10) (1907); in Fedde, Rep. Spec. Nov. 4:83 (1907). — Léveillé, FI. ane Tchéou, 429 (1915), — Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 10: 128 (1929). Ficus lacrymans Léveillé, Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 431 (1915).— Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 10: 130 (1929). Ficus kwangtungensis Merrill in Jour. Arnold Arb. 8:3 (1927).— Synon. nov. Cuina. Kweichou, add: Ta-rin, alt. 900 m., J. Esquirol, no. 5373, April 12, 1913, “figuier pleureur” (holotype of F. lacrymans ; merotype in A. A.); environs de Tsin-gay, rochers au bord de la riviére, a Cha-teou-tchay, FE. Bodinier, no. 2653, June 27, 1899 (holotype of F. botryoides ; merotype in A. A.). Handel-Mazzetti |.c. places F. lacrymans with F. Martini, and I now think that he is right; leaves of thinner texture with slight reticulation occur occasionally on specimens from various localities and the habit seems to be extremely variable; on many specimens the branchlets are very long and slender and probably hang down from scandent stems, while other specimens are described as upright shrubs, as is the type of F. kwangtungensis. Though I have not seen the type of the last-named species, I have seen specimens from Kwangtung and Hainan determined by its author. Ficus tikoua Bureau in Jour. de Bot. 2: 213, pl. 7 (1888). — Lé- veillé, Cat. Pl. Yun-Nan, 275 (1917). Ficus Bonatit Léveillé in Fedde, Rep. Spec. Nov. 6: 112 (1908). — 8 ynon. nov. Ficus Bonatiana Léveillé, Cat. Pl. Yun-Nan, 274 (1917). CuinaA. Yunnan: Yunnan-sen, ravins du mont Tchong-chan, F. Ducloux, no. 732, Aug. 18, 1905 (holotype of F. Bonati in herb. Bonati in Univ. Calif.; photo. in A. A.; isotype in herb, New York Bot. Gard.) The specimen cited above differs somewhat from most of the material in this herbarium in the uniformly short petioles not exceeding 1 cm. Ficus erecta Thunberg. — Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 10: 125 (1929). — Handel-Mazzetti, Symb. Sin. 7: 100 (1929). — Nakai, FI. Sylv. Kor. 19: 121 (1932). Nakai cites F. Taquetii as a synonym of F. erecta, and Handel- Mazzetti cites as synonyms besides F. pseudopiriformis and F. Taqueti also F. Mairei Lévl. which according to fragments from the type speci- men belongs to F. heteromorpha Hemsl. (see Rehder, op. cit. 126). 1936] REHDER, LIGNEOUS PLANTS DESCRIBED BY LEVEILLE 77 Ficus erecta Thunb. var. Sieboldi (Miq.) King in Ann. Bot. Gard. Calcutta, 1: 142 (1888).— Nakai, Fl. Sylv. Kor. 19: 123, t. 39 (1932). Ficus Bhi piriformis Léveillé & Vaniot in Fedde, Ree. Spec. Nov. 5: (1908).— Nakai in Jour. Coll. Sci. Tokyo, 31: 199 (FI. ah (1911). Ficus erecta Thunb. — Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 10: 125 (1929), in Korea. Quelpaert: Hong-no, secus torrentes, U. Faurie, no. 1991, July 1907; in petrosis, U. Faurie, 2024, July 1907 (syntypes of F. pseudo-piriformis ; fragments of no. 1991 in A. A.; no. 2024 ex Lé- veillé) ; secus torrentes, alt. 400 m., E. Taquet, no. 4422, July 28, 1910 (in hb, Léveillé sub F. pseudo-piriformis; merotype in A. A.). According to Léveillé’s description Faurie no. 2024 belongs here, but an isotype of this number in the A. A. herbarium is typical F. erecta. On the other hand, a duplicate of Taquet no. 900, which is cited by Léveillé under F. Taqueti, belongs to var. Sieboldi. Ficus Taqueti, according to Léveillé’s description, represents typical F. erecta, while F. pseudo-piriformis agrees with var. Sieboldi. Nakai (l.c. 1932) cites F. pseudo-piriformis under F. erecta var. Sieboldi. Ficus hirta Vahl. — Rehder, l].c. 126 (1929). — Handel-Mazzetti, Symb. Sin. 7: 99, 100 (1929). Handel-Mazzetti (l.c. 100) identifies F. Porteri Lévl. & Vant. with F. hirta Vahl. Ficus pandurata Hance in Ann. Sci. Nat. ser. 4, 18: 229 (1862). Ficus cuneata Léveillé & Vaniot in Mem. Acad. Ci. Art. Barcelona, ser. 3, 6: 149 (Ficus Sp. Chin. 11) (1907); in Fedde, Rep. Spec. Nov. 4:84 (1907). — Léveillé, Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 429 (1915).— Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 10: 128 (1929).— Pro parte, quoad specim. Bodinier 2363. — Non Blume, nec Wallich, nec Miquel. CHInA. Kweichou: environs de Kouy-yang, mont du Col- lege, gorge de Yan-pa, rocailles (May 16, 1898), environs de Tou-chan (May 31), E. Bodinier, no. 2363, “arbuste” (syntype of F. cuneata; photo. in A, A.). On the label of Bodinier’s no. 2363, two localities are given, but there is only one specimen on the sheet; the name F. cuneata does not appear on the label. Here belongs probably also F. comata Hand.-Mazz. as suggested by F. P. Metcalf in a note on one of the sheets of that species. Ficus heteromorpha Hemsley. — Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 10: 126 (1929). — Handel-Mazzetti, Symb. Sin. 7: 98, 100 (1929). 78 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VoL. XVI Ficus cuneata Léveillé & Vaniot in Mem. Acad. Ci. Art. Barcelona, ser. 3, 6: 149 (Ficus Sp. Chin. 11) (1907); in Fedde, Rep. Spec. Nov. 4:84 (1907). — Léveillé, Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 429 (1915). — Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 10: 128 (1929).— Pro parte, quoad specim. Cavalerie 1351. — Non Blume, nec Wallich, nec Miquel. — Synon. nov. Cuina. Kweichou, add: Pin-fa, J. Cavalerie, no. 1351, Sept. 8, 1903, (syntype of F. cuneata; photo. in A. A.). The other syntype of F. cuneata differing in the stalked receptacles seems referable to F. pandurata Hee. Handel-Mazzetti (l.c. 100) refers F. pinfaensis to his F. comata, but the type of F. pinfaensis, Cavalerie 532, differs from F. comata in the sessile fruits, longer petioles and in the venation of the generally oblong and quite glabrous leaves rounded at base. To F. heteromorpha Handel- Mazzetti refers F. Stapfii Lévl., but Léveillé’s species, though apparently related to F. heteromorpha, differs in its leaves being rather densely hirsute on both sides and scarcely acuminate. Ficus formosana Maximowicz. — Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 10: 127 (1929). — Handel-Mazzetti, Symb. Sin. 7: 98, 100 (1929). Ficus ane Léveillé, FI. Kouy-Tchéou 433 (1915), p.p., quoad specim. Esquirol 3267. — Non Léveillé & Vaniot (1907). Cuina. Kweichou: Teng-Tchéou, jardin du P. Marchand, Esquirol, no. 3267, June 22, 1902 (cited in Fl. Kouy-Tchéou; duplicate in A, A.). The type of F. rhomboidalis belongs to F. gibbosa var. cuspidifera (Miq.) King. Ficus lageniformis Lévl. & Vant. was referred by Handel-Mazzetti (l.c. 100) to F. formosana, as already identified by the writer (1.c.) Ficus laceratifolia Léveillé & Vaniot.— Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 10: 130 (1929). This species has been referred tentatively by Handel-Mazzetti (Symb. Sin. 7: 100) to his F. comata as a form with lacerated leaves, but looks quite distinct. It is represented in this herbarium by a photograph of the type with fragments and by two specimens collected by W. P. Fang in Szechuan, no. 2415, from Mt. Omei and no. 5645 from Nanchuan Hsien. Ficus Cavaleriei Léveillé & Vaniot.— Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 10: 128 (1929). This species seems related to F. pyriformis Hook. & Arn., but it is quite glabrous and the veins of the leaves diverge at nearly right angles; 1936] REHDER, LIGNEOUS PLANTS DESCRIBED BY LEVEILLE 79 it also resembles F. stenophylla Hemsley, but the leaves are broader and gradually narrowed from the middle to the ends. Ficus pyriformis Hooker & Arnott, Bot. Beechey Voy. 216 (1841). — Léveillé, Cat. Pl. Yun-Nan, 275 (1917), “piriformis.” — Handel-Mazzetti, Symb. Sin. 7: 98, 100 (1929). Ficus Nerium Léveillé & Vaniot in Fedde, Rep. Spec. Nov. 4: 66 (1907). — Léveillé, Fl. Kouy- oc 432 (1915).—Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 10: 130 (1929 Ficus Kingiana Léveillé, FI. nee 431 (1915), pro parte; non Hemsley. — Synon. nov. CuInA. Kweichou: without locality, J. Esquirol (holotype of F. Nerium,; fragments in A. A.); Tchen-fong, J. Esguirol, no. 914 (cited in Fl. Kouy-Tchéou; duplicate in A. A.); Ly-po, J. Cavalerie, Feb. 15, 1900 (syntype of F. Kingiana; merotype in A. A.) Ficus Nerium was first referred to F. pyriformis by Handel-Mazzetti (l.c. 100). Ficus Kingiana appears in Fl. Kouy-Tchéou without de- scription, but as its characters can be partly ascertained from the key, it is not a nomen nudum; of the two syntypes, only the specimen from Ly-po belongs here and must be considered the type (lectotype) since it fits the characters given in the key, while the other specimen does not. Ficus pyriformis Hook. & Arn. var. ischnopoda King in Ann. Bot. Gard. Calcutta, 1: 158, pl. 201c (1888). Ficus macropodocarpa Léveillé & Vaniot in Fedde, Rep. Spec. Nov. 4:66 (1907). — Léveillé, Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 431 ee — Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 10: 130 (1929). — Synon Cuina. Kweichou: without locality, a hae. no. 838 (holotype of F. macropodocarpa; merotype in A. A.); riviére de Lou- fou, J. Esquirol, no. 2216, Sept. 1910 (cited in Fl. Kouy-Tchéou; dupli- cate in A. A.). Ficus macropodocarpa was first referred by Handel-Mazzetti to F. pyriformis (l.c. 100); on account of the long-peduncled receptacles, it seems referable to var. ischnopoda. Ficus Esquirolii Léveillé & Vaniot in Mem. Acad. Ci. Art. Barce- lona, ser. 3, 6: 150 (Ficus Spec. Chin. 12) (1907); in Fedde, Rep. Spec. Nov. 4: 84 (1907). — Léveillé, Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 430 (1915). Ficus stenophylla Hemsley in Hooker’s Icon. 26: t. 2536 (1897), p-p., excl. parte typ. — Handel-Mazzetti, Symb. Sin. 7: 98 (1929). Cut1na. Kweichou: préfecture de Hin-y-fou, J. Esquirol in hb. Bodinier, no. 2588, April 1899 (holotype of F. Esquirolii ; photo. in A. A.) 80 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII This species seems to be closely related to F. pyriformis Hook. & Arn. and to F. stenophylla Hemsl.; from the former it differs in the narrower long-caudate leaves, subsessile subglobose receptacle covered with short appressed hairs, and from the latter by the thinner caudate leaves slightly hairy below and the subsessile subglobose and hairy receptacle. Hemsley based his species mainly on Henry’s no. 8716 from Hainan which has to be considered the type of his species and is the plant figured on the plate except figure 7 representing a single receptacle which is from Faber’s no. 446 and apparently belongs to F. Esquirolii. The de- scription also applies mainly to the Hainan plant if under “Reptacula” the words “‘subsessilia vel . . . vel sphaeroidea . . . vel leviter puberula” are taken out. Typical F. stenophylla is represented in this herbarium by plants from Hainan (W. T. Tsang no. 378, McClure, no. 9584), Kwangtung (C. L. Tso, no. 21048, Levine & Kwok, no. 875), Fukien (L. Y. Tai, no. 11673), Chekiang (R. C. Ching, no. 1692) and from Kweichou (Steward, Chiao & Cheo, no. 877); the last named specimen seems to approach F, Esquirolii in the shorter stalk of the receptacle. Ficus Esquirolii is represented besides by the photograph of the type also by Handel-Mazzetti, no. 10695, Y. Tsiang, no. 6053 and Steward, Chiao & Cheo, no. 147, all from Kweichou. Under Ficus Esquiroliana Léveillé (in Bull. Geog. Bot. 24: 252) says of F. Esquirolii “extra genus probata est” but he still enumerates it the following year in his Flore du Kouy-Tchéou as F.. Esquirolii, while he changes F, Esquiroliana to F. laus-Esquirolit. Ficus silhetensis Miquel in Ann. Mus. Bot. Lugd.-Bat. 3: 223, 291 (1867). — Léveillé, Cat. Pl. Yun-Nan, 275 (1917). Ficus Cyanus Léveillé & Vaniot.—Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 10: 129 (1929) — Synon. nov. Ficus Cyanus var. viridescens Léveillé & Vaniot in Mem. Acad. Ci Art. Barcelona, ser. 3, 6: 149 (Ficus Spec. Chin. 11) (1907); in Fedde, Rep. Spec. Nov. 4: 84 (1907). sh! i la Léveillé & Vaniot in Léveillé, Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 429 15).— ae in Jour. Arnold Arb. 10:128 (1929).— Seay no Cu1na. Kweichou:_ Si-liéou-gay, trous profonds, J. Cava- lerie, no. 169, July 3, 1902 (holotype of F. Cyanus;; merotype in A. A.) ; arrivée a Tong-kai (ruisseau), J. Esquirol, no. 3031, July 25, 1911 (cited in Fl. Kouy-Tchéou under F. Cyanus; photo, and duplicate in A. A.); Pin-fa, J. Cavalerie, no. 1099, June 23, 1903 (holotype of F. Cyanus var. viridescens; photo. in A. A.); Tché-chou, bois, J. Esquirol, no, 2506, Sept. 1909 (holotype of F. congesta; merotype in A. A.). Ficus Cyanus differs slightly from F. silhetensis as figured and de- 1936] REHDER, LIGNEOUS PLANTS DESCRIBED BY LEVEILLE 81 scribed by King (in Ann. Bot. Gard. Calcutta, 1: 154, pl. 194, 1888) in the shorter petioles and cuneate base of the leaf, but otherwise agrees. The variety viridescens does not seem to differ from typical F. Cyanus, and in Flore du Kouy-Tchéou, Léveillé enumerates it under the species. Ficus congesta resembles closely Cavalerie’s no. 1099 (F. Cyanus var. viridescens) except that the leaves are somewhat smaller. The species has also been collected in Kweichou by Y. Tsiang, no. 4404, determined as F. silhetensis Miq. by E. D. Merrill. Ficus Stapfii Léveillé.— Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 10: 131 (1929). Ficus Stapfi is represented only by a sterile specimen (photo. and fragments in A. A.). It was referred by Handel-Mazzetti (Symb. Sin. 7: 100) tentatively to F. heteromorpha Hemsl., but differs in its rather dense pubescence; in this respect it resembles F. silhetensis Miq., but the leaves are oblong and obtusish to acutish, not acuminate at the apex. Ficus Abelii Miquel in Ann. Mus. Bot. Lugd.-Bat. 3: 281 (1867). Ficus Schinzii Léveillé & Vaniot in Fedde, Rep. Spec. Nov. 8: 550 (1910). — Léveillé, Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 433 (1915).—Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb, 10: 131 (1929).— Non F. Schinziana Warb. — Synon. nov. Cuina. Kweichou: Lo-fu, J. Cavalerie, no. 3592, Apr. 1909 (holotype of F. Schinzii; merotype in A. A.); Tsao-ly, bord de riviére, alt. 600 m., J. Esquirol, no. 3503, Feb. 5, 1912 (cited in Fl. Kouy- Tchéou; duplicate in A. A.). By Handel-Mazzetti (l.c. 100) F. Schinzii was referred to F. pyri- formis and its allies. It certainly belongs to F. Abelii which has not yet been recorded from Kweichou, though it has been collected in Szechuan and Hunan. Ficus Roxburghii Wallich. Num. List. 4508 (1832).— Handel- Mazzetti, Symb. Sin. 7: 100 (1929). Ficus macrocarpa Léveillé & Vaniot in Mem. Acad. Ci. Art. Barcelona, ser. 3, 6: 152 (Ficus Spec. Chin. 14) (1907); in Fedde, Rep. Spec. Nov. 4:85 (1907). — Léveillé, Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 431 (1915), sub F. macrocarpa Wight.—Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 10: 130 (1929).— Non Wight. Cuina. Kweichou: without precise locality, J. Cavalerie in 1899 (holotype of F. macrocarpa; ex Léveillé); ouest de Lo-fou, J. Cavalerie, no. 3593, March 1909, “bel arbre” (cited in Fl. Kouy-Tchéou; photo. in A. A.). Handel-Mazzetti refers to F. Roxburghii besides F. macrocarpa also F, Letaqui Lévl. & Vant. which see below. 82 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VoL. Xv Ficus Roxburghii Wall. must be considered a valid publication of a new name, since he cites as a synonym “F. macrophylla Hb. Roxb. (haud Desf.)” a species described in Roxburgh, Fl. Ind. 3: 556 (1832). Ficus Letaqui Léveillé & Vaniot in Fedde, Rep. Spec. Nov. 8: 550 (1910). — Léveillé, Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 531 (1915).— Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 10: 130 (1929). This species was referred by Handel-Mazzetti (Symb. Sin. 7: 100) to F. Roxburghii, but it differs markedly from F. Roxburghii in the much smaller subglobose and subsessile receptacles, borne mostly in pairs on the nodes of long and slender leafless shoots; the leaves are similar in shape, but scabrid above and borne on longer and slenderer petioles. Ficus Vanioti Léveillé, Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 434 (1915), pro parte. Cutna. Kweichou: bois sacré au Che-chen de Na-é, J. Esquirol, nos. 3077 and 3078, end of June and July 1 (syntype of F. Vanioti; photo. in A. A.). The name F. Vanioti was published in Flore du Kouy-Tchéou with F. ouangliensis as a synonym and was intended apparently as a new name for that species which is based on Cavalerie no, 2568, and is not a Ficus, but an Aglaia. The two specimens cited above, however, repre- sent a species of Ficus, but the material is so fragmentary, consisting only of bare branches, broken leaves and a few broken receptacles, that exact identification is not possible; the material seems to belong in the affinity of F. formosana Maxim. LORANTHACEAE Tolypanthus Maclurei (Merr.) Danser in Bull. Jard. Bot. Buiten- zorg, ser. 3, 10: 355 (1929). nme Maclurei Merrill in Philipp. Jour. Sci. 21: 494 (1922). Loranthus Esquirolii Léveillé, Rev. Ann. Chine, 1916: 21 (MS).— Nomen non rite sabliontus, Cuina. Kweichou: Pin-fa, Heou-tcheng, J. Esquirol, no. 52, “liane parasite sur le bibassier” (type of Loranthus Esquirolii; photo. in A. A.). Léveillé’s name Loranthus Esquirolii appeared in a manuscript publi- cation, of which only a few copies were distributed and cannot be con- sdeced validly published; Merrill’s specific epithet therefore, remains vali The name Loranthus Esquirolii does not appear on the original label a the type specimen which was identified by Danser as Tolypan- thus Maclurei. (To be continued) HERBARIUM, ARNOLD ARBORETUM, HARVARD UNIVERSITY. 1936] FLORY, CHROMOSOMES IN GYMNOSPERMS 83 CHROMOSOME NUMBERS AND PHYLOGENY IN THE GYMNOSPERMS WALTER S. FLory With two text figures CRITICAL sTuDIES of chromosome morphology in most groups of living gymnosperms have been published during the past few years. Geitler (1929) and Florin (1932) have described the chromosomes of Wel- wttschia and Ephedra of the order Gnetales. Sax and Beal (1934) inves- tigated the chromosome situation in all nine genera of the Cycadales. The most comprehensive chromosome survey in the gymnosperms is that of the Coniferales by Sax and Sax (1933). Fifty-three species from six- teen genera of the subfamilies Cupressineae, Taxodineae, Abietineae, and Taxineae were studied. The sole surviving member of the Gink- goales was included in the last mentioned analysis and has been the object of cytological studies by other workers as well. This leaves only the sub- families Araucarineae and Podocarpineae and the genus Gnetum with representatives unanalyzed in recent cytological papers. With regard to two of these groups Sax and Beal (1934) write, ‘“ .. . recent studies ae that Podocarpus has 20 pairs of chromosomes’; and, also . Gnetum has a large number of relatively small eheoiiosomnien in erie: accounts Burlingame, Ishikawa and Schurhoff (from Sax and Sax, 1933, p. 368) have found 12 chromosomes in several species of Podocarpus. Only two genera are included in the subfamily Araucarineae. They are Araucaria and Agathis. An early morphological study (Lopriore, from Coulter and Chamberlain) on one species of Araucaria indicated the presence of 12 pairs of chromosomes here. No references have been found to critical chromosome work on either genus of this subfamily. Questions concerning the phylogenetic sequence of conifer subfamilies involve the Araucarineae at important points. One question concerns the comparative antiquity of the Araucarineae and Abietineae; another the relationship between the Araucarineae and the Podocarpineae. This investigation was made to see if a knowledge of chromosome number and morphology in the Araucarineae would aid in solving problems of the nature mentioned. To further that end, the chromosomes of several species of Podocarpus have been examined, and the results obtained will be briefly discussed. 84 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII Material for this work has been secured from several sources. The greenhouses of the Bussey Institution, the Arnold Arboretum, and the Biological Institute of Harvard University, have been sources of some species of Agathis and Araucaria. Root tips of two species of Podocarpus and of two species of Araucaria were obtained at Wellesley College. Other material of Araucaria and Podocarpus was collected at the Brook- lyn Botanic Garden and at the New York Botanical Garden. We realize that the species names of such specimens may not be correct, but it was not possible to verify the classification of these immature plants. Absolutely accurate chromosome counts of conifer species are difficult to secure in root tip cells, — endosperm material being much preferred for preparations of somatic chromosomes. However, root tips were the only material available for the present study. The chromosomes of all species examined were studied in aceto-carmine smears of root tip cells. Some recent advances in technique allow somewhat more critical prepa- rations to be made than were formerly possible. A modification of Warmke’s (1935) method of making temporary root tip smears was used. Root tips were fixed in aceto-alcohol overnight; treated with a hydrochloric acid and 95% alcohol mixture; hardened in aceto-alcohol ; then sliced and macerated. After the preparations had been allowed to stand for from 5 to 15 minutes, they were heated almost to boiling; then considerable pressure was exerted upon the cover glass, and this was fol- lowed by a second heating, after which the mounts were sealed. By this method metaphase plates were secured, in several species, in which the chromosomes were well scattered, enabling them to be readily counted. Rehder’s (1927) classification has been followed with regard to divi- sion of the Coniferales, and elsewhere when possible. This has been sup- plemented by use of Pilger’s (1926) classification for the forms not gen- erally grown in the temperate United States. DESCRIPTION Agathis robusta, Araucaria brasiliana, and A, Cunninghamii each con- tains 13 pairs of chromosomes. Material from a plant of Agathis bearing a doubtful specific name also showed 26 somatic chromosomes. Numer- ous plates from Araucaria Bidwilli were also studied. The chromosome picture appeared to be identical with that found in the other two species of Araucaria studied. Counts of a number of metaphase figures seen in side view indicated the presence of 26 somatic chromosomes in this spe- cies. The chromosomes of species belonging to the same genus were very similar. The chromosomes of Agathis robusta (Fig. 1) and of Araucaria brasiliana (Fig. 2) were studied in more detail than those of the other 1936] FLORY, CHROMOSOMES IN GYMNOSPERMS 85 species. In each of these species there were 9 pairs of chromosomes in which the arms were about equal in length, or in which the longest arm was, at most, not twice the length of the shortest. In addition to these chromosomes with median or submedian attachments, both species apparently have 4 pairs with nearly terminal attachment points. The chromosomes of Agathis and Araucaria are similar not only in morphol- ogy but also in size. Chromosomes of Agathis, in aceto-carmine, vary in length from 13 u to 22 uw; those of Araucaria from 12.5 uto 20 u. In Araucaria the elements appear to be slightly greater in diameter than in Agathis, but the difference is too small to be significant. TEXT FIGURE 1 Drawings of chromosomes of root tip cells. x 900. Fig. 1. Agathis robusta, 26 chromosomes. Fig. 2. Araucaria brasiliana, 26 chromosomes. Fig. 3. Podocarpus falcatus, 24 chromosomes. Fig. 4. Podocarpus macro- phyllus, 38 chromosomes. Fig. 5. Podocarpus neriifolius, 36 chromosomes. The chromosomes of five forms of Podocarpus were examined. These were P. macrophyllus, P. falcatus, P. neriifolius, P. chinensis, and P. andinus. Pilger indicates that P. chinensis is merely a form of P. macro- phyllus, which is cultivated in botanic gardens, and is not a separate species. The first four forms listed belong in the generic section Eupodo- carpus. Podocarpus andinus is placed in Pilger’s section Stachycarpus. In these five forms there are two different types of genoms. The first type of genom was found in a species growing in the greenhouse at Wel- lesley College and tentatively identified by Dr. Alice Ottley as P. fal- 86 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII catus R. Br. Several plates quite clearly showed 24 chromosomes in root tip cells of this plant (Fig. 3). These plates, quite apparently, were almost complete. Each, however, had its elements quite scattered, owing to pressure; and it is possible that a few chromosomes were lost. Of the 24 chromosomes observed, 2 pairs were approximately isobrachial; the other 10 pairs were distinctly heterobrachial. Chromosome measure- ments were, for the longest, 15 ; for the shortest, 5.5 u; and the average length was approximately 11 u. In morphology the complement is similar to that found in many conifers. However, the chromosomes are smaller than those found in most species. In P. macrophyllus many plates were found which showed all but a few chromosomes distinct and unentangled (Fig. 4), but no complete plate was beyond question at some point. The number is about 38, many plates seeming to have this count. In several cases there was a suggestion of 39 chromosomes. No plate seemed to have 40 but per- haps, for safety, the number should be placed as between 38 and 40. The best figures, those appearing to contain 38 elements, were analyzed. Ten pairs are heterobrachial, 3 of these approaching the isobrachial con- dition. Nine pairs appear to have attachment points that are terminal, or very nearly so. Chromosome measurements give, for the longest pair, 12.5 uw; for the shortest, 3.5 4; and the average length was about 7.5 uw. The P. nertifolius complement has much the same appearance as that of the species just described. Approximately 38 chromosomes are pres- ent. However, the majority of these appear terminal or nearly so, the only apparent exceptions being one short isobrachial pair, and the longest pair, which have submedian attachment constrictions. The longest chromosomes are 12.5 ut, the shortest 3 u. Figure 5 shows 36 well-spaced chromosomes in a plate from which a few have been lost. Podocar pus chinensis and P. andinus (belonging to a different section from the other podocarps mentioned here) were seen to have the same general type of complement as P. macrophyllus, having nearly 40 chro- mosomes, many with terminal or near terminal attachment points. CHROMOSOME NUMBERS AND PHYLOGENY Numerous morphological studies have been made on gymnosperms. These, with discussions of suggested evolutionary tendencies, are best summarized by Chamberlain (1935 a and b). A diagram (Text fig. 2) representing the phylogeny of gymnosperm orders and families, as rep- resented by the best available evidence, has been made. In this diagram ideas and material from. a number of sources (chiefly: Chamberlain, 1935b, diagram p. 184; Jeffrey, 1917, especially pp. 355-6; Sax and Sax, 1936 | FLORY, CHROMOSOMES IN GYMNOSPERMS 87 1. c.; Sax and Beal, 1.c.; Florin, 1. c.; Matsuura and Suto, 1935; and the present work) are incorporated in one figure. Since representatives of all major gymnosperm groups have now been subjects of critical cyto- logical examination, it seemed appropriate that some effort be made to see how the cytological facts fit in with those of grosser morphology. A description of Text figure 2 follows. Beneath each major division are placed its genera from which representatives have been cytologically Zami 8 i) Pinus 12 Cryptowmerial iy St 8 = 5 : : her ia a; = noi" Cedrus IL Taxodium [ut eratozama 6 3 Encephalartos i Un 8 3 "3 7F aes : ; ‘. phals g 4 2 v o|tl Picea " f]3 Boweni 5 0 ¥ 12 = Ts uga lo “ Dioon q wW F = Foo Abie 5 : ™Macreza icf 0 2 ; ; +2 a mua Oo w Oe Poevdotsu 0) A Cycas st S c z 7 al Yala Y ca £|'3 £ evdolarix]22 sla 9} 39 Microcycas 13 a ALC c ee ras "a c : | = v © ) q y 3 = E rie : £ a 2 v 3 ad “SE ‘ Cycadales 8B Coni fev ates leo TEXT FIGURE 2 Phylogenetic relationships of the living gymnosperms based on morpho- logical characters, and the basic chromosome numbers of the genera in the various families. analyzed. The chromosome count is given in basic haploid numbers. Extinct orders are indicated by four small perpendicular lines, placed on the main evolutionary lines at about the geological level at which ex- tinction occurred. The most doubtful points in the suggested relation- ships are shown by dotted lines or by question marks. There are apparently three basic groups of chromosome numbers in 88 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. xvi the living gymnosperms. The basic numbers are predominantly 8 or 9 for the Cycadales, 7 for the Gnetales, and 12 for the Ginkgoales and Coniferales. The deviations from these basic numbers in these groups can be attributed to elimination of one or several chromosomes following segmental interchange or polyploidy, and an increase in chromosome number resulting from fragmentation or chromosome duplication. Polyploidy is rare in the gymnosperms. The chromosomes of species of gymnosperms are much more uniform in number, size, and general morphology than those in the species of angiosperms. The count of 38 somatic chromosomes in certain species of Podocarpus at first suggested a basic number of 19. This is the basic number in certain primitive angiosperms, and Anderson (1934) has suggested an allopolyploid origin of such angiosperms from primitive gymnosperms with basic chromosome numbers of 7 and 12. The presence of about 12 pairs of chromosomes in one species of Podocarpus suggests, however, that the forms with about 38 somatic chromosomes may be triploids with 13 chromosomes as the basic number, or that chromosome fragmenta- tion at the fiber attachment point has effected the change in these genoms. The cytological analysis of the Coniferales seems to show some corre- lation with the morphological evidence regarding family relationships. The Cupressineae and Taxodineae have the same basic chromosome numbers. The basic chromosome number is 13 in the Araucarineae and is 12 or 13 for the Podocarpineae. The presence of 12 chromosomes in most genera of the Abietineae supports the theory that this may be the main line from which the other families have been derived. The basic number of 12 chromosomes in the Ginkgoales also supports the sugges- tion that 12 is the basic number from which both families, Taxaceae and Pinaceae, originated. SUMMARY The basic chromosome number is 13 for Agathis and Araucaria, and the genoms are similar in morphology. Chromosome numbers were obtained in five species of Podocarpus. In one species about 24 somatic chromosomes were counted, but in the other species there were about 38 chromosomes in the root tip cells. The basic chromosome number is 12 or 13, and the four species with about 38 chromosomes presumably are the result of polyploidy or chromosome fragmentation. A survey of chromosome numbers in the gymnosperms indicates three basic numbers, — 8 or 9 for the Cycadales, 7 for the Gnetales, and 12 for the Ginkgoales and Coniferales. There is some correlation between 1936] FLORY, CHROMOSOMES IN GYMNOSPERMS 89 chromosome numbers and morphological relationships of the various taxonomic units. This work was done at the Bussey Institution of Harvard University while the author was a National Research Council Fellow. LITERATURE CITED ANDERSON, EpcGar (1934). Origin of the Angiosperms. (Nature, 133: 462. CHAMBERLAIN, C. J. (1935). Gymnosperms, structure and evolution. Univ. of Chicago Press a 5). The Gymnosperms. (Bot. Rev. 1: 183-209.) Coutter, J. M. and C. J. CHAMBERLAIN (1910). Morphology of Gymno- sperms. one of Chicago Press. FLorIn, R. (1932). Die ee ean ae bei Welwitschia und einigen Ephedra-Arten. (Svensk Bot. Tidskr. 26: 205-214. GEITLER, L. (1929). Zur Zytologie von Ephedra. (Oester. Bot. Zeitschr. 8: 242 ff. ) JEFFREY, E. C. Ces The anatomy of woody plants. University of Chic cago Matsuura, H. and T. Suto or pas eget to the idiogram aired in Bh oe Heke plants. I. (Jour. Fac . Hokkaido Imp. Uni 5: 33-75. Pricer, R. (1926). Gymmospermae (in Engler and Prantl’s “Die nattr- en Pflanzenfamilien,” 2d ed. REHDER, ALFRED (1927). Manual of cultivated trees and shrubs. The Macmillan Co., New York. Sax, Kari and J. M. BEAL (1934). Chromosomes of the Cycadales. (Jour. Arnold Arb. 15: 255-258. Sax, Kart and Hatty J. Sax (193 3). Chromosome number and morphol- ogy in fe conifers. (Jour. Arnold Arb. 14: 356-375.) CYTOLOGICAL LABORATORY, ARNOLD ARBORETUM, HARVARD UNIVERSITY. 90 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII APOSPORIC PARTHENOGENESIS IN A TRIPLOID APPLE, MALUS HUPEHENSIS Haic DERMEN With plates 179-181 A NUMBER of years ago Dr. Karl Sax, in his attempt to make inter- generic crosses in Pomoideae, found that whenever Malus hupehensts was used as the female parent, seeds were always formed. Preliminary experiments were made to discover the basis of this peculiarity (Sax, 1931) and it was found that this species behaved as a typical partheno- genetic plant. I was designated to investigate the problem and the present report is a cytological analysis of this phenomenon. Malus hupehensis (Pamp.) Rehd. (M. theifera Rehd.) (Rehder, 1933) is known to be a pure species, distributed widely in mountain regions of China extending south into Assam. It was introduced into this country in 1900. All plants of this species growing in the Arnold Arboretum, some of which have been propagated from seeds here and some brought in from outside sources, fruit heavily; the fruits con- taining the usual number of seeds. All the seeds appear to be deformed in outline in comparison with those of other species. MATERIAL AND METHODS In order to have a sounder basis for our conclusions concerning par- thenogenetic behavior in M. hupehcnsis it was thought advisable to make parallel observations on another species, the embryonic development of which was normal. Malus arnoldiana (Rehd.) Sarg. (M. baccata X floribunda), a hybrid, chosen as a control plant, produces an abundance of fruit, and normal seeds in contrast to M. hupehensis. In the summer of 1931 a preliminary examination was made of the chromosome number from root-tips of a M. hupehensis seedling and it was found to be a triploid form. The analysis of the ovules was made beginning the first week of May and continuing through the summer during the years 1932, 1933 and 1934. The study of this problem dur- ing the first two years was exploratory in character and it was in 1934 that a more complete analysis of the ovules of both M. arnoldiana and M. hupehensis was made. Specimens at different stages of ovular development were fixed sepa- rately. The fixing of material was begun during the first week of May 1936 ] DERMEN, PARTHENOGENESIS IN MALUS 91 when the buds began to turn pink and the development of the female meiotic phase was initiated. This phase is completed just before shed- ding of petals when the egg apparatus in the embryo sac (ES) is formed and fertilization has taken place (normally). From the pink stage to the time of shedding of petals six separate collections were made. Two collections were made between shedding of petals and remaining parts of perianth. After that the collections were continued at 5 to 7 day intervals in order to follow up the sequence of embryo development. In fixing material for early stages, the fleshy part of the ovary is trimmed off with a sharp knife in order that the fixative may penetrate the ovules quickly. For later stages young seeds are removed from the fruit and are fixed directly. For quick penetration of fixative in older seeds the seed coat may be slightly slashed. For more mature seeds the whole testa may be removed. The first year Flemming’s solution was used as fixative but was found unsuitable for this material. Navashin’s solution was found preferable for the meiotic and earlier stages of embryo sac formation. However, being doubtful of the effect of the latter fixative on later stages, Lewitz- ky’s solution (5% formalin and 0.5% chromic acid) was used for those, since I had found earlier (Dermen, 1933) that it facilitates at least the staining of nucleoli with either crystal violet-iodine or haematoxylin. In this way I hoped to have at least the nucleoli to go by as landmarks, so to speak, in determining the nuclear number and other features in the development of embryo sacs. The results eventually showed this assump- tion to be justified. To prevent severe distortion of embryo sacs in changing fixed material into alcohol for paraffin sectioning, the material was allowed to remain in the fixative for twelve hours or more, washed in water and run up in alcohol gradually beginning with 5%. The results later showed that there was some shrinkage of the embryo sac and endo- sperm layer away from the nucellar tissue, though not enough to make observations confused. Paraffin sections of early stages to the beginning of ES formation were cut 20 u thick and from ES formation on up 35-40 u, thick enough to obtain whole embryo sacs and young embryos, in order that confusion might be avoided in studying the origin and sequence of development. Meiotic stages were stained with crystal violet-iodine, and ES and later stages with haematoxylin. Root-tips were fixed in Lewitzky’s solution and stained with crystal violet-iodine; while for meiosis in the anther aceto-carmine technique was used. Due to technical difficulties in illustrating various phases, it was necessary to use different scales. The scale used is indicated under each drawing. 92 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII DESCRIPTION The features illustrated which were considered important in the analysis of parthenogenetic behavior in M. hupehensis are presented in 38 figures in three plates. The drawings are made in diagrammatic form to bring out the points pertinent to this study and to give the most essential details of origin and development of both embryo sac and embryo. The comparative illustrations of the control plant, M. arnold- iana, and M. hupehensis run from Figs. 18 and 19 to Figs. 34 and 35 in- clusive. Other figures are from M. hupehensis alone. The somatic chromosome number in M. hupehensis, studied from root-tips, was 3n = 51 (Fig. 1), a triploid number, the diploid being 2n — 34. The next figure (Fig. 2) represents the chromosome set from a tetraploid seedling of M. hupehensis with 4n = 68, the discussion of which will be found elsewhere in this paper. The size of these chromo- somes is about one micron in length. The meiotic development in anthers took place about 10 days earlier than the corresponding phase in the ovules. In the anthers the homolo- gous chromosomes form trivalents and bivalents and a few remain uni- valents (Sax 1932). Figure 3 is II M from anthers with 25+ chromo- somes at each plate. No mature pollen grains are found in the anthers. Some cells begin to degenerate at I M and others at later stages, and most degenerate after they have reached the tetrad stage when the individual microspores fail to break apart although they are fully differ- entiated and each has its own wall. A similar process of degeneration was found in the ovules. Here the chromosomes either remain univalents at I M or pair variously and divide at random, Figure 4 (a and b) represents I M in an egg mother cell (EMC). The chromosomes here are in univalent form. In the two sections, a and b, the total is exacly 51. It cannot be stated with cer- tainty when, if ever, in univalent form there was any division in the EMC. However, in a few instances observed where the chromosomes were unpaired the cell was in a stage of degeneration. Such a cell is shown in Fig. 11. An anaphase stage is given in Fig. 5 (a and b). The b group of chromosomes from the lower pole was in a following serial section. Here also the total number of chromosomes could be accurately counted. Altogether in M. hupehensis over two hundred ovules in the early stages of meiosis were examined and only rarely were there found ovules lacking a meiotic cell, either in prophase, in division stages, or in a de- generative process. There were found some older ovules which lacked embryo sacs. One young ovule was found with two egg mother cells. 1936] DERMEN, PARTHENOGENESIS IN MALUS 93 There were observed many ovules divided into two nucellar regions, a twin ovule, each with a simple or a compound ES, enclosed together within a common integument. An EMC is shown in Fig. 6 at pachytene stage. Usually around a meiotic cell there are one or more somatic cells each with a nucleolus as large or larger than that in the meiotic nucleus, which, as will be pointed out later, may develop into embryo sacs. Very rarely there were found ovules with two egg mother cells. Such a case is shown in Fig. 7. Around these meiotic cells are found a number of large nucleolated somatic cells. Figure 9 is a small scale drawing of the same cell to indicate the distance of a meiotic cell from the upper end of the nucellus. Here the EMC is 6 cell layers deep, while in other ovules the number of layers may vary. In Lilium regale (original observation) this layer was always one layer deep from an early stage to the time of fertilization (later stages were not observed). Figure 10 illustrates a typical young ovule with two layers of integumental tissue as it appears in longitudinal section. The cell in it is the same as in Figs. 8and 9. The tissue around this cell is the nucellus. This figure shows the approximate location of the EMC in the ovule taken as a whole. As was mentioned above the EMC may either degenerate at I M or later as in the anther. A degenerating cell at I M is shown in Fig. 11. Here the cell was found compressed from the sides and the chromosome stain was blurry showing these bodies more or less clumped together. As a whole its degenerated feature could be easily distinguished when compared with other cells at the same stage. As well as could be made out the chromosomes in this cell were not paired, which fact, I believe, may be correlated with degeneration of the cells at this stage. Figures 12 and 13 show a parallelism in division with EMC and in development of one of the resulting cells into, supposedly, an ES. Nor- mally an EMC should divide twice and from this division four cells should result. One of these, which is the furthest from the micropyle should be the megaspore destined to become an ES. However, as will be shown below, this expectation is not fulfilled in M. hupehensis. In Fig. 12 we find three cells. The one nearest to the micropyle has degen- erated. This cell corresponds to one in Fig. 13 which was in metaphase and in a stage of degeneration. In this latter figure the second division was found to be irregular; some of the chromosomes at opposite poles were at a distance from the main chromosome groups. If this cell divided it would result in two unequal sized cells, because these two groups of chromosomes are not found at equal distance from the ends of the cell. This is what is found in Fig. 12. Here one cell is degenerating. 94 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII One of the sister cells from the second division is small, the other large, and in this large cell there is a small chromosome mass outside the main nucleus, indicating that this cell is not an ordinary somatic cell but the product of an irregular second division of an EMC. Direct as well as indirect evidence shows that meiotic cells at some stage of their development degenerate while somatic cells in their imme- diate vicinity usually grow in size and develop into embryo sacs. Figure 14 illustrates this point clearly. Here is shown a rather large somatic cell with a large nucleolus, above which there is a meiotic cell in a stage of degeneration. In Fig. 15 is shown such a cell that has grown in size. The nucleus has divided and the cell is in a two-nucleate stage and beginning to develop into an ES. At the base of this are shown four cells in a row that have annular xylem thickenings, an unexpected mani- festation in an ovule, this type of cell being characteristic of vegetative tissues. Similar cells were found at later stages of ES development and in one case in a complex ES. Serial sections from either side of this were scrutinized and no trace of degenerating meiotic cells was found in the neighborhood of this binucleate ES. Therefore, it may be that these four annulated cells represent the tetrad resulting from two meiotic divi- sions. Their degeneration was expressed by transformation into xylem elements. Such cases were found only in 1932 material. In the majority of cases the embryo sacs were structurally complex. These were found to have resulted from the fusion of two or more embryo sacs. A simple case is shown in Fig. 16 where two embryo sacs were found growing simultaneously. In other cases the number of these young embryo sacs growing side by side may reach six or more. In this figure one is four-nucleate and the other below it two-nucleate. In Fig. 23 two adjacent sacs are shown in mature egg apparatus stages. Figure 17 represents the middle section of five serial sections in which a total of 30 nuclei could be counted which may have resulted from fusion of four embryo sacs, boundaries of which could not be made out clearly. Illustrations from Fig. 18 to Fig. 35 inclusive are diagrammatic rep- resentation of comparative development of embryo sacs and embryos in M. arnoldiana and M. hupehensis. Figures 18 and 19, the former from M. arnoldiana and the latter from M. Aupehensis, are from material fixed at the time of full bloom. Both represent the stage when the embryo sacs have completed the cycle of the development with three antipodal nuclei cut off, each having formed a separate small cell. The main portion of the ES now functions as a distinct body in which there is an egg cell with two synergid cells together forming the egg apparatus, below which the two polar nuclei have approached each other but com- 1936 ] DERMEN, PARTHENOGENESIS IN MALUS 95 plete fusion is delayed, perhaps till joined with a sperm. A similar situation was observed in Lilium regale (original observation) where first the upper polar nucleus is joined with a sperm and these two jointly meet half way with the lower polar nucleus. By the time of fertilization the egg cell is larger than the synergids (Fig. 20, M. arnoldiana). In these drawings the upper limits of the egg and synergid cells are not shown because they were vague in my preparations. In Fig. 19 (M. hupehensis) a dotted nucleolus of one of the polar nuclei and a dotted synergid cell are superimposed on the main portion from an adjacent section in a single drawing. The outer broken line represents the inner limit of the nucellus. A more mature ES is shown in Fig. 20 of M. arnoldiana from material fixed at the time of calyx shedding (the last remnant of the perianth with dried up styles). Here only nucleoli are shown. At this stage the antipodal cells had disappeared and the sac had grown longer but not much wider. At this time of the ES develop- ment fertilization has usually taken place, but perhaps due to climatic conditions some cells remain unfertilized. In the ES shown in Fig. 21 (M. arnoldiana) there is a clear indication that fertilization has taken place, judging by the amount of nucleolus in the egg nucleus in compari- son with the same in the synergids. In the other figures (Figs. 18-20, taking these individually) the size of the nucleoli in the egg and the synergids is remarkably similar. Fertilization in Fig. 21 is further indicated by the fact that there appears the beginning of endosperm nuclear division, due to fusion of the polar nuclei with a male gamete. The embryo sacs shown in Figs. 22, 23 and 24, all of M. hupehensis, are from material fixed at the time of calyx shedding as in Figs. 20 and 21 of M. arnoldiana. These five figures are drawn to the same scale. In all the antipodals have disappeared. Judging from the size of the nucleoli of the cells in the egg apparati in the three figures (22, 23 and 24), as in Fig. 20 pointed out above, there is no indication of fertiliza- tion and these cells will remain unfertilized since the fruits at this time are quite advanced and the styles have long since dried up and dropped off with the remaining part of the perianth. In Fig. 22 we see the beginning of endosperm formation after, perhaps, polar nuclei have fused together and divided without being fertilized. The egg cell grows larger, its nucleus moves to the tip of the cell, the synergids eventually disappear and long after there sets a cell division at the tip of the egg cell. From now on the ES begins to grow lengthwise and extends through the nucellar tissue in a manner similar to pollen tube growth. The nucellar cells in the neighborhood of the sac begin to break down, undoubtedly due to some sort of enzymic action, offering no resistance 96 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. Xvi to the tubular growth of the ES. In Fig. 23 we find two embryo sacs side by side. The missing parts of these are given at the side of the twin sacs drawn from an adjacent section. Here a fused polar nucleus is shown under one of the cells of the egg apparatus, indicating that polar nuclei may fuse before the endosperm development is set. Figure 24 represents a single ES; one of the cells shown at the side is drawn from an adjacent section. Tubular growth of the ES in M. arnoldiana is in proportion to the embryo growth. About a week after fertilization the number of cells in longitudinal section of the embryo is about six. At this time the tip of the ES is 4 to 2% the length of the nucellus. In M. Aupehensis, when the ES is a derivative of only one somatic cell, the width of the sac is about the same as that of M. arnoldiana, but in the great majority of the ovules examined, the ES has grown disproportionately wider and deeper in the nucellus after reaching its basal limit, independently of the amount of endosperm as well as embryo growth which at this time may still be in the one cell stage. This is undoubtedly due to the compound nature of the ES, as shown for example in Figs. 17 and 23. Figure 25 represents a very young embryo (proembryo) of M. arnoldiana about two weeks after fertilization. At this time the number of cells in the proembryo in longitudinal section averages ten. The tip of the ES has barely reached the lower limit of the nucellus. Figure 26 shows diagrammatically this stage. The broken line in this figure indicates the extent and the limit of the ES while the dotted line at the base shows the basal tissue which is firm and not penetrated by the ES. In Fig. 27 is shown the beginning of proembryo formation in M. hupehensis, two weeks after shedding of petals. The embryo development in M. arnoldiana is regular and rapid com- pared with that of M. hupehensis. About three weeks after fertilization the proembryo in M. arnoldiana differentiates into a suspensor and a true embryo (Fig. 28). In this figure the endosperm, composed of a uninucleate layer, is separated from the nucellar tissue due to shrinkage from fixation. In M. hupehensis, if any embryo development is initiated, the embryos are still in proembryonic form at a corresponding period. Such a stage is shown in Fig. 29. This drawing represents a compound ES in which two proembryos were found, one at the micropylar corner and the other in the free space, away from the nucellus, each undoubt- edly belonging to a separate ES, the limits of which cannot be easily distinguished. A four weeks old embryo of M. arnoldiana is illustrated in Fig. 30 showing the suspensor, the true embryo and more extended growth of endosperm tissue, the broken line indicating its limit of growth. 1936] DERMEN, PARTHENOGENESIS IN MALUS 97 The central region of the ES is still devoid of this tissue. In M. Aupe- hensis, four weeks from the time of flower shedding, the proembryo is still undifferentiated. Such a stage is illustrated in Fig. 31. In this case a single proembryo was found in the middle of a complex ES. Eventu- ally other embryos may develop in the same sac. This particular ES was chosen for illustration merely to indicate that in M. hupehensis embryos develop, as seen in prepared material, directly from the ES and never from any other tissue surrounding or near the ES; otherwise, more often, the embryos are located at or near the micropylar corner. Figure 32 represents a six weeks old embryo in M. arnoldiana when the coty- ledons begin to differentiate. The broken line indicates the limit of a dense endosperm layer next to the nucellar tissue. This layer seems to separate the suspensor from the nucellus and extend between these. The embryo is imbedded in looser endosperm. Figure 33 shows the stage of embryo development in M. hkupehensis six weeks from flower shedding. Here there is the beginning of differentiation of the proembryo into a suspensor and a true embryo with few endosperm nuclei in the sac. Figure 34, drawn to a smaller scale, shows a five weeks embryo from a wide view of the cotyledon in M. arnoldiana. The broken line shows the limit of the dense endosperm, the embryo being imbedded in loose endo- sperm. The outer two solid lines indicate the limit of the integumental tissue. The extent of embryo development in M. hupehensis at a cor- responding period is shown in Fig. 35 drawn to the same scale used in figures preceding Fig. 34. Broken lines indicate the extent of endosperm growth which is shrunk away from the nucellus. The middle area is still devoid of such growth. Often in M. hupehensis there were found twin ovules, each with its own ES, both enclosed in a common testa. In some the demarcation between the twins is quite distinct, in others vague. In Fig. 35 only the upper limits of such twin ovules are shown, where the demarcation, shown by a dotted line, could hardly be distinguished. At the left side of the suspen- sor in this figure there is a bulge which may indicate that at this point an- other true embryo may be initiated resulting in a “siamese twin.” In more mature stages I have observed structurally complex embryos which may have been originated from such a process of development. The above ends the description of comparative illustrations for M. arnoldiana and M. hupehensis. The following description is based on M. hupehensis material given in Figs. 36-38. Figure 36 represents an embryo from material fixed two months after shedding of flowers, which is still in a premature stage; while in M. arnoldiana the embryos were fully developed and filled the whole 98 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII nucellar area. The sac in this particular ovule is divided into two por- tions indicated by a dotted line. The side which contains the embryo is filled with loose endosperm cells. The other side has only a narrow strip of endosperm shown in the drawing with broken lines. Examining the serial sections, at the upper corner of this portion there was found a very young embryo. As a whole the embryos at this late period of develop- ment did not vary much from the one shown in this figure. An enlarged drawing of this embryo is given in Fig. 37. The cells in the suspensor are drawn loosely since their actual limits could not be made out clearly. The round tip represents the beginning of development of the true embryo. A three months old embryo, from a narrow view of cotyledons, is given in Fig. 38 drawn to the same scale as Fig. 34. Between the cotyledons the epicotyle is beginning to be formed. In this drawing the testa which was removed from the seed for better penetration of fixative is not shown. At this period the embryo is 4 to % way down in the sac and has not yet replaced the endosperm as well as the nucellus. DISCUSSION The title of this paper is meant to suggest that embryogeny in M. hupe- hensis occurs by means of development of unfertilized egg cells and further, that embryo sacs in the ovules develop from other cells than megaspores or megaspore mother cells (egg mother cells). The terms apospory and parthenogenesis, as here applied are meant in the following sense: Apospory signifies the development of an embryo sac from a cell other than a megaspore or megaspore mother cell; Parthenogenesis signi- fies the development of an embryo from an egg cell without fertiliza- tion. The two processes are included in the term Apomixis which sig- nifies the absence of sexual fusion in the reproductive process. Almost without exception in the ovules of M/. hupehensis there is one typical meiotic cell that can be recognized by its synezetic chromosomal appearance in early stages. Rarely a meiotic cell is not recognized in this or in an advanced stage. Both in the ovules and in the anthers there is an attempt at reduction in meiotic cells. In the anther the great majority of cells reach the tetrad stage with a wall around each of the resulting cells. The component microspores of the tetrads, however, do not break away and their development ceases at this stage and eventually the tetrads degenerate. Some cells do not even go through reduction but stop at metaphase. A comparable situation exists in the ovules where, if meiotic division is at all successful, one of the resulting megaspores may tend to grow somewhat, while others have ceased to grow or have already disintegrated. However, the author’s impression 1936] DERMEN, PARTHENOGENESIS IN MALUS 99 is that probably never.in this species is a megaspore developed into a functional ES. All the evidence available tends to show that the embryo sacs are of aposporic origin. As was described in the text, in the ovule, in the immediate vicinity of a meiotic cell, there is usually more than one somatic cell with a large nucleolated nucleus which in almost all ovules develops into a typical eight-nucleate embryo sac which sooner or later forms the egg appa- ratus. A few ovules were found which were devoid of embryo sacs. The ovules themselves continued to grow. In most cases the embryo sacs were complex in appearance and were found to have resulted from the fusion of two or more aposporic embryo sacs. In such embryo sacs more than one egg apparatus is formed, from which the appropriate number of embryos and appropriate number of endosperm layers could be formed. No indication whatever was found of development of embryo sacs and embryos from any other tissue than described in the text. The exact origin of these parts could be fully demonstrated since a very large number of ovules at all significant stages was examined. Furthermore, these stages were carefully checked by using as control a diploid form of apple in parallel observations and there were found no exceptions to the rule indicated above. Kobel (1931) refers to “diploid parthenogenesis” in an apple variety, ‘Transparent von Croncels.” No reference was found in the literature on apples giving any account of such a phenomenon. Liljefors (1934) has shown apospory to be present in two tetraploid species of Sorbus. Rosenberg (1908) describes a similar phenomenon in Hieracium. He finds that the greater number of the embryo sacs in the ovules in Hiera- cium are of aposporic origin, and that “Simultaneously with the develop- ment of this vegetative cell into an embryo sac, the embryo sac mother cell is, as usual, divided into tetrads with the reduced number of chromo- somes, and a normal embryo sac commences to develop. This however, most usually, is sooner or later destroyed by the encroaching aposporic embryo sac. Still in some cases two embryo sacs could be fully devel- oped: one probably typical and the other aposporic. In the same head some ovules have a typical and others an aposporic embryo sac.” As in Hieracium, in M. hupehensis there is a typical meiotic cell present, but apart from that only aposporic cells develop into functional embyro sacs. Rosenberg has made no mention of this point. To show definitely whether reduced cells play any role in embryo development, a large number of seeds was planted from which a very small number of seedlings was obtained. Of a total of 39 seedlings,.two were tetraploids, one had some roots showing the triploid number and 100 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII some hexaploid (this plant was destroyed after transplanting; if grown it might have developed into a chimeral plant since such an effect was already noticeable in the seedling), and 36 were triploids, one of which showed a more vigorous growth than others. Tetraploid as well as a few other sister triploid seedlings are now saved for future study. To be positive whether any reductional megaspore actually entered into the formation of a mature ES, the chromosome number in the ES nuclei or anywhere else during embryo development should be studied at the time when some nuclei or cells may be found dividing. Such an exami- nation was not made since in this respect the fixation of my material was not as successful as could be desired. However, based on the observed facts recorded from studying numerous ovules at early and later stages of ES development and the fact that no aneuploid chromosome number could be found in the seedlings examined, we may be justified in con- cluding that although there is usually a meiotic cell present in the ovules, the embryo sacs, however, develop only from somatic cells in the immediate vicinity of the meiotic cell, at which time meiotic cells degenerate. When the rate of embryo development in M. arnoldiana is compared with that of M. Aupehensis, as was pointed out in the text, the embryo development in the latter was very slow without a single excep- tion. Very few seeds at maturity in M. hupehensis were at all fully filled; for the most part they were empty or contained diminutive embryos indicating their somatic origin. It is a noteworthy phenomenon that in M. hupehensis, although an egg cell with a somatic number of chromosomes can develop into an embryo parthenogenetically to insure the stabilization as well as the propagation of the species, this same egg cell is at times receptive to fertilization with a haploid male gamete derived from a diploid species. Considering it in more practical terms, this type of hybridization if successful, may be used as a method of generation of new species arti- ficially, considering that this combination occurred normally with no application of artificial methods. It may be assumed that some of the tetraploid species found in nature have originated in this fashion. Triploidy in itself is an indication that M. hupehensis is a derivative either from a similar species but of diploid form, or from a hybrid be- tween two species and later, through one haploid gamete being fused with a diploid gamete, or from a cross between a tetraploid and diploid species. In any case, the polyploidy in this plant seems to have brought about a genetic unbalance by virtue of which normal sexuality was sup- pressed but not enough to suppress the inherent property of the ovule to produce a gametophyte, although of sporophytic origin, thus insuring 1936] DERMEN, PARTHENOGENESIS IN MALUS 101 alternative process of generation fundamental in almost all the plant kingdom. A genetic unbalance due to triploidy seems to have brought about a vegetative tendency of which parthenogenesis is the result, which in itself may be considered as being a vegetative process. In extreme cases the same tendency is expressed in the differentiation of nucellar cells into conductive (xylem) elements (Fig. 15) which are characteris- tic only of vegetative tissues while nucellar cells serve as a food source for a gametophytic growth. The same factor seems to be at play in the disintegration of sexual cells in the ovules where these cells begin to degenerate at times even before they have begun to divide. The destruction of these cells in M. hupehensis is not a physical process of encroaching of an aposporic ES over a normal one, as Rosenberg reports for Hieracium, as if there were a competitive growth between these embryo sacs, but a process likely physiological, since egg mother cells begin to degenerate before an apo- sporic ES has commenced to develop. Usually simple hybridization between any two species is not sufficient to lead to parthenogenesis or apomixis, in general, and such a method of propagation seems to be commonly linked with genetic unbalance through polyploidy. The data presented by Gustafsson (1935) in Table 8 seem to substantiate the validity of such an assumption. He presents the data of ten genera all of which in diploid form, with the exception of Potentilla, are sexual. Apomixis appears to be prevalent whenever the genom is in odd numbers, 3x, 5x,. . ., 15x the basic number of chromo- somes. On the other hand in polyploids with an even number there are both tendencies, apomictic as well as sexual, present. The prevalence of apomixis in polyploids with odd chromosome num- bers may be usually due to a cytogenetic unbalance brought about by random and unequal distribution of chromosomes so that in some species such megaspores may not develop into functional embryo sacs. The triploid apple species studied in this paper differs from ordinary triploids in the fact that sexual cells may degenerate even before a first division is accomplished and not as a result of random and unequal distribution of chromosomes. In this laboratory we analyzed the cytological situa- tion in the Baldwin apple, a triploid form, and found an approximately normal distribution of chromosomes from germinating seeds (see page 106). Here neither the polyploidy nor unequal distribution of chromo- somes had any apparent effect on the normal sexual processes. If specific genes were responsible for the apomictic phenomenon, as Gustafsson seems to argue, then the same phenomenon should have been 102 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII equally common in diploid hybrids, which is not the case judging from the table he presents. The present author’s contention is that the parthenogenetic process is fundamentally a vegetative act on the part of the egg cell growing into an embryo without uniting or being stimulated by a sperm. Asa whole, in plants, parthenogenesis seems to be linked with polyploidy which accelerates vegetative growth and decreases normal sexual development. Crane and Lawrence (1930) have remarked that in apple “‘triploids are invariably vigorous.” Ina hybrid of Mahonia Berberis, two closely related genera in Berberidaceae, there is a complete suppression not only of sexuality but even of formation of sexual parts such as flowers. The whole plant is completely vegetative and vigorous in growth. This hybrid has the same number of chromosomes as its parents with 2n = 28 (Dermen 1931). Obviously here polyploidy is not the cause of this peculiarity but it may be due to extreme vigor brought about by com- bining the two species of closely related genera. We have made attempts to make some artificial hybridization between the above two genera; if successful, the study of the intergeneric plants as well as the full analysis of tetraploid forms derived in M. hupehensis mentioned above should throw a good deal of light on the attempts to determine some of the causes of parthenogenesis. Taxonomically M. hupehensis must be considered as a very stable species since very rarely will it fail to breed true from seeds. Most diploid species are more or less cross fertile with other species within the genus and when grown together they will fail to breed true from seeds; hence their propagation must be insured by grafting or by other vegetative methods. Malus hupehensis in this respect cannot be con- sidered as a typical species since it differs from the normal in that it may safely be propagated from seeds although grown side by side with other species. As we have pointed out the seeds here develop parthenogeneti- cally and very seldom through fertilization, in which case we may obtain entirely new cytological forms, as was described in the text. It is safe to assume that M. hupehensis is of hybrid origin and is consequently an allopolyploid form cytologically, since we assume that mere autopoly- ploidy through fusion of a haploid and a diploid gamete in a pure species will not bring about a genetic unbalance which would eventually have resulted in parthenogenesis. Some species in Pomoideae that are found to breed true under similar conditions, from seeds, may be suspected of similar phenomena as those described for M. hupehensis. This analogy may be extended to other species of similar behavior in other families. 1936] DERMEN, PARTHENOGENESIS IN MALUS’ 103 SUMMARY Malus hupehensis (Pamp.) Rehd. is a triploid species with 3n = 51 chromosomes. Sexuality is completely suppressed through degeneration of sexual cells in both anthers and ovules; however, the propagation of the species is carried on by parthenogenetic method. Evidence of hybrid origin of this species is indicated. In the ovules embryo sacs are probably entirely formed by apospory in which normal egg apparati are formed. It is the egg cells alone that develop into embryos, and embryos never are formed from any other source. Polyembryony in M. hupehensis is found to be linked with the development of complex embryo sacs. Based on the fact that parthenogenesis is commonly associated with polyploidy, a suggestion is made that the expression of such a phenome- non in M. hupehensis may be due to a physiological change brought about by triploidy and that this factor accelerates the vegetative growth in the plant and decreases or entirely suppresses its normal sexual development. LITERATURE CITED Crane, M. B. and W. J. C. eligi ey. Fertility and ee of apples in seri to chromosome num Jour. Genet. 22: 153-163). DERMEN, H. ( ). A study aa number in two genera of Berberidaceae ; Mahonia Be "Bee (Jour. Arnold Arb. 12: 281- 287). —— (1933). Origin and behavior of the nucleolus in plants. (Jour. Arnold Arb. 14: oe 325. GUSTAFSSON, A ete Studies on the mechanism of parthenogenesis. Kose., F. (1931). Lehrbuch des Obstbaus auf physiologischer Grund- lage. (Berlin, ney Sprin Lit_jerors, A. 34). Ueber normale und apospore Embryosackent- wicklung in Ps ea iat Sorbus, nebst einigen Bermerkungen tiber die Chromosomenzahlen. (Svensk Bot. Tidskr. 28: 290-299). Renper, A. (1933). New species, varieties and combinations. (Jour. Arnold Arb. 14: 199-252. DAK, Ke C1931). The origin and relationship of the Pomoideae. (Jour. + -—- i. Chronineanie relationships in the Pomoideae. (Jour. Arnold Arb. 13: 363-367. ) EXPLANATION OF PLATES 179-181 Figs. 1-17 Malus hupehensis 1. Triploid number 3n = 51 chromosomes from root-tip sections. Fig. 2. Tetraploid number 4n = 68 chromosomes from root-tip sections. 3. II M from anther with 25+ chromosomes at each pole. Aceto- carmine preparation. Material prepared between last week of April and first week of May, about ten days before buds turn pink. 104 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII Fig. 4. Egg mother cell (EMC) at I M with 51 univalent chromosomes from two sections a and b. Ovaries fixed from buds at pink stage, ee . oe, Fig. 5. EMCatI Ai in two sections. Pink stage, 5/10/32. Fig. 6. EMC pachytene. Pink stage, 5/ Fig. 7. Two EMCs at late pachytene. Pink stage, 5/10/32. Fig. 8. EMCatIM. Pink stage, 5/9/32. Fig. 9. mi as Fig. 8 showing cells in vicinity of the top of the Fig. 10. Outline ‘drawing of an bry showing the EMC in Fig. 9, the en Fig. 11. An EMC at IM pean Pink stage, 5/10/3 s. U meiotic derivative is indicated by a small nuclear mass outside the large nucleus. Petals falling stage, 5/10/32. Fig. 13. Two daughter cells from an EMC division, one degene agin ds and the other at anaphase stage. Some of the c osomes W the plates, showing meiotic origin of an cells. Pole Susi opening stage, 5/10/32. Fig. 14. A somatic cell with a large nucleolus growing into an ES apos- porically, | while the meiotic one above is degenerating. Petal 32. Fig. 15. Two-nucleate aposporic ES and below it a tetrad of cells (of meiotic origin?) with xylem annular thickenings. Open bloom stage, 1Pink stage buds usually a 5th of May in the Arnold Arboretum. Fig. 16. Two aposporic embryo sacs, one two-nucleate and the other four-nucleate. Flowers just bloomed stage, ig Fig. 19. M. hupehensis. A complete ES as in Fig. 18. One polar nucle- olus and one synergid cell, dotted, from an adjacent ie superimposed in a single drawing. Before shedding of petals, Fig. 20. M. arnoldiana. An unfertilized ES. Antipodals have dis- 34. Fig. 21. M.arnoldiana. A fertilized ES. Otherwise same as in Fig. 20. Fig. 22. M. hupehensis. Endosperm development and tubular growth of ES. At shedding of calyx, me Fig. 23. M. hupehensis. Twin ES. Parts drawn at the side from an adjacent section. Antipodals ie disappeared. From same ay ee Fig. 24. M. hupehensis. A single ES. One of the cells of the egg apparatus drawn from an adjacent section. From same material as Fig. Fig. 25. M. na Fe i stage with scant endosperm. Moaed eee 5/3 Fig. 26. M. arnoldiana. pee tudinal section of a whole young seed at the time of proembryo about 12 cells long. his shows ae extent of tubular growth of ES. Material same as in Fig. oLp Ars. VoL. XVII PLATE 179 a” ie a JY 4 vs 7) Jen ~ WRGS> 257 00 e) mes eine Sage 8, ’ a? ie 05 Bb 1 a an ee RQ ApoOSPORIC PARTHENOGENESIS IN MALUS HUPEHENSIS Jour. ArNotp Ars. VoL. XVIT Prate 180 / ee — aa 5 = .~_ re i. % /00¢" Hs /000 26 27 ApOSPORIC PARTHENOGENESIS IN MALUS HUPEHENSIS Jour. ArNotp Ars. VoL. XVII Pate 181 — i) 20" gg ™ 50r APOSPORIC PARTHENOGENESIS IN MALUS HUPEHENSIS : a _ 7 —— oe ; | ; 7 - | oe : — _ 7 . : a : | — . ; eS : 7 7 — OS Oo a TO a > - : : oe _ oe BS Oo >) > Oo a a OO ee - en _ es ee oe 7 _ : : - a 7 a : : OB : : 7 a - 7 a 7 _ —_ - : Ww W ao nN DERMEN, PARTHENOGENESIS IN MALUS 105 . M. hupehensis. Proembryo and beginning of endosperm de- 34. velopment. Material fixed 5/31/34 . arnoldiana. Suspensor and true embryo. Material fixed 6/5/34. . M.~ hupehensis. Two proembryos in one complex ES. Lower one is away from nucellus. Material fixed 6/5/34. . M. arnoldiana. Suspensor and embryo at a later stage with con- 6/11/34. noldiana. ns siderable amount of endosperm. Material foe . M. hupehensis. Still in proembryonic stage. This also chosen to show the development of embryo away from nucellus. Material fixed 6/11/34. . M. arnoldiana. Older embryo with suspensor. Material fixed 6/18/34. : ae ye Sa ensis. Just the beginning of proembryo differentia- uspensor and true embryo. Endosperm still scarce Material fixed 6/18/34. M. arnoldiana. Advanced stage of embryo. The nucellus is not yet er aclcee: replaced by endosperm. The outer two solid lines indicate the limits of testa. Material fixed 6/26/34 . M. hupehensis. Twin ovule marked with a dotted line. ‘In the pensor and embryo differentiation compared with the one in ig. 33. Broken lines indicate the extent of endosperm Sevetop: ment. Material fixed 6/26/34. . M. hupehensis. Twin ES, one with advanced stage of suspensor and embryo. This sac is completely filled with loose endosperm tissue. The other has in another section a ghia just ier ta ning to differentiate into suspensor and true embryo. latter sac has a little growth of endosperm. aed al eee 7/14 ; a hupehensis. Enlarged drawing of the embryo in Fig. 36 to ow the development of embryo independent of nucellus. : M. hupehensis. The stage of embryo development tee months after meiotic stage. The embryo is not yet halfway down in the nucellus. The testa is not shown in this figure. Material fixed 8/7/34. CytToLocicaL LABORATORY, ARNOLD ARBORETUM, HARVARD UNIVERSITY. 106 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VoL. XVII FERTILIZATION IN THE BALDWIN APPLE, A TRIPLOID VARIETY HaiGc DERMEN THE DATA presented in Table I were obtained by studying sectioned root-tips from germinating seeds of the Baldwin apple. Several hun- dred seeds were placed in a box mixed with well moistened peat and frozen in a refrigerator for more than two months, from 1/9/34 to 3/19/34. They were then planted in soil in a flat. The seeds began to germinate during the latter part of March and one primary root-tip from each individual seed was cut and fixed in Lewitzky’s solution. Four separate collections were made, 3/30/34, 4/2/34, 4/3/34 and 4/18/34. Fourteen seeds were analyzed from the collection of 3/30/34, 41 from that of 4/2/34, 45 from that of 4/3/34 and 36 from that of 4/18/34. Each root-tip was numbered and each group was recorded separately. Studying each group separately, no appreciable difference in the distribution of chromosome numbers was found, indicating that there was no segregation of chromosome numbers due to difference in seeds germinating at different times. Moffett (1931) has analyzed the somatic chromosome numbers of 32 seedlings obtained from four differ- ent 3n & 2n crosses and has found 10 seedlings having 41 chromosomes, other seedlings sharply varying from this number. Based on this observation he remarks that ‘41 chromosome number is the secondary diploid number (thirty-four). It is to be imputed that the high fre- quency of seedlings with 41 chromosomes is due to the greater viability of the 17 + 7 gametes in the triploid rather than to their zygotic via- bility, since seedlings having other chromosome numbers are frequently more vigorous than the 41 type.” Moffett has observed secondary pairing in the meiotic metaphase chromosomes of all the diploid types of the Pomoideae, forming sexiva- lent and quadrivalent groups and in extreme cases seven groups — three sexivalents and four quadrivalents. Because of this and the fact that he found more seedlings with 41 chromosomes than with other numbers, he has concluded that the 34 chromosomes of the diploid Pomoideae are of seven types, of which four are presented four times and three are pre- sented six times, and that the haploid number 17 is a secondary basic number of-7, the ancestral basic number. A critique of this point of view is presented by Sax (1933). 1936] DERMEN, FERTILIZATION IN THE BALDWIN APPLE 107 At Dr. Karl Sax’s suggestion the present writer examined the somatic number of chromosomes from 136 germinating seeds. Of these seeds 130 showed numbers ranging from 35 to 51 (Table I) and six seeds had the following numbers: 1 = 53, 1 = 57, 1 = 58, 1 = 59, 1 = 62, and 1 = 65 chromosomes (these are not included in the table). Here we notice that the class with 40 chromosomes is higher than the class with 41 chromosomes. The distribution here recorded is quite random and does not suggest that a gamete with 17 + 7 chromosomal combina- tion has any advantage over the other combinations. Therefore, the fact that the class 41 singly is not larger than other classes, but conforms quite nearly to the expectation on the basis of normal distribution, invalidates Moffett’s theory that a 17 + 7 chromosomal combination is more viable than others. The only peculiarity observed in this table is that the class with 39 chromosomes has only 9 seeds, fewer than ex- pected, in which case perhaps for some reason some eggs with 22 chromo- somes were either too few or failed to be fertilized. TABLE I CHROMOSOME DISTRIBUTION IN BALDWIN APPLE SEEDS Chromosome | | | number in 34|35|36/ 37/38/39 40| 4142/43/44 als ed 49|50|51 pce ela tale & laatnll ae israule la balers ok of seeds : | | Statistica: datas Mean =- 41.36 = 0.173: o-= 293° = €122° CYV..= 7.09 + 0.296. Pollen germination in the Baldwin apple is about 11-12% (Crane and Lawrence, 1930). By making breeding tests Sax (1922) has shown that the Baldwin is self sterile in Maine. The data presented here are from seeds of fruit set by open pollination. If the seeds had resulted from self pollination or cross pollination with another triploid form, the class center should have been around 51 and not, as in the table, far below this and with only five seeds above it. This strongly indicates that the Baldwin apple is self sterile in Massachusetts as well as in Maine and that it is easily cross fertile with diploid varieties. In this case, over 95% of the seeds must have resulted from pollination with haploid gametes from diploid varieties. The six seeds probably were the result of fertilization of eggs that contained more than 34 chromo- somes which may have been due to restricted reduction division when at the first metaphase chromosomes fail to reduce and the great majority 108 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII of chromosomes go into resting stage again, while a few form small microcytes. Such cases were observed in Rhoeo discolor when treated with cold or heat. The fact that there were only three seeds with 51 chromosomes and none immediately below makes remote the proba- bility of the six seeds with higher numbers having resulted from pollina- tion with another triploid variety. On the basis of 3n > 3n cross with the union of gametes with 25 + chromosomes, seeds with chromosomes ranging around 51 as a central point should have been numerous which obviously is not the case. LITERATURE CITED Crane, M. B. and W. J. C. Lawrence (1930). Fertility and vigor of apples in relation to chromosome number. (Jour. Genet. 22: 153-163.) Morrett, A. A. (1931). The chromosome constitution of the Pomoideae. (Proc. Roy. Soc., B. 108: 423-446. Sax, K. (1922). Sterility relationship in Maine apple varieties. (Annual report of the Maine Agric. Ex — (1933). The origin of the Pomoideae. (Proc. Amer. Soc. Hort. Sci. 30: 147-150.) CyTOLOGICAL LABORATORY, ARNOLD ARBORETUM, Harvarp UNIVERSITY. 1936] FAULL, TWO SPRUCE-INFECTING RUSTS 109 TWO SPRUCE-INFECTING RUSTS CHRYSOMYXA PIPERIANA AND CHRYSOMYXA CHIOGENIS ). A. Fars Chrysomyxa Piperiana (Arthur) Sacc. & Trott. is a common rust on the Pacific slope of the northwestern United States, and within that region has been collected in Washington, Oregon and northern Cali- fornia. Up to the present it has been recognized on Rhododendron macrophyllum Don (Rh. californicum Hook.) only, and on that host in its uredial stage only. The earlier collections were usually labelled Chrysomyxa Rhododendri DeBary, but evenually Arthur diagnosed it aS a new species and described it from its uredia under the name Melampsoropsis Piperiana. Recent successful infection experiments, however, conducted in the greenhouses of the Arnold Arboretum, demon- strate that Peridermium Parksianum Faull on Picea sitchensis (Bong.) Carr. is the haploid phase of this rust. Moreover, abundant telia, telio- spores and basidiospores have been discovered in material collected in Oregon by Dr. G. D. Darker. So it is now possible to present a complete taxonomic description of Chrysomyxa Piperiana. The cultures referred to were made by sowing the aeciospores of Peridermium Parksianum on two small potted plants of Rhododendron macrophyllum ; two similar ones served as controls. All four were grown from seed of British Columbia origin, sown February 8, 1928 by Mr. William H. Judd at the Arnold Arboretum. The greenhouses were entirely free from Rhododendron rust of any kind. The aecial material used as inoculum was collected by Mr. H. E. Parks at Trinidad, Humboldt County, California, November 23, 1933 and sent in fresh condition by air mail. The aeciospores were sown five days later. A relatively small percentage of the spores germinated, but with the liberal amount employed the number was amply sufficient. Within a month to six weeks many small yellow lesions developed on the inoculated plants. Thereafter until early April the lesions, some of them slightly swollen, seemed to remain in a somewhat stromatic resting condition. Then hypophyllous uredia, usually about one to a lesion, began to form on several of the lesa The first discharge of uredio- spores was noted April 27, 1934. Careful studies of both uredia and urediospores were promptly made. Fortunately, herbarium material (a single rusted leaf) was harvested prior to serious fumigation injury 110 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII in June. The control plants remained throughout without any sign of infection. The discharged urediospores were yellow, ellipsoidal or linear, often attenuate at one or both ends, straight or slightly curved. Their walls were hyaline, closely tuberculate and 1.5-3.0 uw thick. Forty spores from the same sorus measured 16.0—27.4 & 27.4-68.5 uw and averaged 22 * 46 uw. Razor sections of the uredia showed that the spores were borne catenulately and separated by intercalary cells. They also re- vealed the presence of a well-marked peridium. The peridium consists of a single layer of laterally adherent cells, the terminal cells of the urediosporogenic, primordial columns. The finding of a peridium clashes with current descriptions of the uredium of C. Piperiana. But sections of type material or other field-collected specimens show exactly the same kind of peridium as found in my cultures. Indeed, the rust as obtained in cultures answers in all respects to C. Piperiana. With regard to the telia, lack of acquaintance with them is probably due to the fact that they are of brief duration, their occurrence coincid- ing with a short period of susceptibility to infection of young spruce needles; and so they have been missed by collectors. They surely can- not be rare. Once familiar with their appearance, remains of them can be detected in many existing collections. It is likewise probable that this rust is not infrequent on spruces within its range. Recognition is easy because of the striking microscopic characters of both spermogonia and aeciospores. Chrysomyxa Piperiana (Arthur) Sacc. & Trott. in Syll. Fung. 21: 716 (1912). (II.) O, I, II and III. Melampsoropsis Piperiana Arthur in North Am. Flora, 7: 120 (1907). II Caeoma Piperianum (Arthur) Sacc. & Trott. in Syll. Fung. 21: 787 (1912). IL. Peridermium Parksianum Faull in Jour. Arnold Arb. 15: 86 (1934). O, I. O. Spermogonia on needles of current season, hypophyllous, numer- ous, biseriate, conspicuous, yellowish, then reddish-brown, slightly ele- vated, aparaphysate, immersed, subtriangular in vertical section, subepidermal, 228-315 u broad and 125-155 uw deep, averaging 260 « 140 wt; spermatiophores unbranched; spermatia globose to broadly ellipsoidal, 2.7-3.2 3.0—-5.0 u. I. Aecia (peridermia) on needles of current season, yellow, hypo- phyllous, irregularly biseriate, on yellowish discolored portions of affected needles, circular or somewhat laterally compressed in transverse section, cylindrical, 0.4-1.2 mm. in diameter and 1.0-2.2 mm. high; 1936 ] FAULL, TWO SPRUCE-INFECTING RUSTS 111 peridium colorless, rupturing at the apex; peridial cells polygonal, elongate vertically, subimbricate, in a single layer, 18-26 48-88 u, with outer walls smooth, 0.7—1.0 u thick, and inner walls finely verru- cose, about 1.5 uw thick; aeciospores yellow, fusiform or narrowly ellip- soidal, straight or curved, rarely subglobose, 13-24 25-111 , usually fusiform and averaging about 16 70 u; walls of aeciospores densely and finely warted, hyaline and about 1 wu thick. II. Uredia hypophyllous, pustular, waxy before rupture, subepi- dermal, 0.2—0.4 mm. in diameter, on solitary or aggregate areolae that constitute the pale green to yellowish brown lesions, one each to an areola; peridium distinct, 10-14 u thick; peridial cells in a single layer, angular, thin-walled, 13-19 u in diameter; urediospores yellow, catenu- late, with intercalary cells, pulverulent as discharged, or extruded in a cylindrical column (resembling the telial column of a Cronartium) from the apically ruptured uredium, ellipsoidal to linear, often narrowed towards each end, straight or slightly curved, 14-27 & 27-100 uw, aver- aging 16-21 41-67 4; walls of spores hyaline, 1.5-3.0 u thick, coarsely and closely verrucose. III. Telia on overwintered leaves, hypophyllous, yellow, pulvinate, waxy, rupturing widely at maturity and eventually becoming concave, subepidermal, one or two to an areola on solitary or aggregate areolae that constitute the pale green to yellowish brown lesions, subcircular, 0.2-0.5 mm. in diameter; no peridium; teliospores yellow, catenulate, 3 to 6 or more spores in a chain, without intercalary cells, smooth, thin- walled, 11-16 13-22 u. The teliospores germinate in situ at maturity and in centripetal order. Basidia slightly curved to strongly arched, 4-celled, 7-8 u thick and up to 40 u long. Basidiospores subglobose, 8-11 uw in diameter. The foregoing description of telia is based on two collections of over- wintered leaves — (a) Still Creek, Clackamas Co., Ore., elev. 3500 ft., July 7, 1929, G. D. Darker (2682), Arnold Arb. Path. Herb. no. 179; (b) Rhododendron, Clackamas Co., Ore., elev. 2000 ft., July 9, 1929, G. D. Darker (2697), Arnold Arb. Path. Herb. no. 194. The sequence of spore production on overwintered Rhododendron leaves seems to be — uredia in spring, telia during period of suscepti- bility to infection of new spruce needles, then a copious crop of uredia. Chrysomyxa Chiogenis Dietel is a rust long known on Chiogenes his- pidula (L.) Torrey & Gray, both as to its uredia and telia. Though it has been reported from Wisconsin, Newfoundland and northern New York only, it is much more widely distributed. Thus, herbaria in Har- vard University contain, in addition, collections from Ontario, Quebec, 112 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM TABLE 1 [VOL. XVII Chrysomyxa Chiogenis from Chiogenes hispidula to Picea glauca ( Moench) Voss. Date of appearance appearance of Date bee pi ee = inoculation of lesions peridermia harvested infected peridermia 23.v1.24 15 days 29 days 5.vili.24 53 47 24.vi.24 in x) a 5.viti.24 20 19 24.vi.24 — 30. 5.viil.24 1 1 17.vi.25 — a. * 5.viil.25 — 5 17.vi.25 —— a 5.viii.25 — 25 17.vi.25 — ras L.viii.25 — 38 16.vi.28 12 days — 31.vis. 28 14 Z 16.vi.28 - — 31.vii. 28 92 42 TABLE 2 Chrysomyxa Chiogenis from Chiogenes hispidula to Picea mariana (Mil 1.) B.S.P. First appearance of Date of appearance Date needles needles with inoculation of lesions peridermia harvested infected peridermia 25.vi.24 ae 10.ix. 24 2 2 17.vi.25 — 35 days 5.viii.25 20 12 17.vi.25 — ic 17.viii.25 10 + TABLE 3 Chrysomyxa Chiogenis from Picea glauca to Chiogenes hispidula Experiment 1 Source of inoculum Experiment 1 of Table 1 August 8, 1924 September, 1924 Late May, 1925 Date of inoculation First indication of lesions First appearance of sori Date harvested June 5, 1925 No. of inoculated branches 2 Leaves on inoculated branches 113 Leaves infected and with sori 19 Kinds of sori Uredia and young telia (7) Experiment 2 Experiments 4 and 5 of Table 1 August 5, 1925 September, 1925 About June 1, 1926 June 20, 1926 5 Uredia and telia 1936] FAULL, TWO SPRUCE-INFECTING RUSTS 113 New Brunswick and New Hampshire. Doubtless its range is much greater still. In some localities it is common; but even in such places, because of its inconspicuousness, it easily escapes detection unless the prostrate branches of its host are turned over for inspection. So far no host other than the creeping snowberry has been recognized for this rust, but successful infection experiments summarized below demonstrate that at least two species of Picea can serve as hosts for the haploid phase. These experiments were conducted at the field labora- tory of forest pathology on Bear Island in the Timagami Forest Reserve, Ontario; and in connection with them I gratefully acknowledge the assistance afforded by Mr. W. R. Watson, Professor E. H. Moss and Dr. G. D. Darker. The minbess of uredia on the infected leaves of experiment 1 were, respectively — 18, 16, 35, 24, 17, 45, 20, 26, 51, 38, 34, 75, 40, 56, 36, 24, 32, 28, 19. Experiment 1 was conducted on a potted plant at the laboratory; Experiment 2, on an undisturbed plant in a carefully selected spot in the field in which no rust could be found and which was well protected from chance infection. Uninoculated branches of the experimental plants served as controls, and in addition surrounding plants in experiment 2. All controls remained free from rust except that in experiment 1 seven uredia were found on a 4-leaved twig on a branch immediately below the inoculated branches. Chrysomyxa Chiogenis Dietel in Bot. Gaz. 19: 303 (1894). (II.) I, II and III. Melampsoropsis Chiogents psy Arthur in Rés. Sci. Congr. Bot. Vienne, p. 338 (1906). O. Spermogonia unknown; Sere lacking. I. Aecia (peridermia) on needles of current season, yellow, hypo- phyllous, biseriate, on yellowish discolored portions of affected needles, lenticular to subcircular in transverse section, 0.5-1.2 mm. long and 0.5-1.5 mm. high; peridium colorless, rupturing at the apex; peridial cells polygonal, elongate vertically, not imbricate, in a single layer, 16-32 30-45 uw, with outer walls smooth, 0.5-1.0 u thick, and inner walls verrucose, the warts often in short lines, 2.5-3.0 thick; aecio- spores yellow, ellipsoidal to subglobose, 15-18 19-30 u, averaging about 16 X 24 uw; walls of aeciospores closely and rather finely to sub- coarsely warted, hyaline and 2-3 u thick. II. Uredia hypophyllous, pustular, subepidermal, circular to ellip- tical, 0.2-0.7 mm. in major axis; peridium distinct, 13-16 uw thick; peridial cells in a single layer, angular, thin-walled, 10-13 in diameter ; 114 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM (VOL. XVII urediospores yellow, catenulate, with intercalary cells, pulverulent, ellip- soidal, rarely subglobose, 12-19 & 18-32 u, averaging about 16 22 w; walls of spores hyaline, closely and rather finely verrucose, 2.0-2.5 wu thick. III. ‘Telia on overwintered leaves, hypophyllous, yellow, flat, waxy, rupturing widely at maturity, subepidermal, subcircular to elliptical, 0.30.7 mm. in major axis; no peridium; teliospores yellow, catenulate, up to 6 or more in a chain, without intercalary cells, smooth, thin-walled, 11-15 & 12-19 wu. The teliospores germinate in situ at maturity. Basidia slightly curved to strongly arched, 4-celled, 7-8 uw thick and up to 43 uw long. Basidiospores subglobose, 7—9 u in diameter. The description of aecia given above is from culture material in Herbarium J. H. Faull: (a) on Picea glauca (Moench) Voss (P. cana- densis [Mill.] B.S.P.), nos. 7305, 7304 and 7302; (b) on Picea mariana (Mill.) B.S.P., nos. 7307 and 7308. LABORATORY OF PLANT PATHOLOGY, ARNOLD ARBORETUM, HARVARD UNIVERSITY. JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM VoLuME XVII. JULY, 1936 NUMBER 3 MORPHOLOGY AND ONTOGENY OF THE SPERMOGONIA OF THE MELAMPSORACEAE Litt1An M. HUNTER With plates 182-188 THE MORPHOLOGY and the ontogeny of the spermogonia of rust fungi have thus far received relatively scant attention. Contributions of greater or less significance have been made by Unger (73), Meyer (59), Tulasne (72), DeBary (29, 30), Sappin-Trouffy (66), Blackman (19), Rosen (65), Neuman (60), Maire (55), Allen (3, 5, 6, 8), Ludwig (54), Hunter (45), Jackson (47, 48) and others; but they have been so inci- dental, fragmentary or introductory in nature that the subject still re- mains largely unexplored. It would seem that such topics must be of importance with respect to spermogonia just as they are of other repro- ductive organs, and especially to students of systematic uredinology. Motivated by this viewpoint I have studied the spermogonia of a wide range of species. The paper here presented records part of this work. It is restricted to the Melampsoraceae, and particularly to representatives of the various genera of the Melampsoraceae that occur in temperate North America and Europe. The material of all Melampsora species discussed in this paper was obtained from culture experiments made by W. P. Fraser, J. H. Faull, H. P. Bell, E. H. Moss, G. D. Darker, E. H. Bensley, W. R. Watson and the writer, and from supplementary field material, except that no natu- rally occurring specimens of Melampsora Larici-Capraearum were avail- able. All of the cultured material, exclusive of that obtained from Professor Fraser, was fixed when in fresh condition. Treatment of the material was similar to that described by the writer (45), with the exception that fresh material of Uredinopsis, Milesia and Melampsora species was sectioned by hand and studied in an aqueous solution and after mount- ing in lacto-phenol. A combination differential staining method, using 116 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM (VoL. Xv safranin and light green in lacto-phenol, was introduced for material of Milesia polypodophila and Coleosporium species after embedding in celloidin. This method was devised without knowledge of Lepik’s (52) method of double staining in lacto-phenol. The ethyl-butyl alcohol series was preferable to the ethyl alcohol series used previous to em- bedding. The data obtained on each of the species dealt with here are pre- sented in detail with reference to (1) morphology of mature spermo- gonia, (2) their ontogeny. This procedure has been adopted because of the fact that detailed descriptions of these organs by other authors have been meager at best, and most frequently are non-existent. The species selected belong to the following genera and subfamilies: — Subfamily MELAMPSOREAE — Melampsora II Subfamily PucctnrastREAE — Melampsoridium, Melampso- rella, Pucciniastrum, Thecopsora, Calyptospora, Hyalopsora, Milesia and Uredinopsts. III Subfamily CRoNARTIEAE — Cronartium IV Subfamily CHRYSOMYXEAE — Chrysomyxa V_ Subfamily CoLEospor1EAE — Coleosporium From this it will be seen that the only genera of the Melampsoraceae as recognized by Dietel under the family Melampsoraceae (Engler and Prantl’s Natiirliche Pflanzenfamilien, Band 6, 2nd ed. pp. 35—48, 1928) not included here are Chnoopsora and five genera the haploid stages of which are unknown — Mesopsora, Phakopsora, Crossopsora, Mikroni- geria and Bubakia. I. Subfamily MELAMPSOREAE The Melampsoreae comprise three genera, namely, Melampsora, Chnoopsora and Bubakia. Three species of Chnoopsora are known; they occur in India and Central Africa; their spermogonia are said to be subepidermal; no material was available for study. 1. Melampsora Abieti-Capraearum Tubeuf Arthur (16) considers Melampsora Abieti-Capraearum Tubeuf on Abies alba Mill. in Europe and M. americana Arthur on A. balsamea (L.) Mill. in America to be the same species. My studies on their spermogonia afford support to this conclusion. The morphology of the spermogonia of the American rust has al- ready been described by Hunter (45). Subsequent examination of additional specimens reveals no essentially divergent data. Quite re- cently my studies have been extended to the spermogonia of the Euro- pean rust. The similarities of the American and the European materials 1936] HUNTER, SPERMOGONIA OF THE MELAMPSORACEAE 117 are so close that a summarized presentation of the data for both, as found in Table IT below, will suffice. It should be noted, however, that in both of them certainty as to the location of mature spermogonia with reference to the epidermis is often impossible. Some are plainly sub- epidermal; others appear to be subcuticular. Here then is a case in which the correct description of the spermogonium requires a knowledge of its ontogeny. To clear up this point I have made a thorough study of the ontogeny of the spermogonia of this rust on A. balsamea, both from culture and field materials. The spermogonial primordia in all cases examined lay immediately under and in contact with the epidermis. Usually it forms in an air space (commonly a substomatal cavity), but sometimes between the epidermis and the otherwise contiguous palisade tissue. The _pri- mordium consists essentially of closely adhering, vertical, actively grow- ing hyphae, interpreted as spermatiophores, with a suggestion at times of a thin, basal, hyphal mat. Figure 1 (drawn from a lateral, vertical section of a mature spermogonium) adequately illustrates a typical primordium and also initial stages of disruption of overlying epidermal cells. Subsequent developmental stages comprise a thickening of the basal mat (Fig. 2) accompanied by some destruction of underlying mesophyll, and a maturing of the spermatiophores accompanied by a variable amount of destruction of overlying epidermal cells or none at all. These different effects on the epidermis, as revealed by serial sec- tions, may occur within the limits of a single spermogonium. Destructive action on the mesophyll is indicated in Fig. 3 by a break in the continuity of three layers of its tissues, and by the dark-staining remains of palisade cells embedded in the spermogonium. Among the epidermal cells the guard cells are the most resistant (Fig. 2). They may be invaded; but even so, their thick walls persist and the cells retain their contour. The effect on other epidermal cells is shown in Fig. 1, where it is seen that two hyphae are pushing inwards the lower wall of one cell, and others have already invaded the cell to the right the protoplasm of which is now dead. Almost all conditions of the epi- dermis overlying a mature spermogonium, as described above, are repre- sented in Fig. 1 of Hunter (45). The conclusion is that the spermogonium of M. A bieti-Capracarum is properly described as subepidermal, and not subcuticular as asserted by Ludwig (54). It consistently originates under the epidermis; and in the course of its development there is more or less destructive action of underlying tissues, and often of the epidermis even out close to the cuticle. 118 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII As an addendum it is of interest to note that a few sections showed long hyphae extending beyond the surface of the spermogonium. They were found centrally located in spermogonia that had just matured, never in old spermogonia. Spermatia were massed around them and, unlike paraphyses, they were ephemeral. These I interpret as the “‘flexu- ous hyphae” of Craigie (27). 2. Caeoma Faulliana, n. sp. ©. 4; Pycnidia amphigena, inconspicua, flavida, pustulata, non immersa, hemisphaerica vel conoidea, subcuticularia, 42-145 wu lata et 27-49 u alta, plus minusve 80 & 37 u; pycnidiophora simplicia, non septata vel juxta bases septata, ad apicem dehiscentia, poris 12-15 x 23-30 wu. Aecidia hypophylla, maculis flavidis insidentia, secus series duas ir- regulares disposita, aecidiosporis globosis vel subglobosis, subtiliter verruculosis, 16-21 u diam. The material studied was collected by Mr. W. R. Watson on the needles of the current season of Abies lasiocarpa (Hook.) Nutt. at Banff, Alberta, July 8, 1925. It consisted of pieces fixed in Carnoy’s fluid for study of the spermogonia and dried herbarium specimens (Herb. J. H. Faull, no. 8849). The spermogonia (Fig. 4) at once dis- tinguish this rust from M. Abieti-Capraearum which it superficially resembles. They are smaller, more elevated (pustular) and plainly subcuticular, No doubt it is a species of Melampsora ; but until someone makes appropriate cultures the identity of its diploid phase will remain unknown. So it is tentatively referred to as a new species under the name given above. 3. Melampsora Abietis-canadensis (Farl.) Ludwig The spermogonia of Melampsora Abietis-canadensis are borne on leaves of the current season, young cones and young twigs of Tsuga canadensis (L.) Carr. The affected leaves, especially those of the terminal buds, may be distorted and Adams (1) states that the same is true for affected twigs. The spermogonia are abundant, small, sub- cuticular, amphigenous, pustulate, and hemispherical-flattened to co- noidal in vertical section (Fig. 6). The base of the spermogonium is a flat-bottomed stroma. The epidermal cells at the base of the spermo- gonium are separated more or less by mycelium but they are not greatly displaced; they are eventually killed and may be disrupted, though fre- quently their walls remain unbroken, Thirty-four spermogonia occur- ring on needles measured from 35—98 wt broad and 15-38 u high, averag- ing 66 X 25 u. On the cones seventy-seven spermogonia measured 53— 128 uw broad and 13-30 u high, averaging 78 & 23 u. The spermatia are discharged through a long slit, 8-30 u wide. The foregoing description 1936] HUNTER, SPERMOGONIA OF THE MELAMPSORACEAE 119 is based upon culture material supplied by Professor W. P. Fraser. Considerable confusion has existed in the past with respect to the identity of M. A bietis-canadensis on Tsuga (4, 37, 38, 39, 16, 68, 69), but the conclusion as expressed by Ludwig (54) and Arthur (16) is ac- cepted. It is pertinent, however, to call particular attention to a rust (Caeoma dubium Ludwig, 54) on Tsuga heterophylla (Raf.) Sarg. from western North America. The spermogonia of this rust are distinguished from those of M. A bietis-canadensis as well as from other known species of Melampsora. The spermogonia of C. dubium are subepidermal and measure 80-115 uw broad and 50-90 : high. This affords another ex- ample of the diagnostic value of spermogonia. 4. Melampsora Bigelowii Thim. The spermogonia of Melampsora Bigelowii are found on needles of Larix laricina (Du Roi) K. Koch and L. leptolepis Murr. They are small, abundant, usually discrete but sometimes confluent, pustulate, amphig- enous, subcuticular, and hemispherical to conoidal in vertical sections (Fig. 7). The epidermal cells below the spermogonium, except for slight separation by the mycelium, are usually left im situ; but occasionally they are widely separated and sometimes so completely obliterated that the spermogonium occupies the space where the epidermal cells were located, as well as extending above them. Forty-two spermogonia meas- ured 50-102 u broad and 15-38 uw high, averaging 69 & 27 u. The spermatiophores may be nonseptate or one-septate towards the base. The spermatia measure 1.5-2.0 & 3-4 u. The opening through which the spermatia are exuded is 15-30 uw wide and extends over the greater part of the spermogonium in the longitudinal direction of the leaf. Both spermogonia and caeomata were obtained on Larix leptoleptis and L. laricina from inoculation experiments in which the teliospores of North American species of Salix were employed. The material on L. laricina only was sectioned. 5. Melampsora Medusae Thiim. The spermogonia of Melampsora Medusae occur on needles of Larix laricina and L. leptolepis. They are indistinguishable from those of M. Bigelowti. Both spermogonia and caeomata were obtained on Larix leptolepis and L. laricina from inoculation experiments in which telio- spores from North American species of Populus (including P. tremu- loides) were used. The material on L. laricina was sectioned. 6. Melampsora Larici-Capraearum Kleb. The spermogonia of Melampsora Larici-Capraearum are borne on needles of Larix laricina. They are abundant, small, discrete or occa- 120 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [vVoL. xvi sionally confluent, pustulate, amphigenous, subcuticular and in vertical section conoidal to hemispherical (Fig. 9). The epidermis is somewhat depressed by the overlying spermogonium. Its cells are separated and sometimes killed by the hyphae which have passed through to form the basal stroma. Sometimes the area formerly occupied by these cells is filled with a mass of interwoven hyphae. Thirty-one spermogonia meas- ured 30-101 pt broad and 18-38 uw high, averaging 65 & 28 u. The sper- matiophores may be septate towards their bases. Usually they are single-celled but they may be bicellular and the cells are uninucleate. The spermatia are catenulately produced and they measure 1.5—2.8 3—4 ww. The pore through which the spermatia are exuded measures 7.5 28.0 u wide and may extend over the entire length of the spermo- gonium. Figure 8 represents an immature spermogonium. Here the cuticle may be seen stretched beyond the free ends of the spermatio- phores. This condition has been observed frequently. Spermogonia and caeomata were obtained on Larix decidua and L. laricina from the European rust in its telial stage on Salix caprea. The spermogonia on both species of Larix were studied. II. Subfamily PUCCINIASTREAE 7. Melampsoridium betulinum (Pers.) Kleb. The spermogonia of Melampsoridium betulinum occur on needles of Larix decidua. They are abundant, minute, amphigenous, subcuticular, pustulate and in vertical section hemispherical flattened to conoidal ‘(Fig. 5). The epidermal cells may remain in situ or may be separated by mycelium. The spermogonia measured 45—53 u broad and 12-15 u high. The spermatiophores arise from a stroma which forms over the epidermal cells. The opening through which the spermatia are emitted is a slit 8-11 up wide. The spermogonium of M. betulinum is of the same type as that of Pucciniastrum species and of such species of Melampsora as M. Bigelowii and M. Medusae. Arthur (15) reports the haploid stage on Larix laricina (Du Roi) Koch from Connecticut and Wisconsin. An examination of specimens from the materials on which the American records are based (supplied through the courtesy of Dr. G. P. Clinton) shows the rust is Melampsora sp. True, a few weak peridial cells are present in the aecia but nowhere is there any indication of a well-defined peridium. Since it is now known that fragile, evanescent peridia are present in certain Melamp- sora species, this may account for the confusion which has resulted in error in determination. So far then as verified records go, the haploid stage of Melampsoridium betulinum has yet to be found in North America. 1936] HUNTER, SPERMOGONIA OF THE MELAMPSORACEAE 121 In 1898 Klebahn (51) established the genus Melampsoridium. He successfully cultured the rust on Larix and identified the haploid stage (bearing typical peridermia) with the Caeoma Laricis of Plowright (63). The writer has cultured from the telial stage of M. betulinum (from Betula verrucosa) to Larix decidua and L. laricina, obtaining scanty in- fection of both spermogonia and aecia. The latter are true peridermia. 8. Melampsorella Cerastii (Pers.) Schroet. A description of the rhorphology and of the ontogeny of the spermo- gonium of Melampsorella Cerastii is already recorded by the writer (45) under the name Melampsorella Caryophyllacearum. Figure 10 adds an excellent photegraphic illustration. 9. Pucciniastrum Epilobii (Pers.) Otth. 10. Pucciniastrum Abieti-Chamaenerii Kleb. The spermogonia of one of these species, the identity of which was unknown at the time, has already been described by the writer (45) under the name P. Epilobii. Subsequently, authentic culture materials of both were made available through the courtesy of Professor Faull, and their spermogonia have been studied in detail. No constant differences were evident. Professor Faull, however, pointed out that there are spe- cific differences in the aecia of the two species, and my examination of his herbarium specimens leads me to the same conclusion, 11. Pucciniastrum americanum (Farl.) Arth. The spermogonia of Pucciniastrum americanum occur on leaves of the current season of Picea glauca (Moench) Voss. They are small, dis- crete, amphigenous, irregularly scattered, subcuticular, pustulate, and in vertical section hemispherical flattened in shape. The epidermal cells at the base of the spermogonium are separated by hyphae passing be- tween them into the spermogonium. As the rust nears maturity these cells are somewhat depressed and frequently die; but there is no great disruption of host tissue. Twenty-nine spermogonia were found to measure 71-185 broad and 18-62 w high, averaging 124 35 nL. The spermatiophores are usually either nonseptate or one- to two- septate in the lower third of their length. They branch, just as do those of P. arcticum (Fig. 13), from enlarged basal hyphae. The spermatia form catenulately and they measure 1.5 & 3.5 win my sections. Meas- urements of spermatia from fresh material according to Darker (28) are 2.0-2.4 * 3.9-5.9 u. Frequently the opening through which the sperma- tia emerge measures 7.5—45.0 broad and extends as a slit over the greater part of the spermogonium. The cuticle may curl back exposing a considerable area of the upper surface of the spermogonium. At ma- 122 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII turity “flexuous hyphae” have been found extending beyond the tips of the spermatiophores through the opening of the spermogonium. 12. Pucciniastrum arcticum (Lagerh.) Tranz. The spermogonia of Pucciniastrum arcticum occur on first year needles of Picea glauca and resemble those of Pucciniastrum americanum so closely that it is probably impossible to separate them on a morphologi- cal basis (Fig. 12). It should be noted, however, that the sperma- tiophores of P. arcticum are commonly one-septate near their bases (Fig. 13). The spermatia, too, are possibly distinctive. In prepared sections they were found to measure 1.5-3.0 4.5-6.0 u. Darker’s measure- ments (28) made from fresh material were 1.3-1.6 & 3.9-4.7 U. 13. Thecopsora minima (Schw.) Syd. The spermogonia of Thecopsora minima are borne on the leaves and young cones of T’suga canadensis. Spermogonia on the leaves only were examined by the writer. They are small, usually discrete but occasion- ally confluent, amphigenous, irregularly scattered over the leaf surface, subcuticular, pustulate and in vertical section conoidal to hemispherical flattened. Thirty-four spermogonia measured 38-120 uw broad and 15- 25 uw high, averaging 79 & 20. The opening through which the sper- matia are exuded measures 14-15 u wide and extends as a slit over the spermogonium for most of its length. The materials studied were ob- tained from Professor W. P. Fraser. He secured them by inoculating Tsuga canadensis with basidiospores from Rhodora canadensis. A difference of opinion exists (37, 16, 38, 39, 64, 1, 70) as to whether or not 7. minima and T. Myrtilli are distinct species. It is doubtful if the spermogonial characters afford any aid in answering this question. It should be added that in all of the experimental work carried on in connection with Thecopsora minima and T. M yrtilli the infection experi- ments necessary to prove that the uredial stage on the various telial hosts Vaccinium, Gaylussacia, Rhodora and Azalea have never been per- formed. Gross inoculations with urediospores from one diploid host plant to the other would be of some value; but the experiments should be carried on by inoculating from the telial stages on various hosts to Tsuga, and when the aecia are secured inoculations should be made from each source back to all the various telial hosts. It would be well to in- clude Thecopsora Hydrangeae in such a set of experiments. 14. Thecopsora Myrtilli (Schum.), n. comb. Aecidium ? Myrtilli Schum. My study of the spermogonia of Thecopsora Myrtilli is based on cul- ture material obtained by Fraser (38) as the result of inoculations from 1936] HUNTER, SPERMOGONIA OF THE MELAMPSORACEAE 123 Vaccinium canadense Kalm on to Tsuga canadensis (L.) Carr. No sig- nificant differences were found between those of T. Myrtilli (Fig. 14) and T. minima, 15. Thecopsora Hydrangeae (B. & C.) Magn. The spermogonia of Thecopsora Hydrangeae are borne on first year needles of Tsuga canadensis. They are small, usually discrete but some- times confluent, amphigenous, subcuticular, pustulate and in vertical section hemispherical flattened to low conoidal. The stroma of the spermogonium does not usually depress the underlying epidermal cells. Thirty-five spermogonia measured 75-126 uw broad and 15-26 uy high, averaging 99 <-24 uw. The aperture through which the spermatia are discharged is a slit 15—23 w wide. 16. Calyptospora Goeppertiana Kuhn Since an earlier study of the spermogonia of this rust was made by the writer (45) examination of another lot of cultured material confirms the fact that spermatia do not ordinarily form and that the cuticle above the spermogonium remains unbroken. More than five hundred spermogonia have been examined. In these, spermatia were never found to have emerged. In many of the sections mature aecia were present. Fre- quently the spermogonia are dwarfed. Occasionally growth proceeds little further than is shown in Fig. 11. 17. Hyalopsora Aspidiotus (Pk.) P. Magn. The morphology of the spermogonia of Hyalopsora Aspidiotus has already been adequately described (45) and due reference made to Mayor’s findings in European material (57). Recently Kamei (50) has described similar but apparently somewhat bulkier spermogonia of his new species H. aculeata, cultured by him from Blechnum Spicant var. nipponicum (K.) M. & K. to Abies Mayriana Miy. & Kudo. In con- tinuation of my studies on H. Aspidiotus on Abies balsamea I am now able to present for the first time an account of the ontogeny of its sper- mogonia. The young spermogonium arises subepidermally from a very loosely scattered weft of mycelium in the outer intercellular spaces of the mesophyll (Fig. 16). At a very early stage in its development, hyphae (potential spermatiophores) branch off anticlinally from this weft; and very soon they come to form a continuous layer directly under the epidermis. During the latter process the intervening mesophyll cells are loosened from their connection with the epidermis and they and their neighbors in the outer layer of mesophyll are pressed downward into the spaces below. Frequently a number of the mesophyll cells become in- 124 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. Xvi volved in the growth of the spermatiophores. They are surrounded and eventually disrupted (Fig. 15). At maturity the epidermal cells above the spermogonium are usually killed; occasionally their walls are broken down by the mycelium (Fig. 16); and at times they may be penetrated by haustoria (Fig. 16). During the formation of the spermogonium the host leaf tissue becomes much swollen (Fig. 15) and drops of tannin and resinous matters form in affected cells — the former being especially abundant in the immediate neighborhood of the spermogonium. Within this region, too, starch grains fill the cells in abnormal amounts. 18. Milesia intermedia Faull In an earlier paper the mature spermogonium of Milesia intermedia on Abies balsamea was described by the writer (45) under the name Mulesina Kriegeriana Magnus. Faull (35) has recently shown that the latter is a different species and that it is not known to occur in America. The spermogonia of M. intermedia, just as is true of other known Mi- lesian spermogonia, are depressed in the host tissues at maturity. But an examination of mature spermogonia of M. intermedia, just as with most species of Milesia, leaves one in doubt as to their relation to the epidermis, that is, as to whether they are subepidermal, intraepidermal or subcuticular. To arrive at the correct interpretation in such species ontogenetic studies are necessary. These have been made for several of them by the writer. An account of the ontogeny of the spermogonium of M. intermedia follows. It plainly is of subcuticular origin. i, @ spermogonium of Milesia intermedia (Fig. 17) originates in the ou: 50 | Subcuticular, Struthiopteridis shallow immersed, hypophyllous Uredinopsis Hemispherical, | —— |100-159 85-110 | ——— | Subcuticular, Pteridis vertically immersed, elongated hypophyllous On leaves of 1st or 2nd season (?) Aecidium Subspherical — |160-200 x 152-180] ———— | Subepidermal, pseudo- immersed columnare 146 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII TABLE II. (Continued) No. Size Shape meas- (breadth X height in microns) Species (vertical section) ured Limits Average Remarks III. SUBFAMILY CRONARTIEAE Cronartium Flattened 6 {1000-3500 « 34-67 ——— | Caulicolous, Di. hemispherical subcortical IV. SUBFAMILY CHRYSOMYXEAE Chrysomyxa Flask-shaped 29 | 60-128 x 45-125 |105 x 82 | Subepidermal, Ledi immersed V. SUBFAMILY COLEOSPORIEAE Coleosporium Lens-shaped, 12 |323-458 x 92-116 |361 x 103) Subepidermal, Helianthi elevated applanate Coleos porium Lens-shaped, 11 |226-317 73-85 |284 81 | Subepidermal, incons picuum elevated ; hypophyllous Coleos porium Lens-shaped, —- |335-490 x 104-159} ———— | Subepidermal, I pomoeae evated applanate Coleos porium Lens-shaped, — |354- 110-122) ——— | Subepidermal, delicatulum elevated applanate Coleos porium Lens-shaped, — |323-397 x 110-122) ——— | Subepidermal, Laciniariae elevated applanate, epiphyllous Coles porium Lens-shaped, —— |244-366 x 98-104 | —-—— | Subepidermal, Solidaginis elevated pplanate hypophyllous Coleos porium Lens-shaped, — |335-427 x 80-101 | ———— | Subepidermal, Terebinthinaceae | elevated ; epiphyllous Gallowaya Lens-shaped, 7 \244-427 x 48-92 ——— | Subepidermal, pinicola elevated applanate ACKNOWLEDGMENTS Studies recorded in this paper were carried out by the writer over a period of years in the University of Toronto, the Imperial College of London University and Radcliffe College. The year of study at the Imperial College of London University was made possible by a fellow- 1936] HUNTER, SPERMOGONIA OF THE MELAMPSORACEAE 147 ship granted by the Canadian Federation of University Women. The studies were initiated and finally completed under the direction of Pro- fessor J. H. Faull and, during the intervening periods, supervised by Professor H. S. Jackson and Professor William Brown. Acknowledg- ments are also made to the following for contributions of material — Messrs. J. H. Faull, G. G. Hedgcock, H. P. Bell, G. D. Darker, W. P. Fraser and J. F. Adams. BIBLIOGRAPHY 1. Apams, J. F. (1919). I. Rusts on conifers in peti ons Il. Sex- ual fusions and development of the sexual or in the Peri- dermiums. (Penn. State Coll. Agri. Expt. Sta Bu iL 160: 3-77.) 2. ———— The alternate stage of Pucciniastrum Hydrangeae. (Mycologia, 12: 33-35. FB. (193 o: ALLEN, 3s, (1930). A cytological eet of Fo acamamaeal in Puccinia graminis. (Jour. Agr. Res : 585-614. ) 4, ————- (l Heterothallism in Puce cca (Science, 74: 462-463. ) 5. ——— (1932). A cytological study 2 heterothallism in Puccinia triticina. oo Agr. Res. 44: 733- 6. ——— (1932). A rhe sae - heterothallism in Puccinia oa (Jour. Agr. Res. 45: 513-541. 7. —— (1933). The spermatia of the corn rust, Puccinia Sorghi. (Phytopath. 23: 923-925. 8, ———— 1933). ea cytological — of heterothallism in Puccinia graminis. gr. Res =) 9. ——— (1933). The Spree of flax ne (Phytopath. 23: 487.) 10. Anprus, C. F. (1931). The mechanism of sex in Uromyces appendi- 87. 11. Artuur, J. C. (1904). Taxonomic importance of the spermogonium. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 31: 113-123.) 12, ———— ia? North sabes Flora, 7, Part 2. 13. ———— (1910). New speci of Uredineae. (VIII) (Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, ah 569-580 14. ———— (1924). North American Flora, 7, Part 9. 15. ———— (1925). North American Flora, 7, Part 10. 16. ———— (1934). Manual of the rusts in United States and Canada. . —— and D. F. Kern (1906). North American species of Peri- dermium. (Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 33: 403-438. 18. Beti, H. P. (1924). The rusts of Abies. (Bot. Gaz. 77: 1-31.) 1904 19. BLACKMAN, Va da . On the fertilization, alternation of gen- erations and general cytology of the Uredineae. (Ann. Bot. 18: 323-373.) 20. ————— and H. C. I. Fraser (1906). Further studies on the sex- uality of the Uredineae. (Ann. Bot. 20: 35-48 21. Boyce, J. S. (1928). A conspec ctus of es rusts on balsam firs in North America. ‘{Phytopath. 18: 705-708. ) 22. Cottey, R. H. (1918). Parasitism, eo cisey and cytology of ea ribicola. (Jour. Agr. Re es. 15: 619-660. ) 23. Craicige, J. H. (1927). Experiments on sex in rust fungi. (Nature, 120: 11 6-117.) aN _ Arb. 15: 50-86 . Fraser, W. P. (1912). Cultures of heteroecious rusts. (Mycologia, : 175-193 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII — (1927). Discovery of the function of the pycnia of the rust fungi. ee 120: 76 7a —— (1928). On the occurrence of pycnia and aecia in certain rust fungi. (Phytopath, 18: 1005-1015. ————. (193 An experimental investigation of sex in the rust fungi. CPhytopath 21: 1001-1040. ) ). Union of pycniospores and haploid hyphae in Puc- cinia Tslianthé Schw. (Nature, 131: . Darker, G. D. (192 ultures of Pucciniastrum americanum (Farl.) Arth. and P. arcticum (Lagerh.) Tranz. (Jour. Arnold Arb. 10: 156-167.) . DeBary, A. Bath Die Brandpilze, pp. 24-144. 865). Neue Untersuchungen uber die Uredineen, insbe- sondere dic Entwicklung der Puccinia graminis und den Zusam- menhang derselben mit Aecidium Berberidis. (Monatsber. K. Preuss. Acad. Wiss. 1865: 15-49.) ——— (1867). Uber den Krebs und die Hexenbesen der Weiss- tanne. re Zeit. 25: 257-264. Donce, B. (1925). Organization of the telial sorus in the pine rust, i pinicola. our. Agr. Res. 31: 641-651. . Fartow, W. G. (1885). Notes on some species of Gymnosporangium and Chrysomyxa of the United States. (Proc. Am. Acad. 20: 322 . Faut., J. H. (1929). The morphology, biology and phylogeny of the Pucciniastreae. [Proc. Internat. Congr. Plant Sci. Ithaca (1926), 2: A735 1745,] omnes (1992 . Taxonomy and geographical distribution of the genus thi (Contrib. Arnold Arb. 2: 1-1 ). The biology of Milesian rusts, (Jour. Arnold 1913), Further cultures of heteroecious rusts. (Mycolo- 39, . Notes on Uredinopsis mirabilis and other rusts. ich ta! 6: 25-28 . From YT t3 912). Sexual fusions and spore development in the ee rust. (Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 39: 113-131. . GuINieER, P. (1931). Note sur deux Pucciniastrum nuisibles aux oe es coniféres. (Travaux Cryptog. dédiés a L. Mangin, Museum i 73-375. . Hepccock, G. G. ( ). Key to the known aecial forms of Col sporium occurring in the United States and a list of the host Rey ee 20: 97-100. N. Rex Hunt (1922). Notes on some species of Coleo- 257. ccna Tt (Mycologia, 14: . Herspercer, C. (1928). Uber rite Vorkommen einer Aecidienperidie bei ion ae rae (Mitt. Nat. Ges. Bern. 192 . Hunter, L. M. (1927). Comparative study of spermogonia of rusts 23; of Abies. (Bot. Gaz. 83: 1- (1935). A preliminary note on life history studies of Euro- pean tgs of ee (Jour. Arnold Arb. 16: 143 . JacKxson, H. (1931). The rusts of South America based on the Holway ieee III. (Mycologia, 23: 96-117.) 1). The rusts of South America based on the Holway collections IV. (Mycologia, 23: 332-364. 1936] HUNTER, SPERMOGONIA OF THE MELAMPSORACEAE 149 49. enkr. 26: 257-277. KaMEI, S. (1930). On the life history of Uredinopsis Pteridis with a nary bearing on its peridermial stage. (Ann. Phytopath. Soc. Jap. 2: 1-22. (1932). Notes on the cultural aged of a new species of His 34. Hyalopsora. (Trans. Sapporo Nat. . Soc. 12: 27-34 51. KLeBaun, H. (1899 Pla eeecnche a “heterécischen Rostpilzen. (1899). (Zeitsch. Pflanzenkr. 9: Kulturversuche mit Rostpilzen. (Zeitsch. Pflan- Do. eae E. (1928). Differential staining of Peronosporaceae. (Phy- opath 18: 869-872. 54. Lupwia, C. A. (1915). Notes on some North American rusts with Caeoma-like sori. (Phytopath. 5: 273-284.) 55. Maire, R. (1900). L’évolution nucléaire chez les Endophyllum. (Jour. de Bot. 14: 80-92. 56. Mayor, E. (1919-1921). Etude peat cary de Melampsora Abieti- Capraearum Tubeuf. (Bull. S ycol. 36: —2 57. ————— Etude a a d’Urédinées hétéroiques. (Bull. Soc. Neuchat. Sci. Nat. 47: 67-73. ) 58. 193 Notes mycologiques VIII. (Bull. Soc. Neuchat. Sci. Nat. 58: 23-26. 59. Meryen, F. J. F. (1841). Pflanzen-Pathologie, pp. 141-150 60. NeuMAN, R. (1894). Ueber die Entwickelungsgeschichte der Aeci- dien und er ee der Uredineen. Ses wigia, 33: 346-361.) 61. Peck, C. (187 N. Y. State Mus. 2 4. 62. Pierson, R. K. (1933), Fusion of pyc niospores with filamentous hyphae in the : rhite Ate blister rust. (Nature, 131: 728-729. 63. PLowRIGHT, C. 891). Ejinige ficients mit Rostpilzen. (Zeitsch. oe 1: 130-131. 64. Ruoaps, A. S., G. G. Hepccock, E. BerHet and C. Hartrey (1918). Host relationships of the North American rusts, other than Gymno- sporangiums, which attack conifers. (Phyt topath. 8: 309-352. 65. Rosen, F. (1893). eitrage zur Kenntniss der anzenzellen. hn’s Beitrage zur Biologie der Pflanzen, 6: 237-266. 66. Sappin-Trourry, M. (1896). Recherches histologiques sur la famille des Urédinées. (Le Botaniste, 5: 59-244. 67. Scumitz, H. (1916). Preliminary note on the occurrence of Peri- dermium balsameum in Washin ngton. (Phytopath. 6: 369-371.) 68. SpAuLpING, P. (1911). Rusts of Tsuga canadensis. (Science, 33: Ox 69, ————— (1911). The rusts of Tsuga canadensis. (Phytopath. 1: 94-96.) 70. Sypow, P. a H. (1915). Monographia Uredinearum, ITT. 71. THUMEN, (1880). Die Blasenrost-Pilze der Coniferen. (Mitteil. Forstl. ee Oesterreichs, II. 320.) 72. TuLasne, L. R. (1854). Second mémoire sur les aie et les Ustilaginées. (Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. Sér. 4. 2: 77-196.) 73. Uncer, F. (1833). Die Exantheme der Pflanzen ee einige mit diesen verwandten Krankheiten ee Gewachse, pp. 297-301.) 74. Weir, J. R. and E. E. Huppert iy 7). Observations on forest tree rusts. (Amer. Jour. Bot. 4: Poi 918). Notes | on forest tree rusts. (Phytopath. 18.) 8: 114 . Winter, G. (1884). Repertorium Rabenhorstii fungi europaei et X I extraeuropaei. Cent. XXXI et XXXII cura Dr. G. Winter. (Hedwigia, 23: 169.) 150 bo Ww aN wm n N ioe) ‘oO _ oO — — —" bo — Ww —" is JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII EXPLANATION OF PLATES PLATE 182 . Lateral vertical section of mature spermogonium of Melampsora f Abieti-Capraearum from longitudinal section of leaf of Abres a he 700. dian vertical section of an immature spermogonium of oes Abieti-Capraearum located under guard cell in longitudinal section of leaf of A. balsamea. X 480. Note the es. Median vertical section of an genres spermogonium of Melampsora roid Mage Andee approximately mature size, from transverse section of leaf of ris Soiaies. x 2 Dark areas wits spermogonium are remains of mesophyll cells. Median vertical section of the mature spermogonium of Caeoma Faulliana from a transverse section of leaf of Abies lasiocarpa. Median vertical section of mature spermogonium of Melampso- af ridium betulinum from transverse section of leaf of Larix decidua, X Me dian vertical section of mature spermogonium of Melamp- ee Abietis-canadensis from cone scale of Tsuga canadensis. Median vertical section of mature spermogonium of — sora Bigelowii from longitudinal section of leaf of Lartx la ri- cima. X 280, Note mass of iubdigr above spermogonium. mog x IS. Median vertical section of mature s sen of ages en Larici-Capraearum from transverse section of leaf of Lari decidua. X 280. PLATE 183 . Median Wokeg section of a mature Ss of Melamp- sorella Cerastii from longitudinal section of lea A. balsamea. x 56 i spora Goeppertiana from transverse section of leaf of A. bal- samea _ Median vertical section of mature spermogonium of Puccinias- trum arcticum from transverse section of leaf of Picea glauca. x 2 _ Median vertical section of mature spermogonium of haga trum arcticum from transverse section of leaf of Picea glauca. x 625. Note cells in stroma from which eer cern branch. Median vertical section of spermogonium of Thecopsora Myr- tilli from transverse section of leaf of Tsuga pees ec x 280. ae — of leaf of A. balsamea infected with Hyal- opsora Aspidiotus. Note abundance of myce ium in intercellu- lar spaces, ictal and spermatia strewn over leaf surface. x 90, 1936] HUNTER, SPERMOGONIA OF THE MELAMPSORACEAE 151 PLATE 184 Fig. 16. Median vertical section of spermogonium of Hyalopsora Aspidi- otus at very early stage in development, from longitudinal sec- tion of leaf of A. balsamea. 290. Fig. 17. Median vertical section of immature spermogonium of Muilesia intermedia from transverse section of leaf of A. balsamea. x 288. Note depressed epidermal cells, spermatiophores and spermatia and overlying unruptured cuticle, with intermediate layer, darkly sta tained, beneat M nv ction of immature spermogonium of Muilesia intermedia age ra ee section oO a A, balsamea. xX 888. e depressed socal cells, separated spermatio- phores, eeensts cuticle minus intermediate layer in centre above spermogoniun Fig. 19. Median vertical ee of very early stage in the development f the spermogonium of Muilesia marginalis from transverse section of leaf of A. balsamea. X 550. Note central cell in nhl has been inv a . _ ee) o Ee jet) et Lay Ce} SES wn Fig. Fig. 20. Median vertical section early stage in the development of the spermogonium of Milesia marginalis from longitudinal sec- tion of A. balsamea. X 666. Note depressed mesophyll cells, SE caaatoahe and central ea cell invaded by enlarged hyphae. PLATE 185 Fig. 21. Median vertical section of young spermogonium —a later stage than that shown in Fig. 23 — of Milesia marginalis from trans- verse section a net of A. balsamea. X 374. Note epidermal cells have dis red. Median eal: peal of spermogonium of Milesia marginalis, ee cells over left, from transverse section of leaf of A x 280. = 79 I) nN Fig. 23. Median naps section of mature spermogonium of Miles marginalis from transverse section of leaf A. balsamea. x ae teeth from outer ey wall projecting into spermogoni . Median Seri section of mature eee ane of Miles polypodophila from transverse vite ion eaf of A. Walden. m2 Note two “‘flexuous hypha Pity 2o; Median vertical eae, of an iit spermogonium of Mile- sia Polypodii, showing an early stage of development, from transverse section of leaf of Abies concolor. X 280. Note a a bo aS Fig. 26. Median vertical section of mature spermogonium of Muilesia polypodophila from transverse section of leaf of A. balsamea. Note shortened spermatiophores and chains of sperma- tia. Fig. 27. Milesia Scolopendrit, “flexuous hypha” with sh ie attached. x 1000. This is a higher magnification of Fig PLATE 186 Figs. 28 and 29. Reiger of median vertical section of mature sper- different focus. Note flexuous hyphae with spermatia attached. Fig. WwW WW BR ies) Ww ies) Q Ww WwW oO Ow & S a paar JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII . Median vertical section of mature spermogonium of Muilesia Blechni from transverse section of leaf of Abies alba. X 300. m A. concolor. X 372. ge short Sade ipo and central core of long e spermogonium of “Milesia Polypodiu from transverse No hae . Ma wer of leaf of A. alba. X 280. te “flexuous hyp in central cavity PLATE 187 . Median vertical section of mature spermogonium of Muilesia x 300. vogesiaca, from transverse section of leaf of A. alba. . Median vertical section of immature spermogonium o of Uredi nopsis mirabilis, from transverse section of leaf of A. balsamea. x _ Median vertical section of mature spermogonium of Uredinop- e sts Atkinsonii, from transverse section of leaf of A. balsamea to show branching of fh adil ag seat from stroma. 420). . Median vertical section of mature spermogonium of Chryso- myxa Ledi, from jens anc fe of leaf of Picea mariana. x 350 PLATE 188 . Median — section of mature spermogonium of Cronartium ribicola from stem of Pinus sles x 170. . Median vertical section of mature spermogonium of Coleospo- rium Helianthi, from npoaatmesiy section of leaf of Pinus vir- giniana. = _ Median vertical section of immature spermogonium of Coleo- Sportum inconspicuum, from longitudinal section of leaf of P. virginiana. 170. . Median vertical section of spermogonium of Gallowaya pinicola f 142. from transverse section of leaf of P. virginiana. LABORATORY OF PLANT PATHOLOGY, ARNOLD ARBORETUM, HARVARD i aseeaaie: Jour. Arnotp Ars. VoL. XVII PLATE 182 SPERMOGONIA OF THE MELAMPSORACEAE FULL-TONE— MERIDEN Jour. ARNoLD Arb. VoL. XVII j g ar Ky | oe ee 4 m ye 2 ‘ pF EIR ge east tag *£p.~ ae Pitty so “a a , < Oi ¥ era): ie, oy SPERMOGONIA OF THE Mert AMT PCOPA FULL-TONE— MERIDEN PLATE 183 Jour. ARNoLtp Ars. Vo. XVII PuaTE 184 BS ow! ¢ <4 if ; Ne mais EP "ram Pa \ °E Saat 0 ° : MNES = PPS 1G eee Ab) a DN We He Nik \ SH 3 ; SINUS ie Zoe Or] aad Vf ey alee Cn ONS g Pe at (77ic ( ee a AH a Toys sh pee Sega): cost Wy ee Os SPERMOGONIA OF THE MELAMPSORACEAE FULL-TONE— MERIDEN Jour. ARNOLD Ars. VoL. XVII PLATE 185 SPERMOGONIA OF THE MELAMPSORACEAE FULL-TONE— MERIDEN Jour. ARNoLD Ars. VoL. XVII PLATE 186 4 A 4 fe = pee, &, ap ’ ety arn 1 Mog Bh’ A is wp) SPERMOGONIA OF THE MELAMPSORACEAE FULL-TONE — MERIDEN Jour. ARNotp Ars. VoL. XVII PLATE 187 “> Rae ni ~ ay fs» ns pe SPERMOGONIA OF > THE MELAMPSORACEAE FULL-TONE—— MERIDEN Jour. ARNotpD Ars. Vor. XVII PLATE 188 SPERMOGONIA OF THE MELAMPSORACEAE FULL-TONE—— MERIDEN 1936] SAX, EXPERIMENTAL PRODUCTION OF POLYPLOIDY 153 THE EXPERIMENTAL PRODUCTION OF POLYPLOIDY KarRL Sax With plate 189 PoLtyPLorpy has played an important role in the evolution of the angiosperms, and it is estimated that about half of the angiosperm species are polyploids. Two types of polyploids are known: autopoly- ploids, involving the reduplication of the same genom; and allopoly- ploids, involving the duplication of different genoms. The first type of polyploidy is not directly effective in speciation, although the poly- ploid differs from the diploid in certain morphological and physiological characters. Autopolyploidy does, however, serve to isolate the new form, since it is sterile with, and has a greater range than the diploid ancestor. Ina recent survey of autopolyploidy Mintzing (1936) shows that such polyploids are generally more vigorous and hardier than the diploid forms and that the chromosome races are ecologically different. There is also a strong tendency for the polyploids to be perennials. Allopolyploidy is directly effective in producing new species, since such polyploids result from species hybridization, followed by chromosome doubling. The duplication of each of the parental genoms restores fertility, and the hybrid breeds true. Thus the allopolyploid is a con- stant species hybrid which has the characteristics of a true species, and in the case of generic crosses the allopolyploid may merit generic rank. Allopolyploids are known to occur in nature and in cultivation, and have been produced experimentally in several different families. The various types of allopolyploids have been described by Winge in 1932; and since that time a number of new cases have been discovered, so that we now have records of about fifty allopolyploids, of which eight are known to have originated in nature. It is significant that many of our most important crop plants are of known or supposed allopolyploid origin. The general occurrence of polyploidy in the angiosperms has led to a detailed study of the causes of chromosome doubling in gametes and egg cells. In 1923 De Mol found that diploid pollen grains could be induced in Hyacinthus by subjecting the bulbs to abnormal environ- mental conditions. Belling (1925) found that low temperatures caused the production of diploid pollen grains in Stizolobium, Uvularia, and 154 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII Datura; and similar results were found in Epilobium and Oenothera by Michaelis (1928). The experimental work of Sakamura and Stow (1926) showed that high temperatures are also effective in producing diploid pollen grains. Shimotomai (1927) was able to produce giant pollen grains in Liriope and in Scilla by cold treatment. The effect of temperature treatment is produced by inhibiting the normal meiotic division so that no reduction of chromosomes occurs; but the factors involved are not well known. The production of diploid gametes is undoubtedly an important fac- tor in the formation of polyploid races or species in nature, even though sterile triploids would be formed more frequently than the relatively fertile tetraploids, especially in cross-pollinated species. The origin of polyploidy by the union of diploid gametes is dependent upon the fre- quent occurrence of chromosome doubling; but chromosome doubling in the fertilized egg, or at a later stage in somatic development, is directly effective in producing fertile polyploids. This mechanism is known to occur naturally, and has been used under experimental con- trol. Randolph (1932) has been able to double the chromosome num- ber in the fertilized egg cell of Zea by subjecting the plant to a tempera- ture of 43°C. for about half an hour at the time the fertilized egg cell was presumably in the resting or early prophase stage. This technique has also been successful with wheat and rye (Dorsey 1936). EXPERIMENTAL PRODUCTION OF POLYPLOID POLLEN GRAINS During the past few years we have found occasional diploid pollen grains in plants of Rhoeo discolor grown in the greenhouse, where they were subject to moderate variations in temperature. Plants kept in the cold pit, at a temperature of about 5°C. for several days and then returned to the greenhouse, produced many diploid pollen grains. Last year we installed constant temperature chambers where the plants could be kept under control and studied more carefully. We found that plants of Rhoeo discolor would produce some diploid pollen grains when subjected to either high or low temperatures for several days; but more consistent results were obtained when the plants were kept at a temperature of about 10°C. for two or three days and then kept at a temperature of 36°C. for one day. After treatment the plants were returned to the greenhouse and examined every few days. Under normal conditions the chromosome pair at meiosis to form a ring or chain of 12 chromosomes. Adjacent chromosomes often pass to opposite poles so that each daughter cell receives six chromosomes. 1936] SAX, EXPERIMENTAL PRODUCTION OF POLYPLOIDY 155 These divide equationally to produce microspores with six chromo- somes (Fig. 2). There is usually some irregularity in the chromosome distribution at meiosis, so that about 80 per cent of the pollen grains are sterile and undeveloped. The viable pollen grains contain an elongated dark-staining generative nucleus and a degenerate tube nucleus (Fig. 2A). The first effect of the temperature treatment is the production of asynapsis. At metaphase the chromosomes are unpaired, and the twelve univalents lie on an equatorial plate (Fig. 1). The equational division of the univalent chromosomes produces a dyad with twelve chromosomes in each cell. In most cases these dyads develop inde- pendently to produce diploid microspores (Fig. 3) which develop into diploid pollen grains (3A). Since each microspore contains all twelve chromosomes, there is no deficiency of chromosomes or chromosome seg- ments, and the microspores produce normal pollen grains. There is very little sterility of diploid pollen grains, and certain anthers show almost perfect pollen development as contrasted with about 80 per cent sterility in the normal diploid. The temperature variation also produces tetraploid microspores. Meiosis is suppressed, and the twelve univalents divide, but there is no nuclear division. The chromosomes pass into the resting stage, and the entire microsporocyte develops as the microspore. There are twenty- four chromosomes in the microspore which divide to form the two nuclei of the pollen grain (Fig. 4). The differentiation of the generative and tube nucleus is seldom complete, although a few giant pollen grains are produced which appear to be normal (Fig. 4A). These tetraploid pollen grains are not produced regularly, and a single anther never contains only this class of pollen grains. They are found in small numbers asso- ciated with haploid pollen grains. In rare cases the univalent chromosomes divide, and the daughter nuclei are formed, but no cell wall is formed to produce a dyad. The microsporocyte functions as a microspore with two nuclei, each with twelve chromosomes. In microspore development each nucleus divides (Fig. 5), and a pollen grain is produced which has two generative and two tube nuclei (Fig. 5A). Diploid pollen grains have also been produced in species of Trade- scantia, but only when the plants have been subjected to low and high temperatures. Cold or heat treatment alone is rarely effective in pro- ducing polyploid gametes in this genus. The first indication of reaction to temperature treatment is partial asynapsis; further reaction causes complete asynapsis with irregular division of chromosomes; and with 156 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM (VOL. xvi extreme treatment, the univalents divide equationally to form diploid pollen grains. The effect of temperature treatment appears to be caused by dis- turbing the synchronization of nuclear and cytoplasmic activities. This effect is especially clear in the development and differentiation of the generative and tube nucleus in microspore development in Tradescantia (Sax 1935). In the microsporocyte the temperature change prevents chromosome pairing. The development of the chromosomes is accel- erated in relation to other nuclear and cytoplasmic activities so that the univalents are ready to divide at the first instead of the second meiotic division. They may divide before nuclear division is possible so that the chromosome number is doubled. This is the mechanism involved in the production of tetraploid pollen grains of Rhoeo and the tetraploid egg cells of Zea and Triticum. THE ORIGIN OF POLYPLOIDY IN NATURE The occurrence of polyploidy in nature has been attributed to extreme temperatures. The tetraploids may have a more northern range than the diploids (Tischler 1935, Anderson and Sax 1936), or a more alpine distribution (Manton 1934), or may show a greater distribution along the seacoast (Tischler 1935). In such habitats a species would be sub- jected to greater temperature variations. The extreme temperature changes may cause polyploidy as the diploid races extend into unfavor- able territory, but it is also possible that the polyploids have originated before the extension of the range, and because they are hardier, they extend their range into more extreme environments. There are a number of cases where the forms in the northern areas or in extreme environments are more frequently diploid than the related varieties or species in more favorable environments (Bocher, 1936; Rohweder, 1936). One might expect that any extreme change in habitat might induce polyploidy, and that polyploidy would be expected at the periphery of the range, either northern or southern, or at low or high elevations. There is some evidence that different genera vary greatly in response to temperature changes. In many cases there is a definite cycle in gamete development which may serve as an adaptation to ex- treme diurnal temperatures. In the cereals, for example, the meiotic divisions tend to occur between 6 A. M. and 8 A. M., and it is possible that the more critical prophase stages are synchronized so that they are not often subjected to great variations in temperature. The experimental evidence obtained with Rhoeo and Tradescantia indicates that polyploidy may be induced by rather moderate tempera- 1936] SAX, EXPERIMENTAL PRODUCTION OF POLYPLOIDY 157 ture changes in certain genera, but that rather extreme and sudden changes are more effective. Neither constant heat nor constant cold seems to be effective. Since extreme variations in temperature are most likely to cause polyploidy, one might expect polyploidy in nature to occur in regions of high altitude, in semi-arid regions, or along the sea- coast, where the changes in temperature are often rapid and extreme. The polyploid economic plants appear to have originated in such regions. Of the seven centers of distribution described by Vavilov (1932), five are regions of high elevation. Most of the economic plants of polyploid origin—including apples, pears, wheat, oats, potatoes, tobacco, and upland cotton—have originated in the mountains or foothills in the subtropics or tropics. The increased vigor and hardiness of the polyploids are known to be associated with an increase in range of distribution in certain genera. We should expect that polyploids might be more frequent than diploids at the periphery of the range. Many species of plants in North America originated in Asia. A comparison of Asiatic and American species grown in the Arnold Arboretum shows that polyploidy is more frequent in the American species of Malus, Rosa, Acer, Staphylea, and Ulmus, while the reverse is true for Lonicera and Fraxinus. Many genera, such as Rhododendron, are represented entirely, or almost completely, by diploid species in both the old and new world. The data are hardly adequate for a critical survey, but the significance of polyploidy un- doubtedly varies in different genera. EXPERIMENTAL POLYPLOIDY Work on experimental polyploidy is being conducted at a number of research laboratories. Belling (1925) has called attention to the value of triploids in ornamental plants where seed production is not desired. The use of diploid gametes, formed without a reduction division, should be of value in breeding heterozygous horticultural varieties. In the apple, for example, the varieties are so heterozygous that breeding new varieties is largely a matter of chance; but the union of diploid gametes should combine all the characters of the parental trees. In the production of auto- and allopolyploids Randolph’s method of doubling the chromosome number in the fertilized egg seems to be the most practicable. Our experimental work indicates, however, that it is advisable to precondition the plant in a cold chamber before subjecting the fertilized egg to high temperatures. I have been told that the heat treatment alone is not effective in doubling the chromosomes in Zea in the southern states. The failure of chromosome doubling in southern 158 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII regions presumably is caused by the relatively high temperatures of the normal environment, so that there is insufficient range of temperature to cause chromosome doubling. Under such conditions the cold treatment is necessary, and probably most plants would show a better response when subjected to an extreme temperature range. Either the transition from cold to heat or from heat to cold seems to be effective in causing polyploidy. In experimental work the cell activities can be timed somewhat better if the plant is first subjected to cold treatment. SUMMARY Plants of Rhoeo discolor subjected to sudden temperature changes produced many diploid pollen grains, and a few tetraploid pollen grains. Chromosome doubling is caused by the suppression of meiosis and an equational division of the chromosomes to produce dyads which develop into diploid pollen grains. Occasionally the chromosomes divide with- out nuclear division to produce a monad which develops into a tetraploid pollen grain. Double diploid pollen grains may be produced which have two generative and two tube nuclei. Chromosome doubling appears to be caused by disturbing the synchronization of nuclear and cyto- plasmic activities. The effect of temperature variations in causing polyploidy in nature is discussed in relation to plant distribution and the centers of origin of cultivated plants. In the experimental production of polyploidy extreme temperature changes are more likely to be successful. The temperature chambers used in this work were paid for, in part, by a grant from the American Academy of Arts and Sciences. LITERATURE CITED ANDERSON, E., and Kart Sax (1936). A cytological monograph of the American species of Tradescantia. (Bot. Gaz. 97: 433-476. BeLuinG, J. (1925). Production of triploid and tetraploid plants. (Jour. Hered. 16: BocuHer, T. W. (1936). Cytological studies on Campanula rotundifolia. ( 69-277. Dorsey, E. (1936). Induced polyploidy in wheat and rye. (Jour. Hered. 27: 155-160. ) Manton, I. (1934). The problem of Biscutella laevigata. (Zeitschr. Indukt. Abst. benas 67: 41-57. ) Micwagtis, P. (1928). Ueber die experimentelle Erzeugung hetero- ploider Pflanzen bei Epilobium und Oenothera. (Biol. Zentralbl. 48: 370-374. Mot, W. E. E (1923). Duplication of generative nuclei by oe of aeeloei cal stimuli and its significance. (Genetica, 5: 225-272.) Jour. ARNotp Ars. Vor. XVII PLaTE 189 Ba EXPERIMENTAL PRODUCTION OF POLYPLOIDY FULL-TONE™™ MERIDEN OO a 1936] SAX, EXPERIMENTAL PRODUCTION OF POLYPLOIDY 159 Mutntzine, A. (1936). The evolutionary significance of autopolyploidy. (Hereditas, 21: 263-378. RANnboLPH, L. F. (1 932). Rect oa of high temperature on ee and other variations in maize. (Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 18: 2-229.) aa a acta Die Peas der Po lyploidie fiir die eee der men an die Kalkgebiete Schleswig-Holsteins. (Beibl. Bot. ee 54: 507-519. SAKAMURA, T., und I. Stow (1926). Ueber die experimentell veranlasste Entstehung von keimfahigen Pollenkornern mit abweichenden Chromo- ee tse (Jap. Jour. Bot. 7: 111-137.) Sax, K. (1935). The effect of temperature on nuclear differentiation in microspore development. (Jour. Arnold Arb. 16: 301-310.) SHimotomal, N. (1927). Ueber sa ee der meiotischen Teilungen durch niedrige Pa att (Bot. Mag. Tokyo, 41: 149-160. TiscHLER, G. (1935). Die Bedeutung der Polyploidie ftir die Verbreitung r An Ca asi (Bot. Jahrb. 67: 1-36. Neaveioe. N. I. (1932). The ie ‘of evolution in cultivated plants. (Proc. Int. cae eatee 1: 331-342. MN O. (1932). On the origin of constant species-hybrids. (Svensk ot. Tidskr. 26: 107-122.) DESCRIPTION OF PLATE 189 Photographs oh microspores and pollen grains of Rhoeo discolor. Aceto- carmine preparations. x 900. Fig. 1. Pollen ee cell with induced asynapsis. The twelve uni- valents divide be peer Figs. 2 an : normal haploid ane with 6 chromosomes, and the normal haploid pollen grai Figs. 3 and 3A. A diploid RIGROSROLE: ‘produced by temperature treat- ment, and a heey diploid pollen grain. Figs. 4 and aploid microspore induced by alo aia treat- ment, and a wall ‘differentiated tetraploid pollen g ; Figs. 5 and 5A. A double diploid microspore rodneee ed equational ell division of the 12 univalents and nuclear division without ce wall formation. ae resulting pollen grain has two generative and two tube nuc CYTOLOGICAL LABORATORY, ARNOLD ARBORETUM, HarvVARD UNIVERSITY. 160 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VoL. Xv STUDIES IN THE OAKS OF THE MOUNTAINS OF NORTHEASTERN MEXICO CorNELIUS H. MUELLER In Two collections of plants made for the Arnold Arboretum in the mountains of Nuevo Leon, Mexico, by the author and Mary Taylor Mueller in 1934 and by the author in 1935 there are 250 numbers of oaks. A field study of considerable intensity from about May 6 to August 15, 1934 and from June 22 to August 15, 1935 has been supple- mented by an herbarium study of the specimens collected. The collecting and field study were carried on in the Sierra Madre Oriental south of Monterrey, Nuevo Leon. The localities cited in the treatment of the species are based upon names appearing on the topo- graphic maps of the republic published by the Secretaria de Agricultura y Fomento, Departmento de Geografia, Meteorologia e Hidrologia, Tacubaya, D. F., Mexico. The maps are known as “Carta de la Repub- lica Mexicana en hojas a la 100,0002.” Many of the names of ranches and cafions are local names not appearing on any maps. The term municipio (Mun.) refers to a political unit comparable to a county. A municipio takes its name from the town in which the seat of government is located. In many of the species there was noted a high degree of variability which undoubtedly has in part led to the description of numerous poorly distinguished species. It will be noted that there are proposed many new names for forms not identical with, but surely conspecific with, previously known entities. These are given the rank of forma merely to call attention simultaneously to their differences from, and their con- specificity with, the typical forms with which they are allied, in the hope of avoiding their being regarded as distinct species, as they might readily be if one had not the intergrading forms to study and could not see the trees in the field. The types of the new species and forms are deposited in the herbarium of the Arnold Arboretum (cited A. A.), Harvard University. The author wishes to acknowledge the excellent codperation and financial aid of the Arboretum which made possible the collection of these plants. 1936] MUELLER, STUDIES IN THE OAKS OF MEXICO 161 Subgenus LEUCOBALANUS Engelmann Series PoLyMorRPHAE Trelease Quercus polymorpha Chamisso & Schlechtendal in Linnaea, 5: 78 (1830). Nuevo Leon: Mun. de Monterrey, Cafion Diente, alt. 700 to 1000 m., common on the wooded cafion floor and adjacent slopes, Vo. 252, May 6, 1934; Mun. de Galeana, cafion below Alamar on Hacienda Pab- lillo, common on the densely wooded cafion floor, alt. 1900 m., Nos. 608 & 609, May 29, 1934, No. 632, May 30, 1934, No. 1143, July 21, 1934. Quercus polymorpha f. angustifolia, f. nov. A typo recedit foliis anguste lanceolatis (3-4 & 10-14 cm.) integris vel versus apicem angustatum leviter dentatis, acumine plerumque obtuso. Nuevo Leon: Mun. de Galeana, cafions about Alamar on Hacienda Pablillo, alt. 2000 m., No. 610, May 29, 1934, No. 1144 (type in A. A.), July 21, 1934; Mun. de Villa Santiago, arroyo bottom between Las Adjuntas and Potrero Redondo, alt. 1300 m., No. 2076, July 3, 1935. Series GLAUCOIDEAE Trelease Quercus clivicola Trelease & Mueller in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 63: 149 (1936). Nuevo Leon: Mun. de Galeana, Cafion San Francisco on Hacienda Pablillo, abundant in the pine and oak wood of the cafion floor and slopes, alt. 2000 to 2200 m., No. 286, May 10, 1934, Nos. 305, 306, & 309, May 11, 1934, No. 452, May 18, 1934, Nos. 1280, 1285, 1285A, 1286, & 1292, July 31, 1934; common in the oak wood about Taray on Hacienda Pablillo, alt. 2200 m., No. 423, May 17, 1934, No. 947, July 2, 1934; in Cafon Santa Barbara on Hacienda Pablillo, alt. 2000 m., No. 584, May 25, 1934, Nos. 1097 & 1098, July 19, 1934: common about Alamar on Hacienda Pablillo, alt. 2000 m., No. 974, July 3, 1934, Nos. 1103 & 1105, July 20, 1934; Puerto de los Pastores near Galeana, alt. 1500 m., common on openly wooded slopes, No. 1007A, July 5, 1934, No. 1295, August 2, 1934; Mun. de Monterrey, Cafion Diente, alt. 900 m., common on the wooded canon floor and slopes, Vos. 1306 & 1306B, August 8, 1934; Mun. de Villa Santiago, Cafion Guajuco above Villa Santiago, alt. 1300 m., common on openly wooded slopes, No. 1331, August 12, 1934, No. 1356, August 15, 1934. Quercus clivicola f. consanguinea C. H. Mueller in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 63: 150 (1936). Nuevo Leon: Mun. de Galeana, Cafion Santa Barbara on Hacienda 162 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL, XVII Pablillo, alt. 2000 m., common in the pine and oak wood of the canon walls, No. 583, May 25, 1934, No. 1096, July 19, 1934; about Alamar on Hacienda Pablillo, alt. 2000 m., scattered in the oak wood of rela- tively open slopes, No. 1104, July 20, 1934; Cafion San Francisco on Hacienda Pablillo, alt. 2100 m., abundant in the pine and oak wood of gentle slopes, Vo. 1285B, July 31, 1934. Quercus clivicola f. crenifolia Trelease & Mueller in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 63: 150 (1936). Nuevo Leon: Mun. de Galeana, Cafion San Francisco on Hacienda Pablillo, alt. 2100 m., common in open oak wood, No. 388, May 14, 1934: about Taray on Hacienda Pablillo, abundant on openly wooded, gentle slopes, alt. 2200 m., Nos. 421, 422, & 425, May 17, 1934; near Alamar on Hacienda Pablillo, abundant in open oak wood on gentle slopes, alt. about 2000 m., No. 614, May 29, 1934, No. 701, June 2, 1934, No. 1145, July 21, 1934, Nos. 1173 & 1176, July 22, 1934; Mun. de Villa Santiago, Potrero Redondo, alt. 1300 m., sparse in the luxuriant pine wood, No. 2128, July 5, 1935. Quercus clivicola f. dentata Trelease & Mueller in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 63: 150 (1936). Nuevo Leon: Mun. de Galeana, Cafion San Francisco on Hacienda Pablillo, alt. 2100 m., abundant constituent of the pine-oak forest, No. 322, May 12, 1934, Nos. 1284 & 1284A, July 31, 1934; Canon Santa Barbara on Hacienda Pablillo, alt. 2200 m., common in the pine-oak wood, No. 1093, July 19, 1934; Puerto de los Pastores near Galeana, alt. 1500 m., scattered on dry, openly wooded slopes, No. 996, July 5, 1934: Mun. de Linares, Cafion Santa Rosa near Iturbide. alt. about 1200 m., scattered in wooded arroyos, No. 1294, August 2, 1934. Quercus clivicola f. elongata, f. nov. A formis aliis differt foliis magis elongatis (2-3 > 10-12 cm.) plerisque supra crenatis vel dentatis. Nuevo Leon: Mun. de Villa Santiago, Cafion Guajuco above Villa Santiago, alt. 1300 m., common in the low oak wood, No. 1323 (type in A. A.), August 10, 1934; Mun. de Galeana, Taray on Hacienda Pablillo, alt. 2200 m., No. 582, May 25, 1934, No. 1095, July 19, 1934. This form is close to both f. crenifolia and f. dentata in that the leaves are usually crenate or dentate above. Quercus glaucophylla von Seemen in Bot. Jahrb, 29: 95 (1900). Nuevo Leon: Mun. de Galeana, Taray on Hacienda Pablillo, alt. 2200 m., sparse on the openly wooded slopes, No. 590, May 29, 1934; near Alamar on Hacienda Pablillo, alt. 2000 m., common on sparsely 1936] MUELLER, STUDIES IN THE OAKS OF MEXICO 163 wooded, dry slopes, No. 596, May 29, 1934, No. 1121, July 21, 1934; Puerto de los Pastores near Galeana, alt. 1500 m., scattered on sparsely wooded, dry slopes, No. 1002, July 5, 1934. Quercus glaucophylla f. lobata, f. nov. A formis aliis differt foliis typicis e basi ad apicem profunde lobatis, sinubus plerisque litteram U simulantibus. Nuevo Leon: Mun. de Galeana, Cafion San Francisco on Hacienda Pablillo, alt. 2100 m., scattered on openly wooded limestone bluffs, Vo. 1281 (type in A. A.), July 31, 1934; Puerto de los Pastores near Gale- ana, small tree sparse on openly wooded, gentle slopes, No. 1003, July 5, 1934. Quercus glaucophylla f. longifolia, f. nov. Ab aliis formis differt foliis elongatis (1.5-3 > 5-7.5 cm.) supra tantum leviter rotundo-lobatis. Nuevo Leon: Mun. de Galeana, Taray on Hacienda Pablillo, alt. 2200 m., small tree, sparse in open oak wood on slopes, No. 589 (type in A. A.), May 29, 1934. Quercus glaucophylla f. macropetiolata C. H. Mueller in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 63: 151 (1936). In some cases this form has much longer petioles than those first described for it from Monterrey, some of them being as long as 16 mm. Nuevo Leon: Mun. de Galeana, Canon San Francisco on Hacienda Pablillo, alt. 2100 m., common on openly wooded slopes, No. 307, May 11, 1934; Alamar on Hacienda Pablillo, alt. 2000 m., common on openly wooded, dry slopes, No. 1101, July 20, 1934, No. 1200, July 23, 1934; Puerto de los Pastores near Galeana, alt. 1500 m., scattered on dry, openly wooded slopes, No. 1001, July 5, 1934; Mun. de Villa Santiago, Potrero Redondo, alt. 1300 m., common on steep, openly wooded slopes, No. 2087, July 4, 1935. Quercus glaucophylla var. subrotundifolia, f. nov. A formis aliis differt foliis majoribus (ad 5 * 6 cm.) ovalibus integris vel supra inconspicue crenatis. Nuevo Leon: Mun. de Galeana, Cafon San Francisco on Hacienda Pablillo, alt. 2100 m., sparse on dry cliffs in the oak wood, No. 1282 (type in A. A.), July 31, 1934, Quercus verde, sp. nov. Arbor parva ramis gracilibus (1-2 mm.) sulcatis incano-tomentosis, annotinis pubescentibus, lenticellis sparsis minutis vel majusculis con- spicuisque; gemmae primum ovoideae et vix 1 mm. diam., demum acute ovoideae ad 2.5 & 3.5 mm. magnae, glabrae; stipulae subulatae, 5 mm. 164 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL? XVII longae, plerumque persistentes. Folia decidua, oblonga vel obovata, obtusa, saepe mucronulata, leviter cordata, integra vel apicem versus dentibus paucis latis brevibusque mucronulatis, margine minute revoluto plano vel crispo, supra lucidula et sparsissime stellata, subtus pallidiora, pilis stellatis canescentia, venis utrinsecus 8 vel 9 ramosis et anastomo- santibus supra non sed subtus manifeste elevatis; petioli circiter 0.5—1 < 5-9 mm., dense stellato-pilosi. Amenta mascula 2.5—3.5 cm. longa, laxa, stellato-pilosa, antheris glabris breviter exsertis; amenta feminea 2—4-flora, pedunculo incano 1—2.5 cm. longo. Fructus annuus, non visus. Nuevo Leon: Mun. de Galeana, Cafion San Francisco on Hacienda Pablillo, alt. 2100 m., scattered in low oak wood on a hilltop, No. 373 (type in A. A.), May 14, 1934, No. 451, May 18, 1934; Cieneguillas on Hacienda Pablillo, alt. 2500 m., sparse in scrubby oak wood, No. 886, June 17, 1934. A moderately small tree with rather gnarled branches and scaly gray bark. It occurs infrequently in open oak wood. From all other species of the section GLAUCOIDEAE except Q. sororia Liebm. (Overs. Dansk. Vidensk. Selsk. Forhandl. 1854, p. 175) this species differs in having twigs stellately incanous the first year and still quite hairy the second. From Q. sororia it differs in its very slender twigs and leaves hairy be- neath. Its relationship to any one species in the series is problematic. % Quercus pastorensis, hybr. nov. (Q. glaucophylla von Seemen x Q. clivicola Trel. & C. H. Muell.). Ramuli, gemmae et fructus ut in Q. glaucophylla; ramuli et folia subtus persistenter pubescentes ut in Q. clivicola; folia nervatione Q. glaucophyllam referentia, sed textura et forma (oblonga margine cre- nata) Q. clivicolae similia. Nuevo Leon: Mun. de Galeana, Puerto de los Pastores near Galeana, alt. 1500 m., common on openly wooded, dry slopes, No. 1296 (type in A. A.) & 1297, August 2, 1934, Nos. 1000 & 1005, July 5, 1934. Nos. 1000 & 1297 seem to have resulted from a back cross with Q. glauco- phylla, In them the characters of Q. clivicola, especially the hairiness of the leaves, are somewhat less evident. Although the parents of this hybrid occur mixed over much of the range covered by this report, as well as in the type locality of the pro- posed hybrid, nowhere else was there noticed any evidence of hybridi- zation. Since the type locality is a rather poor site bearing little woody vegetation, it may be that the hybrid is in this case less vigorous than the parents and therefore confined to an area in which the rigors of drought have much reduced the competition. It is doubtless true that many of the species reported in Mexico are hybrids which cannot be 1936 ] MUELLER, STUDIES IN THE OAKS OF MEXICO 165 recognized as such because of the extremely small amount of field study which has been carried on. Series AURANTIACAE Trelease Quercus monterreyensis Trelease & Mueller in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 63: 151 (1936). NueEvo Leon: Mun. de Monterrey, Cafion Diente, alt. 600 m., sparse in the dense oak wood, No. 256, May 6, 1934; Mun. de Villa Santiago, Cafion Guajuco above Villa Santiago, alt. 1300 m., common in rather dense oak wood along arroyos and on slopes, Vo. 1315, August 10, 1934, Nos. 1328 & 1329, August 12, 1934; Potrero Redondo, alt. 1300 m., scattered in open oak wood on gentle slopes, No. 2080, July 3, 1935. Of these specimens No. 1328 differs considerably from the other specimens in having leaves about half normal size both surfaces of which are sparsely stellate hairy. These differences hardly merit a name even as a form, for they often occur on the same tree as typical leaves and are to be regarded as a part of the normal variation of the species. Series RETICULATAE Trelease Quercus reticulata Humboldt & Bonpland, Pl. Aequinoct. 2: 40 (1809). Nuevo Leon: Mun. de Galeana, Canon San Francisco on Hacienda Pablillo, alt. 2100 m., abundant along wooded waterways, Nos. 303 & 304, May 11, 1934, No. 1279A, July 31, 1934; above Alamar on Haci- enda Pablillo, alt. 2300 m., sparse in low oak scrub, No. 747, June 4, 1934; Canon de Cieneguillas above Pueblo San Francisco, alt. 2400 m., scattered along wooded waterways, Nos. 1271 & 1272, July 27, 1934. This polymorphic species is quite difficult to delimit, for there appears to be as much variation within the species as there is between it and some others of the series, notably Q. rhodophlebia Trelease (in Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci. 20: 74. 1924), QO. Uhdeana Trelease (1. c. 75), and Q. pilicaulis Trelease (1. c. 67). Quercus reticulata f. squarrosa Trelease in Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci. 20: 75 (1924). Nuevo Leon: Mun. de Galeana, Cafion San Francisco on Hacienda Pablillo, alt. 2100 m., sparse with the species along arroyos, No, 1279, July 31, 1934. Quercus reticulata f. longa Trelease in Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci. a 7511924); Nuevo Leon: Mun. de Galeana, Cafon San Francisco on Hacienda 166 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVIL Pablillo, alt. 2100 m., sparse with the species along arroyos, No. 1279B, July 31, 1934. This form, like the above, is not distinct from the species but grades into it. Quercus reticulata f. pungens, f. nov. A typo recedit foliis 1.5 & 3 cm. vel minoribus profunde mucronato- dentatis in dimidio superiore, margine revolutis et manifeste undulatis. Nuevo Leon: Mun. de Derrumbadero, Canon de los Capulines above San Enrique on Hacienda San Jose de Raices, alt. 2500 m., shrub, rare on dry, shrub-covered slopes, No, 2417 (type in A. A.), August 6, 1935. Quercus revoluta Trel.' f. acuta, f. nov. A typo recedit foliis magis elongatis (1-1.5 2-3.5 vel. 2 & 5 cm.) apice mucronatis acutissimis, dentatis vel integris, tomento subtus satis sparso. Nuevo Leon: Mun. de Galeana, Puente de Dios near Galeana, alt. 1200 m., abundant shrub on dry, shrub-covered hills, No. 2169 (type in A. A.), July 12, 1935. Quercus Loeseneri Trelease in Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci. 20: 79 (1924). Nuevo Leon: Mun. de Galeana, slopes about Cieneguillas on Hacienda Pablillo, alt. 2400 m., sparse in the shrubs of the dry hills, No. 882, June 17, 1934; Cerro Potosi near Galeana, alt. 2700 to 3300 m., abundant low shrub in the pine forest, No. 1263, July 26, 1934, Nos. 2225 & 2239, July 20, 1935, No. 2286, July 24, 1935. The distinction of this species from Q. reticulata seems very doubtful. Series MIcROPHYLLAE Trelease Quercus microphylla Née in Anal. Cienc. Nat. 3: 264 (1801). Nuevo Leon: Mun. de Galeana, Canon San Francisco on Hacienda Pablillo, alt. 2100 m., sparse shrubs on low-wooded slopes, Nos. 1291B & 1291X, July 31, 1934. The preceding specimens are doubtfully referred to this species. Probably the most confused group of white oaks and the last which will be satisfactorily understood is comprised of the various scrubby species of the desert mountain areas of northern Mexico and adjacent southwestern United States. One group, which seems to center about O. microphylla and Q. chihuahuensis Trel., is represented in these col- lections by twenty numbers. The specimens show definite affinities to several species, but by reason of their high degree of intergrading can 1Trelease in Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci. 20: 79 (1924). 1936] MUELLER, STUDIES IN THE OAKS OF MEXICO 167 only tentatively be referred to any species. It seems apparent that one of two conditions must be recognized. There might be an intricate system of closely related species which would many times multiply the number now known. To follow such an assumption would defeat the purpose of taxonomy. The only alternative which seems at present applicable is that there has been a high incidence of hybridization coupled with the natural variations of a profoundly fluctuating group of organisms. To classify satisfactorily such an entanglement will require field study of literally thousands of specimens and can hardly be undertaken in the study of a limited area such as the one now under consideration. Series CHIHUAHUENSES Trelease Quercus chihuahuensis Trelease in Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci. 20: 85 (1924). Nuevo Leon: Mun. de Galeana, Canon San Francisco on Hacienda Pablillo, alt. 2100 m., abundant low shrub on low-wooded slopes, Nos. 312 & 320, May 12, 1934, Nos. 1036 & 1037, July 15, 1934, Nos. 1288, 1288A, 1291, & 1291A, July 31, 1934; about Pablillo on Hacienda Pab- lillo, alt. 2000 to 2100 m., Nos. 535 & 536, May 21, 1934, No. 885, June 17, 1934, No. 1091, July 18, 1934; above Alamar on Hacienda Pablillo, alt. 2200 m., common low shrub in dry, open wood, No. 748, June 4, 1934, No. 1158A, July 22, 1934; Cerro Infernillo on Hacienda Pablillo, alt. 3000 m., a common shrub in the pine forest, Vo. 847, June 17, 1934; Cafion de las Placetas above Pueblo San Francisco, alt. 2300 m., abund- ant as an undergrowth in pine and oak wood, No. 1274, July 27, 1934; Cerro Potosi above Derramadero, alt. 2700 m., abundant low or creep- ing shrub in the pine forest, No. 2280, July 22, 1935; Arroyo Hondo near San Enrique on Hacienda San Jose de Raices, abundant on dry, shrub-covered slopes, Vo. 2311, July 31, 1935; Mun. de Villa Santiago, pass above Potrero Redondo, alt. 2100 to 2300 m., abundant in the shrub zones, No. 2134, July 7, 1935. The preceding specimens have been referred only tentatively to this species. Series OpacaE Trelease Quercus Pringlei von Seemen in Bot. Jahrb. 29: 96 (1900). Nuevo Leon: Mun. de Galeana, about Pablillo on Hacienda Pablillo, alt. 2000 to 2200 m., sparse on dry, shrub-covered hills, a low shrub, No. 880, June 17, 1934, No. 1090, July 18, 1934; Puerto de los Pastores, alt. 1500 m., rare on dry, openly wooded slopes, No. 995A, July 5, 1934; Mun. de Derrumbadero, hills above San Juanito, alt. 2300 m., abundant shrub on dry slopes, No. 2420, August 10, 1935. 168 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII Quercus Pringlei f. dentata, f. nov. A typo recedit foliis circiter triente inferiore excepto dentatis dentibus incurvis mucronatis, subtus initio flavo-stellato-tomentosis demum glabratis. Nuevo Leon: Mun. de Galeana, about Pablillo on Hacienda Pab- lillo, alt. 2000 m., rare shrub on dry slopes, No. 881 (type in A. A.), June 17, 1934. Series UNpULATAE Trelease Quercus undulata Torr. Vaseyana Rydberg in Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 2: 218 (1901). Nuevo Leon: Mun. de Rayones, Casillas, alt. 1400 m., scattered on very dry and sparsely shrub-covered slopes, No. 2167, July 9, 1935. TaMAuLipas: Mun. de Villa Mainero, bajada east of the mountains and north of Villa Mainero, alt. 500 m., rare in the dense scrub thorn forest, Vo. 2431, August 14, 1935. The specimens agree perfectly with Q. sillae Trelease (in Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci. 20: 102. 1924) which is described from the vicinity of Monterrey, Nuevo Leon, a short distance to the north of the localities here cited. There is no apparent morphological distinction and no reason why Q. undulata should not range south over similar habitats from western Texas. Series PRINOIDEAE Trelease Quercus Muehlenbergii Engelmann in Trans. Acad. St. Louis 3: 391 (1877). Nuevo Leon: Mun. de Galeana, Alamar on Hacienda Pablillo, alt. about 1900 m., large tree abundant in the densely wooded canons, Nos. 623 & 651, May 30, 1934, No. 1120, July 21, 1934. Series VIRENTES Trelease Quercus fusiformis Small in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 28: 357 (1901). Nuevo Leon: Mun. de Villa Santiago, Cahon Denuncio above Rancho La Bola, alt. 750 m., abundant small tree in the more xerophytic oak wood, No. 2013, June 23, 1935. Subgenus ERYTHROBALANUS Oersted Series VIMINEAE Trelease Quercus duraznillo Trelease in Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci. 20: 122 (1924). Nuevo Leon: Mun. de Galeana, Cafion San Francisco on Hacienda Pablillo, alt. 2100 m., shrub abundant on open slopes, Vos. 369 (with definite indications of evergreen habit) & 374, May 14, 1934, Nos. 1289, 1936] MUELLER, STUDIES IN THE OAKS OF MEXICO 169 1289A, & 1290, July 31, 1934; Cerro Infernillo above Cieneguillas on Hacienda Pablillo, alt. 2700 m., common in low oak wood, No. 845, June 17, 1934; Mun. de Derrumbadero, hills above San Juanito, alt. 2500 m., common on very dry, open slopes, Vo. 2419, August 10, 1935. In most of the collections the leaves tend to be toothed, but not so deeply as in f. pinetorum Trelease (in Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci. 20: 123. 1924). The male catkins are scarlet when they first appear. The fruit is annual, paired on a short stalk, the cup scales shiny, light brown, almost glabrous, rounded or even truncate at the apex. Series CRASSIFOLIAE Trelease Quercus errans Trel.’ f. graciliramis, f. nov. A typo differt ramis gracilibus 2 mm. crassis et petiolis brevioribus; praeterea foliis manifeste sempervirentibus saepe ad basin dentatis et apice minus frequenter acutis. Nuevo Leon: Mun. de Galeana, above Pablillo on Hacienda. Pab- lillo, alt. about 2200 m., low shrub common in the dense, low oak wood of steep slopes, Nos. 394 (syntype in A. A.), 395, and 401, May 14, 1934; Cafion de las Placetas above Pueblo San Francisco, alt. 2000 m., common low shrub on densely shrub-covered steep slopes, No. 1273 (syntype in A. A.), July 27, 1934; Cerro Potosi above Derramadero, alt. 2800 m., abundant shrub 20 to 50 cm. high on pine-covered slopes, 1 to 2 m. high in arroyos, No. 2224, July 20, 1935. The specimens show distinctly the biennial fruiting habit, and in some the catkins are well preserved. The latter have not been de- scribed for the species: staminate catkins 4—7.5 cm. long, the peduncle loosely hairy, rather densely flowered above and loosely below, the stamens exserted. Pistillate catkins 10-20 mm. long, 3—5S-flowered, usually only the basal one developing into a single subsessile fruit. Series ARISTATAE Trelease Quercus Endlichiana Trelease in Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci. 20: 141 (1924). NvueEvo LEon: Mun. de Galeana, slopes above Alamar on Hacienda Pablillo, alt. 2200 m., small tree about 7 m. tall, forming a dense wood, Nos. 719 & 720, June 4, 1934, Nos. 1159, 1161, & 1162, July 22, 1934; Mun. de Villa Santiago, Canon Guajuco above Villa Santiago, alt. 1400 m., small tree or shrub 3 to 6 m. tall, abundant in pine and oak forest, No. 1330, August 12, 1934. Quercus Endlichiana f. minor, f. nov. A typo differt foliis parvis (2-3.5 4-6.5 cm.) leviter dentatis denti- 1Trelease in Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci. 20: 131 (1924). 170 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII bus setaceo-aristatis vel supra profunde incisis. Nuevo Leon: Mun. de Galeana, slopes above Alamar on Hacienda Pablillo, alt. 2200 m., small tree about 4 m. tall, scattered in the pine and oak wood, Nos. 718, 728, & 729, June 4, 1934, Nos. 1157 (type in A. A.) & 1158, July 22, 1934; Mun. de Villa Santiago, Potrero Redondo, alt. 1400 m., moderate tree some 8 m. tall, growing on a dry, openly wooded slope, No. 2112, July 4, 1935, No. 2127, July 5, 1935. Quercus Endlichiana f. serrata, f. nov. A typo differt folius profunde incisis supra acute serratis. Nuevo Leon: Mun. de Galeana, slopes above Alamar on Hacienda Pablillo, alt. 2200 m., small tree about 4 m. tall, scattered in the pine and oak wood, No. 727, June 4, 1934, No. 1160, July 22, 1934; near Taray on Hacienda Pablillo, alt. 2200 m., moderate tree about 7 m. tall, sparse in the pine and oak wood, Nos. 585 & 587, May 25, 1934; Mun. de Villa Santiago, Cafion Guajuco above Villa Santiago, alt. 1400 m., moderate tree abundant in oak and pine wood, No. 1330A (type in A. A.), August 12, 1934; Potrero Redondo, alt. 1400 m., moderate tree about 8 m. tall, abundant in the pine and oak forests, No. 2126, July 5. 1945; These specimens and those of f. minor grade into one another almost imperceptibly. Certain numbers of the series representing this species (notably Nos. 1160, 1330 and 1330A) very pointedly indicate a close relationship to Q. aerea Trelease (in Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci. 20: 135. 1924.) in general appearance, leaf form, and “. . . resiniferous beneath so as to be of the color of ‘bronzy old gold’. . .”.. The only point upon which cer- tain of these specimens can be excluded from Q. aerea is that of the small round-ovoid buds of that species, and even so, certain of the less mature specimens of this series fit that description. Perhaps a com- parison of this material with the types of Q. Endlichiana and Q. aerea ‘would prove them identical. The description of the latter, however, is fragmentary, and it is to be hoped that the more fully described Q. Endlichiana be allowed to stand. Series RysopHYLLAE Trelease Quercus rysophylla Weatherby in Proc. Amer. Acad. 45: 423 (1910). Nuevo Leon: Mun. de Galeana, Alamar on Hacienda Pablillo, alt. 1900 m., tall tree, 20 to 25 m., common on densely wooded canon floors, Nos. 625 & 633, May 30, 1934, and No. 1123, July 21, 1934; Mun. de Villa Santiago, Potrero Redondo, alt. 1400 m., common on densely wooded cafion floors, 15 to 25 m. tall, No. 2113, July 4, 1935. 1936] MUELLER, STUDIES IN THE OAKS OF MEXICO 171 Series EUGENIAEFOLIAE Trelease Quercus pinnativenulosa, sp. nov. Arbor parva ramulis glabris gracilibus sulcatis, lenticellis fulvis con- spicuis; gemmae subfusiformes, circa 1.5 & 3 mm. magnae, acutae. Folia ut videtur decidua, subcoriacea, integra, anguste ovata vel pleraque lanceolata, utrinque acuta, raro basi late cuneata, satis parva (2 «& 5 to 3 & 12 cm.), supra et infra glabra et lucida, venis utrinsecus circa 18 utrinque prominulis, tenuioribus alternantibus, fere horizontaliter diver- gentibus, juxta marginem minute revolutum manifeste anastomosanti- bus; petioli supra satis applanati, circa 1 & 3-5 mm., apicem versus lamina decurrente alati. Amenta mascula 4—5 cm. longa, laxa; inflo- rescentiae femineae pleraeque biflorae, circa 5 mm. longae. Fructus biennis; cupula leviter involuta, circa 12 mm. lata et intus 6 mm. alta; glans (immatura) ovoidea, leviter sericea, dimidio immersa, circa 6 * 12 mm. magna. Nuevo Leon: Mun. de Villa Santiago, Canon Guajuco above Villa Santiago, alt. 1400 m., scattered along an arroyo in open pine and oak wood, a moderately small tree with dark gray or black bark roughly furrowed or smooth on young trees, No. 1342 (type in A. A.), August 13, 1934. The relationship of this species to the EUGENIAEFOLIAE is quite plain in the short petioles, the entire glabrous leaves, and the number, fork- ing, and horizontal disposition of the veins. It is most closely related to Q. eugeniaefolia Liebmann (in Overs. Dansk. Vidensk. Selsk. For- handl. 1854, p. 145) from which it is distinguished by the revolute leaf margins, less prominently winged and longer petioles, and usually less prominent veins beneath as well as by its being entirely glabrous save the staminate catkins and the cup scales. Quercus eugeniaefolia f. petiolata Trelease (in Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci. 20: 161. 1924.) is closer to Q. pinnativenulosa in appearance according to Trelease’s illustration (pl. 316b), but the same illustration shows the former to be annual fruited which the proposed new species is definitely not. The meager- ness of published descriptions makes the distinction of this species diffi- cult even though the great discrepancy in range and the quite different appearance would lead one to expect a more ready distinction. Series LANCEOLATAE Trelease Quercus affinis Scheidweiler in Hort. Belg. 4: 321 (1837). Nuevo Leon: Mun. de Galeana, Cafion San Francisco on Hacienda Pablillo, alt. 2100 m., abundant along densely wooded waterways, a slender, moderate tree, Vo. 310, May 11, 1934, No. 1283, July 31, 1934; Canon Santa Barbara on Hacienda Pablillo, alt. 2200 m., abundant in 172 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII dense pine and oak wood, No. 579, May 25, 1934; Taray on Hacienda Pablillo, alt. 2100 m., abundant in low, dense oak wood, No, 1102, July 20, 1934; Cafion de las Placetas above Pueblo San Francisco, alt. 2100 m., common along a densely wooded waterway, No. 1232, July 25, 1934; between Puerto de Agua Sarca above Alamar on Hacienda Pablillo and Los Toros, alt. 2000 to 2500 m., Nos. 2422 & 2423, August 10, 1935, No. 2424, August 11, 1935. Series TRIDENTES Trelease Quercus chrysophylla Humboldt & Bonpland in Pl. Aequinoct. 2:42 (1809). Nuevo Leon: Mun. de Galeana, Cafion de las Placetas above Pueblo San Francisco, alt. 2200 m., rare along a wooded waterway, No. 1231, July 25, 1934. Series MEXICANAE Trelease Quercus mexicana Humb. & Bonpl. f. Bonplandii Trelease in Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci. 20: 174 (1924). Evo Leon: Mun. de Galeana, Cafion San Francisco on Hacienda Pablillo, alt. 2100 m., abundant on openly wooded slopes, Vo. 308, May 11, 1934, No. 1100, July 19, 1934. Series SALTILLENSES Trelease Quercus flocculenta, sp. nov. Frutex vel arbor parva ramulis 1-2 mm. crassis sulcatis stellato- incanis vel glabrescentibus; gemmae acute ovoideae, 1.5 & 2 mm. magnae. Folia decidua, firma et subcoriacea, 1-2 * 3-7 cm. magnae, anguste lanceolata vel oblonga, pleraque acuta, basi rotundata vel late subcuneata, integra vel apicem versus dentibus pluribus vel uno aristatis, margine plana, supra lucida et sparse stellato-pilosa secus costam et ad basin, subtus tomento stellato-canescente detergibili, et facie denudata minutissime bullato-granulari, venis utrinsecus 8-10, ramosis et anasto- mosantibus, subtus prominentibus supra vix visibilibus, reticulo venu- larum leviter elevato; petioli 0.5 4-7 mm. tomento canescente per- sistente sed detergibili; stipulae cito caducae. Amenta masculo circa 3 cm. longa, laxa, stellato-pilosa; amenta feminea 1—2-flora, pedunculo 1-2 & 5-10 mm. magno stellato-piloso. Fructus annuus; cupula juve- nilis obconica squamis obtusis puberulis vel interdum iu ris. Nuevo Leon: Mun. de Galeana, Cafion de Cieneguillas above Pueblo San Francisco, alt. 2400 m., abundant on openly wooded slopes, shrub or small tree with low, spreading habit, No. 1277 (type in A. A.), July 27, 1934; slope of Cerro Potosi above Derrama- dero, alt. 2800 m., low tree abundant along a cut-over waterway, No. 1936] MUELLER, STUDIES IN THE OAKS OF MEXICO 173 2279, July 22, 1935; Mun. de Derrumbadero, above San Juanito toward Agua Sarca, No. 2418, August 10, 1935, No. 2427, August 11, 1935. The slender petioles, raised and looping venation, and the acute, usu- ally entire, crisped leaves of Q. flocculenta indicate a relationship to the SALTILLENSES. But the rather extreme canescence of the leaves and twigs accentuates the differences between this species and those of the series SALTILLENSES, So that one hesitates to include it therein although it fits more readily there than elsewhere. Quercus flocculenta f. incisa, f. nov. A typo recedit foliis supra profunde incisis lobis aristatis, margine revoluto cripso. Nuevo Leon: Mun. de Galeana, Canon de Cieneguillas above Pueblo San Francisco, alt. 2400 m., common with the species, No. 1276 (type in A. A.), July 27, 1934; near Pablillo on Hacienda Pablillo, alt. 2200 m., common on rather dry slopes in pinon and scrub oak wood, No. 802, June 15, 1934. Quercus flocculenta f. oblongifolia, f. nov. Ab aliis formis differt foliis oblongis 2-6 cm. longis subtus minus pubescentibus. Nuevo Leon: Mun. de Galeana, Canon de Cieneguillas above Pueblo San Francisco, alt. 2400 m., along arroyos in more mesophytic habitats with the species, Nos. 1229 (type in A. A.) & 1230, July 25, 1934, No. 1275, July 27, 1934; Mun. de Villa Santiago, puerto above Potrero Redondo, alt. 2300 m., abundant in the scrub oaks of a ridge top, No. 2129, July 7, 1935. Quercus galeanensis, sp. nov. Frutex ramulis dense breviter stellato-pilosis, demum furfuraceis sul- catis 1-1.5 mm. crassis; gemmae acutae, 1 & 2 mm. magnae. Folia firma et crassa, oblonga vel lanceolata 0.8-1.5 *« 2-3.5 cm. magna, integra vel supra profunde et setose dentata, pleraque acuta, basi cune- ata vel rotundata vel cordata, margine manifeste revoluta, glabra basi costae supra et ima basi laminae ciliata exceptis, nervis utrinsecus 5—8 cm. cum intermediis, utrinque leviter elevatis, vix anastomosantibus in dentes si adsunt exeuntibus, angulo angusto divergentibus; petioli 1 « 3-5 mm. magni, glabri facie superiore excepta. Fructus annui solitarii vel bini pedunculo 2—8 mm. longo suffulti; cupula juvenilis squamis majusculis arcte appressis obtuse brunneo-acuminulatis glabris. Nuevo Leon: Mun. de Galeana, hills about Puente de Dios near Galeana, alt. 1200 m., abundant on dry slopes, No. 2168 (type in A. A.), July 12, 1935. 174 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VoL. XVII This species seems closely related to Quercus saltillensis Trelease from which it may be distinguished by the usual toothing, the localization of pubescence, and glossy lower surfaces of the leaves of Q. galeanensis. It is a large shrub abundant on dry slopes associated with pifon, sumac, and other low oaks. Quercus saltillensis Trelease in Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci. 20: 183 (1924) Nuevo Leon: Mun. de Galeana, slopes of Cerro Infernillo above Cieneguillas on Hacienda Pablillo, alt. 2700 m., common in low oak wood, Nos. 845 & 848, June 17, 1934; below Cieneguillas on Hacienda Pablillo, alt. 2200 m., sparse in shrub zones on dry hillsides, No. 887, June 17, 1934; Cafion San Francisco on Hacienda Pablillo, common on open, shrub-covered hills, No. 1290, July 31, 1934. Series ACUTIFOLIAE Trelease Quercus alamarensis, sp. nov. Arbor parva, glabra ramulis gracilibus 1.5-2 mm. crassis sulcatis conspicue lenticellatis; gemmae ovoideae, obtusae, 1.5 % 2 mm. magnae, squamis obscure brunneis leviter ciliolatis. Folia decidua, an- guste lanceolata, 2-3 8-12 cm. magna, integra vel raro setis una vel duobus marginalibus instructa, longe acuta, basi rotundata vel late cuneata, supra lucide glauco-viridia, subtus cuprea, nervis utrinsecus circiter 10 ramosissimis et anastomosantibus, ut costa utrinque elevatis; petioli 1 & 15-20 mm. Amenta feminea biflora pedunculo 3-6 mm. longo; squamae cupula juvenilis squamis leviter verruculosis. Fructus annuus. Nuevo Leon: Mun. de Galeana, Alamar on Hacienda Pablillo, alt. 2000 m., rare in open wood along arroyos, No. 613 (type in A. A.), May 29, 1934. Small tree with roughly furrowed, black bark and a moderately branched habit. It is only by the nature of the veins that this tree can be entirely excluded from the species Quercus Canbyi Trel., although its leaf form would make it quite a strange phase of that species. Quercus Canbyi Trelease in Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci. 20: 188 (1924). Nuevo Leon: Mun. de Galeana, Alamar on Hacienda Pablillo, alt. 1900 to 2100 m., common in wooded canons, Nos: 615 & 616, May 29, 1934, No. 1177, July 22, 1934, Nos. 1203 & 1225, July 23, 1934; Puerto de los Pastores, alt. 1500 m., scattered on open slopes, Nos. 1007 & 1008, July 5, 1934; Cafon Santa Barbara on Hacienda Pablillo, alt. 1900 m., abundant in a densely wooded waterway, No. 1094, July 19, 1934; Mun. de Monterrey, Cafon Diente, alt. 800 m., abundant on 1936] MUELLER, STUDIES IN THE OAKS OF MEXICO 175 openly wooded, dry slopes, No. 1305, August 8, 1934; Mun. de Villa Santiago, Cafion Marisio Arriba above Las Adjuntas, alt. 1300 m., abundant on drier slopes, No. 2051, June 25, 1935; Potrero Redondo, alt. 1500 m., common on drier slopes, Nos. 2090 & 2100, July 4, 1935. The forms of this species are many of them doubtless only ecological phases. They are significant taxonomically only because of the danger of their being regarded as distinct species. Quercus Canbyi f. attenuata, f. nov. A typo differt omnibus partibus diminutis; ramulis 1-2 mm. crassis, gemmis 2 mm. longis, foliis 1-1.5 5-7 cm. magnis, cupula 9-1C mm. diam.; arbor parva. Nuevo Leon: Mun. de Villa Santiago, Cafion Guajuco above Villa Santiago, alt. 1300 m., scattered with the species on dry slopes, No. 1347 (type in A. A.), August 15, 1934; Mun. de Galeana, Puerto de los Pastores near Galeana, alt. 1500 m., sparse on dry slopes, No. 1010, July 5, 1934. Quercus Canbyi f. Karwinskii (Trel.), comb. nov. Quercus Karwinskii Trelease in Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci. 20: 188 (1924). Nuevo Leon: Mun. de Galeana, Puerto de los Pastores, alt. 1500 m., sparse with the species on dry, open wooded slopes, Vo. 1006, July 5, 1934. Specimens have been collected which approach variously this pro- posed species of Trelease, and the one collection which seems undoubt- edly to fit here shows by its relation to intergrades that it cannot be held distinct from Q. Canbyi. The chief character upon which Q. Karwinskii is distinguished in Trelease’s key, that of cup scales not canescent, is encountered in various forms as well as typical Q. Canbyi. Notable intergrades in these collections are Q. Canbyi f. setacea and No. 999 of f. subovatifolia., Quercus Canbyi f. pedunculata, f. nov. Differt a forma attenuata pedunculis 5—8 mm. longis. Nuevo Leon: Mun. de Galeana, Puerto de los Pastores, alt. 1500 m., rare with the species, Vo. 1009 (type in A. A.), July 5, 1934. Quercus Canbyi f. setacea, f. nov. A typo differt foliis lobis multo longioribus ad 15 mm. setaceo-arista- tis aristis 5-6 mm. longis, apice longe attenuatis et plerumque integris. Nuevo Leon: Mun. de Galeana, Puerto de los Pastores, alt. 1500 m., rare with the species, Vo. 1011 (type in A. A.), July 5, 1934. Quercus Canbyi f. subovatifolia, f. nov. Differt foliis tenuioribus, ad 4.5 11 cm. magnis, basi saepe obtuse subcuneatis vel rotundatis. 176 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XvIL Nuevo Leon: Mun. de Galeana, Puerto de los Pastores, alt. 1500 m., scattered on dry slopes with the species, Vo. 999, July 5, 1934; Ala- mar on Hacienda Pablillo, alt. 2000 m., common along densely wooded waterways, No. 1203A, July 23, 1934; Mun. de Villa Santiago, Cafion Guajuco above Villa Santiago, alt. 1200 m., scattered with the species on closely wooded slopes, No. 1346, August 15, 1934. This form cannot be satisfactorily distinguished from the species, but its broad leaves together with minor differences, such as leaf texture very fine, give it such an aberrant appearance that only the many inter- grades restrain one from regarding some of the specimens as distinct species. Leaves as large as 4.5 & 11 cm., the bases often obtusely sub- cuneate to broadly rounded. This form arises most commonly under conditions of shade and abundant moisture. It is an artificial group, and no one of the specimens cited may be designated as a type. Quercus Sartorii Liebmann in Overs. Dansk. Vidensk. Selsk. For- handl. 1845, p. 177. Nuevo Leon: Mun. de Villa Santiago, Potrero Redondo, alt. 1500 m., sparsely scattered in open oak wood on rather dry, gentle slopes, low tree, No. 2123, July 5, 1935. Quercus cupreata' f. brachystachys, f. nov. A typo differt lenticellis prominentibus, foliis basi rotundatis vel sub- cuneatis, amentis femineis 5 mm. longis vel brevioribus (in typo 10-20 mm. longis). Nuevo Leon: Mun. de Villa Santiago, Cafon Guajuco above Villa Santiago, alt. 1400 m., common in dense oak wood, No. 1327 (type in A. A.), August 12, 1934; Cafion Denuncio above Rancho La Bola, alt. 900 m., sparse ‘along a wooded waterway, No. 2011, June 22, 1935. The specimens of this form bear mature fruits which are here de- scribed because those of the species are yet unknown: cups moderate (12-14 mm.), shallow (5 mm.), moderately inrolled, scales light brown, dark tipped, elongated and narrowly rounded, somewhat scurfy and ciliate; acorns small (10-11 mm. broad, 7-9 mm. long), hemispherical (flat at the base), obtusely conic above, depressed at the apex, silky, minutely striate. Quercus cupreata f. serrata Trelease & Mueller in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 63: 153 (1936). Nuevo Leon: Mun. de Villa Santiago, Potrero Redondo, alt. 1400 m., abundant on densely wooded cafion walls, Nos. 2078 & 2079, July 3, 1935, No. 2102, July 4, 1935. 1Trelease & Mueller in Bull. Torr, Bot. Club, 63: 152 (1936). 1936] MUELLER, STUDIES IN THE OAKS OF MEXICO 177 Quercus graciliramis, sp. nov. Arbor glabra domatiis inconspicuis interdum in foliis repertis exceptis, ramulis 2—2.5 mm. crassis, manifeste sulcatis lenticellis parvis instructis; gemmae acutae, conicae, 1.5 2.5 mm. magnae. Folia decidua, lanceolata vel anguste ovata, 3.5-7 8-13 cm. magna, basi subcuneata, leviter serrata ad profunde incisa lobis in setas tenues 3-5 mm, excur- rentibus, sinubus levibus vel profundis rotundatis, supra opaca, infra lucida et cuprea, margine plana nervis utrinsecus 4 vel 5 ut venulis leviter prominentibus; petioli supra applanati, 1 < 20-30 mm. Amenta fem- inea 5-10 mm. longa, 2—3-flora, pedunculo 1.5 & 5-7 mm. Fructus biennis; cupula juvenilis turbinata, margine leviter involuta, squamis tenuibus planis‘anguste rotundatis ciliatis canescentibus detersis pallide brunneis; glans juvenilis leviter stellato-puberula ad apicem applanatam et rotundatam. Nuevo Leon: Mun. de Galeana, Alamar on Hacienda Pablillo, alt. 1900 to 2100 m., abundant along densely wooded waterways, No. 1106 (type in A. A.), July 20, 1934, No. 617, May 29, 1934, No. 1124, July 21, 1934, No. 1202, July 23, 1934; Taray on Hacienda Pablillo, alt. 2100 m., common along waterways, No. 1224, July 23, 1934. Moderate tree with long graceful branches and roughly furrowed, dark gray or black bark. The affinities of this species for Quercus runct- natifolia Trelease & Mueller (in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 63: 153. 1936) as regards leaf characters and for other species of the section in fruit characters are no more marked than its apparently close relationship to Q. albocinta Trelease (in Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci. 20: 193. 1924) upon which is based the series ALBOCINTAE Trel. Since the fruits of Q. albo- cinta are unknown, any comparison (or distinction) must be based upon leaf characters. In this regard the typical form of Q. graciliramis closely approximates Q. albocinta, and there comes to mind the suggestion that the series ALBOCINTAE may be more closely related to certain species of the AcuTIFOLIAE than are some of the species of the latter to one an- other. The only characters upon which there can be based any great distinction between Q. albocinta and the species of ACUTIFOLIAE are that in the former the veins invariably pass into the lobes, and that the leaf margins are broadly crisped. These characters may be seen as tenden- cies in Q. graciliramis and Q. runcinatifolia, and in the latter the white veins of Q. albocinta are quite common. Quercus graciliramis is readily distinguished from Q. runcinatifolia, to which it is closely related, by the fine texture of its leaves and by its prominent lenticels. When the fruits of Q. runcinatifolia become known, there will probably be more readily describable differences. 178 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII Quercus tenuiloba, sp. nov. Arbor alta, glabra domatiis inconspicuis interdum in foliis repertis exceptis, ramulis 3 mm. crassis sulcatis obscure rubro-brunneis lenti- cellis prominentibus demum canescentibus lenticellis minus conspicuis instructis; gemmae conicae, 2 3 mm. magnae, acutae, apice pube- scentes, squamis obscure brunneis ciliatis. Folia decidua, anguste attenuato-lanceolata, raro latiora, 3.5-5.5 12-17 cm. magna, basi quadrato-rotundata vel leviter cordata, pleraque supra leviter incisa sinubus rotundatis, lobis brevibus in setas 4-8 mm. longas exeuntibus, lobo terminali plerumque elongato-acuta, margine cartilagineo leviter revoluta, supra opaca, subtus lucida, cuprea, nervis utrinsecus 10-12 supra impressis subtus prominentibus, trabeculis satis conspicuis con- junctis, ramosis sed vix anastomosantibus; petioli supra applanati et leviter alati, 1.5 10-22 mm., plerique 20-22 mm. Amenta feminea biflora, circa 8 mm. longa. Fructus biennis; cupula juvenilis rotundata squamis tenuibus appressis canescentibus tomento deterso pallide brunneis. Nuevo Leon: Mun. de Galeana, Alamar on Hacienda Pablillo, alt. 1900 m., sparse in densely wooded arroyos, No. 1125 (type in A. A.), July 21, 1934, No. 652, May 30, 1934, No. 1146, July 21, 1934; Mun. de Villa Santiago, Canon Marisio Arriba, above Las Adjuntas, alt. 1400 m., sparse in densely wooded waterways, No. 2045, June 25, 1935. Large, tall tree with roughly furrowed, black bark, growing sparsely on very moist and densely wooded cafion floors. Quercus tenuiloba is quite distinct from other species of the series ACUTIFOLIAE, but it is apparently rather closely related to Q. Grahami Bentham (Plant. Hartweg. 57. 1840) and Q. xalapensis Humboldt & Bonpland (PI. Aequinoct. 2: 24. 1809) from both of which it may be distinguished by its veins impressed above and its squarely rounded leaf bases. Quercus tenuiloba f. gracilis, f. nov. A typo differt ramulis gracilibus 1.5-2 mm. crassis, foliis valde angustatis basi truncatis vel obtuse cuneatis; petiolis 3-4 mm. longis. NueEvo Leon: Mun. de Villa Santiago, Cafion Marisio Arriba, above Las Adjuntas, alt. 1400 m., moderate, slender tree rare along densely wooded waterways, No. 2048 (type in A. A.), June 25, 1935. Quercus tenuiloba f. hirsuta, f. nov. A typo differt ramulis hornotinis pilosis, annotinis furfuraceis, foliis subtus ad costam nervosque et supra ad basin costae stellato-pilosis; petiolis 6-10 mm. longis. Nuevo Leon: Mun. de Villa Santiago, Potrero Redondo, alt. 1500 1936] MUELLER, STUDIES IN THE OAKS OF MEXICO 179 m., moderate, spreading tree sparse on openly wooded slopes, No. 2122 (type in A. A.), July 5, 1935. Quercus vexans Trelease in Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci. 20: 190 (1924). Nuevo Leon: Mun. de Villa Santiago, Canon Guajuco above Villa Santiago, alt. 1500 m., abundant in dense oak wood on steep slopes, Nos. 1326 & 1332, August 12, 1934; Potrero Redondo, alt. 1400 to 1800 m., abundant constituent of dense oak wood on broad slopes, No. 2121, July 5, 1935, No. 2130, July 7, 1935. No. 1332 exhibits what is apparently secondary growth giving the appearance of biennial fruit and evergreen foliage. The general fruiting habit, however, does not warrant any such conclusion. DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS, URBANA, ILLINOIS. 180 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII PHYTOGEOGRAPHIC STUDIES IN THE ATHABASKA — GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION I. CATALOGUE OF THE VASCULAR PLANTS Hucu M. Raup With plates 190-194 and map INTRODUCTION Tue Athabaska—Great Slave Lake region lies in the central lati- tudes of the Mackenzie drainage basin of northwestern Canada, and occupies the eastern part of this central section. Roughly, it involves an area some 500 miles long by 350 miles wide, lying west of the 105th meridian and north of the 55th parallel. It consists almost entirely of virgin wilderness devoid of roads or other means of transportation except the primitive ones of the natural waterways and the sharply con- trasting modern ones of the air. Asa result of the difficulties of trans- port, especially in the country which does not lie immediately along the great rivers or lake shores, any detailed studies in natural history are bound to be greatly limited in geographic scope. In attempting gen- eralizations, therefore, on the ranges of species or vegetations, it must be borne in mind constantly that there are vast “inland” areas which are virtually unknown biologically, and that many of these areas are terra incognita as well to the geologist and topographer. With very few exceptions the data upon which the following studies have been based were gathered from the “marginal” strips. The only hinterlands which have been examined with any degree of care are in the Wood Buffalo Park. The present paper, containing a catalogue of the known vascular flora of this region, is to be followed by another devoted to a general description of the country and its vegetation, with historical notes on its botanical exploration. Taken together these papers are intended to form the third of a series of similar studies dealing with the central and southern portions of the Mackenzie basin.’»* It will be noted at once 1Raup, HucH M. Phytogeographic Studies in the Peace and Upper Liard River nage Canada, with a Catalogue of the Vascular Plants. Contr. Arnold Arb. ae ieee 2____— nical oe in Wood Buffalo Park. Nat. Mus. Can. Bull. no. 74 a “Ser. No. 20) (19 1936 | RAUP, ATHABASKA — GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION 181 that the area involved in the paper on the Wood Buffalo Park is included in that of the present one. To avoid duplication in the catalogue, and at the same time to make it usable for the whole region, detailed citations of Wood Buffalo Park specimens will be largely omitted, and notes on the occurrence of species there only summarized. On the other hand, since the vegetational studies to follow this catalogue are concerned mainly with the pre-Cambrian regions to the eastward of the Slave and lower Athabaska Rivers as well as about the eastern arm of Great Slave Lake, it has seemed advisable to permit a certain amount of overlap, and to include citations of specimens collected in the great river lowlands along the western borders of the crystalline rocks. The southern boundary of the area would, by this reasoning, be in the lower Atha- baska valley, but here it has been extended southward rather arbitrarily so as to include the small amount of available botanical information about the Clearwater River country and that along the Athabaska up as far as Athabaska Landing. While studying earlier botanical records the writer has made a fairly exhaustive survey of the literature, and has been able to see most of the specimens in American herbaria collected in the entire Mackenzie basin except for the upper Athabaska River region. Consequently it has been possible to summarize for this larger area the known distribution of the species listed. It should be noted that collections made in recent years by A. E. & R. T. Porsild in the Great Bear Lake and lower Mackenzie districts may be expected to add greatly to our knowledge of many of these northern plant ranges. The first comprehensive account of the flora of the Mackenzie basin was that contained in the classic Flora Boreali-Americana, by W. J. Hooker. It was completed in 1840, and so far as our region was con- cerned, was based almost entirely upon the collections made by John Richardson, that remarkable physician-naturalist who, between 1819 and 1827, accompanied the first and second expeditions of John Frank- lin through the northern interior of Canada. Very few additions to the known flora were made during the century following these expeditions. Macoun’s Catalogue of Canadian Plants, the publication of which was finished in 1890, depended almost entirely, for its records in our region, upon Hooker’s Flora. The only collection of particular note in this long interval was that of Robert Kennicott, made about 1860, but no account of it was ever published, nor has it been as a whole easily available to students. An excellent description of the ligneous flora was presented by E. A. Preble as a result of his biological reconnaissance work (chiefly zoological) in the Mackenzie basin in 1901 and 1903-4.' 1PREBLE, E. A. A _ Biological Investigation f Ne Athabaska-Mackenzie Region. U. S. Dept. Agr.— N. Am. Fauna No. 27 (1908). 182 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII The writer’s own collecting was begun in the summer of 1926 on the lower Athabaska River and the northwest shore of Lake Athabaska. This has been followed by six other journeys to various parts of the region, netting about 4880 field numbers of vascular plants. This col- lection, together with its accumulated field notes, forms most of the foundation for the present catalogue. Wherever the earlier records could be authenticated by actual specimens, they have been included, and unauthenticated records have been noted in the text if they form significant or suggestive range extensions. In 1926 the known vascular flora of the entire Mackenzie basin east of the Rocky Mountains in- cluded approximately 600 species. In the past ten years this figure has been increased by something over 35%, with each new effort making substantial additions. A more or less detailed history of the earlier collectors will be placed in another paper, as noted above. There also will be found a description of the writer’s own itineraries. For present purposes the accompanying map and the following list of most of the collection localities should be sufficient to make the catalogue geographically intelligible. Athabaska River and tributaries Methye Portage: Lat. 56°40’, Long. 109°54’. On the height of land between the Saskatchewan and Mackenzie drainages. Clearwater River: Collections noted thus came from the valley of this stream somewhere between Methye Portage and the Athabaska. Most of them evidently came from very near the Portage, since they are marked ‘‘Sask.” Waterways: A small settlement on the Clearwater River about 4 miles from McMurray by road. It is at the end of the railroad from Edmonton, and the present head of navigation on the Mackenzie waterways system. McMurray: Lat. 56°44’, Long. 111°23’. At the junction of the Clearwater and Athabaska Rivers. Athabaska Landing: Lat. 54°45’, Long. 113°15’. A town on the Athabaska River connected with Edmonton by road and train. Lac la Biche: A lake about halfway between Edmonton and Water- ways along the railroad. It drains westward into the Athabaska River. The town, from which a few specimens are cited, is at the eastern end of the lake. Pelican Rapids: A small rapid in the Athabaska about 120 miles below Athabaska Landing. Grand Rapids: An unnavigable rapid in the Athabaska about 85 miles above McMurray. 1936] RAUP, ATHABASKA — GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION 183 Calumet: Lat. 57°25’, Long. 111°38’. Collections are from the east bank of the Athabaska and neighboring uplands about 7 miles below Calumet Creek, just above Wheeler’s Island. Firebag River: Lat. 58°43’, Long. 111°21’. Collections are from woods and sloughs along this stream 2-3 miles above its entrance to the Athabaska. Delta of Athabaska River: Collections are mainly from two localities, one near the mouth of the Embarras Channel (Lat. 58°36’30”, Long. 111°5’30’’) and the other on Mamawi (Cree) Creek (Lat. 58°29’, Long. 111730 3: Lake Athabaska Chipewyan: Lat. 58°42’32’, Long. 111°10’. Shelter Point: Lat. 58°50’, Long. 110°50’. Sand Point: Lat. 58°56’, Long. 110°42’. Charlot Point: Lat. 59°36’, Long. 109°13’. See map for details of collection localities (Ellis Bay, Charlot Isl., Charlot River, Camsell Portage). Elliot Point: A small point about 8 miles east of Crackingstone Point (see map). Cornwall Bay: Lat. 59°27'30”, Long. 108°27’30”. See map for detail of collection localities (Wabba Lake, etc.). Fishhook Bay: Lat. 59°27’30”, Long. 108°23’30’”. Collections are from a long narrow point which forms the inside curve of the “Hook”. Five miles east of Poplar Point: Lat. 59°29’45”, Long. 107°41’. Wolverine Point: Lat. 59°9’, Long. 108°25’. See map for details of localities. William Point: Lat. 59°7’30’, Long. 109°19’. See map for details. Two miles west of Ennuyeuse Creek: Lat. 59°3’, Long. 109°34’. See map for details. Lake Athabaska to Great Slave Lake East shore of Lake Mamawi: Lat. 58°35’, Long. 111°22’. Collec- tions from delta sloughs and from granite knolls. Hay (Prairie) River: Lat. 58°37’, Long. 111°44’. A short, slug- gish waterway between Lakes Claire and Mamawi. Delta of Peace River: Most of the collections are from the Quatre Fourches River, a short stream flowing between Peace River and Lakes Athabaska and Mamawi. Near the Peace its banks are well wooded but near the lakes it flows through delta flats. A few collections so cited are from the Scow Channel, a northern branch of the Peace where it enters the Slave. For details of this and the following see citations in the writer’s “Botanical Investigations in Wood Buffalo Park.” 184 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VoOL. Xvi Upper Slave River lowland: Collections are mostly from three lo- calities, near the point where the 30th surveyed base line crosses the river (Lat. 59°7’, Long. 111°27’), the Murdock Creek district (Lat. 59°14’, Long. 111°34’), and the Government Hay Camp district (Lat. 59°31’, Long. 111°28’). They are mostly from the river lowlands and occasional granite knolls. Fort Smith: Lat. 60°00’30’, Long. 111°53’. Collections are from the bank of the River, from the village itself, and from nearby sloughs and upland woods. A few are from the Portage Road near its eastern end, and from the vicinity of upper Smith Rapids near the town of Fitzgerald. Lower Slave River: Most of the collections noted thus are from the banks of the river not far below Grande Detour, about 60 miles below Fort Smith. Hill Island Lake: Lat. 60°30’, Long. 109°45’. Tazin Lake: Lat. 59°50’, Long. 109°20’. Both this and the pre- ceding are on the canoe route between the north shore of Lake Atha- baska and the south shore of Great Slave Lake. Great Slave Lake Resolution: Lat. 61°10’, Long. 113°40’. Mouth of Taltson River: Lat. 61°25’, Long. 112°45’. Caribou Island: Lat. 61°55’, Long. 113°10’. Keith Island: Lat. 62°3’, Long. 111°57’. Collections are from a small sandy cove on the western side of the island. Talthelei Narrows: Lat. 62°42’, Long. 111°25’. Collections here are not from the Narrows proper, but from a point on the north shore of the lake about 8 miles to the northeast. North shore of McLeod Bay: Collections cited thus are mostly from the mouth of Mountain River. Fairchild Point: Lat. 62°43’, Long. 109°10’. See map for details. Most of the collections are from the outer half of the long peninsula. Maufelly Point: A long peninsula from the south shore of McLeod Bay which, with Fairchild Point, cuts off Charlton Bay. Pike’s Portage: See map for details. Fort Reliance: Lat. 62°47’, Long. 108°55’. Site of Back’s old fort (1833-5). Yellowknife Bay: Lat. 62°25’, Long. 114°18’. Most of the collec- tions are from the vicinity of the trading post, near the position given above. Old Fort Rae: Lat. 62°38’, Long. 115°48’. Fort Rae: Lat. 62°50’, Long. 116°4’. 1936] RAUP, ATHABASKA — GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION 185 Moraine Point: On the north shore of the western arm of the Lake, between Jones and Gypsum Points. Slave Point: Lat. 61°12’, Long. 115°57’. Windy Point: Lat. 61°18’, Long. 115°50’. This and the preceding are on the north shore of the west arm. Artillery Lake: Lat. 63°5’, Long. 107°50’. The arctic margin of the timbered country crosses this lake about midway, and the position given above is approximately that of “Last Woods” on the east shore, from which. many collections have come. Casba Lake: Lat. 63°36’, Long. 107°25’. This is Ptarmigan Lake of recent maps. Terms of frequency, such as rare, occasional, frequent, or abundant are self explanatory. Further notes upon the relative abundance of species and their positions in the various plant associations will be found in the subsequent paper. Most of the terms describing habitats also need no explanation except in one or two cases. A muskeg is an un- drained depression whose cover consists mainly of mosses, the com- monest of which are species of Sphagnum. In contrast to this the terms slough or wet meadow have been used to designate swamps whose cover is of grasses and sedges. In describing the ranges of plants, their posi- tions have been approximated with relation to the major vegetation boundaries, as far as the latter are understood at present. One of these is the northern boundary of the timbered country, which passes through our region in the northeast. Another is the contact zone between the pre-Cambrian and Paleozoic rocks. This is one of the most conspicuous of the floral boundaries, and follows the Slave River valley northward to Great Slave Lake. The contact crosses the latter and is covered northward by the north arm of the lake itself. Another less conspicu- ous botanical transition area is in the lower Athabaska River region, where the valley leaves the highlands of Cretaceous sediments which border the Athabaska and Clearwater Rivers about McMurray. In summarizing the broader Mackenzie basin ranges of the species, a col- lector’s name in italics has been added wherever the writer has seeri a specimen. Otherwise the terms “recorded by” or “noted by” are used. The order of the citation of specimens is that given in the above list of localities, and follows a geographic sequence. Where numbers are available they have been used, and if the record is one attributed to an earlier collector, the name is inserted in italics. Numbers without such names are the writer’s own, except in the case of nos. 4395-4703, inc., which bear the name also of E. C. Abbe, who served as field assistant in the summer of 1932. The writer’s collections from the Athabaska — 186 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII Great Slave Lake region are as yet undistributed, but are available for study at the Gray Herbarium or at the herbarium of the Arnold Arboretum. The following is a list of herbaria from which citations have been made in the list: A — Arnold Arboretum. G — Gray Herbarium, Harvard University. N — New York Botanical Garden. O — National Museum of Canada, Ottawa. W — U. S. National Herbarium, Ball — Private Herbarium of Carleton R. Ball. In the selection of names the author has tried to adhere to the Inter- national Rules of Botanical Nomenclature. The order and definition of families is that of Engler and Gilg’s “Syllabus der Pflanzenfamilien” (9th and 10th editions), and the order of genera follows the same work except in a few cases such as the Gramineae and Cruciferae. Synonyms have been inserted wherever they are essential for comparison with floristic works of reference touching the region. Owing to the fact that many years have elapsed since a comprehensive flora of any part of north temperate or arctic America has been published, it has been neces- sary to go to the files of periodical literature for recent revisions of a great many genera and species. References to this body of literature have been included wherever they have seemed pertinent. A few species the knowledge of whose occurrence in our area rests upon unverified statement, have been grouped in a separate list which will appear at the end of the paper. The catalogue must not be regarded as complete in any sense. It has been the writer’s purpose simply to bring together in one place as many of the scattered records as possible, so as to make the future direction of botanical work in the Mackenzie basin more intelligent. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS The writer is deeply indebted to a great number of persons and insti- tutions for assistance in preparing this catalogue. The summer jcurneys of 1928, ’29 and ’30 in the Wood Buffalo Park were financed entirely by the National Museum of Canada, and the same institution has gen- erously assisted later expeditions by the loan of maps and equipment. The journey to the Peace River and Lake Athabaska in 1932 was sup- ported by the Arnold Arboretum and the National Research Council, while that of 1935 to Lake Athabaska was made possible by a generous grant from the Milton Fund for Research, of Harvard University. Most of the study of earlier collections was accomplished with the aid of fellowship grants from the National Research Council. To the herba- 1936 | RAUP, ATHABASKA — GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION 187 rium staff of the National Museum of Canada, particularly to the late Dr. M. O. Malte, and to the staff of the New York Botanical Garden Herbarium are due especial thanks for assistance in locating specimens and negotiating large loans of material for study. It is impossible to mention individually all the persons whose friendly guidance and assist- ance in the field have helped to make long trips more comfortable and collecting more efficient. The author wishes to express his gratitude especially to the officers of the Hudson’s Bay Company for innumerable kindnesses rendered over and above the expected services for which re- muneration was made. In the determination of specimens, the check- ing of nomenclature, and the study of ranges, Professor M. L. Fernald of the Gray Herbarium has been a constant source of inspiration and assistance. Mr. C. A. Weatherby has very kindly checked over most of the ferns and fern allies, Dr. Ivan M. Johnston the few specimens of Boraginaceae, and Dr. F. W. Pennell of the Academy of Natural Sci- ences of Philadelphia has gone over most of the Scrophulariaceae. The specimens of Arabis have been examined by Dr. Milton Hopkins of the University of Oklahoma, and those of Eleocharis by Dr. H. K. Svensen of the Brooklyn Botanic Garden. Professor Alfred Rehder has given many valued suggestions in the identification of ligneous plants. The determinations of the writer’s first two seasons’ collections of Gramineae and Carex were verified by the late authorities in these groups, Dr. A. S. Hitchcock and K. K. Mackenzie, and his early collections of Equisetum were checked by Professor J. H. Schaffner of Ohio State University. The writer’s wife, Lucy C. Raup, has been his constant and enthusiastic companion throughout the course of the work, sharing the discomforts and satisfactions of wilderness travel, and contributing notably to the scientific results by her collections and studies of the cryptogamic flora. OPHIOGLOSSACEAE Botrychium multifidum (Gmel.) Rupr. — B. matricariaefolium (Schrank) Spreng. — B. ternatum (Thimb.) Sw. var. rutaefolium (A. Br.) D. C. Eat. — See Rept. Mich. Acad. Sci. 18: 86 (1916). — Appar- rently rare, and known from a single locality on the north shore of Lake Athabaska, where it was growing abundantly in sandy thickets and open woods. — Sand Pt., L. Athabaska, nos. 4565, 4649, 4654. POLYPODIACEAE Woodsia ilvensis (L.) R. Br. — Common in rock crevices through- out the pre-Cambrian area. — Lake Athabaska: Chipewyan, nos. 4686, 4687, 6050; and D. G. Revell [Moss, no. 2415(G)]; Shelter Pt., nos. 9, 4434; Sand Pt., nos. 4603, 4611; Charlot Pt., nos. 6097, 6485; W. 188 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII shore of Ellis Bay, no. 6109; Cornwall Bay, no. 6455. Granite Hills in Peace R. delta and along upper Slave R., nos. 8, 1450. Great Slave L.: Howe, no. 91993(O); near Caribou Isl., Seton & Preble, no. 78571-a (O). Woodsia glabella R. Br. — Apparently confined to moist crevices in dolomitic rocks, mainly in the pre-Cambrian country, where it is common. Plants referred to in Macoun’s Catalogue as Woodsia hyper- borea (W., alpina), ‘“‘Rocks about Fort Chipewyan, Athabaska. (W. G. Traill) — northward to the Arctic Circle,” may possibly be this species; but the writer has seen no specimen collected by Traill, nor is there any other record for W. alpina in the entire Mackenzie haute: — Clearwater R., J. M. Macoun, no. 28339(O), and John Macoun, no, 28342(O); hills N. of Cornwall Bay, L. Athabaska, nos. 6444, 6498, 6538. Great Slave L.: R. Bell, no. 23152(O); Taltheilei Narrows, no. 4; Maufelly Pt., no. 7; Fairchild Pt., nos. 5, 6. Woodsia oregana D. C. Eat. — Apparently rare, and found thus far only in the Athabaska Lake region where it inhabits moist crev- ices, chiefly in basic rocks. — Charlot Pt., no. 6434; Cornwall Bay, no. 6435; granite hill in Peace River delta, no. 1453-a. Woodsia scopulina D. C. Eat. — This record is based upon a single immature specimen collected late in June, 1935, on the north shore of Lake Athabaska. Although somewhat doubtfully determined, due to its fragmentary condition, it bears the characteristic hairs of W. scopu- lina, and is therefore placed here with considerable confidence. — Small island near base of Charlot Pt., no. 6387. Cystopteris fragilis (L.) Bernh. — Filix fragilis (L.) Gilib. — Common in shaded rock crevices, reaching greatest size and abundance in moist ravines. — Clearwater R., J. M. Macoun, no. 28471(O). Lake Athabaska: Chipewyan, nos. 4686, 6053; Charlot Pt., nos. 6085, 6234, 6236, 6278; Cornwall Bay, no. 6573. Granite hills in the Peace R. delta, nos. 1453, 4400. Great Slave L.: island in E. arm, no. 3; Tal- theilei Narrows, no. 1; Fairchild Pt., no. 2; N. W. shore, Bedford (QO). Pteretis nodulosa (Michx.) Nieuwl. — Onoclea Struthiopteris of Am, auth., not Hoffm. — Matteucia Struthiopteris of Am, auth., not Todaro. — See Rhod. 17: 164 (1915). — Common in low woods along the lower Clearwater and Athabaska rivers. — Waterways, no. 1449; Reed’s Portage, upper Athabaska delta, no. 1448. Thelypteris Phegopteris (L.) Slosson. — Phegopteris polypodi- oides Fée. — Known in the Mackenzie basin from a single collection, near the eastern end of Lake Athabaska. — Axis L., Campbell, no. 132412(O). 1936] RAUP, ATHABASKA — GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION 189 Thelypteris Dryopteris (L.) Slosson — Phegopteris Dryopteris (L.) Fée. — Although recorded by Richardson at Great Bear Lake, this species has not since been found north of Lake Athabaska. It inhabits rich woods and damp rock crevices. — Clearwater R., J. M. Macoun, no. 2841(O); steep slope back of McMurray, no. 7090; along lower Firebag R., no. 6017. Lake Athabaska: Sand Pt., no. 4483; bank of Archibald R. near its mouth, no. 6759. Thelypteris Robertiana (Hoffm.) Slosson. — Phegopteris Roberti- ana (Hoffm.) A. Br. — P. Dryopteris var. Robertiana of Macoun’s Cat. — Rare or occasional, and found thus far only on the north shore of Lake Athabaska where it inhabits rather dry rock crevices. — Shelter Pt., no. 16; near Sand Pt., no. 4477; Charlot Pt., nos. 6235, 6295; Cornwall Bay, no. 6568. Thelypteris en (L.) Nieuwl. — Dryopteris fragrans (L.) Schott. — Aspidium fragrans (L.) Sw. — Common in dry rock crev- ices in the pre-Cambrian country, usually in exposed situations. — Lake Athabaska: Chipewyan, nos. 6064, 6075; Shelter Pt., no. 13; near Sand Pt., no. 4534; Charlot Pt., no. 6293; near mouth of Charlot R., no, 6331; N. shore of L. Athabaska, J. W. Tyrrell, no. 111918(Q). Great Slave L.: R. Bell, no. 23154(O); near Caribou Isl., Seton & Preble, no. 78571(O); Taltheilei Narrows, no. 14; Fairchild Pt., no. 15. Parry Falls, Lochart R., J. W. Tyrrell, no. 23144(Q). Thelypteris spinulosa (O. F. Miill.) Nieuwl. — Dryopteris spinu- losa (O. F. Miill.) Ktze. — Aspidium spinulosum (O. F. Mull.) Sw. — Apparently rare, at least in the northern and central parts of the region, and found in damp thickets. Its most northern recorded station is just north of the height of land between Great Slave and Great Bear Lakes (Bedford, 0). — Near McMurray, no. 7106; Chipewyan, no. 4689. Pellaea glabella Mett. ex Kuhn. — See Am. Fern. Journ. 7: 3-5, 77-87 (1917); and 11: 39-40 (1921). — Apparently quite rare, and although reported by Richardson as far north as Great Bear Lake (as Pteris atro-purpurea in F1. Bor.-Am.), it has never been collected in our region except in the two places cited below. It seems to be confined to limestone or dolomitic rocks. — Clearwater R., J. M. Macoun, no. 28389(O) (may possibly be referred to var. occidentalis (E. Nels.) Butters [P. pumila Rydb.|); crevices in dolomite hill near base of Cornwall Bay, L. Athabaska, no. 6558. Cryptogramma crispa (L.) R. Br. var. acrostichoides (R. Br.) C. B. Clarke. — C. acrostichoides R. Br. — See Rhod. 37: 238-47 (1935). — Common in dry crevices, chiefly on the granitic and older rocks, and reported northward to Great Bear Lake by Richardson. — 190 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., nos. 17, 4433; N. shore of Ellis Bay, no. 6144; Cornwall Bay, no. 6432. Granite hill along upper Slave R., no. 1451. Great Slave L., R. Bell, no. 23153(O). Polypodium virginianum L.— See Rhod. 24:125 (1922). — Common in rock crevices throughout the forested part of the region. — Lake Athabaska: Chipewyan, no. 6065-a; Shelter Pt., no. 12; Sand Pt., no, 4612; Charlot Pt., no. 6095; Fishhook Bay, no. 6589; 5 mi. E. of Poplar Pt., no. 6640. Granite hills in the Peace R. delta and along upper Slave R., nos. 10, 1455, 1456. Great Slave L.: R. Bell, no. 23151(O); island in E. arm, no. 11; near Caribou Isl., Seton & Preble, no. 78572 (O); 50 mi. N. of Resolution, J. W. Tyrrell, no. 23145(O); N. shore, Bedford (QO). EQUISETACEAE Equisetum arvense L. — Common in woods and thickets through- out the region, but occupying a great variety of habitats. — Lower Athabaska R.: about 15 mi. below McMurray, no. 61; Calumet, nos. 49-a, 54; along Firebag R. near its mouth, no. 6045. L. Athabaska: Shelter Pt., nos. 50, 51, 52, 53; Charlot Pt., no. 6264; Cornwall Bay, no. 6506; bank of Archibald R. near its mouth, no. 6756; lake shore just W. of Ennuyeuse Cr., no. 6940, Peace-Athabaska delta and upper Slave R., nos. 55, 56, 57, 58, 62, 66, 1481, 1488; Ft. Smith, no. 63. Great Slave L.: Resolution, Kennicott (N); Fairchild Pt., nos. 48, 65, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72; Yellowknife Bay, no. 64; 12 mi. E. of Moraine Pt., N. W. shore, Bedford (O). Equisetum pratense Ehrh. — Not thus far collected north of the Slave River region and the adjacent Wood Buffalo Park, nor eastward in the pre-Cambrian country. In the poplar and poplar-spruce woods of the river flood plains it forms a dense cover on the forest floor, and its early succulent stages are eaten with apparent relish by grazing stock. — Lower Athabaska R.: about 15 mi. below McMurray, no. 46; Calumet, nos. 41, 42. Peace-Athabaska delta and upper Slave R., nos. 44, 45, 47, 1497: Ft. Smith, no. 43. Equisetum sylvaticum L. var. pauciramosum Milde. — See Rhod. 20: 129 (1918). — Common in rich woods northward to Great Bear Lake (R. Bell, O), and extending northeastward beyond the limit of trees (J. W. Tyrrell, 0). — Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., nos. 19, 20, 21; near Sand Pt., no. 4577; Camsell Portage, no. 6202; near Wabba L., N. of Cornwall Bay, no. 6500; Cornwall Bay, no. 6505; 5 mi. E. of Poplar Pt., no. 6698. Great Slave L.: Resolution, Kennicott (N); Taltheilei Narrows, no. 18; N. W. shore, Bedford (O). Equisetum palustre L.— Common on low mud bars along the 1936] RAUP, ATHABASKA -- GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION 191 main rivers. Although Richardson (Fl. Bor.-Am.) reported it as far north as the “shores of the Arctic Sea,” the writer has seen no specimens from beyond the Slave River nor from the pre-Cambrian country to the eastward. — Upper Slave R., no. 1470; lower Slave R., below Grande Detour, no. 40. quisetum limosum L. — E. fluviatile L.— See Rhod. 23: 43 (1921). — Abundant on the slough margins of lakes and ponds, and on the muddy shores of river flood plains. Not thus far reported north of Great Slave Lake nor beyond the limit of trees. — Calumet, lower Athabaska R., no. 32; lower delta of Athabaska R., no. 33. L. Atha- baska: Shelter Pt., no. 34; 5 mi. E. of Poplar Pt., no. 6680; William Pt., no. 6848; about 2 mi. W. of Ennuyeuse Cr., nos. 6967, 6988. Peace R. delta and upper Slave R., nos. 1473, 1478, 1479; Ft. Smith, no. 31; lower Slave R. and delta, nos. 25, 26. Great Slave L.: Fairchild Pt., nos. 27, 28, 30; Yellowknife Bay, no. 29; N. W. shore, Bedford (O). Equisetum prealtum Raf. — E. robustum A. Br. — E. hyemale L. var. robustum (A. Br.) A. A. Eat. — E. hyemale L. var. affine (Engelm.) A. A. Eat. — Common on the higher parts of mud bars along the main rivers. Not thus far reported north of the Slave River, nor eastward in the pre-Cambrian country. — Athabaska Landing dis- trict, Brinkman, no. 4061(N); lower Peace R. near its entrance into the Slave, no. 74; upper Slave R., no. 73. Equisetum scirpoides Mich — Abundant in timbered muskegs about Great Slave Lake and in the Wood Buffalo Park, but apparently not common farther south. — Charlot Pt., L. Athabaska, no. 6129. Great Slave L.: Fairchild Pt., nos. 22, 24; Yellowknife Bay, no. 23. Equisetum variegatum Schleich. — Although described as frequent northward to the Arctic in Fl. Bor.-Am., this species appears to be quite rare in that part of the Mackenzie basin south of Great Slave Lake. — Great Slave L.: Taltheilei Narrows, no. 37; Fairchild Pt., nos. 35, 36, 38, 39. LYCOPODIACEAE Lycopodium Selago L.— Common in rock crevices about Great Slave Lake, but apparently only occasional in the Athabaska Lake dis- trict. Not found thus far in the Paleozoic districts. — Lake Athabaska: Sand Pt., no. 4591; west shore of Ellis Bay, no. 6367; muskeg margin of small pond 5 mi. S. E. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6821. Great Slave L.: R. Bell, no. 23150(O) ; near Caribou Isl., Seton & Preble, no. 78573(O) ; Taltheilei Narrows, no. 86; Maufelly Pt., no. 87. Lycopodium annotinum L. — This species and its two varieties are common or occasional in woods and thickets northward to Great 192 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII Bear Lake. — Lake Athabaska: N. shore, J. W. Tyrrell, no. 28285(O) ; Shelter Pt., nos. 78, 79; Sandy Pt., no. 4513; mouth of Charlot R., no. 6311; Cornwall Bay, no. 6597; 5 mi. E. of Poplar Pt., no. 6673; 2 mi. W. of Ennuyeuse Cr., no. 6938. Great Slave L.: Taltheilei Narrows, no. 80; Pike’s Portage, J. W. Tyrrell, no. 23146(O). Lycopodium annotinum L. var. pungens Desv. — Shelter Pt., L. Athabaska, no. 75. Great Slave L.: Taltheilei Narrows, no. 76; N. W. shore, Bedford (QO). Lycopodium annotinum L. var. acrifolium Fern. — See Rhod. 17: 123 (1915). — Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., no. 77; Sand Pt., no. 4590; Camsell Portage, nos. 6187, 6207; Cornwall Bay, no. 6431; sandy woods about 4 mi. S. E. of Wolverine Pt., nos. 6778, 6782. Lycopodium clavatum L. var. monostachyon Grev. & Hook. — See Rhod. 12: 50 (1910). — Apparently rare in the Mackenzie basin, and collected thus far only on Lake Athabaska. — Shelter Pt., no. 81; Sand Pt., no. 4589; mouth of Archibald R., no. 6755. Lycopodium clavatum L. var. megastachyon Fern. & Bissell. — See Rhod. 12: 50 (1910). — Apparently quite rare, and known in this region from a single collection. It has been collected also in the Lesser Slave Lake district (Brinkman, N) but nowhere else in the Mackenzie basin. — Rocky lake shore at Shelter Pt., L. Athabaska, no. 82. Lycopodium obscurum L. var. dendroideum (Michx.) D. C. Eat. — See Rhod. 23: 188 (1921). — Rare or occasional in the north- ern part of the Mackenzie basin, but common in the sandy woodlands about Lake Athabaska, particularly on the south side. It has not been collected on Great Slave Lake, but has been found near Ft. Norman, on the Mackenzie River (Miss E. Taylor, 0). — McMurray, no. 7120. Lake Athabaska: near Sand Pt., no. 4592; Camsell Portage, no. 6188; N. of Cornwall Bay, no. 6512; 5 mi. E. of Poplar Pt., no. 6646; point about 4 mi. E. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6806; William Pt., no. 6899. Lycopodium sabinaefolium Willd. var. sitchense (Rupr.) Fern. — L. sitchense Rupr. — See Rhod. 25: 166 (1923). — Apparently rare, and known only from the following two localities. The only other rec- ord for the Mackenzie basin is from Lesser Slave Lake (Brinkman, N).— Portage la Loche (Methye Portage), John Macoun, no. 28199(O) (under L. sabinaefolium in Macoun’s Cat.); sandy woods along William R. near its entrance to L, Athabaska, no. 6898. Lycopodium complanatum L.— Common in dry woods north- ward to Great Bear Lake. A form with very short peduncles (1 cm. or less) is common about Lake Athabaska. It is represented by nos. 6399, 6647, 6803. — Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., nos. 84, 85; Sand Pt., no. 1936] RAUP, ATHABASKA — GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION 193 4588; Charlot Pt., no. 6399; Cornwall Bay, no. 6592; 5 mi. E. of Poplar Pt., no. 6647; point about 4 mi. E. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6803. Great Slave L.: Taltheilei Narrows, no. 83; Ft. Reliance, J. W. Tyrrell, no. 23147(O). Lycopodium tristachyum Pursh. — Occasional in sandy thickets and open woods about Lake Athabaska. — Sand Pt., no. 4587; Camsell Portage, no. 6211; just E. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6797. SELAGINELLACEAE Selaginella selaginoides (L.) Link. — Known thus far in the Mackenzie basin east of the mountains only from the following sta- tion. — Wet mossy crevices on shore of L. Athabaska near Sand Pt., no. 4629. Selaginella rupestris (L.) Spring. — Common on exposed rocky and sandy hillsides about Lake Athabaska, but unknown elsewhere in the Mackenzie basin. — Shelter Pt., no. 4451; Sand Pt., no. 4608; Charlot Pt., nos. 6305, 6411; Cornwall Bay, no. 6607; near mouth of Ennuyeuse Cr., no. 6929. ISOETACEAE Isoétes Braunii Dur.— See Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 9: 156-73 (1922).— Apparently quite rare, and known in the Mackenzie basin from a single collection. — In shallow water on the sandy-gravelly shore of a small lake near Sand Pt., L. Athabaska, no. 4617. PINACEAE Picea glauca (Moench) Voss. — P. canadensis of most Am. auth. — P. alba of Macoun’s Cat. — Pinus alba of Fl. Bor.-Am. — See Rhod. 17: 60-2 (1915).— The predominating forest tree throughout most of the Mackenzie basin, extending nearly to the arctic coast and far out into the Barren Lands in sheltered places. It reaches its best develop- ment on the banks of the main rivers and on the better-drained soils of the uplands, particularly in the Paleozoic and younger regions. 75-ft. trees, 2 feet in diameter at the base, are common in the lowlands, while larger ones, 3 ft. or more in diameter, occur in localized areas. In ex- posed places, particularly eastward in the pre-Cambrian country, the branches. On sand plains about Great Slave Lake the spruce forms an open park-like forest of comparatively small but straight trees, while on Lake Athabaska its place is largely taken by Pinus Banksiana in such situations. — Calumet, lower Athabaska R., nos. 97, 98; Lake Athabaska: N. shore, J. W. Tyrrell, no. 25039(O); Shelter Pt., no. 99; near Sand Pt., nos. 4541, 4662; Charlot Pt., no. 6401; 2 mi. W. of 194 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VoL. XVII Ennuyeuse Cr., no. 6954. Peace R. delta and upper Slave R., nos. 102, 103, 1526; Ft. Smith, no. 100. Great Slave L.: Taltheilei Narrows, no. 104; Fairchild Pt., nos. 101, 105, 106. Artillery L., J. W. Tyrrell, no. 23134(O). Picea mariana (Mill.) B. S. P. — Pinus nigra of Fl. Bor.-Am. — Picea nigra of Macoun’s Cat. — The most abundant tree in the muskeg timber of the central part of the Mackenzie basin. It is rarely observed more than 5 or 6 inches in diameter, and is usually much smaller than this. In the pre-Cambrian region it is sometimes associated with white birch and jack pine on sand plains. Richardson placed its northern boundary at lat. 65°, but the writer has seen no specimens from north of Great Slave Lake. Preble reported it on the north slopes of the Nahanni Mountains, west of the Mackenzie. — Calumet, lower Athabaska R., no. 95. Lake Athabaska: N. shore, J. W. Tyrrell, no, 25074(O); Shelter Pt., nos. 91, 92, 93, 94; near Sand Pt., no. 4664; Charlot Pt., no. 6400; about 2 W. of Ennuyeuse Cr., no. 7008. Fairchild Pt., Great Slave L., no Abies balsamea rp Mill. — This species is common only in the southern and southeastern parts of the Mackenzie basin, and its north- ern boundary is still conjectural. Richardson (Bot. App. to Franklin’s first exped.) states that he found it at latitude 62°, but is not specific as to locality. Dr. Charles Camsell, exploring for the Canadian Geo- logical Survey west of Fort Smith in 1902, reported finding the balsam fir in the gorge of the Little Buffalo River (C. G. S. Ann. Rept. 15: 159A), but this has not been verified. The farthest north from which the writer has seen specimens is the delta of the Athabaska River, and this is consistent also with the findings of Preble (N. Am. Fauna, No. 27, p. 518). — Reed’s Portage, Athabaska R. delta, no. 1521. Larix laricina (DuRoi) Koch. — L. americana Michx. — This species probably extends through the entire timbered part of the Mackenzie basin, although actual specimens of it from the far north are rare in herbaria. It is common in muskegs in the Athabaska — Great Slave Lake region, but it nearly always plays a secondary part in the timber, and rarely exceeds 8-10 inches in diameter. — Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., nos. 88, 89; near Sand Pt., no. 4663; mouth of Charlot R., no. 6317; about 2 mi. W. of Ennuyeuse Cr., no: 7007. Great Slave L.: Taltheilei Narrows, no. 90; N. W. shore, Bedford (QO). Pinus Banksiana Lamb. — P. divaricata of auth. — Abundant on dry sand plains and on sandy and rocky hills northward through the central part of the timbered country. About Lake Athabaska and west of the Slave River it is the characteristic species of large tracts of park- 1936] RAUP, ATHABASKA — GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION 195 like timber in which there is but little undergrowth and a very sparse ground cover. Richardson reported it on the sandy banks of the Mac- kenzie beyond lat. 64°. On the eastern arm of Great Slave Lake it is displaced on the sand plains by white spruce, Picea glauca, but occurs in scattered localities nearly to the limit of trees. — Calumet, lower Athabaska R., no. 107. Lake Athabaska: Goose Isl., Laing, no. 22(N); Shelter Pt., nos. 108, 109; Sand Pt., no. 4653; west shore of Ellis Bay, no. 6169; 2 mi. W. of Ennuyeuse Cr., no. 6953. Great Slave L.: Pike’s Portage, J. W. Tyrrell, no. 23135(O); N. W. shore, Bedford (O). Juniperus communis L. var. montana Ait. — J. sibirica Burgsd. — Common throughout the region on dry rocky and sandy plains and ridges. — Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., nos. 110, 111, 112, 113; Sand Pt., no. 4661; Charlot Pt., no. 6144; Cornwall Bay, no. 6602; sandy bank of Archibald R., near its mouth, no. 6734; 2 mi. W. of Ennuyeuse Cr., no. 6932. Granite hill along upper Slave R., no. 1516. Great Slave L.: Taltheilei Narrows, no. 117; Fairchild Pt., nos. 114, 116; Ft. Reliance, no. 115; S. W. and N. shores, Howe, no. 91992(O). Juniperus horizontalis Moench. — Sabina horizontalis (Moench. ) Rydb. — Common in dry sandy and rocky places throughout the tim- bered country northward at least to the Great Slave Lake region. — Lake Athabaska: Chipewyan, Laing, no. 23(N), and J. W. Tyrrell, no. 24952(O); Shelter Pt., nos. 119, 120; granite island about 6 mi. E. of Chipewyan, no. 4671; Charlot Pt., no. 6141; Cornwall Bay, no. 6603. Ft. Smith, no. 121. Great Slave L.: Caribou Isl., Seton & Preble, no. 78568(O); Taltheilei Narrows, no. 125; Fairchild Pt., nos. 122, 123, 124. TYPHACEAE Typha latifolia L. — Richardson reported this species as far north as Ft. Franklin (Fl. Bor.-Am.), but the writer has seen no specimens from beyond the Wood Buffalo Park region, where it is common on the shores of lakes and ponds. Also it has not been noted anywhere in the pre-Cambrian region to the eastward. — Lower delta of Athabaska R., nos. 126, 1530; upper Slave R. lowlands, no. 1533. SPARGANIACEAE Sparganium eurycarpum Engelm. — See Rhod. 24: 26 (1922). — Common at the margins of ponds and slow streams in the Athabaska- Peace delta, but not elsewhere reported in the Mackenzie basin. — Lower delta of Athabaska R. (Mamawi Cr.), no. 1540; upper Slave R. lowlands, nos. 128, 1541. Sparganium multipedunculatum (Morong) Rydb. — See Rhod. 27: 190 (1925).— The commonest bur-reed in the central part of 196 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VoOL. XVII forested region, but scarcely extending eastward into the pre-Cambrian country. It is most abundant at the margins of lakes, sloughs, and slow streams, and has been noted as far northward as Ft. Franklin (Richard- son, N). — Lower delta of Athabaska R. (Mamawi Cr.), no. 1535; Chipewyan, no. 4693; upper Slave R. lowlands, no. 1536. Great Slave L.: Buffalo R., Richardson (G) (under S. simplex in Fl. Bor.-Am. and Macoun’s Cat.); N. W. shore, Bedford (QO). Sparganium fiuctuans (Morong) B. L. Robinson. — Known in the Mackenzie basin from only two localities about Lake Athabaska. — Small pond at Shelter Pt., no. 127; small lagoon near shore of main lake about 2 mi. west of Ennuyeuse Cr., no. 6992. Sparganium angustifolium Michx. — See Rhod. 24: 26 (1922). — Locally abundant in ponds and slow streams, and not yet noted north of Great Slave Lake. — Lake Athabaska: pond near base of Cornwall Bay, no. 6616; pond about 2 mi. W. of Ennuyeuse Cr., no. 6990. Upper Slave R. lowland, no. 1544. Great Slave L.: Fairchild Pt., no. 130; Ft. Rae, Bedford (O). Sparganium minimum Fries. — Common at muskeg or pond mar- gins about Lake Athabaska, but very little collected elsewhere in the Mackenzie basin, though it is probably widespread. — Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., no. 4423; small pond near base of Cornwall Bay, no. 6615; William Pt., nos. 6843, 6865; small lagoon about 2 mi. W. of Ennuyeuse Cr., no. 6997 POTAMOGETONACEAE Potamogeton tenuifolius Raf. — P. alpinus of Am. auth. — See Rhod. 32: 76-83 (1930) and 33: 209-11 (1931). — Common in ponds and slow streams about Lake Athabaska, but very little collected else- where in the Mackenzie basin, though it is probably widespread. — Lake Athabaska: small ponds near base of Cornwall Bay, nos. 6498-a, 6618, 6621, 6622; Archibald R. near its mouth, nos. 6741, 6742; no, 6742 was growing in more rapid water, and has the form of var. sub- ellipticus (Fern.) Fern. Potamogeton gramineus L. var. graminifolius Fries. — P. hetero- phyllus of most recent Am. auth., not Schreb. — See Rhod. 23: 189 (1921). — Apparently common in shallow lakes and slough ponds throughout the forested region northward to Great Bear Lake (Porsid, G). It is abundant in the lower deltas of the Athabaska and Peace Rivers. — Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., no. 136; near Sand Pt., no. 4614; small pond about 5 mi. S. E. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6823; William Pt., no. 6849; small lagoon about 2 mi. W. of Ennuyeuse Cr., no. 7002. Lake Mamawi, no. 1548; upper Slave R. lowlands, nos. 135, 1546. Northwest shore of Great Slave L., Bedford (O). 1936 | RAUP, ATHABASKA — GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION 197 Potamogeton Richardsonii (A. Benn.) Rydb. — This is probably the commonest pondweed in the region, and is abundant in shallow lakes and slough ponds throughout the forested parts north to Great Bear Lake (Porsild,G). It is associated with P. vaginatus in the great masses of weed which clog the shallow expanses of Lakes Claire and Mamawi, and the western part of Lake Athabaska. — Methye Portage, J. M. Macoun, no. 3047(O) (P. perfoliatus var. Richardsonii of Macoun’s Cat.). Lake Athabaska: about 6 mi. E. of Chipewyan, no. 4666; Charlot R. near its mouth, no. 6352; small ponds near base of Cornwall Bay, nos. 6497-a. no. 6617. Lake Mamawi, no. 1551; upper Slave R. lowland, nos. 134, 1556. Great Slave L.: N. W. shore, Bedford (QO); Ft. Rae, Bedford (Q). Potamogeton praelongus Wulf. — Probably common throughout the forested region, but very littie collected. It inhabits the deeper water off-shore in relatively shallow lakes, and has been found in Arctic Mackenzie by the Porsild brothers. It is apparently common in the Wood Buffalo Park. — Yellowknife Bay, Great Slave L., no. 133. Potamogeton zosteriformis Fern. — See Mem. Gray Hb. 3: 36-40 (1932). — Found in the Mackenzie basin thus far only in the Wood Buffalo Park, where it grows in shallow, marshy lakes both on the up- land and the Slave River lowland. — Slave River lowland (Murdock Cr.)>.no. 1565, Potamogeton foliosus Raf. var. macellus Fern. — See Mem. Gray Hb. 3: 46-51 (1932). — Known in this region in the Slave River area, and noted also farther west in the Wood Buffalo Park and southward. It grows in shallow lakes and ponds. — Upper Slave R. lowlands, nO,.4152, Potamogeton Friesii Rupr. — Probably common in shallow lakes and slough ponds though very little collected, and known northward to Great Bear Lake (Porsild, G). In our region it is not recorded east of the Slave River district. — Upper Slave R. lowlands (Murdock Cr. district), no. 1564. Potamogeton obtusifolius Mert. & Koch. — Known from a single collection near the north shore of Lake Athabaska, and found there only in sterile condition. — Small pond near base of Cornwall Bay, no. Potamogeton pusillus L. var. polyphyllus Morong. — Collected thus far only once in the Mackenzie basin, in the Athabaska delta. — Lower Athabaska R. delta (Mamawi Cr.), no. 1569. Potamogeton pusillus L. var. mucronatus (Fieber) Graebn. — Known in the Mackenzie basin only from the country about Lake Atha- 198 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII baska, where it inhabits streams and ponds. — Small pond near base of Cornwall Bay, no. 6633; Archibald R. near its mouth, no. 6751. Potamogeton filiformis Pers. var. borealis (Raf.) St. John. — See Rhod. 18: 134 (1916). — Probably common throughout, though not much collected in the pre-Cambrian regions. It is most abundant on the sandy bottoms of shallow lake margins. — Near Sand Pt., L. Atha- baska, nos. 4615, 4616. Great Slave L.: Fairchild Pt., no. 131; N. W. shore, Bedford (O). Potamogeton vaginatus Turcz. — See Rhod. 18: 131 (1916) and 20: 191 (1918). — Although very little collected, this species shows a wide range northward to Great Bear Lake (Porsild, G). It has not been found eastward in the pre-Cambrian region about Athabaska and Great Slave Lakes, but is abundant in the shallow water of the Atha- baska-Peace delta where, with P. Richardsonii, it forms most of the large patches of weed. — Lake Mamawi, no. 1549. Potamogeton pectinatus L. — Probably common, at least south of Great Slave Lake, in shallow lakes which have sand or gravel bottoms. — Lake Athabaska: about 6 mi. E. of Chipewyan, no. 4667; small pond near base of Cornwall Bay, nos. 6619, 6634. SCHEUCHZERIACEAE Triglochin maritima L.— Common in_ semi-saline muskegs, sloughs, and wet prairies northward through the Paleozoic and younger country to the basin of Great Bear Lake (Bedford, O), and occasional eastward in the pre-Cambrian. In the latter it appears to prefer areas of dolomitic rocks, but also occurs in the sandy country south of Lake Athabaska. — Lake Athabaska: near mouth of Charlot R., no. 6343; about 3 mi. W. of Ennuyeuse Cr., no. 6973. Upper Slave R. lowland, no. 1586. Great Slave L.: Keith Isl., no. 137; Fairchild Pt., nos. 138, 139, Triglochin palustris L. — Known in the pre-Cambrian region only on Great Slave Lake, but occasional in the Wood Buffalo Park. — Keith Isl., eastern arm of Great Slave L., no. 140. Scheuchzeria palustris L.— See Rhod. 25: 177-9 (1923). — Known thus far in the Mackenzie basin only from shallow pond mar- gins on the south side of Lake Athabaska, where it is abundant. — William Pt., no. 6868; about 3 mi. W. of Ennuyeuse Cr., no. 6962. ALISMACEAE Saggitaria cuneata Sheldon. — S. arifolia Nutt. — Common at the margins of ponds and slow streams in the southern part of the Mackenzie basin, and extending to Great Slave Lake in the Paleozoic 1936] RAUP, ATHABASKA — GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION 199 country. It was noted by Harper east of the mouth of the Taltson River. — Lower delta of Athabaska R., nos. 393, 1587; upper Slave R. lowland, nos. 1589, 1591; N. W. shore of Great Slave L., Bedford (O). Alisma Plantago-aquatica L. subsp. brevipes (Greene) Sam- uels. — See Arkiv for Botanik, 24, 7:19-21 (1932).— Known in this region only in a damp slough at Chipewyan. It also occurs in the Lesser Slave Lake region (Brinkman, N). — Chipewyan, no. 4692. GRAMINEAE Bromus ciliatus L. — Common in the Paleozoic country northward to the lower Mackenzie, in prairies and other open ground, but not found thus far in the pre-Cambrian regions. — Lower Athabaska R., Kennicott (N); McMurray, no. 7101; Ft. Resolution, Kennicott (N). Bromus Pumpellianus Scribn. — Abundant on the sandy beaches and dunes about Lake Athabaska, and at least occasional northward to Great Bear Lake and the Arctic coast (Richardson, G, N). It is also widespread in the Wood Buffalo Park and southwestward. — Lake Athabaska: Laing, no. 223 (G); Shelter Pt., nos, 205, 206; Sand Pt., no. 4571; 2 mi. E. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6721; shifting sand dunes just E. of Ennuyeuse Cr., no. 6911 (form with very hirsute sheaths). Ft. Smith, no. 204. Festuca brachyphylla Schultes. — See Rhod. 37: 250-2 (1935). — An arctic and alpine species known in this region only on the north shore of Lake Athabaska, where it is found in rock crevices. — Small island about 2 mi. E. of Crackingstone Pt., no. 6423. Festuca rubra L. — See Rhod. 35: 132—5 (1933). — Apparently occasional in the sandy country south of Lake Athabaska, but not known elsewhere in the Mackenzie basin except at Great Bear Lake (J. M. Bell, O). — Lake Athabaska: lake shore about 2 mi. E. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6723-a; shifting sand dunes 5 mi. S. of William Pt., no. 6905; sand dunes 2 mi. W. of Ennuyeuse Cr., no. 6941-a. Festuca rubra L. var. arenaria (Osbeck) Fries. — See Rhod. 35: 132-5 (1933). — Like the last, this is abundant on sand beaches and dunes about Lake Athabaska, and recurs at Great Bear Lake and on the Arctic coast (Richardson, G). Of the following specimens, nos. 6894 and 6900 represent a proliferous form of var. arenaria. — Shelter Pt., nos. 171, 4432; Sand Pt., no. 4573; lake shore about 2 mi. E. of Wolverine Pt., nos. 6713, 6723; shifting dunes 5 mi. S. of William Pt., no. 6894; beach at William Pt., no. 6900; sand dunes 2 mi. W. of Ennuyeuse Cr., no. 6941. Festuca saximontana Rydb. — See Rhod. 37: 250-2 (1935). — Common on dry prairies, ridges and beaches northward to Great Bear 200 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII Lake (Richardson, G, N). — Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., nos. 165, 166, 167; Sand Pt., no. 4498; Charlot Pt., nos. 6100, 6257, 6391; N. shore of Ellis Bay, nos. 6117, 6118; sandy beach on main lake shore west of Ellis Bay, no. 6271; rocky point at N. W. entrance to Black Bay, no. 6415; near Wabba L., N. of Cornwall Bay, no. 6467; Corn- wall Bay, nos. 6508, 6523, 6544, 6611; 5 mi. E. of Poplar Pt., nos. 6648, 6654; sand ridges about 4 mi. S. E. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6789; gravel dunes just E. of Ennuyeuse Cr., no, 6923; 2 mi. W. of Ennuy- euse Cr., nos. 6939, 6983. East shore of L. Mamawi, no. 1669; Ft. Smith, no. 168; Ft. Reliance, Great Slave L., nos. 169, 170. Fluminia festucacea (Willd.) Hitchc. — Scolochloa festucacea (Willd.) Link. — Festuca borealis Mert. & Koch. — Common at lake margins and in wet meadows northward in the Paleozoic and younger country at ieast to the Wood Buffalo Park, but not known eastward of the great river lowlands. — Lower Athabaska R. delta (Mamawi Cr.), no. 1601; E. shore of L. Mamawi, nos. 1600, 4418; upper Slave R. low- lands, nos. 1599, 1604. Glyceria striata (Lam.) Hitch. var. stricta (Scribn.) Fern. — Panicularia nervata (Willd.) Ktze. var. stricta Scribn. — P. rigida (Nash) Rydb. — See Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 41: 157 (1928) and Rhod. 31: 47 (1929). — Not known north of the Athabaska region, where it grows in damp woods. The specimens from Reed’s Portage are very mature, and may represent the species rather than the variety. They were so cited in the writer’s Bot. Investigations in the Wood Buffalo Park. — Upper Athabaska delta (Reed’s Portage), no. 1620; thicket near base of Cornwall Bay, L. Athabaska, no. 6503. Glyceria grandis Wats. — Panicularia grandis Nash. — Common in wet meadows of the great river lowlands north to Great Slave Lake. — Upper Slave R. lowlands, nos. 1610, 1616; Resolution, Kennicott (N). Glyceria pulchella (Nash) K. Sch. — Panicularia pulchella Nash. — Common in the wetter parts of sloughs northward to Lake Athabaska and the Wood Buffalo Park. — Lower delta of Athabaska R., no. 200. Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., no. 201; 5 mi. E. of Poplar Pt., no. 6675. Upper Slave R. lowland, no. 1611. Glyceria borealis (Nash) Batchelder. — Panicularia borealis Nash. — Found occasionally in wet sloughs in the central parts of the Mackenzie basin, and probably northward in the forested areas. — Lower delta of Athabaska R., no, 202. Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., no. 203; 2 mi. W. of Ennuyeuse Cr., no. 6995. Upper Slave R. lowland, no. 1618. Puccinellia Nuttalliana (Nutt.) Wats. & Coult. — P. airoides 1936] RAUP, ATHABASKA — GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION 201 (Schultes) Hitchc. — Probably common throughout the forested region in semi-saline situations, but not known eastward in the pre-Cambrian region. — Lower delta of Athabaska R., no. 199. Great Slave L.: Richardson (G) (Poa airoides in F1. Bor.-Am., and Glyceria airoides in Macoun’s Cat.); S. W. and N. shores, Howe, no. 91994(O). Poa alpina L. — Although noted in Fl. Bor.-Am. as ranging “to Bear Lake and the Rocky Mountains,” this species has been collected in the Mackenzie basin east of the Rockies only in the more arctic areas toward the limit of trees. — Charlot Pt., L. Athabaska, no. 6383; Ft. Reliance, Great Slave L., no. 141. Poa pratensis L.— Common in damp meadows, prairies, and open woods throughout the forested region, with records at least as far north- ward as Great Bear Lake (Richardson, N; J. M. Bell, O). — Clear- water R., Sask., J. M. Macoun, no. 101824(O); Calumet, Athabaska R., no. 151. Lake Athabaska: Sand Pt., no. 4572; near mouth of Charlot R., nos. 6322, 6339; 5 mi. E. of Poplar Pt., no. 6679; point about 4 mi. E. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6808. Granite hill on E. shore of L. Mamawi, no. 1715; upper Slave R. lowlands, nos. 146, 1717, 1721, 1726; Ft. Smith, nos. 149, 152. Great Slave L.: Fairchild Pt., nos. 148, 150, 153; Ft. Reliance, no. 147. Poa lanata Scribn. & Merrill. — An Alaskan species known in the Mackenzie basin from a single collection south of Lake Athabaska, where it was found infrequently on partially fixed sand dunes. — Shift- ing sand dunes just E. of Ennuyeuse Cr., no. 6916. Poa coMprRESSA L. — Known in the Mackenzie basin only from the following collection. It is probably introduced. — Fort Smith, no. 142. Poa palustris L.—P. triflora of auth.— See Rhod. 18: 235 (1916). — Common in sloughs and on damp shores northward to the Wood Buffalo Park, but apparently extending only a short distance eastward into the pre-Cambrian. — McMurray, no. 7095; Calumet, Athabaska R., no. 151; lower delta of Athabaska R., nos. 143, 144; Shelter Pt., L. Athabaska, no. 145; E. shore of L. Mamawi, nos. 1707, 1710; Ft. Smith, nos. 151, 152. Poa glauca L.— Common on dry sandy shores and ridges, and in dry crevices on rocky hills throughout the forested region. Although no specimens are available from beyond the timber line it is probably to be found there also since it is a wide-ranging arctic species. — Clearwater R., Sask., J. M. Macoun, no. 29217(O); Calumet, Athabaska R., no. 154. Lake Athabaska: Chipewyan, nos. 6045, 7021; Shelter Pt., nos. 4460, 4461; Sand Pt., nos. 4494, 4502, 4602; Charlot Pt., nos. 6091, 6092, 6098, 6099, 6137, 6253, 6256, 6277, 6392, 6393, 6394, 6408; N. 202 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII shore of Ellis Bay, nos. 6112, 6125; shore of main lake just W. of Ellis Bay, no. 6270; rocky point at N. W. entrance to Black Bay, no. 6416; hill south of Wabba L., no. 6469; base of Cornwall Bay, nos. 6507, 6543; 5 mi. E. of Poplar Pt., no. 6644. East shore of L. Mamawi, nos. 1745, 1746, 1747; granite hills in upper Slave R. lowlands, no. 1743; Ft. Smith, no. 160; Cassette Portage, Slave R., Kennicott (N); island at east end of Black L., lat. 60°, Harper, no. 90049(O). Great Slave L.: Resolution, Onion, Kennicott & Hardisty (N); island at mouth of Rocher R., Harper, no. 90048(O); Taltheilei Narrows, nos. 155, 158; Fairchild Pt., nos. 156, 157, 161; Maufelly Pt., no. 159; Ft. Reliance, nos. 162, 163, 164. Poa arida Vasey. — Found thus far only in the drier parts of semi- open prairies west of the Slave River, in the Wood Buffalo Park. Poa glaucifolia Scribn. & Williams. — This appears to be a prairie species which has been found in our region only on a patch of clayey soil on a granite hill in the Athabaska-Peace delta. — East shore of L. Mamawi, no. 1748. Poa Buckleyana Nash. — Found growing abundantly on a hill- side of conglomerate rock on the north shore of Lake Athabaska, but not known elsewhere in the Mackenzie basin. — Charlot Pt., nos. 6255, 6289, 6410. Distichlis stricta (Torr.) Rydb. — See Rhod. 27: 67 (1925). — Known in this region only on the Salt Plains west of the upper Slave River. Phragmites communis Trin. var. Berlandieri (Fournier) Fern. — See Rhod. 34: 211 (1932). — Collected thus far only about the west- ern end of Lake Athabaska, but probably common on river and lake shores in the southern part of the basin. — Lower delta of the Atha- baska R., no. 1706; mouth of Athabaska R., Harper, no. 90061(QO); shore of small lake near Sand Pt., L. Athabaska, no. 4604. ‘Schizachne purpurascens (Torr.) Swallen. — Avena _ striata Michx. — Bromelica striata (Michx.) Farwell. — Melica purpurascens (Torr.) Hitch. — See Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci. 18: 203 (1928). — Com- mon in prairies and open woods northward to Lake Athabaska and the Wood Buffalo Park. — Clearwater R., Sask., J. M. Macoun, no. 30087(O); Calumet, Athabaska R., no. 192. Athabaska L.: west shore of Ellis Bay, no. 6168; Charlot Pt., no. 6407; Cornwall Bay, no. 6438. Agropyron Smithii Rydb. var. molle (Scribn. & Sm.) Jones. — Collected thus far only on the drier part of a prairie at Peace Point in the Wood Buffalo Park. Agropyron trachycaulum (Link) Malte var. typicum Fern. — A. 1936] RAUP, ATHABASKA — GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION 203 tenerum Vasey. — See Rhod. 35: 161-82 (1923) and 36: 417 (1934), also Ann. Rept. Nat. Mus. Can. for 1930, pp. 27-48 (1932) for treat- ments of this and the following. — Common in open woods, prairies, the drier parts of meadow sloughs, and on sandy lake beaches in the central and southern parts of the Mackenzie basin. It is known on the Macken- zie as far northwest as Ft. Norman (Richardson, G), but has not been recorded beyond the limit of trees. — Below Pelican Rapids, Athabaska R., Harper, no. 90057(O). Lake Athabaska: Cornwall Bay, no. 6443; hills south of Wabba L., no. 6473; cabin clearing about 3 mi. W. of Ennuyeuse Cr., no. 6956. East shore of L. Mamawi, nos. 1818, 1819; upper Slave R. lowlands, nos. 1810, 1811; Slave R., Richardson (G) (Triticum caninum of Fl. Bor.-Am., in part); Resolution, Kenni- cott (N). Agropyron trachycaulum (Link) Malte var. unilaterale (Cas- sidy) Malte. — A. Richardsonii Schrad. — Common in upland prairies and the drier parts of meadow sloughs, with a range similar to the last. In the pre-Cambrian country it grows on sandy beaches and in small deposits of soil on the granite hills. — Lake Athabaska: Chipewyan, no. 4694; Shelter Pt., no. 179; Cornwall Bay, no. 6553. Upper Slave R. lowlands, nos. 1797, 1798. Agropyron latiglume (Scribn. & Sm.) Rydb. — A. caninum (L.) R. & S. var. latiglume (Scribn. & Sm.) Pease & Moore. — A. violaceum (Hornem.) Lange var. latiglume Scribn. & Sm. — A. biflorum (Brign.) R. & S. var. latiglume (Scribn. & Sm.) Piper. — See Rhod. 35: 169 (1933), and Ann. Rept. Nat. Mus. Can. for 1930, pp. 27-48 (1932). — An arctic species probably extending south of the timber line locally in many places, but very little collected. Known also at Great Bear L. (Richardson, G; J. M. Bell, O).— Fort Reliance, Great Slave L., no. 180. Arctophila fulva (Trin.) Rupr. — Colpodium fulvum (Trin.) Griseb. — See Rept. Can. Arct. Exped. 5: 6B (1922). — An arctic species known thus far in the Mackenzie basin from a single collection on the south shore of Great Slave Lake. — Black Bay, E. of mouth of Rocher R., Great Slave L., Harper, no. 90051(O). Elymus canadensis L. — E. robustus Scribn. & Sm. var. vestitus Wieg. — See Rhod. 35: 187-98 (1933). — Occasional in the central part of the Mackenzie basin northward to Great Slave Lake, but not known in the pre-Cambrian country. — McMurray, no. 7072; Great Slave L., Richardson (G). ymus Macounii Vasey. — Known in this region only in the Salt River country, west of the upper Slave River. 204 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VoOL. XVII Elymus innovatus Beal. — A common grass of dry woods, prairies and shores, extending northward to Great Bear Lake (Richardson, G) but apparently only occasional in the pre-Cambrian regions. — Methye Portage, Sask., J. M. Macoun, nos. 81134, 29780(O); Calumet, Atha- baska R., no. 184; upper Slave R. lowland, nos. 1651, 1658. Ft. Smith, nos. 183, 185; Maufelly Pt., Great Slave L., no. 182. Elymus arenarius L. var. villosus E. Mey. — See Rhod. 17: 98- 103 (1915). — Common or abundant on sand beaches and dunes about the larger lakes. — Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., nos. 181, 4421; Sand Pt., no. 4575; shore of main lake just W. of Ellis Bay, no, 6269; 2 mi. E. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6717; shifting dunes just E. of Ennuyeuse Cr., no, 6915; E. end of L. Athabaska, J. W. Tyrrell, no. 29826(O). Great Slave L.: S. W. and N. shores, Howe, no. 91989(O); N. W. shore, Bedford (QO). Hordeum jubatum L.— Common on dry sandy shores, prairies, and in cabin clearings throughout the central and southern parts of the Mackenzie basin, but only occasional eastward in the pre-Cambrian areas. Noted on the Mackenzie by Richardson. — Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., no. 193; 3 mi. W. of Ennuyeuse Cr., no, 6957. East shore of L. Mamawi, no. 1630; Resolution, Harper, no. 90056(QO). HorDEUM VULGARE L. — Barley is cultivated successfully as far northward as Aklavik, in the Mackenzie delta, and is occasionally seen about settlements and cabin clearings as an escape. — Upper Slave R. lowland (Government Hay Camp), no. 1635. Koeleria cristata (L.) Pers. — Common on dry prairies and bluffs west of the upper Slave River. Trisetum spicatum (L.) Richter var. molle (Michx.) Beal. — T. subspicatum (L.) Beauv. var. molle Gray. — See Rhod. 18: 195 (1916), and 30: 239 (1928). — Common on sandy beaches or in damp shore rock crevices throughout the pre-Cambrian country and northward to Great Bear Lake (Richardson, G, N; J. M. Bell, O). Occasional in the Paleozoic regions. — Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., nos. 174, 4457; Sand Pt., nos. 4503, 4504; Charlot Pt., nos. 6131, 6249, 6389; W. shore of Ellis Bay, no. 6374; shore of main lake just W. of Ellis Bay, no. 6272; rocky point at N. W. entrance to Black Bay, nos. 6417, 6421; Cornwall Bay, no. 6545; 5 mi. E. of Poplar Pt., no. 6653. Great Slave L.: Keith Isl., no. 175; Fairchild Pt., no. 176. Sphenopholis pallens (Spreng.) Scribn. — Occasional on sandy shores of lakes and streams in the Wood Buffalo Park. Avena Hookeri Scribn. — Found thus far only on the drier parts of a prairie at Peace Point, in the Wood Buffalo Park. 1936] RAUP, ATHABASKA — GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION 205 AVENA FATUA L, var. GLABRATA Peterm. — Found in this region only as an introduced weed in cabin clearings. — Upper Slave R. lowland (Government Hay Camp), no. 1638. AVENA SATIVA L. — Successfully cultivated far northward in the Mackenzie valley, and known to ripen in the delta of that river. — Upper Slave R. lowland (Government Hay Camp), no. 1637. Deschampsia cespitosa (L.) Beauv. var. glauca (Hartm.) Lindm. — See Rhod. 28: 154 (1926). — Common about the margins of wet sloughs and on damp sandy or rocky shores in the forested central parts of the Mackenzie basin and southward. Noted by Richardson in Fl. Bor.-Am. on Great Bear Lake. — Calumet, Athabaska R., no. 209. Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., nos. 207, 208, 210, 211; Sand Pt., nos. 4499, 4647; mouth of Charlot R., no. 6337, and Harper, no. 90053(O); W. shore of Ellis Bay, no. 6368; Charlot Pt., no. 6382; Cornwall Bay, no. 6552. Peace R. delta, no. 216; upper Slave R. lowland, nos. 1660, 1662, 1664. Great Slave L.: Keith Isl., no. 217; Fairchild Pt., nos. 212, 213, 215; Ft. Reliance, no. 214. Deschampsia mackenzieana, sp. nov. PLATE 190! Gramen perenne caespitosum, 3—8 dm. altum, paniculis laxis patulis 12-20 cm. longis, 8-14 cm. latis, ramis gracilibus infra medium divisis et basi excepta scabris; caules graciles, glabri; folia angusta, involuta, dimidio breviora quam planta, laminis et vaginis glabris; ligulae lanceo- latae, 3-5 mm. longae. Spiculae 6—7 mm. longae; glumae aequilongae, acute acuminatae, apicem floris superioris circa attingentes, sed ab arista superatae; spiculae 1—2-florae, lemmatibus circa 4.5—-5.5 mm. longis laevigatis scariosis, apice acuto erosis, 4-nerviis (nervo medio aristam formante), paleis scariosis 2-nerviis apice erosis 3.5—4.5 mm. longis, nervis scabris; aristae ad medium lemmatum vel 2/3 basin versus insertae, et lemmatibus circa 2 mm. longiorae; rhachilla in stipi- tem pilosum quam palea triente breviorem producta pilis apicem paleae subattingentibus; caryopsis circa 2 mm. longa. — Sandy beach on the south shore of Lake Athabaska near Wolverine Point, July 30, 1935, no. 6707 (Type, G). Another number, 6904, collected August 20, 1935 on the large shifting dunes southwest of William Point, is more mature and smaller in stature, but otherwise matches the type very well. — This species is most nearly related to far-northwestern American forms commonly labeled D. bottnica (Wahl.) Trin., and to a species described 1PLATE 190. Deschampsia mackenzieana Raup. Part of type collection from sandy beach ridges just east of Wolverine Pt., Lake Athabaska, no. 6707; details of spike- lets» <5: 206 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VoL. XVII from the Bering Sea region by Hultén,' D. beringensis. From both of these it differs in its larger spikelets (up to 7 mm.), and in its spreading panicles. D. bottnica has glumes up to 6 mm. long, but commonly shorter, and D. beringensis has them 4-5 mm. long. In both the panicles are characteristically contracted, with upright branches. The awn in D. bottnica of the Baltic region is often longer than in our plant, exceed- ing the lemma by more than 3 mm. From D. beringensis, D. macken- zieana also differs in having smooth lemmas with awn commonly attached near the middle instead of scabrous lemmas with awns from near the base, in having 2-flowered spikelets instead of having them “often 3-flowered,”’ and in having strongly involute leaves with short ligules (3-5 mm.) instead of flat leaves with ligules 8-13 mm. long. The Athabaska Lake plant is one of the commonest species on the sandy beaches and dunes which line the south shore, and is a prominent sand- binding agent. Danthonia intermedia Vasey. — Occasional in dry upland prairies of the Paleozoic or younger country, and in small deposits of dry soils about the western end of Lake Athabaska. — Chipewyan, no. 4697. Danthonia thermalis Scribn. — Apparently rare or occasional on rocky hills about the north shore of Lake Athabaska, but not found else- where in the region. — Northwest of Sand Pt., no. 4610; Cornwall Bay, no. 6449, Calamagrostis purpurascens R. Br.—See Rhod. 35: 213 (1933).— Frequent in dry rock crevices and on sandy ridges and beaches, chiefly in the pre-Cambrian country but wide-ranging in the Arctic. Not observed on the south side of Lake Athabaska. — Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., nos. 253, 4462; Charlot Pt., nos. 6096, 6285, 6287, 6304; Cornwall Bay, no. 6510. Near Selwyn L., lat. 60°20’, long. 104°30’, J. W. Tyrrell, no. 28921(O). Ft. Smith, no. 260. Great Slave L.: Taltheilei Narrows, no. 256; Maufelly Pt., no. 262; Fairchild Pt., nos. 257, 258, 259, 261; Ft. Reliance, nos. 254, 255. Calamagrostis ‘montanensis Scribn. — Known in this region from a single collection on the dry prairie at Peace Point, in the Wood Buffalo Park. Calamagrostis canadensis (Michx.) Nutt. — See Rhod. 24: 142 (1922), and 32:42 (1930) for treatments of this and its related forms. — This species, with its variety robusta is abundant in the moister portions of upland semi-open prairies and at the willow margins of the extensive sloughs in the great river lowlands northward at least 1Hultén, Eric. ra of Kamtchatka and the Adjacent Islands. 1: 107-8 (1927) (Svensk. sree yon, Hand. ser. 3, 5, no. 1). 1936] RAUP, ATHABASKA — GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION 207 to Great Slave Lake. In the deltas of the Peace and Athabaska Rivers it forms wide expanses in nearly pure stands, and has been extensively used as a source of wild hay. Eastward in the pre-Cambrian country it occupies slough margins and damp sandy lake shores. — Calumet, Athabaska R., no. 234; Egg L., Athabaska R. delta, Harper, no. 47(G). Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., nos. 233, 235, 236, 237; 5 mi. E. of Poplar Pt., nos. 6645, 6678; along Archibald R. near its mouth, no. 6738; 2 mi. W. of Ennuyeuse Cr., no. 6999. East shore of L. Mamawi, nos. 1755, 1756, 1757; upper Slave R. lowland, nos. 1751, 1753; lower Slave R., near Pt. Brulé, nos. 231, 232. Great Slave L.: mouth of Rocher R.., Harper, no. 90055(O); Yellowknife Bay, no. 230. Calamagrostis canadensis (Michx.) Nutt. var. robusta Vasey. — Apparently the commoner form of the species over much of its area. So far as present knowledge indicates, it is more widely distributed in the Mackenzie basin, having been found on the lower Mackenzie River (Taylor, O). — Lower Athabaska R.: Kennicott (N); Calumet, no. 240. Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., nos. 241, 242, 243, 244; Sand Pt., nos. 4574, 4609; mouth of Charlot R., no. 6358, and Harper, no. 90058(O); near Wabba L., N. of Cornwall Bay, no. 6481. Tazin R., N. W. T., Harper, no. 90059(O). Great Slave L.: Black Bay, E. of Rocher R., Harper, nos. 90052, 90054(O); Keith Isl., no. 239; Fair- child Pt., nos. 238, 245, 248, 250, 251; Ft. Reliance, nos. 246, 247, 249; Yellowknife Bay, no. 252; N. W. shore, Bedford (QO). Calamagrostis canadensis (Michx.) Nutt. var. scabra (Presl) Hitchc. — See Am. Jour. Bot. 21: 135 (1934). — An arctic form of the species which apparently reaches southward into the margins of the timbered region. Also collected on the west branch of the Thelon River (J. W. Tyrrell, O), and at Great Bear Lake (Richardson, N). — Black L., E. of L. Athabaska, J. W. Tyrrell, no. 17390(O); Black R., J.W. Tyrrell, no. 17421(O) (both C. Langsdorfi in Tyrrell’s list). Calamagrostis inexpansa Gray var. brevior (Vasey) Stebbins. — See Rhod. 32:50 (1930).— Common or occasional in semi-open prairies and on the slough margins of lakes and ponds northward to Great Bear Lake (Richardson, N). — Lake Athabaska: Cornwall Bay, no. 6554; 5 mi. E. of Poplar Pt., no. 6649; pond margin about 5 mi. S. E. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6810. Upper Slave R. lowlands, nos, 1773, T7721, 4778. Mellow Bay, Great Slave L., no. 229. Calamagrostis neglecta (Ehrh.) Gaertn. — See Rhod. 32: 53-6 (1930). — Abundant on sandy beaches and dunes on the south side of Lake Athabaska, but apparently rare or occasional elsewhere in the Mackenzie basin. — Lake Athabaska: 2 mi. E. of Wolverine Pt., no 6722; shifting dunes just E. of Ennuyeuse Cr., nos. 6909, 6925. 208 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII Agrostis borealis Hartm. var. typica Fern. — See Rhod. 35: 203-7 (1933). — An arctic species known in the Mackenzie basin only toward the northern margin of the timber. It grows on damp rocky or sandy shores. — Rocky point at N. W. entrance to Black Bay, L. Athabaska, no. 6412; Fairchild Pt., Great Slave L., no. 225. Agrostis scabra Willd. — A. Ayemalis of auth., in part. — See Rhod. 35: 207-12 (1933).— Common in prairie openings, the drier parts of meadow sloughs, and in damp crevices or sandy shores through- out the forested area northward at least to Great Bear Lake ( Richard- son, G). — Lower Athabaska R., Kennicott (O). Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., 218, 219, 220, 221, 222, 223; near Sand Pt., nos. 4501, 4646; Cornwall Bay, nos. 6442, 6557; 5 mi. E. of Poplar Pt., no. 6699; sand hills, 4 mi. S. E. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6790; pond margin about 5 mi. S. E. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6831. Above Great Falls, Tazin R.., Harper, no. 90060(O). East shore of L. Mamawi, nos. 1624, 1625; upper Slave R. lowland, nos. 1626, 1627. Fairchild Pt., Great Slave L., no. 224. Cinna latifolia (Trev.) Griseb. — This species has been very little collected in the Mackenzie basin, although it is probably common in the rich woods of the southern portions. — McMurray, no. 7105; Reed’s Portage, upper Athabaska delta, no. 1827; Chipewyan, no. 4678. Arctagrostis arundinacea Trin. — Apparently rare in the Mac- kenzie basin, in spite of the rather wide range assigned to it by Richard- son (“Cumberland House to Bear Lake”). East of the mountains it has been found only at the eastern edge of the Caribou Mountain Plateau (See Nat. Mus. Can. Bull. 74, p. 109). Alopecurus aequalis Sobol. — A. aristulatus Michx. — A. genicu- latus var. aristulatus (Michx.) Torr. — See Rhod. 27: 196 (1925). — Occasional on sandy or muddy shores and in semi-dry sloughs north- ward to Great Bear Lake (Richardson, G). Rather common in clear- ings. It has not been found in the pre-Cambrian country about Lake Athabaska. — Methye Portage, Sask., J. M. Macoun, no. 18622(O); McMurray, no. 7100; Reed’s Portage, upper Athabaska delta, no. 1607; lower delta of Athabaska R., no. 187; E. shore of L. Mamawi, no. 1605; upper Slave R. lowland, no. 1606; Ft. Smith, no. 188. Great Slave L.: Maufelly Pt., no. 186; Fairchild Pt., nos. 189, 190, 191. Phleum alpinum L. — Specimens somewhat doubtfully referred to this species have been collected in the Wood Buffalo Park, situated in such a way as to suggest that they are but forms of the introduced P. pratense. — Reed’s Portage, upper Athabaska R. delta, no. 1790; upper Slave R. lowland (Government Hay Camp), no. 1791. 1936] RAUP, ATHABASKA — GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION 209 PHLEUM PRATENSE L. — Introduced in settlements and-cabin clear- ings in the Wood Buffalo Park. Muhlenbergia Richardsonis (Trin.) Rydb. — See Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 32: 600 (1905).— Known in the Mackenzie basin only from collections in the Salt Plains west of the upper Slave River. Oryzopsis pungens (Torr.) Hitchc. — Occasional in dry woods, apparently throughout the region north to the Wood Buffalo Park. — Clearwater R., Sask., J. M. Macoun, no. 29426(O); Calumet, Atha- baska R., no. 226. Lake Athabaska: Sand Pt., no. 4624; Charlot Pt., nos. 6106, 6406, 6409; N. shore of Ellis Bay, no. 6116; Cornwall Bay, no. 6509; sand hills about 4 mi. S. E. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6791. Upper delta of Peace R. (Quatre Fourches R.), no. 227. Oryzopsis canadensis (Poir.) Torr. — See Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 24: 227 and 262 (1925). — Known in this region only in the Salt River country west of the upper Slave River. This species was omitted from the Wood Buffalo Park Catalogue. — Salt R. region, Camsell, no. 92000(O). Oryzopsis asperifolia Michx. — Occasional in dry upland woods northward at least to the Wood Buffalo Park, but not known eastward in the pre-Cambrian region. — Calumet, Athabaska R., no. 228; along Firebag R., near its mouth, no. 6035. Stipa comata Trin. & Rupr. — A species of the Great Plains which enters our region only on dry prairies in the Wood Buffalo Park, where it is rather common at Peace Point. Stipa comata Trin. & Rupr. var. intermedia Scribn. — Known in our region from a single collection on a granite hill in the Peace-Atha- baska delta. — East shore of L. Mamawi, no. 1687. Stipa Richardsonii Link. — Known in this region only on the dry prairie at Peace Point, in the Wood Buffalo Park. Beckmannia Syzigachne (Steud.) Fern. — B. erucaeformis Amer. auth., not Host. — B. baicalensis (W. Kuznetzow) Hultén. — See Rhod. 30: 27 (1928). — Common on wet pond margins and in meadow sloughs northward to the Mackenzie (Miss E. Taylor, N, O).— McMurray, no. 7099; Calumet, Athabaska R., no. 195; N. shore of Ellis Bay, L. Athabaska, no. 6170; E. shore of L. Mamawi, nos. 1639, 1640; upper Slave R. lowland, nos. 1643, 1644. Great Slave L.: Fair- child Pt., nos. 196, 197; Ft. Rae, Bedford (O). Spartina gracilis Trin. — Known in this region only on the Salt Plain prairies west of the Slave R., where it is common. A Richardson specimen in the Gray Herbarium, originally labeled S. polystachya, bears the notation ““Cumberland House to Bear Lake.” ‘This notation 210 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII may include, however, the range of S. pectinata which may also have been included in S. polystachya. Spartina pectinata Link. — S. Michauxiana Hitchc. — See Rhod. 35: 258-60 (1933). — Apparently rare or occasional, and known thus far from two widely separated collections. Richardson’s record for S. polystachya, ‘Cumberland House to Bear Lake,” probably refers in part to this species. — McMurray, no. 7058; Resolution, Onion, Kennt- cott & Hardisty (N). Hierochloé odorata (L.) Wahl.— Torresia odorata (L.) Hitchc. — Common in prairie openings, damp beaches, meadows and rock crevices northward at least to Great Slave Lake. — Clearwater R., Sask., J. M. Macoun, no. 29488(O); Calumet, Athabaska R., no. 172. Take Athabaska: Sand Pt., nos. 4566, 4660; N. shore of Ellis Bay, no. 6124; Charlot Pt., nos. 6220, 6241; mouth of Charlot R., no. 6336. Upper dele of Panne R., no. 173; Mountain Portage, ee is Kennicott (N); Resolution, Kennicott (N). Phalaris arundinacea L.— Occasional in damp meadows in the upland districts of the Wood Buffalo Park, but common in the lowlands about the western end of Lake Athabaska. — Upper Athabaska delta (Mamawi Cr.), no. 1702; lower delta of Athabaska R., no. 198; E. shore of L. Mamawi, no. 1703. Panicum subvillosum Ashe. — Known in the Mackenzie basin from a single collection south of Lake Athabaska. — Burnt pine woods on sandy ridges along lower Archibald R., no. 6746. CYPERACEAE Eriophorum Scheuchzeri Hoppe. — An arctic species known in this region only about Great Slave Lake, but collected farther north- ward at Great Bear Lake, and on the Mackenzie (J. M. Bell, O; Kenni- cott ?, N). — Great Slave L.: Taltheilei Narrows, no. 364; Maufelly Pt., no. 363. Eriophorum Chamissonis C. A. Mey. forma albidum (F. Nyl.) Fern. — See Rhod. 23: 131 (1921), and 27: 207 (1925). — Occasional in wet muskegs, chiefly in the pre-Cambrian region. — Lake Atha- baska: Shelter Pt., nos. 356, 357; near shore of Royal L., S. of Turnor Pt., no. 6841. Great Slave L.: Resolution, Kennicott (N); Fairchild Pt, 80: 355, Eriophorum opacum (Bjornstr.) Fern. — Common in muskegs northward to Great Slave Lake. — Clearwater R., Sask., J. M. Macoun, no. 32297(O); Calumet, Athabaska R., no. 367. Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., nos. 365, 366; mouth of Charlot R., no. 6315; N. of Corn- wall Bay, no. 6530; 5 mi. E. of Poplar Pt., nos. 6696, 6703. Great Slave 1936] RAUP, ATHABASKA — GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION 211 L.: Taltheilei Narrows, no. 370; Maufelly Pt., no. 368; Fairchild Pt., no. 369. Eriophorum vaginatum L.— See Rhod. 27: 203-10 (1925) for a treatment of this and the following three spp. — An arctic species evi- dently quite rare in the Mackenzie basin, and known thus far from a single locality. — Artillery L., J. W. Tyrrell, no. 23138(O), and Seton & Preble, no. 78570(O). Eriophorum spissum Fern. — E. callitrix of most Amer. auth. — Common or occasional in the Wood Buffalo Park and southwestward, but not recorded thus far in the pre-Cambrian region. Also found on the lower Mackenzie (Stringer, O). Eriophorum angustifolium Roth. — Common in muskegs in the pre-Cambrian region, and extending northward to Great Bear Lake (J. M. Bell, O), but rare or occasional in the Wood Buffalo Park. — Lake Athabaska: near Sand Pt., no. 4537; mouth of Charlot R., no. 6342; 5 mi. E. of Poplar Pt., no. 6659; about 4 mi. S. E. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6784; muskeg about 5 mi. S. E. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6809; William Pt., no. 6844; 2 mi. W. of Ennuyeuse Cr., no. 6996. Great Slave L.: mouth of Mountain R., no. 359; Fairchild Pt., nos. 360, 301,:362, Eriophorum tenellum Nutt. — Known thus far in this region only from the south side of Lake Athabaska, where it inhabits muskeg shores. — Lake Athabaska: William Pt., no. 6864; muskeg about 3 mi. W. of Ennuyeuse Cr., no. 6971. Eriophorum viridicarinatum (Engelm.) Fern. — Apparently rare; and found thus far only in the pre-Cambrian parts of this region, where it inhabits sandy lake beaches and muskegs. — Shelter Pt., L. Atha- baska, no. 4441; Fairchild Pt., Great Slave L., no. 372. Scirpus hudsonianus (Michx.) Fern. — Eriophorum alpinum L. — Occasional in muskegs, chiefly in the pre-Cambrian country. — Lake Athabaska: near Sand Pt., no. 4643; Camsell Portage, no. 6210; mouth of Charlot R., no. 6329; area of large dunes about 5 mi. S. of William Pt., no. 6880. Great Slave L.: Fairchild Pt., no. 385. Scirpus cespitosus L. var. callosus Bigel. — See Rhod. 23: 22 (1921). — Locally common in muskegs in the pre-Cambrian areas, where it appears to be limited to districts where sedimentary rocks occur. Noted in Fl. Bor.-Am. (under Eleocharis) as occurring through- out Canada to the shores of the Arctic Sea, but the writer has seen no material from north of Great Slave Lake. — Lake Athabaska: near Sand Pt., no. 4625; in large dune area about 5 mi. S. of William Pt., no. 6896. Great Slave L.: Taltheilei Narrows, no. 389; Maufelly Pt., no. 392; Fairchild Pt., nos. 390, 391. 212 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII Scirpus validus Vahl. — Abundant on marshy lake shores north- ward in the Paleozoic and younger country throughout the Wood Buffalo Park, and at least occasional beyond Great Slave Lake (Bed- ford, O). Apparently absent from the pre-Cambrian region. — Lower delta of Athabaska R., nos. 386, 1980; E. shore of L. Mamawi, no. 1982. Scirpus paludosus A. Nels. — Known in this region only on the Salt Plains west of the upper Slave River, in the Wood Buffalo Park. Scirpus microcarpus Pres]. — Occasional in marshes northward to Great Slave Lake, but apparently limited to the great river lowlands. — Calumet, Athabaska R., no. 388; L. Athabaska, John Macoun, no. 32389(O) (S. sylvaticus var. digynus of Macoun’s Cat.); Resolution, Kennicott (N). Scirpus atrocinctus Fern. — Unknown in the Mackenzie basin ex- cept on the shores of Lake Athabaska. It inhabits wet shores. — Lake Athabaska; Shelter Pt., no. 387; Sand Pt., no. 4576; mouth of Archi- bald R., no. 6753. Scirpus rubrotinctus Fern. — Known in the Mackenzie basin from a single collection on the south shore of Lake Athabaska, where it was growing on sand in about 8 inches of water. — Mouth of Archibald R., no. ; Eleocharis pauciflora Link. — See Rhod. 36: 377-86 (1934). — Apparently rare, and collected thus far only from two localities in the pre-Cambrian country. — Sandy pond margin about 5 mi. S. E. of Wolverine Pt., L. Athabaska, no. 6833; stony-sandy shore of Keith Isl., Great Slave Lake, no. 374. Eleocharis palustris (L.) R. & S. — Noted in FI. Bor.-Am. and Macoun’s Cat. as occurring ‘Throughout Canada to Bear Lake,” but the writer has seen no specimens from north of Lake Athabaska and the Wood Buffalo Park. Common to abundant on marshy shores, — Lower delta of Athabaska R., nos. 381, 1963. Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., no. 382; pond just N. of Cornwall Bay, no. 6627; 2 mi. W. of Ennuyeuse Cr., nos. 6991, 6994. East shore of L. Mamawi, no. 1964; delta of Peace R., no. 380; upper Slave R. lowland, nos. 384, 1968, 1969; Ft. Smith, no. 383. Eleocharis calva Torr. — See Rhod. 31: 68 (1929). — Collected in the Mackenzie basin thus far only on the muddy shore of Slave River. — Upper Slave R. lowland (Government Hay Camp), no, 1973. Eleocharis uniglumis (Link) Schultes.— See Rhod. 31: 71 (1929). — On slough margins and damp river banks northward to the Wood Buffalo Park, but apparently not common. It has not been collected in the pre-Cambrian country. — Calumet, Athabaska R., no. 1936] RAUP, ATHABASKA —-GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION 213 376; island in Slave R. at 30th base line, not far below the mouth of the Peace, no. 375. Eleocharis acicularis (L.) R. & S.— Common in muddy slough margins in the Wood Buffalo Park and southward, but apparently reaching eastward into the pre-Cambrian only a short distance. — Lower delta of Athabaska R., no. 377. Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., nos. 378, 379; Sand Pt., no. 4570; “Athabaska,”’ Richardson, no. 32179(O). Upper Slave R. lowland, no. 1974. Kobresia simpliciuscula (Wahl.) Mackenzie. — Known in the Mackenzie basin from a single collection on Great Slave Lake. — Mus- keg pond margin, Fairchild Pt., no. 373. Carex capitata L.— Apparently rare, and found in muskeg thick- ets both in the pre-Cambrian country and in the Wood Buffalo Park. It was collected on Methye River by J. M. Macoun (O) in 1888. — Taltheilei Narrows, Great Slave Lake, nos. 329, 330. Carex Eleocharis Bailey. — C. stenophylla a auth., not Wahl. — See N. Am. Fl. 18: 33-4 (1931). — A northern opine species which has been found only in a small patch of clayey soil on a granite hill in the Athabaska-Peace delta. — Granite knoll on E. shore of L. Mamawi, no. 1958. Carex Sartwellii Dewey. — Apparently rare in the Wood Buffalo Park and southward, and thus far known only from Paleozoic or younger rocks. It is found in wet meadows. — Clearwater R., Sask., J. M. Macoun, no. 31810(O). Carex siccata Dewey. — Common in dry woods, prairies and sandy shores northward at least to Great Slave Lake. — Clearwater R., Sask., J. M. Macoun, nos. 20502, 30306(O) ; Calumet, Athabaska R., no. 298. Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., no. 300; Sand Pt., no. 4622; sandy shore of main lake just W. of Ellis Bay, no. 6267; mouth of Charlot R., no. 6316; Cornwall Bay, no. 6511; along Archibald R. near its mouth, no. 6733. Upper Slave R. lowland, no. 1936; Ft. Smith, no. 297. Great Slave L.: Maufelly Pt., no. 299. Carex chordorrhiza Ehrh. — Known in the Mackenzie basin only from two localities about Lake Athabaska. It grows in wet muskegs or wet mossy rock crevices. — Lake Athabaska: Cornwall Bay, no. 6551; about 3 mi. W. of Ennuyeuse Cr., no. 6970. Carex diandra Schrank. — Common on the marshy shores of lakes and ponds northward to Great Slave Lake. Collected on Methye River by J. M. Macoun in 1888. — Lake Athabaska: muskeg pond margins just N. of Cornwall Bay, nos. 6497, 6630. Great Slave L.: Fairchild Pt., no. 294; Yellowknife Bay, no. 293. 214 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII Carex disperma Dewey. — C. tenella Schkuhr. — Common in mus- keg thickets and sloughs northward at least to Lake Athabaska and the Wood Buffalo Park. — Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., nos. 306, 307, 4454; near Sand Pt., no. 4512; near mouth of Charlot R., nos. 6345, 6347. Carex tenuiflora Wahl. — Occasional in damp rock crevices and muskegs, chiefly in the pre-Cambrian country but known also west of the Slave River. — Lake Athabaska: mouth of Charlot R., no. 6321 rocky point at N. W. entrance to Black Bay, no. 6420; 5 mi. E. of Poplar Pt., no. 6682. Great Slave L.: Taltheilei Narrows, no. 336; Fairchild Pt., no. 335. Carex loliacea L. — A species of far-northwestern affinity known in the Mackenzie basin from three widely separated localities: Lesser Slave Lake, the eastern edge of the Caribou Mountain plateau, and the north shore of Lake Athabaska. — Muskeg N. of Cornwall Bay, L. Atha- baska, no. 6483. Carex brunnescens Poir. var. sphaerostachya (Tuckerm.) Ku- kenth. — See Rhod. 28: 163 (1926). — Occasional at muskeg slough margins or in damp crevices northward at least to Lake Athabaska and the Wood Buffalo Park. — Clearwater R., Sask., J. M. Macoun, no. 30476(O). Lake Athabaska: near Sand Pt., nos. 5412-a, 4605; 5 mi. E. of Poplar Pt., nos. 6650, 6672; along Archibald R., S. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6726; slough along William R. near its mouth, no. 6879. Carex canescens L. var. subloliacea Laestad. — Common at mus- keg pond margins throughout the region northward at least to Great Slave Lake. Noted by both Richardson and John Macoun on Methye Portage. — Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., nos. 320, 321, 322; near Sand Pt., nos. 4496, 4607; near mouth of Charlot R., no. 6346; just N. of Cornwall Bay, nos. 6494, 6620; 5 mi. E. of Poplar Pt., nos. 6661, 6662, 6694, 6697; along Archibald R., S. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6725; along William R. near its mouth, no. 6878. Great Slave L.: Fairchild Pt., nos. 323, 324; 12 mi. E. of Moraine Pt., N. W. shore, Bedford (QO). Carex arcta Boott. — Occasional in wet upland thickets in the Wood Buffalo Park and southwestward. Carex gynocrates Wormsk. — Common in mossy muskeg timber and thickets northward to Great Slave Lake, and known also in the Arctic. — Clearwater R., J. M. Macoun, no. 30560(O). Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., no. 331; mouth of Charlot R., nos. 6325, 6327. Great Slave L.: Maufelly Pt., no. 333; Fairchild Pt., nos. 332, 334. Carex Deweyana Schw. — Common or occasional in woods and thickets at the southern borders of the region. — Methye Portage, J. M. Macoun, no. 30463(O); McMurray, no. 7046. 1936] RAUP, ATHABASKA — GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION 215 Carex praticola Rydb.—C. pratensis Drejer.— Common _ in prairie openings and open woods northward in the Paleozoic and younger country at least to the Wood Buffalo Park. — Clearwater R., Sask., J. M. Macoun, nos. 31668(O); 13403(G, O); granite hill on E. shore of L. Mamawi, no. 1905. Carex Crawfordii Fern. — Collected in this region only in one locality on the northwest shore of Lake Athabaska, where it is rather common on damp stony beaches. A Richardson specimen in the Gray Herbarium is marked “Carlton House and Bear Lake,” but we have no other indication that the species occurs so far northward. It is also known in the southwestern part of the Mackenzie basin. — Shelter Pt., L. Athabaska, nos. 290, 291, 292, 4439. Carex Bebbii Olney. — Occasional at damp slough margins north- ward to the Athabaska River delta and the lower Peace River, and com- mon in the southwestern part of the Mackenzie basin. Collected on Methye River by J. M. Macoun. — Reed’s Portage, upper Athabaska delta, no. 1959. Carex tenera Dewey. — Occasional on damp upland slough mar- gins in the Wood Buffalo Park, but otherwise unknown in the Mackenzie basin. Carex aenea Fern. — Occasional in rock crevices and on dry sandy beaches and plains on the north shore of Lake Athabaska, but not known elsewhere in the Mackenzie basin. — Chipewyan, no. 6074; near Sand Pt., nos. 4506, 4623; N. shore of Ellis Bay, no. 6110; Charlot Pt., no. 6254. Carex sychnocephala Carey. — Known in the Mackenzie basin from only two localities, one in the Wood Buffalo Park, and the other at the western end of Lake Athabaska. — Damp roadway just back of Chipewyan, no. 7017. Carex leptalea Wahl. — Occasional in muskegs in the pre-Cambrian parts of this region, and known northward along the Mackenzie (Rich- ardson, N). — Shore of L. Athabaska near Sand Pt., no. 4489; Fair- child Pt., Great Slave L., no. 304. Carex obtusata Liljebl. — A species of dry prairies found in this region only in the Wood Buffalo Park, and on dry turfy slopes at the western end of Lake Athabaska. — Chipewyan, nos. 4681, 6070. Carex supina Wahl. — Apparently rare, and found thus far only in the pre-Cambrian region where it grows on exposed rocky or sandy slopes. Also known at Great Bear Lake (Richardson, G, N). — Lake Athabaska: Charlot Pt., nos. 6101, 6288; high hill S. of Wabba L., no. 6470. Great Slave L.: Ft. Reliance, no. 283. 216 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VoL. xv Carex deflexa Hornem. — Occasional in dry rock crevices and grav- elly or sandy shores about Lake Athabaska, but otherwise unknown in the Mackenzie basin east of the mountains except at Methye Portage. — Methye Portage, Richardson (O) (C. novae-angliae of Rich. Arctic Searching Exped.). Lake Athabaska: north shore of Charlot Isl., nos. 6166, 6167; Camsell Portage, no. 6205; Cornwall Bay, no. 6456; high hill S. of Wabba L., no. 6471; 5 mi. E. of Poplar Pt., no. 6651; about 4 mi. S. E. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6793?. Carex Rossii Boott. — Apparently rare, and known thus far only in the Paleozoic and younger country northward to the Wood Buffalo Park, where it inhabits dry soils. — Clearwater R., Sask., J. M. Macoun, no. 32007(O); Ft. Smith, no. 326. Carex umbellata Schkuhr var. tonsa Fern. —C. tonsa (Fern.) Bicknell. — Noted by Richardson in 1845 at Methye Portage and Ft. Simpson, but the writer has seen only the following material. — Lake Athabaska: Chipewyan, Richardson (G) (C. umbellata of Fl. Bor.- Am. and Macoun’s Cat.) ; open woods of small jack pine S. of Wolver- ine Pt., no. 6724. Carex scirpoidea Wahl. — An arctic and alpine species known in this region only from the pre-Cambrian country, where it grows in mus- kegs or rocky crevices and slopes, and seems to be confined to dolomitic rocks. — Lake Athabaska: Cornwall Bay, nos. 6447, 6448; hills N. W. of Cornwall Bay, no. 6522. Great Slave L.: Taltheilei Narrows, no. 309; Fairchild Pt., nos. 308, 310, 311; N. W. shore, Bedford (OQ). Carex concinna R. Br. — Occasional or common in muskeg thickets or damp crevices throughout the wooded region northward to Great Bear Lake (Richardson, G). — Lake Athabaska: Charlot Pt., nos. 6227, 6301, 6385; west shore of Ellis Bay, no. 6372; rocky hills N. W. of Cornwall Bay, no. 6537. Great Slave L.: Taltheilei Narrows, no. 265; Maufelly Pt., no. 263; Fairchild Pt., no. 264. Carex Richardsonii R. Br. — Common or occasional on dry bluffs and in dry open woods northward to the Wood Buffalo Park, but scarcely extending into the pre-Cambrian region. — Along Firebag R. near its entrance to the Athabaska, no. 6039; Chipewyan, no. 6076; Ft. Smith, nos. 303, 1885. Carex glacialis Mackenzie. — C. pedata Wahl. — An arctic spe- cies, apparently rare in the Mackenzie basin and known only from the following localities. It grows on high rock ledges, and seems confined to dolomitic rocks. — Hills N. E. of Cornwall Bay, L. Athabaska, no. 6521; Fairchild Pt., Great Slave L., no. 282. Carex eburnea Boott. — Although originally described from ma- 1936] RAUP, ATHABASKA — GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION 217 terial collected by Richardson at Fort Norman on the Mackenzie, this species has been collected in only one other place in the Mackenzie basin east of the mountains. — Dolomitic hills N. E. of Cornwall Bay, no. 6520. Carex Garberi Fern. — See Rhod. 37: 253-5 (1935). — On damp sandy or muddy shores and in muskegs on the eastern arm of Great Slave Lake. Not recorded elsewhere in the Mackenzie basin except on the Peace River just east of the mountains (under C. Hassei in Contr. Arn. Arb, 6: 33), — Great Slave L.: Keith Isl., no. 271; Fairchild Pt., nos. 272, 273. Carex aurea Nutt. — Occasional on damp muddy or sandy shores or in rich woods, chiefly in the Paleozoic and younger country to the -Mackenzie (Richardson, G). — “Isle a la Crosse to Methye Portage,” Onion, Kennicott & Hardisty (N); E. end of L. Athabaska, Campbell, no. 132423(O); Ft. Smith, no. 295. Carex vaginata Tausch. — Common in muskeg thickets through- out most of the region northward to Great Bear Lake (Richardson, G). — Clearwater R., Sask., J. M. Macoun, no. 30704 (G, O) (the specimen in Gray Hb. is unnumbered, but is evidently a duplicate). Lake Athabaska: mouth of Charlot R., no. 6314; just south of Wabba L., N. of Cornwall Bay, no. 6486. Great Slave L.: Taltheilei Narrows, no. 266; Maufelly Pt., no. 268; Fairchild Pt., nos. 267, 269, 270. Last woods, E. shore of Artillery L., Seton & Preble, no. 87-c(O). Carex capillaris L.— Common in muskeg thickets and damp crev- ices northward to the Mackenzie country (Richardson, G, N), and noted by Richardson at Great Bear Lake. — Lake Athabaska: near Sand Pt., no. 4645; Camsell Portage, nos. 6204, 6209; Charlot Pt., no. 6386. Great Slave L.: Maufelly Pt., no. 312; Fairchild Pt., nos. 313, 314, 315. Carex Oederi Retz. var. pumila (Cosson & Germ.) Fern. — C. viri- dula Michx. — Apparently rare or occasional on damp shores in the pre-Cambrian country northward to Great Slave Lake. — Clearwater R., Sask., J. M. Macoun, no. 25479(O). Lake Athabaska: near Sand Pt., nos. 4488, 4644; rocky point at the N. W. entrance to Black Bay, no. 6419. Great Slave L.: Keith Isl., no. 305. Carex abbreviata Prescott. — C. Torreyi Tuckerm. — Apparently occasional northward in the Paleozoic and younger country to the Wood Buffalo Park, where it inhabits dry prairies. — Clearwater R., J. M. Macoun, no. 7458(G, O) (the specimen in Gray Hb. has no number but is of the same date and locality). Carex lasiocarpa Ehrh. — Abundant on sandy pond and slough 218 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII margins on the south side of Lake Athabaska. Known elsewhere in the Mackenzie basin only by somewhat questionable records for closely related species. Carex lanuginosa was noted by Richardson at Methye Portage in 1845, and this record was apparently referred to C. Hough- tonii in Macoun’s Catalogue. There is a Richardson specimen of C. Houghtonii in Herb. O. marked “Cumberland House to Fort Chipe- wyan,” but its actual locality is entirely uncertain. — Lake Athabaska: pond margin about 4 mi. S. E. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6785; pond margins about 5 mi. S. E. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6813; William Pt., no. 6853; about 2 mi. W. of Ennuyeuse Cr., no. 6993. Carex limosa L. — Occasional in wet muskegs northward at least to Great Slave Lake, chiefly in the pre-Cambrian country. — Lake Athabaska: near Sand Pt., no. 4482; along William R. near its mouth, no. 6862; muskeg about 3 mi. W. of Ennuyeuse Cr., no. 6972. Great Slave L.: Fairchild Pt., nos. 286, 287, 288. Carex paupercula Michx. var. irrigua (Wahl.) Fern. — Common in wet muskegs northward at least to Great Slave Lake. It appears to be most common in the pre-Cambrian country, but is also known in the Wood Buffalo Park. — Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., no. 327; 5 mi. E. of Poplar Pt., nos. 6658, 6671. Great Slave L.: Fairchild Pt., no. 328. Carex Parryana Dewey. — Known in the Mackenzie basin from a single collection on Great Slave Lake. — Taltheilei Narrows, no. 325. Carex Vahlii Schkuhr var. inferalpina (Wahl.) Fern. — C. Halleri Gunn. — See Rhod. 35: 220-3, 398 (1933). — Occasional to common in muskeg thickets and damp prairie margins northward to Great Bear Lake (Richardson, G), but not thus far collected on Great Slave Lake. — Methye Portage, J. M. Macoun, no. 13408(O); Calumet, Athabaska R., no. 284. Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., no. 285; Sand Pt., nos. 4500, 4505; Camsell Portage, no. 6208; near mouth of Charlot R., no. 6350; W. shore of Ellis Bay, no. 6373. Carex atratiformis Britton. — Occasional in wet woods and thick- ets in the Wood Buffalo Park and southward, but not found thus far in the pre-Cambrian country or the lowlands bordering it. Carex Buxbaumii Wahl. — Occasional at the willow margins of prairie openings in the Wood Buffalo Park, and in damp crevices or sandy shores about Lake Athabaska, but not recorded elsewhere in the Mackenzie basin. — Lake Athabaska: Camsell Portage, no. 6206; mouth of Charlot R., nos. 6324, 6344; pond margin about 5 mi. S. E. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6812. Carex concolor R. Br. —C. rigida Good. — An arctic species known in the Mackenzie basin only in the margin of the timber. In 1936] RAUP, ATHABASKA — GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION 219 addition to the following it has also been collected at Great Bear Lake (Richardson, G, N). — Last woods, E. shore of Artillery L., Seton & Preble, no. 78295(O) (C. rigida of Seton’s list). Carex lenticularis Michx. — Although noted in Fl. Bor.-Am. as occurring from ‘‘Canada to the Mackenzie River,” this species has been very little collected east of the mountains. It was collected at Great Bear Lake by Richardson (G, N) and recorded by him at Methye Portage (1845), but otherwise the following is the only record for the Mackenzie basin. It grows on damp sandy beaches. — Shelter Pt., L. Athabaska, no. 318. Carex aquatilis Wahl. — One of the commonest sedges of sandy and marshy shores throughout the region and northward to the Arctic. It is extremely variable in form. — “Isle a la Crosse to Methye Port- age,’ Kennicott (N); Methye Portage, Richardson (O); “between Lake Superior and Chipewyan,” Richardson (O); Clearwater R., J. M. Macoun, no. 13414(0). Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., nos. 352, 353; Sand Pt., no. 4606; mouth of Charlot R., nos. 6323, 6349; small pond just N. of Cornwall Bay, no. 6628; 5 mi. E. of Poplar Pt., nos. 6660, 6676; along Archibald R., S. of Wolverine Pt., nos. 6728, 6739; about 4 mi. S. E. of Wolverine Pt., nos. 6776, 6786; William Pt., nos. 6847, 6877; wet places among dunes about 5 mi. S. of William Pt., no. 6891; about 2 mi. W. of Ennuyeuse Cr., nos. 6986, 7009. East shore of L. Mamawi, no. 1841; Peace R. delta, no. 338; upper Slave R. low- land, nos. 1842, 1847, 1848; Slave R. delta, nos. 340, 350. Great Slave L.: Keith Isl., no. 341; Taltheilei Narrows, no. 337; Fairchild Pt., nos. 342, 343, 344, 346, 347, 348, 351; Maufelly Pt., no. 339; Ft. Reliance, no. 345; island in Charlton Bay, no. 354; Yellowknife Bay, no. 349; N. W. shore, Bedford (O); Ft. Rae, Bedford (O). Carex trichocarpa Muhl. var. aristata (R. Br.) Bailey. — C. atherodes Spreng. — One of the most abundant sedges in the Paleozoic country, especially in the great river lowlands, but not found thus far in any part of the pre-Cambrian regions. Known also on the Mackenzie (Richardson, N). It occupies a variety of habitats ranging from lake shores, where it stands in water 4 feet deep, to nearly dry sloughs. — Lower delta of Athabaska R., nos. 317, 1857; E. shore of L. Mamawi, no. 1858; upper Slave R. lowland, nos. 1860, 1861, 1862; lower Slave R., no. 316. Carex physocarpa Presl. — An arctic species known in this region only on the north shore of Lake Athabaska where it grows in damp crevices on the shore. — Small island about 2 mi. E. of Crackingstone Pt., no. 6422; near base of Cornwall Bay, no. 6556. 220 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII Carex saxatilis L.— Known in our region from a single collection on Great Slave Lake, where it was found growing at the margin of a pond. The writer has seen no other Mackenzie basin specimens except one secured on the lower Mackenzie River by Dutilly (Herb. G.) — Fairchild Pt., no. 301. Carex saxatilis L. var. miliaris (Michx.) Bailey. — Apparently rare, and thus far collected in the Mackenzie basin from a single locality on Lake Athabaska where it grows on sandy and stony shores. — Shelter Pt., nos. 319, 4437. Carex Raeana Boott. — The type of this species was collected by Richardson at Methye Portage, but is otherwise unknown in the Mac- kenzie basin. The writer has not seen this type, but there is a Richard- son specimen in Herb. O., without date or locality, which may be a part of it Carex membranopacta Bailey. — C. membranacea Hook. — C. compacta R. Br. — An arctic species entering our region only in the Lockhart basin and on Great Slave Lake, where it grows on rocky pond margins. It is also known at Great Bear Lake (Richardson). — Fair- child Pt., Great Slave L., no. 302; last woods, E. shore of Artillery L., Seton & Preble, no. 78296(O). Carex rostrata Stokes. — An extremely common and variable spe- cies found at the margin of nearly every slough pond in the timbered regions, and extending northward to Great Bear Lake and the Mac- kenzie (Richardson, G,N). With C. aquatilis it makes up most of this type of vegetation. — Methye Portage, Richardson, no. 32037(O) (C. utriculata of Richardson’s list of 1845, and of Macoun’s Cat.), and John Macoun, no. 32032(O) (C. utriculata of Macoun’s Cat.); Clear- water R., Sask., J. M. Macoun, July 17, 1888, no. 32034(O), and July 11, 1888(G). Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., no. 276; pond just N. of Cornwall Bay, no. 6629; along Archibald R., near its mouth, no. 6765; William Pt., nos. 6846, 6850, 6866; about 3 mi. W. of Ennuyeuse Cr., no. 6966; about 2 mi. W. of Ennuyeuse Cr., no. 7001. Lower delta of Athabaska R., no. 1828; upper Slave R. lowland, nos. 1830, 1834, 1838; lower Slave R., nos. 274, 277, 278, 281. Great Slave L.: Fair- child Pt., nos. 275, 280; Yellowknife Bay, no. 279; N. W. shore, Bedford (O). Carex retrorsa Schwein. — Known in this region only in the south- western part of the Wood Buffalo Park, along the Peace River. Carex oligosperma Michx.— Common on sandy pond margins on the south side of Lake Athabaska, and known also at the widely sepa- rated localities — Methye Portage (John Macoun), and Great Bear 1936] RAUP, ATHABASKA — GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION 221 Lake (Richardson, G). Otherwise it is not known in the Mackenzie basin. — Methye Portage, John Macoun, no. 31548(O). Lake Atha- baska: about 4 mi. S. E. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6777; about 5 mi. S. E. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6814; William Pt., no. 6852. ARACEAE Calla palustris L. — Occasional in muskeg and flood plain sloughs northward at least to Great Slave Lake. — Delta of the Athabaska R. (Mamawi Cr.), no. 1994. Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., nos. 394, 395, 4419; 5 mi. E. of Poplar Pt., no. 6674. Upper Slave R. lowland, no. 1993. Great Slave L.: S. W. and N. shores, Howe, no. 91988(O); N. W. shore, Bedford (O). LEMNACEAE Lemna minor L. — Probably common in slough ponds throughout most of the region northward at least to Great Slave Lake, but very little collected. — Muskeg pond N. of Cornwall Bay, L. Athabaska, no. 6499; upper Slave R. lowland, no. 394-a; Yellowknife Bay, Great Slave L. Lemna trisulca L. — Abundant in a slough pond in the Murdock Creek district, west of the upper Slave River. There are no other well- authenticated records for the Mackenzie basin, although there is a Rich- ardson specimen in Herb. O. marked “From Cumberland House to Fort Chepewyan, June—July, 1820.” It was collected by J. M. Macoun on Methye River in 1888, no. 28117(O), and is probably widespread at least in the southern part of the region. — Upper Slave R. lowland, no. 1995 JUNCACEAE Juncus bufonius L. — Noted in Fl. Bor.-Am. as occurring north- ward to Great Bear Lake, but the writer has seen no material from beyond the Wood Buffalo Park. It is occasional on damp slough mar- gins, sandy lake shores, and in rock crevices, apparently not extending far into the pre-Cambrian country. — Lake Athabaska: Chipewyan, no. 4695; Shelter Pt., no. 407; along Ennuyeuse Cr., near its mouth, no. 6928. Granite hill on W. shore of L. Mamawi, no. 2009. Juncus bufonius L. var. halophilus Buchenau & Fern. — Known in the Mackenzie basin only from the south side of Lake Athabaska, where it was growing on a wet river sand bar. — William R. near its mouth, no, 6871. Juncus Dudleyi Wieg. — Known in the Mackenzie basin from a single locality. — Damp slough at Chipewyan, L. Athabaska, nos. 4691, 7019. 222 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII Juncus Vaseyi Engelm. — Common at upland slough margins and on damp sandy plains and shores northward at least to Lake Athabaska and the Wood Buffalo Park. — Lake Athabaska: Chipewyan, nos. 7018, 7044; Shelter Pt., nos. 411, 412, 4440; Sand Pt., nos. 4553, 4655; rocky point at N. W. entrance to Black Bay, no. 6414; pond margins about 5 mi. S. E. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6817. Juncus arcticus Willd. — An arctic and alpine species, common on sandy and muddy shores about the eastern arm of Great Slave Lake, but not thus far collected elsewhere in this region (see note under J. balticus var. littoralis). — Great Slave L.: Keith Isl., no. 414; Taltheilei Nar- rows, no. 421; Fairchild Pt., nos. 420, 422, 423; base of Maufelly Pt., no. 413; Ft. Reliance, nos. 418, 419, Juncus balticus Willd. var. littoralis Engelm.— Common on muddy and sandy shores northward in the great river lowlands to the lower Mackenzie (Miss E. Taylor, O). It is abundant about Lake Athabaska and on the Salt Plains, but on Great Slave Lake its place is largely taken by J. arcticus. Part of the Athabaska Lake material cited below (nos, 6772, 6892) appears to be intermediate between this species and J. arcticus. It has the inflorescences of J. balticus littoralis, but the capsules are nearly black and mature longer than the sepals as in J. arcticus. — Methye Portage, J. M. Macoun, no. 27802(O); Calumet, Athabaska R., no. 415. Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., nos. 416, 417; Sand Pt., no. 4567; N. shore of Ellis Bay, no. 6171; mouth of Charlot R., nos. 6328, 6330; Cornwall Bay, no. 6609; mouth of Archibald R., no. 6772; wet places among dunes about 5 mi. S. of William Pt., no 6892; among dunes just E. of Ennuyeuse Cr., no. 6906. Upper Slave R. lowland, no. 2004; Slave R., Richardson (G) (J. balticus in FI. Bor.-Am Juncus filiformis L. — Apparently occasional northward to Lake Athabaska and the Wood Buffalo Park, on wet stony-sandy shores and plains. Noted in Fl. Bor.-Am. as extending to Great Bear Lake. — Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., nos. 410, 4438; Sand Pt., no. 4551; along Archibald R., S. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6727; mouth of Archibald R., no. 6754; damp places among dunes about 5 mi. S. of William Pt., no. 6895-a. Juncus brevicaudatus (Engelm.) Fern. — Abundant on wet sandy shores, chiefly of ponds and beach lagoons, about Lake Athabaska, but not known elsewhere in the Mackenzie basin. — Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., no. 4424; Sand Pt., no. 4552; ponds about 5 mi. S. E. of Wolverine Pt., nos. 6830, 6832; William Pt., nos. 6851, 6863, 6870; small pond among big dunes about 5 mi. S. of William Pt., no. 6881; 1936] RAUP, ATHABASKA — GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION 223 along Ennuyeuse Cr. near its mouth, no. 6928-a; about 2 mi. W. of Ennuyeuse Cr., no. 6981. Juncus nodosus L.— Common on wet sandy or muddy shores northward mainly in the Paleozoic and younger country, and reaching to the Mackenzie R. (Onion, N). In Fl. Bor.-Am., as J. polycephalus var. tenuifolius, it is noted at Great Bear Lake. — McMurray, no. 7062; lower delta of Athabaska R., no. 408; Shelter Pt., L. Athabaska, no. 409; upper Slave R. lowland, no. 2007; Ft. Smith, Russell, no. 28(O). Juncus alpinus Vill. — Occasional on wet sandy or muddy shores, mainly in the pre-Cambrian country. — Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pts no. 402; near Sand Pt., no. 4634. Lower delta of the Peace R., no. 401. Great Slave L.: Keith Isl., no. 405; Maufelly Pt., no. 406; Fairchild Pt., nos. 403, 404. Juncus alpinus Vill. var. rariflorus (Hartm.) Hartm. — J. alpinus Vill. var. insignis Fries. — J. Richardsonianus Schultes. —- See Bota- niska Notiser, 1932: 313-72, and Rhod. 35: 233-34 (1933). — Occa- sional on damp muddy shores, with a range in this region not unlike that of the species. Known also on the Mackenzie (Richardson ?, G; Onion, N). — Lake Athabaska: Chipewyan, no. 4699; Sand Pt., no. 4564. Upper Slave R. lowland, no. 1999. Great Slave L., Richardson ? (G) (J. acutiflorus in F]. Bor.-Am., in part). Juncus albescens (Lange) Fern. — J. triglumis L. var. albescens Lange. — See Rhod. 26: 201-3 (1924). — Known in the Mackenzie basin only at the eastern end of Great Slave Lake where it was growing in a limey upland swamp. — Fairchild Pt., no. 396. Juncus stygius L. var. americanus Buchenau. — Collected thus far in the Mackenzie basin from a single locality on the south side of Lake Athabaska. — Wet slough on William Pt., no. 6869. Juncus castaneus Smith. — An arctic and alpine species, occasional or common in muskegs or on wet sandy and gravelly shores southward in this region to the lower Athabaska River. It is frequent about Great Slave Lake, but has not yet been collected on Lake Athabaska nor in the Wood Buffalo Park. — Calumet, Athabaska R., no. 397. Great Slave L.: Taltheilei Narrows, no, 398; Fairchild Pt., nos. 399, 400. Luzula confusa Lindeb. — L. hyperborea R. Br., in part. — An arctic species known in the Mackenzie basin from a single collection northeast of Great Slave Lake. — Last woods, E. shore of Artillery L., Seton & Preble, no. 78927(O). Luzula campestris (L.) DC. var. alpina Gaud. — L. sudetica Willd. — Apparently rare in the Mackenzie basin, and known only from Great Slave and Great Bear (J. M. Bell, O) Lakes not far south 224 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM (VOL. XVII of the margin of the timber. — Taltheilei Narrows, Great Slave L., no. LILIACEAE Tofieldia palustris Huds. — Common in muskegs in the more arctic parts of the pre-Cambrian country, and northward. — Lake Athabaska: near Sand Pt., no. 4626. Great Slave L.: Taltheilei Narrows, no. 425; base of Maufelly Pt., no. 428; Fairchild Pt., nos. ce 427, 429, 430, 431; S. W. and N. shoves Bows. no. 91987(0): . W. hack Bed- ‘ond (O). Tofieldia glutinosa (Michx.) Pers. — See Contr. Arn. Arb. 6:137 (1934). — Noted in Fl. Bor.-Am. as occurring “throughout Canada, to .. Bear Lake,” and there is a Richardson specimen in Herb. G. labeled “Cumberland House to Bear Lake.” Otherwise unknown in the Mackenzie basin east of the mountains except for a single specimen she an upland muskeg west of the Slave River, in the Wood Buffalo ee elegans Pursh. — Anticlea elegans (Pursh) Rydb. — See Rhod. 37: 256-8 (1935). — A species of the northern plains and mountains, extending northward in the Paleozoic country to the lower Mackenzie (Miss E. Taylor, G, N), and Bear Lake (Richardson, G). — Great Slave L.: S. W. and N. shores, Howe, nos. 91986, 91985(O); Windy Pt., Hume, no. 102657(0); N. W. shore, Bedford (O); Old Fort Rae, Russell (QO). Allium Schoenoprasum L. var. sibiricum (L.) Hartm. — 4. sibi- ricum L. — Occasional on damp sandy or gravelly shores and in rock crevices; widely cistributed throughout the Mackenzie basin, but mostly in the Paleozoic or younger country. — Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., no. 435; Charlot Pt. and vicinity, nos. 6229, 6242, 6380; N. shore, J. W. Tyrrell, no, 27419(O). Great Slave L.: N. W. shore, Bedford (O); “Carlton House to Slave Lake,” Richardson (G) (A. Schoenopra- sum in Fl, Bor.-Am. and Macoun’s Cat.). Lilium philadelphicum L. var. andinum (Nutt.) Ker. — Appar- ently limited to the southern parts of the Mackenzie basin, and known in our region only on the lower Athabaska River. — McMurray, no. 7115; Calumet, no. 435. Smilacina stellata (L.) Desf. — Vagnera stellata (L.) Morong. — Rather common in thickets and semi-open prairies northward in the Paleozoic or younger country to the Wood Buffalo Park. — Granite hill on E. shore of L. Mamawi, nos. 2016, 4411. Smilacina trifolia (L.) Desf. — Vagnera trifolia (L.) Morong. — Common in wet muskegs, where it usually grows on hummocks of 1936 ] RAUP, ATHABASKA — GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION 225 Sphagnum and other mosses. Noted in Fl. Bor.-Am. as extending northward to Great Bear Lake but the writer has seen no material from beyond the south shore of Great Slave Lake. — Lake Athabaska: Shel- ter Pt., nos. 432, 433; Sand Pt., no. 4532; 5 mi. E. of Poplar ri. TW. 6665; 2 mi. W. of Ennuyeuse Cr., no. 7011; “From Cumberland House to Fort Chepewyan,” Richardson, no. 27609(O). Resolution, Kenni- cott (N). Maianthemum canadense Desf. var. interius Fern. — Unifolium canadense (Desf.) Greene var. interius (Fern.) House. — See Rhod. 16: 211 (1914). — Abundant in woods northward to Lake Athabaska and the Wood Buffalo Park. Although known on the Mackenzie (Miss E. Taylor, N) and noted in Fl. Bor.-Am. at Great Bear Lake, it has not been collected on Great Slave Lake. — Calumet, Athabaska R., no. 439, Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., nos. 437, 438, 440, 442; Sand Pt., no. 4650; near tip of Elliot Pt., no. 6427; 5 mi. E. of Poplar Pt., no. 6687; along Archibald R. near its mouth, no. 6763; 2 mi. W. of Ennuyeuse Cr., no. 6936; N. shore, J. W. Tyrrell, no. 116237(O). Upper delta of Peace R. (Quatre Fourches R.), no. 441; Ft. Smith, no. 436; and Miss E. Taylor, no. 27537(O); and Seton & Preble, no. 78569(O). Disporum trachycarpum (Wats.) Benth. — Common in upland, rather open woods in the southern parts of the Mackenzie basin, but not known north of the lower Athabaska. — Lac la Biche, no. 2021; Water- ways, no. 2022; McMurray, no. 7110; along the Firebag R. near its mouth, no. 6044. IRIDACEAE Sisyrinchium angustifolium Miller. — Common in dry prairie openings, rock crevices, and on stony or sandy lake shores northward to Lake Athabaska and the Wood Buffalo Park. It is known on the upper Mackenzie (Miss E. Taylor, O), but has not yet been recorded on Great Slave Lake. — Calumet, Athabaska R., no. 444. Lake Athabaska: Chipewyan, Laing, no. 63(N); Shelter Pt., nos. 443, 445: Sand Pt., no. 4632; small island at base of Charlot Pt., no. 6378; mouth of Charlot R., no. 6326; Fishhook Bay, no. 6586; Cornwall Bay, no. 6606. ORCHIDACEAE Cypripedium passerinum Richards. — See Trans. Roy. Soc. Can. ser. 3, sect. 5, 22: 163-172 (1928). — Occasional in rather dry woods throughout most of the timbered country, north to the Mackenzie (Miss E. Taylor, G, N,O; R. M. Anderson, N). Although widely distributed about Great Slave Lake it has not been found on Lake Athabaska. — Lower Slave R., no. 469. Great Slave L.: Maufelly Pt., no. 470; Fair- child Pt., no. 471; N. W. shore, Bedford (O). 226 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VoOL. XVII Cypripedium guttatum Swartz. — A species of far-northwestern affinity, known in our region only on Great Slave Lake. — Great Slave L.: R. Bell, no. 23156(0); Maufelly Pt., no. 468; Old Fort Rae, Russell (O). Cypripedium acaule Ait.— Common on dry sandy plains and ridges about Lake Athabaska, but not known elsewhere in the Macken- zie basin except on Great Bear Lake (Richardson, G). — Lake Atha- baska: Sand Pt., nos. 4471, 4486, 4601, 4656; 5 mi. E. of Poplar Pt., no, 6636; 2 mi. E. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6800; pine woods among dunes just E, of Ennuyeuse Cr., no. 6917. Orchis rotundifolia Pursh. — Rather common in timbered mus- kegs northward at least to Great Slave Lake. — Calumet, Athabaska R., no, 478. Lake Athabaska: muskeg N. W. of Cornwall Bay, no. 6515. Ft. Smith and vicinity, no. 475; and Miss E. Taylor (G, N, O). Great Slave L.: Onion (N); Keith Isl., no. 479; Maufelly Pt., no. 477; Fairchild Pt., nos. 476, 480, 481; Windy Pt., Hume (O); N. W. shore, Bedford (O); Old Fort Rae, Russell (O). Habenaria viridis (L.) R. Br. var. bracteata (Willd.) Gray. — Coeloglossum bracteatum (Willd.) Parl. — Occasional in dry upland woods and thickets northward in the Paleozoic and younger country at least to the Wood Buffalo Park. — Calumet, Athabaska R., no. 458. Habenaria hyperborea (L.) R. Br. — Limnorchis hyperborea (L.) Rydb. — Rather common in muskegs northward to Great Slave Lake, chiefly in the Paleozoic country. Noted in Fl. Bor.-Am. as occurring at Great Bear Lake. — Lower Athabaska (Elk) R., Kennicott (N). Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., no. 447; muskeg N. W. of Cornwall Bay, no. 6515. Great Slave L.: Onion, Kennicott & Hardisty (N); N. W. shore, Bedford (QO). Habenaria obtusata (Pursh) Richardson. — Lysiella obtusata (Pursh) Rydb. — Abundant in rich woods and timbered muskegs north- ward to Great Slave Lake, and known also at Great Bear Lake (J. M. Bell, O). — Calumet, Athabaska R., no. 457. Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., no. 455; Charlot Pt., no. 6226; muskeg S. of Wabba L., no. 6487. Fort Smith and vicinity, no. 451; and Miss E. Taylor (G, N, O); lower Slave R., no. 449. Great Slave L.: Resolution, Kennicott (N); Keith Isl., no. 456; Maufelly Pt., no. 448; Fairchild Pt.,.nos. 452, 453, 454; Yellowknife Bay, no. 450; N. W. shore, Bedford (O); Windy Pt., Hume, no. 102658(O); S. W. and N. shores, Howe, no. 91984(O). Spiranthes Romanzoffiana Cham. — I/bidium Romanzoffianum (Cham.) House. — Occasional or common in timbered muskegs north- ward to Great Slave Lake, and noted in FI. Bor.-Am, at Fort Frank- 1936] RAUP, ATHABASKA — GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION 227 lin. — Lower Athabaska (Elk) R., Kennicott (N). Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., no. 466; near Sand Pt., no. 4535; N. of Cornwall Bay, no. 6479; muskeg N. W. of Cornwall Bay, no. 6527; about 5 mi. S. E. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6815. Upper Slave R. lowland, no. 2073; near upper Smith Rapids, no. 465. Great Slave L.: R. Bell, no. 23155(O); Onion, Kennicott & Hardisty (N); Maufelly Pt., no. 462; Fairchild Pt., nos. 463, 464; Ft. Rae, Russell (O). Goodyera repens (L.) R. Br. var. ophioides Fern. — Peramium ophioides (Fern.) Rydb. — Epipactis repens (L.) Crantz var. ophi- oides (Fern.) A. A. Eat. — See Contr. Arn. Arb. 6: 141 (1934). — Noted in Fl. Bor.-Am. as occurring northward to Fort Franklin, but the writer has seen no specimens from beyond the Wood Buffalo Park where it is rare or occasional in rich woods. On sandy beach ridges about Lake Athabaska, however, it becomes exceedingly abundant, particu- larly on the south shore. — Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., no. 467; Sand Pt., nos. 4476, 4559; Cornwall Bay, no. 6635; about 2 mi. E. of Wolver- ine Pt., no. 6796; about 2 mi. W. Ennuyeuse Cr., no. 6935. Listera borealis Morong. — Ophrys borealis (Morong) Rydb. — Rare or occasional in timbered muskegs northward in the Paleozoic and younger country to the upper Mackenzie (Kennicott?, N). — Calumet, Athabaska R., no. 459; Ft. Smith, no. 460; and Miss E. Taylor (N, O). Calypso bulbosa (L.) Oakes. — C. borealis Salisb. — Cytherea bul- bosa (L.) House. — Common to abundant in the pre-Cambrian country northward to Great Bear Lake, but rather occasional in the Paleozoic regions. It grows in rich woods and thickets. — Along the Firebag R. near its mouth, no. 6016. Lake Athabaska: Chipewyan, Miss E. Taylor (O); Charlot Pt., no. 6082; Turnor Pt., no. 6842. Great Slave L.: Resolution, Kennicott (N); Fairchild Pt., no. 461. ‘Between Forts Simpson and Chipewyan,” Richardson (O). Corallorrhiza trifida Chat.— C. Corallorrhiza (L.) Karst. — Occasional in rich woods and timbered muskegs northward at least to Great Slave Lake. — Along Firebag R. near its mouth, no. 6019. Lake Athabaska: Charlot Pt., nos. 6107, 6158; hills N. W. of Cornwall Bay, no, 6528. East shore of L. Mamawi, no. 2037; Forth Smith district, Miss E. Taylor (G, O). Great Slave L.: Resolution, Kennicott (N); Fairchild Pt., nos. 472, 473. SALICACEAE Populus tremuloides Michx. — Common to abundant throughout the forested region nearly to timber line, mainly on dry upland soils. About the eastern arm of Great Slave Lake it is a gnarled and twisted shrub, but farther south, as in the Wood Buffalo Park, it is a large tree 228 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM (VOL. XVII often forming nearly pure stands in burned-over country. — Calumet, Athabaska R., no. 485. Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., nos. 483, 484; Charlot Pt., no. 6212; sand hills about 4 mi. S. E. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6787. Upper Slave R. lowland, no. 482; Ft. Smith, no. 489. Great Slave L., Taltheilei Narrows, no. 487. Populus tacamahacca Miller. — P. balsamifera DuRoi, not L. — See Jour. Arn. Arb. 10: 55 (1929). — Abundant on the great river flood plains throughout the wooded districts. Northeastward it extends as a stunted tree nearly to timber line, occupying sandy or gravelly lake beaches. In the uplands of the Wood Buffalo Park it is associated with the aspen in burned-over areas, forming part of the transition timber between aspen and spruce. — Calumet, Athabaska R., no. 490. Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., no. 491; Charlot Pt., no. 6212; bank of Archi- bald R. near its mouth, no. 6766. Peace R. delta, nos. 493, 494; upper Slave R. lowland, no. 495; Ft. Smith, no. 497. Great Slave L.: Reso- lution, J. W. Tyrrell, no, 23132(O); Fairchild Pt., no. 492; Ft. Reliance, no. 496; N. W. shore, Bedford (O). Artillery L., J. W. Tyrrell (QO). Salix serissima Fern. — Known in the Mackenzie basin from two collections, one near Lesser Slave Lake (Brinkman), and the other from the north shore of Lake Athabaska. The latter was found with nearly mature aments in the last week of June, whereas S. serissima of the east- ern part of the continent is known for its late flowering — “late August- October.” In morphological characters, however, it seems a good match for typical S. serissima. See note under S. lastandra. — Charlot R., near its entrance to Lake Athabaska, no. 6353. Salix lasiandra Benth. — See Jour. Arnold Arb. 1: 14-20 (1919); Bot. Gaz. 72: 220-36 (1921); Can. Field Nat. 40: 145-50 (1926). — Rather common in the lowland flood plain and delta districts northward to the upper Mackenzie (Dutilly, G), with a very short extension into the pre-Cambrian country on Lake Athabaska where it grows on damp sandy lake beaches. It was noted in Fl. Bor.-Am. (under S. lucida) as reaching northward to Fort Franklin. Flowers collected early in June and mature fruit in August. The writer has already discussed part of this material in its relation to S. serissima Fern. (Contr. Arnold Arb. 6: 142-3). Most of it appears to be good lasiandra, but certain specimens from the east shore of Lake Mamawi seem intermediate between the two. Ball has cited certain Laing specimens from the Athabaska delta under S. caudata (S. lasi- andra var. caudata Sudw.), and a Kennicott specimen from the Slave River under S. serissima. The writer has been unable to distinguish var. caudata in any of his own material, and Ball was apparently doubt- 1936 ] RAUP, ATHABASKA — GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION 229 ful about the Laing specimens due to their immaturity. Consequently these citations have been placed here provisionally, as well as those questionably determined as S. serissima. — Grand Rapids, Athabaska R., Harper, no. 99036(O); along lower Firebag R., near its mouth, nos. 6029, 6030, 6031; Athabaska delta, main branch, Laing, nos. 33, 51 (Herb. Ball, and W.) (N. E.'). Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., nos. 559, 4448; Sand Pt., no. 4581. East shore of L. Mamawi, nos. 2084, 4406; upper Slave R. lowland, no. 560; Slave R., Kennicott (W) (N.E.). , SALIX FRAGILIS L. — An introduced species known only in the south- ern part of the Mackenzie basin. — Bank of Athabaska R. at Athabaska Landing, Ball, no. 116493(O). Salix interior Rowlee. — See Can. Field Nat. 40: 174-5 (1926). — Most of the collections of the sand bar willow from our region seem to fall into the narrow-leaved variety pedicellata, but occasionally the typi- cal form appears. Thus far it is known only from the Slave River low- land. — Lower delta of Slave R., no. 561. Salix interior Rowlee var. pedicellata (Anders.) Ball. — S. lineari- folia Rydb. — See Bot. Gaz. 67: 344 (1919), and Can. Field Nat. 40: 175 (1926). — Abundant on sand bars in the great river lowlands northward to Great Slave Lake, and probably also to the Mackenzie. — Calumet, Athabaska R., no. 562; along the Firebag R. near its mouth, no. 6012; delta of Athabaska R., no. 566; and Harper, no. 99035(Q); Sand Pt., L. Athabaska, no. 4563; E. shore of L. Mamawi, no. 2086; delta of Peace R., nos. 564, 565; upper Slave R. lowland, no. 563; lower Slave R., near Grande Detour, Harper, nos. 99019, 99025(Q); Slave R., Kennicott (N); between Forts Simpson and Chipewyan, Richardson (QO) (S. longifolia of Fl. Bor.-Am. and Macoun’s Cat., at least in part). — In his revision of this group (Can. Field Nat. loc. cit.) Ball cites the following specimens not thus far examined by the writer. Under S. interior; Ft. McMurray, E. A. and A. E. Preble, no. 81; and under var, pedicellata: Athabaska delta, Laing, nos. 42, 49 (Herb. Ball). Salix reticulata L. — An arctic species which enters our region only in exposed situations not far from the timber line. — Great Slave L.: Taltheilei Narrows, no. 572; Maufelly Pt., no. 571; Fairchild Pt., no. ‘During the time this study has been in progress a considerable nea of northern Herb. O specimens of Salix have been away from r . on loan, and consequently have been seen by the writer. In most cases it has seemed advisable to include these as well as a few citations of Schneider and Ball material for future reference, and wherever they have been inserted the letters “N. E.” (not ecerainedlt immediately follow. It should be noted that most of the determinations of such specimens are those of either anne i or Ball, both recent students of American willows who have had access to the collection. 230 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. XVII 570; Caribou Isl., Seton & Preble, no. 78303(O) (N.E.). Artillery L., ee & Preble, no. 78304(O) (N. E.). Salix arctica Pallas. — See Bot. Gaz. 66: 118 (1918). — A north- western arctic species apparently rare in our region, and known only in the pre-Cambrian country. The Chipewyan specimen was found in good fruit sometime between June 17 and July 21, presumably soon after the first date. — Chipewyan, L. Athabaska, Dutilly, no. 148(G) ; Artillery L., J. W. Tyrrell, no. 23120(O) (N. E.). Salix arctophila Cock. — S. groenlandica Lundstrom. — See Bot. Gaz. 66: 140 (1918), and 67: 57 (1919). — Occasional on exposed shores at least in the northern part of the pre-Cambrian country. — North shore of McLeod Bay, Great Slave L., nos, 546, 547. The fol- lowing specimens are cited here provisionally, since the group to which they belong is notably difficult: N. shore of L. Athabaska, J. W. Tyrrell, no. 1703(O) (N. E., probably S. Brownii of Tyrrell’s list); Ft. Resolu- tion, J. W. Tyrrell, no. 23128(O) (N. E.); Artillery L., J. W. Tyrrell, no. 23127(O) (N. E., probably S. Brownii of Tyrrell’s list), and Seton é Preble, no. 78301(O) (N. E.). Salix brachycarpa Nutt. var. antimima (Schn.) Raup. — See Rhod. 33: 241—4 (1931). — Known in the Mackenzie basin east of the mountains only in the Wood Buffalo Park. Salix brachycarpa Nutt. var. psammophila, var. nov. PLATE 191" A S. brachycarpa differt habitu stricto erecto (9-12 dm. alto), foliis late ovatis (rarius obovatis), plerisque 1 * 2 cm., basi rotundatis ad subcordatis, dense albo-sericeis. Among inland shifting sand dunes south of William Pt., south shore of Lake Athabaska, Sask., Aug. 16, 1935, no. 6888 (Type, A). Another number (no. 6902) which matches the type was collected in the same dune area, about 4 miles farther west, on Aug. 20, 1935. This material, with its woolly, nearly sessile capsules, short styles, pale bracts, and aments borne on leafy peduncles, clearly belongs to the group of polymorphic and largely intergrading species centering about the circumpolar S. glauca L. Within this group it is closely related to the predominantly western American complex distinguished by its short, ovate-oblong to nearly spherical aments, for which the oldest name is S. brachycarpa Nuttall. Nothing in this complex, however (S. pseudo- lapponicum v. Seeman, S. brachycarpa var. antimima (Schn.) Raup, S. IPLATE 191. Salix brachycarpa Nutt. var. psammophila Raup. Details are part of type collection from sand dunes about 5 miles south of William Pt., Lake Atha- baska, no. 6888; detail of ament x 2; habit photo taken on same dune a just east of Ennuyeuse Creek, August 20, 1935. 1936] RAUP, ATHABASKA — GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION 231 niphoclada Rydb., etc.), has the broadly ovate leaves or strict, upright habit of our plants. Certain eastern representatives of the group col- lected on Mt. Albert in the Gaspé region (Fernald & Collins, nos. 65 and 513, distributed as S. desertorum var. stricta) show a tendency toward broad leaves on young shoots, but the tendency is not consistent, nor are the leaves so heavily clothed with long hairs, and the plants are low, depressed shrubs like most of the relatives of S. brachycarpa. Salix desertorum Richards. — See Rhod. 33: 241-4 (1931). — Apparently rare, and confined to exposed situations near timber line or in the scrubby woodlands of the pre-Cambrian regions. It is the writer’s opinion that S. desertorum may be only a dwarfed form of the woodland S. glauca growing in bleak, exposed situations or cold upland bogs. — Taltheilei Narrows, Great Slave L., no. 534. — Schneider (Bot. Gaz. 66: 340) provisionally referred to this species a specimen collected on Artillery Lake by Seton & Preble, no. 78300(O) (N.E.). This appears to have been originally determined S. niphoclada Rydb. by J. M. Macoun and later verified as such by Ball. Another Tyrrell specimen may also be placed here provisionally: Lake Athabaska, J. W. Tyrrell, no. 1710(O) (N. E.). Salix MacCalliana Rowlee. — Common in parts of the Wood Buf- falo Park, especially on the Salt Plain, but not known elsewhere in our region. Salix Tyrrellii, sp. nov. PLATE 192! Frutex patulus, ad 2 m. altus, cortice rubescente lucido, ramulis rube- scentibus glabris etiam novellis; folia matura 2—3.5 cm. longa, 4-8 mm. lata, lanceolata ad elliptica, rarius oblanceolata, basi acuta, apice acuta ad acuminata, utrinque nitido-viridia, saepe supra lucida, paulo coriacea, inaequaliter et minute sed conspicue serrata dentibus glandulosis plerum- que 2-3 per 5 mm., rarius 4 per 5 mm.; petioli 2-6 mm. longi, basi rubescentes; stipulae non persistentes, rubescentes, ovatae ad lanceo- latae, serratae, acutae, 1-2 mm. longae. Amenta feminea (immatura) 1-2.5 cm. longa, circa 8 mm. lata, pedunculo brevi foliato suffulta; capsula dense albo-hirsuta, 3-4 mm. longa, fere sessilia vel pedicello quam 1 mm. breviore; styli 2—2.5 mm. longi, rubro-fulvi, stigmatibus circa 3 mm. longis bifidis; bracteae circa 3 mm. longae, basi 0.5 mm. latae, anguste lanceolatae, acutae, basi rubro-fulvae apicem versus flavescentes, albo-hirsuto-pubescentes, apice glabratae, venosae; glan- dula (immatura tandem) ventralis tantum adest, ut videtur e glandulis 1PraTe 192. Salix Tyrrellii Raup. Part of type collection from shifting sand dunes about 5 oe south of William Pt., Lake Athabaska, no. 6887; details of leaf and ament X 2. 232 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VoOL. XVII binis parvis paulo supra basin pedicelli insertis composita. Among inland shifting sand dunes south of William Pt., south shore of Lake Athabaska, Sask., Aug. 16, 1935, no. 6887 (Type, A). A sterile specimen, no, 6903, was collected from the same dune area, but about 4 miles farther west, on Aug. 20, 1935. With its pubescent, short-pedicelled capsules, long, reddish to yellow- ish bracts, divided stigmas, and aments borne on short leafy peduncles, S. Tyrrellii evidently belongs to the section GLAucaE of Fries, but beyond these characters the relationship does not go, with a possible exception in the case of S. MacCalliana Rowlee. This anomolous species also pos- sesses entirely glabrous, distinctly serrate leaves, but has ament char- acters which clearly relate it to S. glauca. The leaves of S. MacCalliana are rather bluish-green, and tend to be crenate-dentate, and commonly 6 or more cm. long, whereas in our plant they are much smaller, bright green, with salient glandular teeth which are fewer in number than in S. MacCalliana (usually 2-3 per 5 mm., as against 3-4 per 5mm.). The apex is consistently acute or acuminate, rather than subacute as in S. MacCalliana, and the leaves are but rarely oblanceolate, while they are commonly so in the latter species. In our plant the styles are 2—2.5 mm. long, while in S. MacCalliana they are 0.8-1.3 mm. long. Salix Tyrrelliit is named for the distinguished Canadian geologist, J. W. Tyrrell, who, in 1893, made the first notable plant collections from Lake Athabaska. Salix glauca L. — See Rhod. 33: 241-4 (1931). — Rather com- mon throughout most of the region, growing in muskeg thickets and open muskeg timber, or at the borders of rich woods. It varies widely in leaf form and pubescence, and in the form and size of the shrub, but its division into more than one specific entity seems unjustifiable. Of the specimens cited below, nos. 6461, 6462, 6463 are especially notable because of their short broad leaves which somewhat resemble those of S. cordifolia. The latter is not thus far known in the Mackenzie ba- sin. — Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., nos. 523, 4420; Camsell Portage, nos. 6178, 6181, 6184, 6185, 6186, 6196; along Charlot R., near its entrance to L. Athabaska, no. 6354; near base of Cornwall Bay, nos. 6459, 6461, 6462, 6463, 6513, 6514. Rocher R., below L. Athabaska, Harper, no. 99037(O); upper Slave R. lowland, no. 6129. Great Slave L.: Taltheilei Narrows, no. 521; Fairchild Pt., no. 524; N. W. shore ?, Bedford (QO). Salix glauca L. var. acutifolia Schn. — See Bot. Gaz. 66: 327 (1918), and 67: 60 (1919); Rhod. 33: 241-4 (1931). — Common in muskegs and on damp lake shores in the pre-Cambrian parts of our region, but known also from Great Bear Lake and the Mackenzie River 1936] RAUP, ATHABASKA — GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION 233 (Richardson, N). — Lake Athabaska: near Sand Pt., nos. 4507, 4517, 4518, 4528; Camsell Portage, no. 6182; Charlot Pt., nos. 6223, 6297; along Charlot R. near its mouth, nos. 6355, 6356, 6357; near base of Cornwall Bay, nos. 6458, 6459-a, 6460, 6569. Great Slave L.: near Caribou Isl., Seton & Preble, no. 78305(O) (N. E.; S. atra of Seton’s list; placed here provisionally by Schneider); Fairchild Pt., nos. 576?, 528, 532, 533; Maufelly Pt., no. 531; Yellowknife Bay, no. 530. Salix glauca L. var. poliophila (Schn.), status nov. — In his mono- graphic studies of American willows, Schneider described a forma polio- phylla of Salix glauca L. var. acutifolia Schn. (Bot. Gaz. 67: 60-61). His remarks are as follows: “There are before me several specimens collected at Great Slave Lake, Mackenzie, which, in my opinion, are most closely related to var. acutifolia, but at least some of them seem to represent a very villous form of it, for which I propose the name: S. GLAUCA var. ACUTIFOLIA f. poliophylla, forma nov. — A typo nonnisi differre videtur ramis annotinis densius villoso-lanuginosis etiam vetus- tioribus tomento lanuginoso pl.m. obtectis, foliis superne pl.m. laxe adpresse sericeo-lanuginosis subtus villo densissimo molli pl.m. adpresso albo vestitis. The type is Great Slave Lake, Fort Rae, July 28, 1901, E. A. and A. E. Preble (no. 139, fr.; W.; folia inferiora elliptica vel ob- longo-elliptica, utrinque acuta, superiora magis ovato-elliptica apice acu- tiora, maxima ad 5: 2.2 cm. magna; amenta fructifera pedunculo foliato ad 3 cm. longo excluso ad 5: 1.3 cm. magna; fructus e basi rhomboideo ovoideo-conici, ad 9 mm. longi pedicello ad 1.5 mm. longo glandulam subduplo superante excluso).”” Schneider cited some other Preble speci- mens as intermediate between this form and typical var. acutifolia: Ft. Resolution, no. 141 and no. 194, Ft. Good Hope, Mackenzie R.., nos. 330 and 332. The writer has not seen the Preble specimens, but there is a good photograph of the type of f. poliophylla in the Herbarium of the Arnold Arboretum. It is matched very well by the writer’s no. 503, collected at Yellowknife Bay, Aug. 22, 1927. Other material collected in 1932 near Sand Pt., Lake Athabaska, shows the same tendency to be extremely villous on leaves and twigs (nos. 4508, 4597), and is evidently closely related to the Great Slave Lake plants. The same is true of a specimen collected at the eastern end of Lake Athabaska in 1935 by R. S. Campbell, no. 132395(0). With the more abundant material now at hand, therefore, the form seems worthy of being considered as a variety having a distinct geographic affinity in the central part of the Mackenzie basin. Salix Mackenzieana Barratt.— See Jour. Arn. Arb. 2: 190 (1921). — Occasional on gravel bars and local river flood plain deposits 234 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII along the major streams, northward to the Mackenzie (Richardson, G), but not known in the pre-Cambrian country. — Island in Slave R. below Grande Detour, Harper, no. 99026(O); Great Slave L.? Rich- ardson (G). Salix lutea Nutt. — Abundant on the upper parts of local flood plain deposits in the great river lowlands northward at least to the Slave River. — Along the Quatre Fourches R., in the lower Peace delta, nos. 555, 558; upper Slave R. lowland, no. 554; lower Slave R., no. 557. Salix Turnorii, sp. nov. PLATE 193? Frutex 1.8—3 m. altus, habitu erecto stricto; cortex pallide cinerascens, ramulis novellis rubris exceptis; ramuli novelli tenuiter pubescentes, ceterum rami glabri; folia matura lanceolata, elliptica, vel oblanceolata, basi acuta vel leviter rotundata, apice acuta ad acuminata, 2—3.5 cm. longa (pleraque 2.5—3 cm.) 6-10 mm. lata (pleraque 7-8 mm.), utrinque pallide viridia, subtus paulo pallidiora, modice reticulata, paulo firma et coriacea, subtiliter et aequaliter glanduloso-serrata, glandulis rube- scentibus leviter incurvis, novella subtus sericea mox glabrescentia; petioli 2-5 mm. longi, glabri novellis exceptis, rubri; stipulae 1-5 mm. longae, ovatae, obtusae ad acutae, glanduloso-serratae, colore foliis similes, persistentes. Amenta feminea 1-3 cm. longa, 1-1.5 cm. lata, pedunculo brevi foliato suffulta; capsula circa 5 mm. longa, rostrata, glabra, rubescenti-brunnea, pedicellis glabris rubescenti-brunneis circa 2-3 mm. longis suffulta; styli 0.5 mm. longi, indivisi, stigmatibus sub- capitatis; bracteae anguste lineares vel lineari-lanceolatae, pedicello triente breviores, glabrae vel paulo pubescentes, rubescenti-brunneae, persistentes; glandula truncata, lanceolata ad linearis, circa 0.5 mm. longa; rachis cinereo-pubescens. Among inland shifting sand dunes south of William Point, south shore of Lake Athabaska, Sask., Aug. 16, 1935, no. 6885 (Type, A). Another number (6908) collected from the same dune region, but about 4 miles west, on Aug. 20, 1935, is identical with the type number. This willow seems most closely related to S. cordata or S. lutea, in the section CorDATAE of Barratt. Its combination of small, regularly glan- dular-serrate leaves, bright red new twigs, gray-green older twigs and bark, and its striking upright, rather narrowly pyramidal habit clearly distinguish it from these species or their close relatives. In leaf and twig characters it suggests somewhat certain forms of S. Goodingii Ball, I1PLATE 193, Salix Turnorii Raup. Details are part of type number collected on shifting dunes about 5 miles south of William Pt., Lake Athabaska, no. 6885; de- tails of aments x 2; habit photo taken on the same dune area, just east of Ennuy- euse Creek, August 20, 1935, 1936] RAUP, ATHABASKA — GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION 235 in the section NicRAg, or forms of S. amygdaloides Andersson, in the TRIANDRAE, but its persistent reddish-brown scales separate it from either of these groups. It is named for Philip Turnor, a pioneer geog- rapher who, while in the employ of the Hudson’s Bay Company in 1791, made a surprisingly comprehensive and accurate map of Lake Atha- baska and connecting waterways. Salix Farrae Ball. — See Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 22: 321 (1921) and Univ. Calif. Pub. in Bot. 17: 406-9 (1934). — Apparently rare in our region, and known only in the southwestern part of the Wood Buffalo Park where it grows in muskeg thickets in the Caribou Mts. Salix myrtillifolia Anders.— See Jour. Arn. Arb. 2: 193 (1921). — An abundant species in timbered muskegs northward to Great Bear Lake (Richardson, G, N) and the Mackenzie (Preble). Tyrrell noted it on Artillery Lake just at the edge of the timber. — Clearwater R., J. M. Macoun, no. 18854(O) (N.E.). Lake Athabaska: near Sand Pt., no. 4637; Camsell Portage, nos. 6176, 6177, 6198, 6199: Charlot Pt., no. 6298. Upper Slave R. lowland, no. 516; Tazin R., N. of L. Athabaska, Harper, no. 99024(O). Great Slave L.: Caribou Isl., Seton & Preble, no. 78306(O) (N. E.); Taltheilei Narrows, no. 519; Fairchild Pt., nos. 517, 518, 520. E. A. Preble cited material in his list from Resolution, but this has not been seen by the writer. Salix pseudomonticola Ball. — See Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 22: 321 (1921) and Jour. Arn. Arb. 3: 73 (1921). — Apparently occasional in the fringe of timber along pond and lake shores in the Wood Buffalo Park and southwestward. Most of the material collected thus far is scanty, and the species needs further study in our region. — Athabaska Landing, Ball, no. 2362(O). Salix pyrifolia Anders. — S. balsamifera Barratt. — See Jour. Arn. Arb, 1: 168 (1920). — Occasional at muskeg and slough margins northward to the Lake Athabaska district and the Wood Buffalo Park. It appears to be commonest in the pre-Cambrian country. — Lower Athabaska (Elk) R., Kennicott (N). Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., nos. 573, 574, 575, 4456, 4459; near Sand Pt., no. 4596; Camsell Port- age, no. 6183; 5 mi. E. of Poplar Pt., nos. 6664, 6677; along William R. near its mouth, no. 6874; 2 mi. W. of Ennuyeuse Cr., no. 6945. Hill Island L., Harper, no. 99021(O). Salix alaxensis (Anders.) Cov. — See Jour. Arn. Arb. 1: 223 (1920), Contr. Arn. Arb. 6: 147-9 (1934). — A northwestern arctic and alpine species which reaches our region on Great Slave Lake, where it inhabits sandy and gravelly shores. — Great Slave L.: Caribou Isl., Seton & Preble, no. 78302(O) (N. E.); Taltheilei Narrows, no. 502; 236 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII Fairchild Pt., nos. 500, 501, 504; Ft. Reliance, no. 499; N. W. shore, Bedford (QO). Salix silicicola, sp. nov. PLATE 194! Frutex erectus ramis patulis, 1.2-3 m. altus; cortex rubescenti- brunneus; ramuli dense albo-pilosi vel albo-tomentosi, tomento diu persistente; folia matura integerrima, late elliptica ad obovata, pleraque obovata, basi rotundata vel leviter cuneata, apice pleraque obtusa vel rotundata et leviter mucronata, sed aliquando acuta, 3—6 cm. longa, 2-3.5 cm. lata, conspicue reticulata, utrinque lana crassa alba seri- cante dense vestita, supra cinerea ad pallide viridia, infra alba; petioli 2-10 mm. longi, albo-piloso-tomentosi, aliquando alati; stipulae late ovatae ad lanceolatae, obtusae vel acutae, 3-7 mm. longae, ali- quando tenuiter glanduloso-serratae, piloso-tomentosae ut petioli et folia, persistentes. Amenta feminea sessilia, 2-7 cm. longa, dense flori- fera, matura circa 1 cm. lata; capsula pilosa, circa 6 mm. longa, 2—3 mm, lata, sessilis vel pedicello quam 1 mm. brevior; bracteae late ovatae, 22.3 mm. longae, basi rubro-fulvae apicem versus nigrescentes, obtusae vel acutae, pilis albis quam bracteae 2-plo vel ultra longioribus; styli 2-2.5 mm. longi, apice ad quartam partem bifidi, stigmatibus linearibus; glandula unica ventralis oblonga, rubro-fulva, 0.5—-1 mm longa, 0.2—0.3 mm. lata, indivisa. — Sandy beach ridges just east Wol- verine Pt., south shore of Lake Athabaska, Sask., July 28, 1935, no. 6704 (Type, A). Two other numbers collected on the south side of Lake Athabaska match the type material. No. 6907 was secured on the shifting dunes south of William Pt. on August 20, and no. 6952 was collected on the sandy shore of the lake just west of Ennuyeuse Cr., on Aug, 22. Salix silicicola is one of the most attractive willows of the Mackenzie basin, and is made conspicuous against the dark greens of the conifers by its nearly white leaves and twigs. It clearly belongs to the section Chrysantheae of Koch, which contains also S$. Hookeriana, S. laurenti- ana, S. alaxensis, and S. Barrattiana, Of these it is most nearly related to the typical forms of S. alaxensis, which it resembles in habit, in the general shape of its leaves and aments, and in its long styles. It differs notably from S. alaxensis, however, in having stipules shorter (up to 7 mm. long as against 22 mm.) broadly ovate to lanceolate rather than linear-lanceolate to filiform, and in having a persistent, heavy, hirsute- 1PLaTE 194. Salix silicicola see io are part of type — collected on sandy beach ridges just east of Wolverine Pt., Lake Athabaska, 6704; habit peg taken among shifting sand pia just east of Ennuyeuse ee. August 20, 935. 1936] RAUP, ATHABASKA — GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION 237 tomentose covering on both sides of the leaves instead of having the leaves glabrate or quite glabrous and bright green above. Further, its leaves are consistently broader than those of S. alaxensis, as well as more strongly obovate and obtuse. Salix candida Fliigge. — Occasional or common in muskeg thick- ets northward in the Paleozoic and younger country at least to Great Slave Lake. Noted in Fl. Bor.-Am. as occurring “throughout the woody country,” but the writer has seen no material from north of those cited below. — Slave R., Richardson (QO) ; low island 3 mi. W. of Rocher R., Great Slave L., Harper, no. 99014(O); Great Slave L., Seton & Preble, no. 78307(O) (N. E.). Salix Bebbiana Sarg. — S. rostrata Richards., not Thuill. — This is probably the most abundant willow in our region, and is known far northward to Great Bear Lake and the lower Mackenzie (Richardson, N; McConnell, O). It commonly grows to a height of 15 or 20 feet, and is the most important constituent of the small tree and shrub layer in nearly all of the woodlands of the Wood Buffalo Park and southward. It is most common in young river bottom timber and upland aspen woods. Eastward in the pre-Cambrian country it commonly grows on sandy and gravelly lake shores. Both Rydberg and Schneider regarded Rich- ardson specimens cited below, and originally labeled S. rostrata, as part of the type material of the species. Schneider has kept up var. perro- strata (S. perrostrata Rydb.) for some of the glabrescent leaved forms of the species, and has referred some of the following specimens to it ten- tatively. The present writer, however, has been unable to distinguish the variety satisfactorily among Mackenzie basin material. — Lac la Biche, nos. 6009, 6010; Athabaska Landing, Ball, no. 2365(O); Mc- Murray, Dutilly, no. 116(G); along the Athabaska R., below McKay, no. 6005; Calumet, Athabaska R., nos. 543, 544; along the Firebag R. near its mouth, nos. 6048, 6049. Lake Athabaska: Sand Pt., no. 4657; Charlot Pt., nos. 6145, 6146, 6262; N. shore, J. W. Tyrrell, no. 1766(O); 5 mi. E. of Poplar Pt., no. 6683; near Wolverine Pt., no. 6716. Delta of Peace R. (Quatre Fourches R.), nos. 540, 542; E. shore of L. Mamawi, nos. 2107, 2108; upper Slave R. lowland, nos. 539, 2111; Ft. Smith, nos. 538, 2118; and Seton & Preble, nos. 78311, 78312, 78309, 78310(O); Slave R., Kennicott (N). Tazin R. above Great Falls, Harper, no. 99031(O); junction of Telon and Tazin R.’s, Harper, no. 99028(O); lake on Tazin R., Harper, no. 99023(O). Fort Frank- lin and Portage la Loche (Methye Portage), Richardson (N) (appar- ently S. fusca of Fl. Bor.-Am.); between Simpson and Chipewyan, Richardson (O) (C. rostrata in Fl. Bor.-Am.); between Cumberland 238 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII House and Ft. Franklin, Richardson (G, N) (C. rostrata in FI. Bor.- Am.). Great Slave L.: Resolution, Dutilly, no. 108(G); near Caribou Isl., Seton & Preble, no. 78308(O); base of Maufelly Pt., no. 536; Ft. Reliance, no. 545; Yellowknife Bay, no. 537; N. W. shore, Bedford (O) (doubtful fragment). Salix pedicellaris Pursh var. hypoglauca Fern. — See Jour. Arn. Arb. 2: 81-2 (1920). — Occasional in shrubby muskegs northward to Great Bear Lake (Richardson, N). On the south side of Lake Atha- baska it is common at the margins of sandy ponds. — Professor Fernald has regarded typical S. pedicellaris Pursh as a comparatively rare plant with leaves green on both surfaces (Rhod. 11: 161), an opinion not held by Schneider who grouped all American material with the typical spe- cies. Pursh’s type is not available, but Schneider regarded the notes on leaf character in its description as inconclusive since it was collected very early in the season (April, in the Catskill Mts.). However, Pursh states also that the species flowered later in a European garden, so that he may well have been familiar with its mature leaves. — Lake Atha- baska: near Sand Pt., no. 4507-a; 5 mi. E. of Poplar Pt., no. 6685; about 5 mi. S. E. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6811; 2 mi. W. of Ennuyeuse Cr., no. 6975. Salix pedicellaris Pursh var. tenuescens Fern. — See Rhod. 11: 162 (1909). — Apparently rare in the Mackenzie basin, and known from a single collection in an upland muskeg thicket in the Wood Buffalo Park. Salix athabascensis Raup.— See Rhod. 32:111 (1930). — Known thus far only from its type locality, an upland muskeg thicket in the Wood Buffalo Park. Salix petiolaris Sm.— Common at the margins of sloughs and semi-open prairies northward in the Paleozoic and younger country to the Wood Buffalo Park. Tyrrell noted it on the north shore of Lake Athabaska, but no specimen is available. — East shore of L. Mamawi, nos. 2123, 2124, 4405; upper Slave R. lowland, nos. 567, 569; Ft. Smith, no. 568. alix Scouleriana Barratt.— See Jour. Arn. Arb. 2: 6-13 (1920). — A common willow about Lake Athabaska, but apparently unknown elsewhere in the Mackenzie basin east of the mountains. It usually grows on gravelly or sandy lake beaches, or on rather dry upland sand plains. Certain specimens collected at Charlot Pt. in 1935 (nos. 6151, 6154, 6155, 6161) seem to approach S. planifolia in leaf char- acters. — Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., nos. 525, 526, 527, 4450; Sand Pt., no. 4468; Charlot Pt., nos. 6150, 6151, 6154, 6155, 6161, 6263; 1936] RAUP, ATHABASKA — GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION 239 near base of Cornwall Bay, no. 6599; 5 mi. E. of Poplar Pt., no. 6663; about 4 mi. S. E. of Wolverine Pt., nos. 6750, 6781; shifting sand dunes S. of William Pt., no. 6886 (forma potkila Schn.). Salix planifolia Pursh. — S. chlorophylla Anders. — Abundant at slough and prairie margins, and on local river flood plains throughout most of the wooded country northward to Great Slave Lake, and known from Great Bear Lake (Richardson, N) and the lower Mackenzie (Preble). It is common in the pre-Cambrian country about Lake Athabaska, but has not been collected on the eastern arm of Great Slave Lake. — Grand Rapids, Athabaska R., Harper, no. 99017(O); Calu- met, Athabaska R., no. 508; along Firebag R. near its mouth, nos. 6022, 6027, 6028. Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., nos. 506, 507, 509, 510, 4458, 4459-a: Sand Pt. and vicinity, nos. 4539, 4580, 4658; near Fish- ing R., no. 6077; Charlot Pt., nos. 6147, 6148; Camsell Portage, nos. 6179, 6180, 6193; near base of Cornwall Bay, nos. 6489, 6631; 5 mi. E. of Poplar Pt., no. 6686; near Wolverine Pt., no. 6794; along William R. near its mouth, no. 6875; about 2 mi. W. of Ennuyeuse Cr., nos. 6944, 6949. East shore of L. Mamawi, nos. 2144, 2145, 2146; lower delta of Peace R., no. 515; upper Slave R. lowland, nos. 513, 2148. Great Slave L.: Resolution, Preble, no. 143(W) (N. E.); near Stoney Isl., Seton & Preble, no. 78299(O) (N. E.); about 15 mi. E. of Moraine Pt., Bedford (O) (doubtful fragment). Salix Nelsonii Ball. — This species may prove to be only a variety or form of S. planifolia, as strongly suggested by Schneider (Jour. Arn. Arb. 1. 80-1). It is occasional at upland slough margins west of the upper Slave River. Salix subcoerulea Piper. — A cordilleran species known only in the southern and southwestern parts of the Mackenzie basin. — Athabaska Landing, Ball, no. 2364(QO). Salix arbusculoides Anders.—See Jour. Arn. Arb. 2:84 (1920). — A common willow of muskeg and slough margins through- out the Paleozoic and younger country. Eastward in the pre-Cambrian it is usually found on damp sandy or rocky shores, and on river flood plains it appears at the margin of the high timber. — Athabaska Land- ing, Ball, no. 116491(O) (N. E.); along the Firebag R. near its mouth, no. 6032. Lake Athabaska: Sand Pt., no. 4509; Charlot Pt., nos. 6152, 6153, 6159. Upper Slave R. lowland, nos. 550, 2097; Ft. Smith, no. 2096; lower Slave R., Harper, no. 99027(O). Great Slave L.: Reso- lution, Preble, no. 151(W) (N. E.); Maufelly Pt., no. 543; Fairchild Pt., nos. 529, 549, 551, 552, 553; N. W. shore, Bedford (OQ); Loon Isl., Preble, nos. 133, 134 (W) (N. E.). 240 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM (VOL. XVII MYRICACEAE Myrica Gale L.— Common in the pre-Cambrian country north- ward to Great Slave Lake, and noted by Richardson and Preble at Ft. Norman and Great Bear Lake, respectively. It appears to be quite rare west of the Slave River. It inhabits swamps and sandy lake shores. — Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., nos. 629, 632, 633, 4444; Sand Pt., no. 4652; Camsell Portage, no. 6191; mouth of Charlot R., no. 6310; N. shore, J. W. Tyrrell, no. 24056(O); mouth of Archibald R., no. 6769; bank of William R. near its mouth, no. 6872. Great Slave L.: Tal- theilei Narrows, no. 627; mouth of Mountain R., no. 631; Fairchild Pt., nos. 628, 630, 635, 636; Yellowknife Bay, no. 634; N. W. shore, Bedford (QO). (To be continued) Jour. ARNOLD Ars. VoL. XVII PLATE 190 DESCHAMPSIA MACKENZIEANA Raup FULL-TONE—— MERIDEN Jour. ARNOLD Ars. VoL. XVII PLATE 191 SALIX BRACHYCARPA var. PSAMMOPHILA Raup FULL-TONE—— MERIDEN PLATE 192 Jour. ARNoLD Ars. VoL. XVII Rr oe ee e." a4 - Fete Ie Ss SALix TyRELLII Raup MERIDEN FULL-TONE Jour. ARNoLD Ars. VoL. XVII PLATE 193 SaLix Turnorit Raup FULL-TONE — MERIDEN Jour. Arnotp Ars. VoL. XVII PLATE 194 SALIX SILICICOLA Raup FULL-TONE— MERIDEN ‘A § neh Aylmer L384 wen 1 Oy! 7 Sor» yfsitin § % Upper (atpy? | Me -L we armigan ¥ Rs A Lower Carp L. t ia s ra (amsell 2 on | ” - vs wreiion, A Ne ae Or, ey all cS | 1% y RY 09? & Artille Ss g J 6 yrrell L. arian) 2Bot. Gaz. 97: 4-8, figs. 8-22 (1935). 244 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. Xv called A. tenuifolia Nutt., but the writer has not been able to distinguish those cited below from the common eastern form usually called in- cana. — McMurray, no. 7108; Calumet, Athabaska R., nos. 609, 614. Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., nos. 610, 615; Sand Pt., no. 4582; Char- lot Pt., nos. 6213, 6214; 5 mi. E. of Poplar Pt., no. 6681; along Archi- bald R., S. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6729; bank of William R. near its mouth, no. 6873. Along Quatre Fourches R., nos. 608, 612; upper Slave R. lowland, nos. 619, 2189. Great Slave L.: Fairchild Pt., nos. 613, 617; Ft. Reliance, no. 618; Yellowknife Bay, no. 616; N. W. shore, Bedford (O). URTICACEAE Urtica gracilis Ait. — See Rhod. 28: 191 (1926). — Common in damp meadows, prairies, and cabin clearings northward in the Paleozoic and younger country to the Wood Buffalo Park, and at least occasional on the western arm of Great Slave Lake. It was noted on Great Bear Lake by Richardson. — Upper Slave R. lowland, nos. 641, 2205, 2206; N. W. shore of Great Slave L., Bedford (QO). SANTALACEAE Comandra pallida A. DC. — Occasional on dry prairies and sandy hills northward to the Wood Buffalo Park, chiefly west of the Paleozoic boundary. For a discussion of parasitism in this species and the follow- ing, see a paper by E. H. Moss in the New Phytologist, 25': 264-76 (1926). — Calumet, Athabaska R., nos. 642, 643; sandy open woods near Moose Pt., S. shore of L. Athabaska, no. 7015. Geocaulon lividum (Richards.) Fern. — Comandra livida Rich- ards. — See Rhod. 30: 21 (1928). — Common in woodlands through- out the region. Dwarfed forms with variegated leaves are frequently found, and are treated at some length by Moss in the paper cited under the preceding species. — Calumet, Athabaska R., no. 649. Lake Atha- baska: Shelter Pt., nos. 650, 652, 653, 654; Charlot Pt., no. 6083; Cornwall Bay, no. 6593; 5 mi. E. of Poplar Pt., no. 6689. Along Quatre Fourches R., no. 644; upper Slave R. lowland, no. 2196; Ft. Smith, no. 648. Great Slave L.: Taltheilei Narrows, no. 645; Fairchild Pt., nos. 646, 651; Ft. Reliance, no. 647; S. W. and N. shores, Howe, no. 91983 (O); N. W. shore, Bedford (O). LORANTHACEAE Arceuthobium americanum Nutt. — Razoumofskya americana (Nutt.) Ktze. — This species has been very little collected, and may prove to be common far northward. The following specimens, with a note of another from Lesser Slave Lake (Brinkman), are the only rec- 1936 ] RAUP, ATHABASKA — GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION 245 ords available for most of the Mackenzie basin. It grows on Pinus Banksiana. — Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., no. 4449; Sand Pt., no. 4472. POLYGONACEAE Rumex occidentalis S. Wats. — Common in wet sloughs and on river banks northward to the Wood Buffalo Park, and at least occa- sional on Great Slave and Great Bear Lakes (J. M. Bell,O). Eastward it is occasional on damp sandy lake beaches, but not far from the Paleo- zoic boundary. — Calumet, Athabaska R., no. 665; Shelter Pt., L. Athabaska, nos. 666, 667; upper Slave R. lowland, nos. 2214, 2216. Great Slave L.: Yellowknife Bay, no. 668; N. W. shore, Bedford (O). Rumex mexicanus Meissn.— Common in damp meadows and sloughs northward to the Wood Buffalo Park, and occasional on the north shore of Lake Athabaska and the western side of Great Slave Lake. In Fl. Bor.-Am. R. salicifolius, which is here R. mexicanus at least in part, is noted on Great Bear Lake and the Mackenzie River. — McMurray, no. 7052; lower delta of Athabaska R., no. 670. Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., nos. 669, 671; Sand Pt., no. 4495; Charlot Pt., no. 6395. East shore of L. Mamawi, nos. 2225, 2227, 4404. Great Slave L.: N. W. shore, Bedford (O). Rumex maritimus L. var. fueginus (Phil.) Dusén. — See Rhod. 17: 73 (1915). — Common in damp meadows and at slough margins, mainly in the Paleozoic or younger areas northward to the Wood Buffalo Park, and at least occasional on the western arm of Great Slave Lake. — Lower delta of Athabaska R., no. 673; Shelter Pt., L. Athabaska, no. 672; upper Slave R. lowland, nos. 2220, 2221, 2222; N. W. shore of Great Slave L., Bedford (QO). Polygonum prolificum (Small) B. L. Robinson. — Known in the Mackenzie basin from a single locality in the Salt Plain region of the Wood Buffalo Park. Polygonum aviculare L.— Common in damp sloughs, rock crev- ices and cabin clearings throughout the lowlands northward to Great Slave Lake, and occasional in the upland districts west of the Slave River. Noted in Fl. Bor.-Am. north to Lat. 65°. — Reed’s Portage, upper delta of Athabaska R., no. 2234; E. shore of L. Mamawi, no. 2233; upper Slave R. lowland, no. 2232; Ft. Smith, no. 658; N. W. shore of Great Slave L., Bedford (O). Polygonum Douglasii Greene. — Known in our region only at the western end of L. Athabaska, where it grows in small patches of soil among the granite hills. — Fort Chipewyan, nos. 4696, 7043. Polygonum viviparum L. — Bistorta vivipara (L.) S. F. Gray. — 246 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VoL. Xvi Common in muskegs and on damp sandy lake shores in the more arctic parts of the region. Southward it is only occasional. — Calumet, Atha- baska R., no. 657. Great Slave L.: Fairchild Pt., nos. 655, 656; Windy Pt., Hume, no. 102660(O). Polygonum lapathifolium L. var. salicifolium Sibth. — P. tomen- tosum Schrank var. incanum (Schmidt) Giirke. — See Rhod. 23: 259 (1921). Occasional on damp slough margins northward at least to the Wood Buffalo Park, mainly west of the Paleozoic boundary. In the pre-Cambrian it has been found only on damp sandy shores near the western end of Lake Athabaska. A note in Fl. Bor.-Am. under P. Persicaria var. minus, “Saskatchewan to Great Bear Lake. Dr. Rich- ardson,” probably refers to this species. — Shelter Pt., L. Athabaska, nos. 659, 660, 661; E. shore of L. Mamawi, no. 2254. Polygonum natans A. Eat. and forma Hartwrightii (Gray )’ Stan- ford. — See Rhod. 27: 156-62 (1925). — Common on lake and slough margins, and in sluggish streams northward to Great Slave Lake. It has not been observed about the eastern arm of Great Slave Lake, but Harper reported a Polygonum amphibium at the junction of the Tazin and Taltson Rivers which may have been this species. The creeping mud plant with hairy leaves and stem, sometimes known as P. Hart- wrightit, is clearly no more than a form of the aquatic one. — Delta of Athabaska R., no. 2248. Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., nos. 662, 664; near mouth of Charlot R., no. 6348; pond near base of Cornwall Bay, no. 6613; 2 mi. W. of Ennuyeuse Cr., nos. 6987, 6989. East shore of L. Mamawi, nos. 2249, 2250, 4407; upper Slave R. lowland, nos. 2241, 2242, 2246, 2251; Ft. Smith, no. 663; N. W. shore of Great Slave L., Bedford (QO). PoLyGONUM ConvoLtvuLus L. — Bilderdykia Convolvulus (L.) Dum. — Occasional in dry cleared ground along the main routes of travel in the Wood Buffalo Park, and probably southward. — East shore of L. Mamawi, nos. 2237, 2239; upper Slave R. lowland, no. 2236. CHENOPODIACEAE Chenopodium capitatum (L.) Asch. — Blitum capitatum L. — Rather common in the northern and northeastern part of the area, usually in disturbed soil, as in settlements and cabin clearings. — Upper Slave R. lowland, no. 2266; Ft. Smith (Mrs. Conibear, coll.) no. 676; lower Slave R., no. 675. Great Slave L.: N. shore of McLeod Bay, no. 677; Fairchild Pt., no. 674; N. W. shore, Bedford (O). Chenopodium glaucum L.— The only authentic record in the Mackenzie basin is cited below. It has been reported on the Peace River and at Lesser Slave Lake, and there is a note in the botanical 1936] RAUP, ATHABASKA — GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION 247 appendix to Back’s Narrative, “Athabasca,” the significance of which is unknown. — Damp soil on bank of Athabaska R., McMurray, no. 7063. Chenopodium rubrum L. — Known in the Mackenzie basin from a single locality in the Wood Buffalo Park, on the Salt Plains west of the upper Slave River. Chenopodium album L. — Abundant as a weed in settlements and cabin clearings, and occasional in burned-over country or in meadows, northward at least to the Wood Buffalo Park. On Lake Athabaska it usually grows on damp shores. Noted on the Slave River and at the mouth of the Taltson by Harper, and from “Lake Huron .. . to Bear Lake” by Richardson. — McMurray, nos. 7060, 7079. Lake Atha- baska: Shelter Pt., no. 678; cabin clearing about 3 mi. W. of Ennuyeuse Cr., no. 6958. East shore of L. Mamawi, nos. 2269, 2270; upper Slave ie iewland, nos. 2275, 2276. Chenopodium lanceolatum Muhl. — C. album L. var. viride (L.) Mogq. — Known in the Mackenzie basin only from collections in dry upland prairies in the Wood Buffalo Park. Chenopodium leptophyllum Nutt. — Apparently rare or occasional in our region, and confined to dry semi-open prairies. Known also at Ft. Franklin (Richardson, G). — Small prairie on granite hill, E. shore of L. Mamawi, no. 2278. Atriplex patula L. — This and its variety are known in the Mac- kenzie basin only from the Wood Buffalo Park where they grow in semi- saline situations, and. together make an extremely variable group of plants which needs further study. An unverified record in the botanical appendix to Back’s Narrative for A. litoralis, “Athabasca,” may refer to this species. — Upper Slave R. lowland (Gov. Hay Camp), no. 2258. Atriplex patula L. var. hastata (L.) Gray. — Common on the Salt Plain in the Wood Buffalo Park. AXYRIS AMARANTHOIDES L. — An introduced weed known only from a single collection. — McMurray, no. 7117. Corispermum hyssopifolium L. — The only authentic Mackenzie basin record is cited below. Noted by Macoun on the Peace River. — Great Slave L.; Richardson (G). Salicornia europaea L. — Abundant at the margins of saline flats and brine springs west of the Slave River, and reported in the south- western part of the Mackenzie basin. Suaeda depressa (Pursh) S. Wats. — Dondia depressa (Pursh) Britton. — At least occasional at the margins of saline flats in the Wood Buffalo Park, and noted in the southwestern part of the Mackenzie basin by Macoun. 248 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII CARYOPHYLLACEAE Stellaria borealis Bigelow. — Alsine borealis (Bigelow) Britton. — See Rhod. 16: 144-51 (1914). — Common in wet meadows, sloughs, or in muskegs, and on damp shores. Known northward to the Mac- kenzie and Great Bear Lake (Onion, N; J. M. Bell, 0). — Lake Atha- baska: Shelter Pt., nos. 724, 4455; Sand Pt., no. 4492; Cornwall Bay, no. 6490. Upper Slave R. lowland, nos. 2315, 2316; Ft. Smith, no. 728. Great Slave L.: Keith Isl., no. 725; Taltheilei Narrows, nos. 726, 727; N. W. shore, 12 mi. E. of Moraine Pt., Bedford (O). Stellaria crassifolia Ehrh. — Alsine aasieie (Ehrh.) Britton. — Occasional in muskeg sloughs northward at least to the Wood Buffalo Park. A record in Fl. Bor.-Am. under S. gracilis, “About Slave Lake,” is probably referable to this, and also one in Macoun’s Cat., ‘““Methye River, near Portage la Loche.” Stellaria longipes Goldie. — Alsine longipes (Goldie) Cov. — Common or abundant throughout the region, and northward to the lower Mackenzie and Great Bear Lake (Miss E. Taylor, O; J. M. Bell, O). It grows in a variety of habitats, from dry prairies and beaches to sloughs and muskegs. A glaucous form with erect leaves is commonly called var. /aeta (Richards.) Wats., but the many intergrading forms which fail to show any regional segregation in this country, have led the writer to merge the two. — Calumet, Athabaska R., no. 712. Lake Athabaska: Chipewyan, nos. 6060, 7032; Shelter Pt., nos. 706, 707; Sand Pt., nos. 4497, 4543; Charlot Pt., nos. 6102, 6103, 6303; shore of main lake just W. of Ellis Bay, no. 6268; mouth of Charlot R., no. 6333; Cornwall Bay, no. 6555; 2 mi. E. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6720. East shore of L. Mamawi, nos. 2336, 2337; Ft. Smith, no. 717; and Dutilly, no. 94(G); and Seton & Preble, no. 78318(O); and Miss E. Taylor (G,O). Great Slave L.: Resolution, Kennicott (N); Taltheilei Narrows, no. 709; Fairchild Pt., nos. 708, 711, 716; Ft. Reliance, nos. 713, 714, 715; Hay R., Hume, no. 102661(O); S. W. and N. shores, Howe, no. 91981(O); Yellowknife R., Russell (O). Stellaria arenicola, sp. nov. PLATE 1961 Herba perennis glabra, subviridis et lucida, caulibus satis gracilibus laxis quadrangularibus ex radice repente ascendentibus et supra ramosis; caules 1-4 dm. longi; folia lanceolata, 0.8-2.8 cm. longa, ad 4 mm lata, supra basin latissima, 1-nervia, pleraque ascendentia, argute acuta, inferiora minora; cymae terminales, patulae, 1—5-ramosae, pedicellis 1PLATE 196. Stellaria arenicola Raup. Part of type collection from sand dunes south of William Pt., L. Athabaska, no. 6882; details of capsules & 2 (capsules on the right are from no. fie Habit photo. taken on same dune area, just E. of Ennuyeuse Cr., Aug. 20, 1936 ] RAUP, ATHABASKA — GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION 249 gracilibus 0.3—-2.5 cm. longis; bracteae scariosae, lanceolatae, 2-4 mm. longae; sepala ovata, obtusa vel late acuta, medio 3-nervia et viridia, marginibus latis scariosis, 3—3.5 mm. longa, 1.5—2 mm. lata; petala circa 5 mm. longa, alba, aliquando fere ad basin divisa; capsula straminea, anguste ovoidea, circa 6 mm. longa, apicibus valvularum recurvatis et post dehiscentiam revolutis; styli 3; semina circa 1 mm. longa, minute asperata. Among inland shifting sand dunes south of William Point, south shore of Lake Athabaska, Sask., Aug. 16, 1935, no. 6882 (Type, G). Two other numbers were collected from the same dune area: no. 6883 is from the same locality as the type, while no, 6910 was obtained about four miles to the westward on Aug. 20, 1935. Both nos. 6883 and 6910 have older capsules than no. 6882. In habit and general appearance this plant most nearly resembles S. graminea L. and S. longipes. It differs sharply from S. graminea in hav- ing ovate, obtuse or broadly acute sepals with broad scarious margins which entirely surround the apex, and in having the valves of its cap- sules recurved and rolled back after dehiscence. Furthermore the seeds, although clearly roughened, are not deeply sculptured as in S. graminea. Also its leaves are not ciliate at the base as in the latter species. From S. longipes it differs in having straw-colored capsules with reflexed and rolled valves in the mature condition. It grows in the actively shifting sands and serves as a fixing agent for small dunes. Stellaria longifolia Muhl. — Alsine longifolia (Muhl.) Britton. — Abundant in wet meadows, damp prairies and muskegs northward at least to the Wood Buffalo Park, and known on the Mackenzie (Kenni- cott, N). Apparently rare in the pre-Cambrian. — Lake Athabaska: mouth of Charlot R., no. 6360; Cornwall Bay, no. 6490-a. East shore of L. Mamawi, no. 2303; Peace delta and upper Slave R. lowland, nos. 720, 721, 722, 2309; Ft. Smith, nos. 718, 723; Yellowknife Bay, Great Slave L., no. 719. Stellaria media (L.) Cyrill. — Alsine media L. — Known in our region from a single collection on Lake Athabaska, and not thus far found to the northward. — Damp thicket at Chipewyan, no. 4673. Cerastium alpinum L. var. glanduliferum Koch. — See Rhod. 22: 169-79 (1920). — Known in the Mackenzie basin only from the fol- lowing. It grows in rock crevices and on gravelly shores. — Great Slave L.: Taltheilei Narrows, no. 698; Fairchild Pt., nos. 696, 697. Cerastium Beeringianum Cham. & Schl. — See Rhod. 22: 169-79 1920). — Common on damp shores and in rock crevices on the north side of Lake Athabaska, but apparently rare elsewhere in the region. — 250 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII Lake Athabaska: near Sand Pt., no. 4493; W. shore of Ellis Bay, no. 6163; Charlot Pt., nos. 6230, 6384; mouth of Charlot R., no. 6338; Fishhook Bay, no. 6587. Near Ft. Smith, no. 694. Cerastium nutans Raf. — Occasional on damp sandy lake and slough margins and in damp rock crevices northward to the Wood Buf- falo Park, but scarcely known eastward of the Paleozoic boundary. — Chipewyan, no. 4702; E. shore of L. Mamawi, no. 2296. Cerastium arvense L. — See Rhod. 22: 178-9 (1920). — Common in rather dry prairie openings and rock crevices in the Wood Buffalo Park and southwestward, but scarcely known east of the Paleozoic boundary. — Chipewyan, no. 6072; and near Chipewyan, Athabaska R., Harper, no. 91209(QO). Sagina nodosa (L.) Fenzl. — Common in damp rock crevices and on damp sandy shores in the pre-Cambrian country. Noted in FI. Bor.- Am., under Spergula nodosa, “Ontario, to the shores of the Arctic Sea, eastward of the Mackenzie River.’”’ — Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., nos. 700, 701, 702, 4428; Sand Pt., nos. 4484, 4542; W. shore of Ellis Bay, no. 6370; small island near base of Charlot Pt., no. 6379. Great Slave L.: Fairchild Pt., nos. 703, 704; Ft. Reliance, no. 704. Arenaria verna L. var. pubescens (Cham. & Schl.) Fern. — See Rhod. 21: 21-2 (1919). — An arctic species common or occasional in rock crevices, mainly in the pre-Cambrian areas. — Clearwater R., lat. 56°, J. M. Macoun, no..4868(O). Lake Athabaska: Chipewyan, nos. 4682, 7029; Charlot Pt., nos. 6104, 6258; Cornwall Bay, no. 6564. Grant Swe ts nos. 691, 692. Arenaria humifusa Wahlenb. — A. cylindrocarpa Fern. — See Nordhagen, Bergens Mus. Arbok 1935, Naturvidenskap. rek. no. 1 (1935). — Apparently rare in the Mackenzie basin, and known from a single collection on Great Slave Lake. It was growing on a stony- sandy shore. — Fairchild Pt., no. 693. Arenaria dawsonensis Britton. — A. litorea Fern. — See Mem. Amer. Acad. 15: 276 (1925). — Occasional to common in the pre- Cambrian regions, growing in damp rock crevices and on lake shores. It is occasional in meadows and muskegs in the Wood Buffalo Park. cubapine for A. stricta in Fl. Bor.-Am., and for A. Michauxii in Macoun’s Cat.. . to the shores of the Arctic ‘Sea,” may refer to this species. — Lake Athabacka: Shelter Pt., no. 690; Charlot Pt., nos. 6136, 6309; Cornwall Bay, no. 6453; iacsone hill N. E. of Cornwall Bay, nos. 6526, 6541-a. Great Slave L.: Keith Isl., no. 689; Maufelly Pt., no. 686; Fairchild Pt., nos. 687, 688. Arenaria lateriflora L.— Moehringia lateriflora (L.) Fenzl. — 1936 ] RAUP, ATHABASKA — GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION 251 See Rhod. 19: 259 (1917).— Common to abundant in shady woods throughout the Paleozoic and younger country northward to the lower Mackenzie (Dutilly, G; Miss E. Taylor, O, G), but scarcely known in the pre-Cambrian. — Waterways, no. 2282; Calumet, Athabaska R., no. 682; E. shore of L. Mamawi, no. 2286; upper Slave R. lowland, nos. 684, 685; Ft. Smith, no. 683. Great Slave L.: Resolution, Miss E. Taylor, no. 51(O0); N. W. shore, Bedford (O); near Ft. Rae, Russell (O Arenaria macrophylla Hook. — Apparently common in rich woods on rocky hills and old lake beaches in the pre-Cambrian areas, but not known elsewhere in the Mackenzie basin. — Lake Athabaska: W. shore of Ellis Bay, no. 6165; Charlot Pt., nos. 6280, 6388; near Cornwall Bay, S. of Wabba L., no. 6482. Great Slave L.: Taltheilei Narrows, no. 679; Fairchild Pt., no. 680; Ft. Reliance, no. 681. Spergularia salina J. & C. Presl. — S. marina Griseb. of Gray’s Man., 7th ed. — Tissa salina (Presl) Greene. — See Rhod. 12: 157 (1910). — Common at the margins of saline flats in the Wood Buffalo Park. A note in Fl. Bor.-Am. under Arenaria rubra, and repeated in Macoun’s Cat. under Spergularia media, “between Cumberland House and Bear Lake,” may refer to this species. Silene acaulis L. var. exscapa (All.) DC. — See Rhod. 23: 119-20 (1921).— An arctic species known in our region only on exposed rock crevices about the eastern arm of Great Slave Lake. — Taltheilei Narrows, no. 699; Pike’s Portage, J. W. Tyrrell, no. 100703(O). Silene antirrhina L. — Known in the Mackenzie basin east of the mountains only on the north shore of Lake Athabaska where it grows on turfy hillsides. — Chipewyan, no. 7045; Cornwall Bay, nos. 6451, 6563. Lychnis Drummondii (Hook.) Wats. — Wahlbergella Drum- mondiu (Hook.) Rydb. — Occasional in dry prairies in the Wood Buf- falo Park, and known elsewhere in our region only on dry calcareous slopes on the north shore of Lake Athabaska. — Charlot Pt., nos. 6090, 6405; Cornwall Bay, nos. 6445, 6561. NYMPHAEACEAE Nymphozanthus variegatus (Engelm.) Fern. — Nymphaea varie- gata (Engelm.) G. S. Miller. — See Rhod. 21: 187 (1919). — Common to abundant in shallow lakes, ponds, and sluggish streams throughout our region. Richardson’s record in Fl. Bor.-Am., under Nuphar lutea, “Wooded country Lat. 54°-64°” probably refers to this species and it is known at Great Bear Lake (J. M. Bell, O). — Mamawi Cr., Atha- baska delta, no. 2350. Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., no. 639; pond just 252 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII N. of Cornwall Bay, no. 6614; about 2 mi. W. of Ennuyeuse Cr., no. 7000. Upper Slave R. lowland, no. 2347. Great Slave L.: Fairchild Pt., nos. 637, 638; Belle Isl., Charlton Bay, no. 640; N. W. shore, Bedford (O). CERATOPHYLLACEAE Ceratophyllum demersum L.— Known in the Mackenzie basin from a single collection in the Wood Buffalo Park. — Slough pond along Murdock Cr., no. 2345. RANUNCULACEAE Coptis groenlandica (Oeder) Fern.— See Rhod. 31: 136-42 (1929). — The only Mackenzie basin collections are from Lesser Slave Lake (Brinkman, N) and the following. — Thickets on margin of sandy muskeg pond about 5 mi. S. E. of Wolverine Pt., L. Athabaska, no. 6824. Actaea rubra (Ait.) Willd. — Common in open woods and thickets northward in the Paleozoic and younger country to the Wood Buffalo Park, and known on the Mackenzie (Onion, Kennicott & Hardisty, N). Apparently occasional in the pre-Cambrian. — Waterways, no. 2402; Calumet, Athabaska R., no. 756; along lower Firebag R., no. 6036. Lake Athabaska: hills south of Wabba L., no. 6485; Cornwall Bay, no. 6502. East shore of L. Mamawi, no. 2390; upper Slave R. lowland, nos. 755, 2394, 2398, 2399; Ft. Smith district, nos. 754, 757. Aquilegia brevistyla Hook. — Occasional in rather open woods northward to the lower Mackenzie (Miss E. Taylor, O) and Great Bear Lake (Richardson, 0). In the botanical appendix to Back’s Narrative is a record for A. canadensis var. hybrida at “Slave Lake,” which prob- ably refers to this species. — Clearwater R., J. M. Macoun, no. 1301 (O); McMurray, J. M. Macoun, no. 1302(O); Calumet, Athabaska R.., no. 758. Lake Athabaska: Sand Pt., no. 4642; Charlot Pt., nos. 6239, 6276; W. shore of Ellis Bay, no. 6369; Cornwall Bay, no. 6465. Fort Smith, no. 760. Great Slave L.: base of Maufelly Pt., no. 759; Fair- child Pt., no. 761; Windy Pt., Hume, no. 102662(O); Old Ft. Rae, Russell (QO). Delphinium scopulorum Gray var. glaucum Gray. — Common or occasional in open woods, northward to the Wood Buffalo Park and known on the Mackenzie (Onion, N); but apparently confined to the Paleozoic or younger lands. It is sometimes abundant in prairies. — McMurray, no. 7118; upper Slave R. lowland, nos. 2355, 2356; lower Slave R., Russell, no. 75(G); Resolution, Kennicott (N). Anemone parviflora Michx. — Occasional or common in the north- 1936] RAUP, ATHABASKA — GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION 253 ern and northeastern parts of our region, where it usually grows in mus- kegs. Also known on the Mackenzie (McConnell, O; Onion, N) and at Great Bear Lake (J. M. Bell, O). — North shore of L. Athabaska, J. W. Tyrrell, no. 100760, in part (O); Ft. Smith, Miss E. Taylor, no. 955(O). Great Slave L.: Maufelly Pt., no. 772; Fairchild Pt., no. 771; Pine Pt., Brooke (O). Near lower end of Artillery L., J. W. Tyr- rell, no. 23149(O). Anemone multifida Poir. var. hudsoniana DC. — See Rhod. 19: 141 (1917). — Common on dry ridges and prairies, and in rock crevices northward to Great Bear Lake (J. M. Bell, O) and the Mackenzie ( Du- tilly, G; Onion, Kennicott & Hardisty, N; Miss E. Taylor, O). Most of the material cited below is forma sanguinea (Pursh) Fern. — Calu- met, Athabaska R., no. 775. Lake Athabaska: Charlot Pt., no. 6233; Cornwall Bay, no. 6441. Upper Slave R. lowland, no. 2417; Ft. Smith, no. 774, and Miss E. Taylor, no. 48(O), and Seton & Preble, no. 78313 (O). Great Slave L.: Resolution, Kennicott (N); Maufelly Pt., no. 773; Fairchild Pt., nos. 776, 777; Windy Pt., Hume, no. 102663(QO); Old Ft. Rae, Russell (O). Anemone cylindrica Gray. — At least occasional in the more south- ern districts where it grows in dry woods and prairies, and known also at Peace Point. — McMurray, no. 7050. Anemone Richardsonii Hook. — An arctic and alpine species known in our region only on the north shore of Lake Athabaska. — Lake Athabaska: N. shore, J. W. Tyrrell, no. 100760, in part (O); Camsell Portage, no. 6203. Anemone canadensis L. — Common in the Wood Buffalo Park and southward, growing at slough margins and in prairies, but not known eastward of the Paleozoic boundary. Noted in Fl. Bor.-Am., under A. pennsylvanica, “from the United States to near the Mouth of Mac- kenzie River; not found in the barren grounds”; and in the botanical appendix to Back’s Narrative it is reported on “Slave Lake.” The writer has seen no material from north of the Wood Buffalo Park. — McMur- ray, Dutilly, no. 121(G); Calumet, Athabaska R., no. 770; E. shore of L. Mamawi, nos. 2424, 2426, 4398; upper Slave R. lowland, no. 769. Pulsatilla ludoviciana (Nutt.) Heller. — Anemone patens L. var. Wolfgangiana (Bess.) Koch. — Common on dry sandy or rocky ridges and in dry prairies, northward to Great Bear Lake (J. M. Bell, O) and the lower Mackenzie (McConnell, O; H. W. Jones, O; Kennicott, N). — Lake Athabaska: Chipewyan, no. 6073; and J. W. Tyrrell, no. 100765(O) (A. patens var. Nuttalliana of Tyrrell’s list); Shelter Pt., no. 768; Sand Pt., no. 4669; Charlot Pt., nos. 6089, 6138; Cornwall 294 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII Bay, no. 6571. Along Quatre Fourches R., no. 765; Ft. Smith, nos. 766, 2403; and Seton & Preble, no. 78314(O). Great Slave L.: base of Maufelly Pt., no. 767; Ft. Reliance, no. 764. Ranunculus trichophyllus Chaix var. typicus Drew. — R. aqua- tilis L. var. capillaceus DC., at least in part. — See Rhod. 38: 17-39 (1936). — Common in shallow lakes, ponds, and slow streams, north- ward at least to Great Slave Lake. Although it is known in the pre- Cambrian about Great Slave Lake it has not been found in similar country on Lake Athabaska. Noted in Fl. Bor.-Am. “to near the Arctic Sea, lat. 68°.” — Mamawi Cr., no. 2370; upper Slave R. lowland, no. 729. Great Slave L.: Fairchild Pt., nos. 730, 731, 732; N. W. shore, Bedford (QO). Ranunculus Purshii Richards. — Common in slough ponds through- out our region, and known northward to the Mackenzie River (Onion, Kennicott & Hardisty, N). Noted at Great Bear Lake in FI. Bor.- Am. — Calumet, Athabaska R., no. 735. Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., nos. 736, 737; Cornwall Bay, nos. 6491, 6626. Upper Slave R. lowland, nos. 734, 2377, 2378, 2379; Smith Portage, Slave R., Miss E. Taylor, no. 1109(O). Great Slave L.: Resolution, Miss E. Taylor, no. 22(G); N. W. shore, Bedford (QO). Ranunculus hyperboreus Rottb. — Known in the Mackenzie basin from a single collection in the Wood Buffalo Park. Ranunculus reptans L.— Common or occasional on damp sandy or stony lake shores, chiefly in the pre-Cambrian country. Noted in Fl. Bor.-Am., under R. Flammula vars., “On gravelly banks of rivers to lat. 69°.’ — Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., nos. 752, 4442; along Charlot R. near its mouth, no. 6362; 5 mi. S. E. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6820; 2 mi. W. of Ennuyeuse Cr., no. 6982. Great Slave L.: Fairchild Pt., nos. 749, 750, 751; N. W. shore, Bedford (QO). Ranunculus lapponicus L. — Occasional in muskegs throughout our region and into the Arctic. — Clearwater R., J. M. Macoun, no. 1099(O). Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., no. 740; N. of Charlot R., no. 6359; hills N. E. of Cornwall Bay, no. 6539; 5 mi, E. of Poplar Pt., nos. 6667, 6701. Great Slave L.: Taltheilei Narrows, no. 738; Fairchild Pt., no. 739. East end of Clinton-Colden L., J. W. Tyrrell, no, 23148 (O) (R. Ayperboreus of Tyrrell’s list). Ranunculus pedatifidus J. E. Sm. — This species is represented in our region mainly by its var. cardiophyllus, but the typical form has been found on a nl hill at the western end of Lake Athabaska. — Chipewyan, n Saneaus oaks J. E. Sm. var. cardiophyllus (Hook.) 1936] RAUP, ATHABASKA — GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION 255 Britton. — R. cardiophyllus Hook. — See Rhod. 36: 93-6 (1934). — Apparently rare in our region generally, but quite common in small patches of soil on granite hills at the western end of Lake Athabaska. Records in Fl. Bor.-Am. and in the botanical appendix to Back’s Narra- tive under R. affinis probably refer to R. pedatifidus or some form of it. In the former it is noted as “Universally spread from Canada to the Arctic Sea,” and in the latter for “Slave Lake.” A note in Back’s Narrative under R. auricomus, ‘““Thlew-ee-choh and Athabasca,” prob- ably also belongs here. — Chipewyan, nos. 4679, 6056, 7037. Ranunculus rhomboideus Goldie. — A plains species known in our region only on prairies in the Wood Buffalo Park. Ranunculus abortivus L. — Occasional in muskegs and lowland woods northward at least to the Wood Buffalo Park, but not found thus far east of the Paleozoic boundary. Ranunculus sceleratus L. — Common on wet pond and lake shores northward in the Paleozoic or younger country at least to the Wood Buffalo Park. Noted by Richardson northward to “Slave Lake and north to Lat. 67°”; and noted on Great Slave Lake both in Back’s Narrative and later in Harper’s list. — Lower delta of Athabaska R.., no. 746; Chipewyan, no. 7033; upper Slave R. lowlands, nos. 745, 2385, 2386; N. W. shore of Great Slave L., Bedford (O). Ranunculus tenellus Nutt. — Known in the Mackenzie basin from a single collection in a flood plain slough along the lower Peace River near the western boundary of the Wood Buffalo Park. Ranunculus pennsylvanicus Michx.— Apparently occasional northward to the Wood Buffalo Park, growing on wet river banks or on damp lake shores. Scarcely extending east of the Paleozoic boundary. In FI. Bor.-Am. it is noted as occurring with R. hispidus (R. Macounit) and “equally diffused,’ but more recent collections of the two species do not bear this out. — Calumet, Athabaska R., no. 742; lower delta of Athabaska R., no. 744; Shelter Pt., L. Athabaska, no. 743; E. shore of L. Mamawi, no. 2360. Ranunculus Macounii Britton. — Rather common in damp sloughs northward in the non-crystalline regions at least to the Wood Buffalo Park. Noted in Fl. Bor.-Am., under R. hispidus, “Banks of rivers from Canada to near the mouth of the Mackenzie River, lat. 67°,” but the writer has seen no material from beyond Fort Simpson (Onion, Kenni- cott & Hardisty, N). — Upper Slave R. lowland, nos. 2363, 2365; Fort Smith, no. 741; N. W. shore of Great Slave L., Bedford (QO). RANUNCULUs acris L. — An introduced weed known in our region only about settlements. — Smith Portage Rd., no. 747; Ft. Smith, Russell, no. 30(G). 256 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. xv Ranunculus Cymbalaria Pursh. — Halerpestes Cymbalaria (Pursh) Greene. — See Rhod. 16: 160 (1914). — Noted in Fl. Bor.-Am., ‘‘from Canada to near the Arctic Sea, lat. 68°,” but the writer has seen no material from north of the Wood Buffalo Park where it is common on muddy slough and stream margins, particularly those of slightly saline nature. — Upper Slave R. lowlands, no. 2366; Ft. Smith, no. 733. Thalictrum sparsiflorum Turcz. — Apparently quite rare in the Mackenzie basin and known east of the Rocky Mountains only from the Lesser Slave Lake district (Brinkman, N), and in the western up- lands of the Wood Buffalo Park. The record in FI. Bor.-Am. ‘Found only on Portage La Loche, . . .” is probably referable to this species though the writer has not seen the Richardson material. Thalictrum venulosum Trel. — Common in prairie openings and open woods northward in the Paleozoic or younger regions at least to the Wood Buffalo Park. The record in Fl. Bor.-Am., “from Canada to the banks of the Mackenzie River, in lat. 67°,” under 7. dioicum, prob- ably refers to this species at least with regard to our region. — Water- ways, no. 2435; McMurray, no. 7073; along lower Firebag R., no. 6014?; N. shore of Great Slave L., Hume, no, 102664(QO). Caltha palustris L. — Apparently occasional in the timbered low- lands northward to Great Slave Lake, and known on the lower Mac- kenzie as forma radicans (Miss E. Taylor, O). — Calumet, Athabaska R., no. 763. Great Slave L.: near Pine Pt., Brooke (O); near Big Island, Onion, Kennicott & Hardisty (N). PAPAVERACEAE Corydalis sempervirens (L.) Pers. — Capnoides sempervirens (L.) Borkh. — Occasional in rocky places northward to the Mackenzie (Miss E. Taylor, O); most frequent in the pre-Cambrian country. — L. Athabaska: Shelter Pt., nos. 785, 786; Sand Pt., nos. 4473, 4531, 4595; Charlot Pt., no. 6088; N. shore of Ellis Bay, no. 6115; N. shore, J. W. Tyrrell, no. 2315(O) (C. glauca of Tyrrell’s list). Along the Quatre Fourches R., no. 783; upper Slave R. lowlands, no. 2443. Great Slave L.: Taltheilei Narrows, no. 784; Yellowknife R., Russell (O); S. W. and N. shores, Howe, no. 91980(0); N. W. shore, Bedford (QO). Corydalis aurea Willd. — Capnoides aurea (Willd.) Ktze. — Com- mon in cabin clearings, disturbed soil, and newly burned areas north- ward to the Mackenzie (Dutilly, G; Onion, Kennicott & Hardisty, N), and Great Bear Lake (J. M. Bell, O). — Along lower Firebag R., no. 6033. L. Athabaska: Chipewyan, no. 6052; Shelter Pt., no. 782; N. shore, J. W. Tyrrell, no. 1554(O). Upper Slave R. lowland, no. 2441; Ft. Smith, Seton & Preble, no. 78315(O) (apparently C. lutea of Seton’s 1936] RAUP, ATHABASKA — GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION 257 list, in part); lower Slave R., no. 781; Resolution, Kennicott (N). CRUCIFERAE Draba aurea M. Vahl. — See Rhod. 36: 299-302 (1934). — Known in our region only on turfy slopes and in rock crevices on the north shore of Lake Athabaska. — Charlot Pt., nos. 6128, 6133, 6274. Draba glabella Pursh. — D. hirta of auth. — See Rhod. 36: 333 (1934). — Known only from two collections in our region, both on Great Slave Lake. — Taltheilei Narrows, no. 810; Yellowknife R., Russell (QO). Draba lanceolata Royle. — D. stylaris of auth. — See Rhod. 36: 357 (1934). — Occasional in rock crevices and on turfy slopes in the pre-Cambrian areas. — L. Athabaska: Charlot Pt., no. 6252; Corn- wall Bay, nos. 6457, 6535, 6608. Great Slave L.: Fairchild Pt., nos. 811, 812. Draba cinerea Adams. — See Svensk Botanisk Tidskrift, 24: 483-6 (1929) and Rhod. 36: 359-60 (1934). — Occasional on dry ridges and ancient beaches in the pre-Cambrian country, and known only from calcareous areas. — L. Athabaska: hills near base of Cornwall Bay, nos. 6536, 6572. Great Slave L.: Fairchild Pt., no. 809. Draba nemorosa L. — See Rhod. 36: 365 (1934). — Common in dry prairies, clearings, and on sandy lake shores northward at least to the Wood Buffalo Park, mainly in the non-crystalline country. A com- mon weed about settlements. Noted in Fl. Bor.-Am., under D. lutea, “from lat. 56° to 66°.” — Waterways, no. 2448; Fond du Lac, L. Atha- baska, J. W. Tyrrell, no. 2011(O) (var. leiocarpa of Tyrrell’s list); Ft. Smith, no. 808; and Seton & Preble, no. 78316(O); Resolution, Kenni- cott (N). THLASPI ARVENSE L. — Occasional as an adventive weed in settled areas. — Waterways, no. 2455; Gov. Hay Camp, Slave R., no. 2454. Lepidium apetalum Willd. — Occasional in dry prairie openings and disturbed ground northward to the Mackenzie (Kennicott, N). Noted in Fl. Bor.-Am., under L. ruderale, ‘from lat. 50° to 68°.” Most American material of this affinity has been called L. densiflorum Schrad., but our material matches very well with a fragment of Willdenow’s type in the Gray Herbarium. — Chipewyan, L. Athabaska, no. 7038. CapsELLA Bursa-pastoris (L.) Medic. — Bursa Bursa-pastoris (L.) Britton. — Adventive and very common about settlements. Noted in Fl. Bor.-Am. as far north as Great Bear Lake. — Waterways, no. 2461. L. Athabaska: Camsell Portage, no. 6172; about 3 mi. W. of Ennuyeuse Cr. (cabin clearing), no. 6955. Upper Slave R. lowland, no. 2462; Ft. Smith, no. 797. 258 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM (VOL. xv CAMELLINA SATIVA (L.) Crantz. — Adventive in cabin clearings and settled areas in the Wood Buffalo Park. — Gov. Hay Camp, Slave R., no. 2459. NESLIA PANICULATA (L.) Desv. — Adventive in cabin clearings and settled districts in the Wood Buffalo Park. — Gov. Hay Camp, Slave R., nos. 2457, 2458. BRASSICA ARVENSIS (L.) Ktze. — Adventive in settled districts. — Gov. Hay Camp, Slave R., no, 2456. Sisymbrium salsuginosum Pall. — See Univ. Wyo. Pub. in Bot. 1: 1-27 (1922). — A far northwestern species apparently common or occasional in the Salt Plains west of the upper Slave River, but unknown elsewhere in the Mackenzie basin. escurainia sophioides (Fisch.) O. E. Schulz. — An arctic species known in our region only on the northwest shore of Great Slave Lake. — 12 mi. E. of Moraine Pt., Bedford (QO). Descurainia Richardsonii (Sweet) O. E. Schultz. — Apparently occasional in clearings and prairies northward to the Mackenzie, chiefly west of the Paleozoic boundary. Part of the Mackenzie basin plants cited in Fl. Bor.-Am., under Sisymbrium canescens and S. brachycar- pum, and possibly also part of those under S. sophioides, probably be- long here, though the writer has seen none of them. — North shore of McLeod Bay, Great Slave L., no. 813. Braya humilis (C. A. Mey.) B. L. Robinson. — See Syn. Fl. N. Am. 1: 141 (1895). — An arctic species apparently quite rare in our region, and known only on the northwest shore of Great Slave Lake. There is a record in Tyrrell’s list of 1893 for S. humile at Chipewyan, but the writer has not been able to find the specimen upon which it was based. — Northwest shore of Great Slave L., Bedford (O). Erysimum cheiranthoides L.— Cheirinia cheiranthoides (L.) Link. — Common to abundant in prairies, cabin clearings, and river bank openings northward to the lower Mackenzie (Miss E. Taylor, O; McConnell, 0), and Great Bear Lake (Richardson, O), but apparently confined to the country west of the Paleozoic boundary. — East shore of L. Mamawi, no. 2471; Murdock Cr. district, no. 2475; Ft. Smith, no. 799: lower Slave R., no. 798. Great Slave L.: Onion, Kennicott & Hardisty (N); Hay R., Hume, no. 102666(O); N. W. shore, Bedford Erysimum parviflorum Nutt. — Occasional northward to the lower Mackenzie (McConnell, O), mainly confined to the Paleozoic or younger areas. In the Wood Buffalo Park it grows on dry prairies and bluffs. — Yellowknife R., Great Slave L., Russell (O) (resembles EF. coarctatum Fern., but has much smaller flowers). 1936 ] RAUP, ATHABASKA — GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION 259 Rorippa obtusa (Nutt.) Britt. — Apparently rare, and known in the Mackenzie basin only from a crevice on a granite hill in the Peace River delta. — East shore of L. Mamawi, no. 2514 Rorippa palustris (L.) Bess. var. glabrata (iaaenly Victorin. — See Jour. Bot. 42: 225 (1924), and Contrib. Lab. Bot. Univ. Montreal, no. 17 (1930). — Common on the wet shores of lakes and sloughs north- ward to Great Slave Lake, and known on Great Bear Lake (J. M. Bell, O). Noted by Richardson, under Nasturtium palustre, “to shores of the Arctic Sea.’”” — Calumet, Athabaska R., nos. 801, 802. L. Atha- baska: Sand Pt., no. 4548; Camsell Portage, no. 6174; Cornwall Bay, no. 6493. Upper Slave R. lowland, nos. 800, 2506, 2507, 2509. Great Slave L.: Resolution, Onion, Kennicott & Hardisty (N); Keith Isl., no. 805; Fairchild Pt., no. 804; Yellowknife Bay, no. 803; N. W. shore, Bedford (O); 12 mi. E. of Moraine Pt., Bedford (QO). Rorippa palustris (L.) Bess. var. hispida (Desv.) Rydb. — Occa- sional in the Salt Plain region of the Wood Buffalo Park. Barbarea orthoceras Ledeb. — See Rhod. 11: 134-41 (1909). — Common or occasional on stony and sandy shores about the great lakes, and known also on the Mackenzie ( Richardson, 0). — Lake Athabaska: near Sand Pt., no. 4511; N. shore of Ellis Bay, no. 6123; Cracking- stone Pt., J. W. Tyrrell, no. 2310(O) (B. vulgaris of Tyrrell’s list) ; Fishhook Bay, no. 6580. Great Slave L.: islands, E. arm, nos. 790, 791; Taltheilei Narrows, no. 793; Fairchild Pt., nos. 792, 794, 795; Yellowknife Bay, no. 789; N. W. shore, Bedford (O); Ft. Rae, Rus- sell (O). Cardamine pratensis L. var. palustris Wimm. & Grab. — See Rhod. 22: 9-11 (1920). — An arctic species known in our region only in the northern and northeastern districts. — Lake Athabaska: N. shore, J. W. Tyrrell, no. 2314(O) (C. pratensis var. angustifolia of J. M. Macoun’s Contr.). Great Slave L.: Taltheilei Narrows, no. 807; N. W. shore, Bedford (O). Cardamine pennsylvanica Muhl.— Common in upland muskegs and sloughs northward at least to the Wood Buffalo Park, but scarcely extending eastward of the Paleozoic boundary. Noted in Fl. Bor.-Am. “to the shores of the Arctic Sea.” — Chipewyan, no. 4701; Shelter Pt., L. Athabaska, no. 806. Arabis lyrata L. — Common or occasional in upland meadows and on dry ridges or beaches northward to Lake Athabaska and the Wood Buffalo Park. Noted in Fl. Bor.-Am., under Sisymbrium arabidoides, north to Lat. 68°. — Clearwater R., J. M. Macoun, nos. 1724, 1725(QO). Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., nos. 787, 788; near Sand Pt., nos. 4555, 260 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VoL. XVII 4560; mouth of Charlot R., no. 6549; 5 mi. E. of Poplar Pt., no. 6652; near E. end of L. Athabaska, J. W. Tyrrell, no, 100741(O). Arabis lyrata L. var. kamchatica Fisch. — This appears to be the common form of the species on sandy beaches and in shore rock crev- ices about Lake Athabaska. — Charlot Pt., nos. 6132, 6238; shore of main lake just west of Ellis Bay, no. 6266; mouth of Charlot R., no. 6334; 5 mi. E. of Poplar Pt., no. 6684; 2 mi. E. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6706; ancient beach ridges just E. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6748. Arabis hirsuta (L.) Scop. — Common in dry prairies, clearings, and open woods northward to Lake Athabaska and the Wood Buffalo Park. Also known on the lower Mackenzie (Onion, N).— Lake Athabaska: W. shore of Ellis Bay, no. 6162; Charlot Pt., no. 6245; near mouth of Charlot R., no. 6364; hills N. W. of Cornwall Bay, no. 6534. Fort Resolution, Dutilly, no. 100(G). Arabis retrofracta Grab. — A. Holboellii of some Amer. auth. — Occasional in dry prairies, open woods and turfy slopes northward to the lower Mackenzie (Onion, N). Notes in Fl. Bor.-Am. under Tur- ritis patula and T. retrofracta, “to lat. 68°,” probably all refer to this species. — Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., no. 796; Charlot Pt., no. 6081; Cornwall Bay, no. 6446. Fort Smith, Miss E. Taylor, no, 1683 (O); Windy Pt., Great Slave L., Hume, no. 102665(O). Arabis divaricarpa A. Nels. — A. brachycarpa of auth. — Appar- ently occasional though widespread in our region, and also known from the Mackenzie (Miss E. Taylor, O). — Clearwater R., J. M. Macoun, no. 1665(O). Lake Athabaska: Chipewyan, nos. 6067, 6068; N. shore of Ellis Bay, no. 6111; Charlot Pt., no. 6139. Arabis Drummondi Gray. — Occasional in prairies and open woods in the Wood Buffalo Park. The note in Fl. Bor.-Am., under Turritis glabra, and in Macoun’s Cat. under A. perfoliata, ‘‘as far north as lat. 64°” may refer to this species. Arabis arenicola (Richards.) Gel. — Known in our region from a single collection on Lake Athabaska. — North shore of L. Athabaska, J. W. Tyrrell, no. 34262(O) (A. humifusa var. pubescens of Tyrrell’s list). SARRACENIACEAE Sarracenia purpurea L. — See Bartonia, 15: 1-6 (1933).— Found growing abundantly in a wet muskeg near the south shore of Lake Atha- baska, but otherwise very little known in the Mackenzie basin. Noted in Fl. Bor.-Am. as “probably common throughout Canada, and as far north as Bear Lake.’ Apparently no Richardson material has ever reached American herbaria, but MacFarlane, in Das Pflanzenreich, 1936] RAUP, ATHABASKA — GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION 261 4: 110: 34, cited a specimen “Fort Chipewyan (Franklin),” which is probably at least part of the basis for the Richardson record. In his long list of plants observed in 1875 John Macoun includes the pitcher plant in his section rv, “Peace and Athabasca Rivers east of the Rocky Mountains,” but no specimens are available to support his record. — Athabaska Lake; muskeg about 3 mi. W. of Ennuyeuse Cr., no. 6974. DROSERACEAE Drosera rotundifolia L.— Common in wet, mossy muskegs in the pre-Cambrian country about Lake Athabaska but rare or occasional west of the Paleozoic boundary. Noted by Richardson “as far north as the Arctic Circle.’ — Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., nos. 778, 779; Sand Pt., no. 4533; Charlot Pt., no. 6308; muskeg N. E. of Cornwall Bay, no. 6541; 2 mi. W. of Ennuyeuse Cr., no. 7010. Great Slave L.: R. Bell, no. 23170(O); S. W. and N. shores, Howe, no. 91976(QO). Drosera anglica L. — Occasional to common on sandy lake and pond shores about Lake Athabaska, but otherwise unknown in the Macken- zie basin. — Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., nos. 780, 4426; Sand Pt., no. 4641; William Pt., no. 6854; about 3 mi. W. of Ennuyeuse Cr., no. 6969. SAXIFRAGACEAE Saxifraga Aizoon Jacq. — Chondrosea Aizoon (Jacq.) Haw. — An arctic species known in our region only on calcareous rocks at the eastern end of Great Slave Lake where it is common in crevices. — Fairchild Pt., nos. 818, 819, 820, 821, 822. Saxifraga aizoides L. — Leptasea aizoides (L.) Haw. — An arctic and alpine species known in the Mackenzie basin east of the mountains only on Great Slave and Great Bear Lakes (J. M. Bell, O). — Fair- child Pt., Great Slave L., no. 823. Saxifraga tricuspidata Rottb. — Leptasea tricuspidata (Rottb.) Haw. — Abundant on rock ridges and ancient beaches throughout the pre-Cambrian region and occasional farther westward. Forms with nearly or quite entire leaves are occasional and suggest S. austromontana Wiegand. Harper’s unverifiable record for the latter species at Chipe- wyan may have been based upon one of these forms. — Lake Atha- baska: Chipewyan, no. 6055; Shelter Pt., nos. 825, 830, 831, 832; Charlot Pt., no. 6105; near mouth of Charlot R., no. 6335; 5 mi. E. of Poplar Pt., no. 6643. Along the Quatre Fourches R., no. 826; E. shore of L. Mamawi, no. 2568; upper Slave R. lowland, no. 2567. Great Slave L.: Resolution, Kennicott (N); Caribou Isl., Seton & Preble, no. 78329(O); Taltheilei Narrows, no. 827; Maufelly Pt., no. 824; Fair- 262 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII child Pt., nos. 828, 829; Ft. Reliance, nos. 833, 834; S. W. and N. shores, Howe, no. 91970(O); Windy Pt., Hume, no. 102667(O); N. W. shore, Bedford (O); Yellowknife R., Russell (0). Parry’s Falls, Lock- hart R., J. W. Tyrrell, no, 23166(O); Artillery L., J. W. Tyrrell, no. 23167(O); and Seton & Preble, no. 78330(QO). Heuchera Richardsonii R. Br. — See Rhod. 35: 111-19 (1933). — Common on dry bluffs, prairies, and rocky hills northward at least to the Wood Buffalo Park, and known on the upper Mackenzie (Dutilly, G). Noted by Richardson from “lat. 54°-64°.” Scarcely extending into the pre-Cambrian country. — Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., no. 848; near Sand Pt., no. 4635. E. shore of L. Mamawi, no. 2550; along Quatre Fourches R., no. 847. Mitella nuda L. — Common in rich spruce or spruce-poplar wood- lands and timbered muskegs northward to the Mackenzie (Onion, Ken- nicott & Hardisty, N), but apparently occasional east of the Paleozoic boundary. — Calumet, Athabaska R., no. 816; along the lower Fire- bag R., no. 6038. Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., no. 817; Charlot Pt., no. 6302. Upper Slave R. lowland, nos, 815, 2562; vicinity of Ft. Smith, Miss E. Taylor, no, 21(G, O). Chrysosplenium tetrandrum Fries. — An arctic and subarctic spe- cies occasional throughout most of our region, usually growing in mus- kegs. — Taltheilei Narrows, Great Slave L., no. 814 Parnassia multiseta (Ledeb.) Fern. — P. palustris of auth. — See Rhod. 28: 211 (1926). — Common in muskegs, willow slough margins, and on wet lake shores throughout our region, and known northward to the lower Mackenzie (Stringer, O), and Great Bear Lake (J. M. Bell, O). — Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., nos. 840, 841, 4422; near Sand Pt., no. 4630. Upper Slave R. lowland, nos. 2553, 2554; along Smith Portage Rd., no. 842; Slave R., Miss E. Taylor, no. 25(G). Great Slave L.: R. Bell, no. 23164(O); Fairchild Pt., nos. 843, 844, 845; Yellowknife Bay, no. 846; S. W. and N. shores, Howe, no. 91969(QO) ; N. W. shore, Bedford (QO). Parnassia montanensis Fern. & Rydb. — Occasional on slough margins and wet lake shores in our region, but scarcely known elsewhere in the Mackenzie basin outside the mountains. — Calumet, Athabaska R., no. 838; Shelter Pt., L. Athabaska, no. 837;, Fairchild Pt., Great Slave L., no. 839. Parnassia Kotzebuei Cham. & Schl. — A northwestern arctic spe- cies known only in the pre-Cambrian parts of our region. It grows on stony shores. — Axis Lake, near the east end of L. Athabaska, Camp- bell, no. 132437(O). Great Slave L.: Taltheilei Narrows, no. 836; Fairchild Pt., no. 835. 1936] RAUP, ATHABASKA — GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION 263 Ribes oxyacanthoides L.— Grossularia oxyacanthoides (L.) Mill. — Common on rocky hills and in prairies and open woods north- ward at least to Great Slave Lake. — Lac la Biche, no. 6007; Water- ways, no. 2531; along lower Firebag R., no. 6024. Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., nos. 855, 856; near Sand Pt., no. 4521; Charlot Pt., nos. 6140, 6281; Cornwall Bay, no. 6605; near Fond du Lac, J. W. Tyrrell, no. 8687(O). East shore L. Mamawi, no. 2537; upper Slave R. low- land, nos. 852, 2542; Ft. Smith, Seton & Preble, no. 78578(O) (R. setosum of Seton’s list); lower Slave R., no. 854. Great Slave L.: Resolution, Kennicott (N); Fairchild Pt., nos. 850, 853. Ribes hudsonianum Richards. — Common in rich woods and tim- bered muskegs northward to Great Slave Lake, and at least occasional at Great Bear Lake (J. M. Bell, O), and on the Mackenzie (Kennicott, N).— Calumet, Athabaska R., no. 864; along lower Firebag R., nos. 6013, 6023, 6034a. Lake Athabaska: Chipewyan, J. W. Tyrrell, no. 100833(O); Shelter Pt., nos. 861, 863; Charlot Pt., no. 6157; 5 mi. E. of Poplar Pt., no. 6693. Along the Quatre Fourches R., no, 860; upper Slave R. lowland, nos. 859, 862, 2525; Ft. Smith, Miss E. Taylor (G, O); and Seton & Preble, no. 78326(O). Great Slave L.: Resolution, Onion, Kennicott & Hardisty (N); Caribou Isl., Seton & Preble, no. 78327(QO); Fairchild Pt., no. 865; Yellowknife Bay, no. 858; S. W. shore, Brooke (O); N. W. shore, Bedford (O) ?. Crystal Isl., Artillery L., J. W. Tyrrell, no. 100834(O). Ribes lacustre (Pers.) Poir. — Limnobotrya lacustris (Pers.) Rydb. — Occasional in rich woods and timbered muskegs northward in the Paleozoic or younger country to the Wood Buffalo Park. Eastward in the pre-Cambrian country it has been found only in a calcareous dis- trict on Lake Athabaska. Noted in FI. Bor.-Am., “Throughout Canada to Fort Franklin and Bear Lake . . .” — Hills near base of Cornwall Bay, L. Athabaska, nos. 6428, 6566. Ribes glandulosum Grauer. — R. prostratum L’Hér. — Occasional in woods and thickets. Noted by Preble “throughout the country from the Athabaska north at least to Great Bear Lake,” but the writer has seen no material from beyond the south shore of Great Slave Lake. — Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., no. 849; Charlot Pt., no. 6160. Clut L., near the east end of L. Athabaska, Campbell, nos. 132439, 132440. Slave R., Miss E. Taylor, no. 8666(O); Ft. Resolution, Kennicott (N). Ribes triste Pall. — Common in rich woods and timbered muskegs throughout the region and extending to the lower Mackenzie (Kennicott, N; McConnell, 0). — McMurray, no. 866; along Athabaska R. about 15 mi. below McMurray, no. 868; Calumet, Athabaska R., no. 867; 264. JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VoL. XVII along lower Firebag R., nos. 6011, 6021. Lake Athabaska: Chipewyan, J.W. Tyrrell, no. 85012(O) (R. rubrum of Tyrrell’s list); Charlot Pt., no. 6149; Camsell Portage, no. 6189; Fishhook Bay, no. 6579; near mouth of Archibald R., no. 6758. Ft. Smith, Seton & Preble, no. 78328(O). Great Slave L.: Fairchild Pt., no. 870. ROSACEAE Sorbus sitchensis Roem. — Primarily a cordilleran species, but known eastward in the Lesser Slave Lake district (John Macoun, O) and on Lake Athabaska. In the latter region it is occasional on beach ridges about the north shore, and abundant in similar places on the south shore. — Lake Athabaska: Sand Pt., nos. 4470, 4584, 4659; Elliot Pt., no. 6425; about 3 mi. E. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6799; 2 mi. W. of Faiivress Cre 6930. Amelanchier florida Lindl. — See Rhod. 14: 117 (1912).—A common shrub of dry woods, prairies, river banks, and rocky hills northward at least to the Wood Buffalo Park. Noted by Preble as extending “nearly to the limit of the woods,” and Richardson noted it (as A. ovalis) “to the Saskatchewan and Mackenzie Rivers.” It is a variable species with forms in our region strongly suggesting A. humilis Wieg. — Athabaska R., “near the rapids,” Miss E. Taylor, no. 8289 (O); Waterways, no. 2649; Calumet, no. 932. Lake Athabaska: Chipe- wyan, no. 6065; Shelter Pt., nos. 929, 933, 4466; near Sand Pt., no 4519: N. W. angle of L. Athabaska, J. W. Tyrrell, no. 100894(O) (A. alnifolia of Tyrrell’s list); Charlot Pt., no. 6084; Fishhook Bay, no. 6588; 5 mi. E. of Poplar Pt., no. 6670; 2 mi. W. of Ennuyeuse Cr., nos. 6931, 6933. East shore of L. Mamawi, no. 2654; along Quatre Fourches R., no. 927; upper Slave R. lowland, nos. 928, 2652; Ft. Smith, no. 930; and Seton & Preble, no. 78587(O) (A. alnifolia of Seton’s list) ; Resolution, Kennicott (N). Numbers 4466 and 4519 cited above approach A. humilis. In Wiegand’s revision of this group he doubt- fully determines the Taylor specimen and also one from Resolution col- lected by Preble (N. E.) as A. Aumilis. Amelanchier humilis Wieg. — Occasional on sandy lake and pond margins about Lake Athabaska, and apparently commoner southward in the Athabaska River valley. Otherwise unknown in the Mackenzie basin except for the doubtfully determined Preble specimen noted under A. florida. — McMurray, nos. 7078, 7089; along lower Firebag R., no. 6043. Lake Athabaska: Sand Pt., no. 4515; 5 mi. S. E. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6829. Rubus idaeus L. var. canadensis Richards. — R. subarcticus (Greene) Rydb. — See Rhod. 21: 89 (1919).— The common red 1936] RAUP, ATHABASKA — GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION 265 raspberry of open woods, clearings, prairies, rocky hills, and lake beaches. Preble’s note under R. strigosus, “nearly throughout the forested region,” probably refers to this variety for the most part. Tyr- rell’s record under the same name on Stone River east of Lake Atha- baska, and Harper’s under R. melanolasius between Athabaska and Great Slave Lakes may also belong here. — McMurray, no. 7104. Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., nos. 883, 884, 888, 889; Sand Pt., nos. 4520, 4522; N. shore of Ellis Bay, no. 6119; Cornwall Bay, no. 6567; 5 mi. E. of Poplar Pt., no. 6641. East shore of L. Mamawi, no. 2635; upper Slave R. lowland, nos. 881, 887, 2627; Ft. Smith, no. 885; lower Slave R., no. 882. Great Slave L.: Caribou Isl., Seton & Preble, no. 78324(O) (R. strigosus of Seton’s list) ; Fairchild Pt., no. 886; Ft. Rae, Russell (QO). Rubus idaeus var. strigosus (Michx.) Maxim. — See Rhod. 21: 89 (1919). — Known in our region only in the Wood Buffalo Park, but apparently occasional northward to the lower Mackenzie (Onion, N; Miss E. Taylor, O). Rubus Chamaemorus L.— Widely distributed in muskegs, but commonest about Great Slave Lake and in the pre-Cambrian country southward. — Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., nos. 891, 893; Sand Pt., no. 4600; Camsell Portage, no. 6195; hill country about 4 mi. S. E. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6788. Great Slave L.: Resolution, Kennicott (N); and Miss E. Taylor (G, N, O); Taltheilei Narrows, no. 892; Fairchild Pt., no. 890; Yellowknife Bay, no. 895; S. W. and N. shores, Howe, no. 91975(O); mouth of Little Buffalo R., Brooke (O); 12 mi. E. of Moraine Pt., Bedford (O); near Ft. Rae, Russell (O). Artillery L., J.W. Tyrrell, no. 23165(O). Rubus pubescens Raf. — R. triflorus Richards. — See Rhod. 11: 236 (1909). — Common to abundant in shady woods northward to Lake Athabaska and the Wood Buffalo Park, and known also on the Mac- kenzie (Kennicott, N; Onion, N). — Calumet, Athabaska R., no. 879; along lower Firebag R., no. 6047. Lake Athabaska: Camsell Portage, no. 6201; Cornwall Bay, no. 6501; along Archibald R., near its mouth, no. 6761. Along the Quatre Fourches R., no. 880; Gov. Hay Camp, Slave R., no. 2619. Rubus acaulis Michx. — R. arcticus L. var. grandiflorus Hook. — Common to abundant in rich woods and muskeg thickets northward to Great Bear Lake (J. M. Bell, O) and the Mackenzie (Kennicott, N). — Lower Athabaska R., Kennicott (N). Lake Athabaska: N. shore, J. W. Tyrrell, no. 5776(O); Shelter Pt., nos. 872, 875; Camsell Portage, no. 6197. Upper Slave R. lowland, nos. 871, 873, 2638, 2639; vicinity of 266 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VoL. XvII Ft. Smith, Miss E. Taylor (G, O); lower Slave R., Brooke (O). Great Slave L.: Resolution, Kennicott (N); Taltheilei Narrows, nos. 874, 878; Fairchild Pt., no. 877; Yellowknife Bay, no. 876; S. W. and N. shores, Howe, no. 91974(O); N. W. shore, Bedford (O). Fragaria glauca (S. Wats.) Rydb. — Common to abundant in dry open woods, prairies, clearings, and on rocky hills northward to Lake Athabaska and the Wood Buffalo Park; at least occasional at Great Bear Lake (J. M. Bell, O) and on the Mackenzie (Onion, N). Cita- tions in Fl. Bor.-Am. of Mackenzie basin plants under F. virginiana and F. canadensis probably belong here, as well as Harper’s record for F. cunetfolia at Grand Rapids on the Athabaska. Rydberg named several of the specimens cited below as F. pauciflora, but the writer has been unable to draw any good distinctions between this species and F. glauca, if indeed the latter can be maintained entirely separate from the wide- spread F. virginiana. — Lower Athabaska R., Kennicott (N); along the Athabaska just below MacKay, no. 6004; Calumet, nos. OF Eo Oie: along lower Firebag R., no. 6046. Lake Athabaska: Chipewyan, no. 6059; Cornwall Bay, no. 6439; Black R., J. W. Tyrrell, no. 7168(O) (F. canadensis of Tyrrell’s list). East shore of L. Mamawi, no. 2609; along the Quatre Fourches R., no. 974; upper Slave R. lowland, nos. 970, 2606; Ft. Smith, no. 969; and Miss E. Taylor, no. 7169(O); and Seton & Preble, no. 78574(O). Fragaria vesca L. var. americana Porter. — Known in our region only in the southern districts and along the Peace River in the. Wood Buffalo Park. — Waterways, no. 2610. Potentilla arguta Pursh. — Drymocallis agrimonioides (Pursh) Rydb. — Noted in Fl. Bor.-Am. in the “woody country as far north as lat. 65°” but the writer has seen no material from beyond Lake Atha- baska and the Wood Buffalo Park where it is common in dry prairies and rock crevices. Harper’s record for Drymocallis corymbosa on the “Taltson River below Napie Falls” probably belongs here. — McMur- ray, no. 7092; Calumet, Athabaska R., no. 948. Lake Athabaska: Chipewyan, no. 4703; Shelter Pt., nos. 949, 4430; Charlot Pt., no. 6261; Cornwall Bay, no. 6437. East can of L. Miron no. 2690. Potentilla millegrana Engelm. — Known in our area only from a clearing along the upper Slave River. — Government Hay Camp, no. 2681 Potentilla norvegica L. var. hirsuta (Michx.) Lehm. — P. mon- Speliensis of auth. — See Bibl. Bot. 16: 404 (1908). — Common to abundant in wet meadows, prairies, and areas of disturbed soil gen- erally, whether natural or artificial, northward at least to Great Slave 1936] RAUP, ATHABASKA — GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION 267 Lake. Noted in Fl. Bor.-Am. at Great Bear Lake. — Lower delta of Athabaska R., no. 963. Lake Athabaska: Chipewyan, no. 7034; Shel- ter Pt., nos. 964, 965; Sand Pt., no. 4544; Camsell Portage, no. 6173; Charlot Pt., no. 6246; Cornwall Bay, nos. 6433, 6450; 3 mi. W. of Ennuyeuse Cr., no. 6959. East shore of L. Mamawi, no. 2692; upper Slave R. lowland, nos. 2698, 2699, 2701; Ft. Smith, no. 966. Great Slave L.: Keith Isl., no. 968; Yellowknife Bay, no. 967; S. W. and N. shores, Howe, no. 91973(O). Potentilla nivea L. — An arctic species known in our region only in the pre-Cambrian country where it inhabits crevices in exposed rocky hills. — Lake Athabaska: Chipewyan, no. 4675; Charlot Pt., nos. 6087, 6094. Parry Falls, Lockhart R., J. W. Tyrrell, no. 23160(O) ; Artillery L., J. W. Tyrrell, no, 23159(O). Potentilla nivea L. var. subquinata Lange. — P. nipharga Rydb. — Occasional in rock crevices and on stony beaches about Athabaska and Great Slave Lakes, and known on the lower Mackenzie (Onion, N, type of P. nipharga). — Lake Athabaska: Chipewyan, no. 6057; Sand Pt., no. 4530; hills N. and N. E. of Cornwall Bay, nos. 6525, 6576. Great Slave L.: island in E. arm, no. 939; Taltheilei Narrows, no. 941; Fair- child Pt., no. 940; Yellowknife R., Russell (O). Potentilla nivea L. var. pentaphylla Lehm. — P. quinquefolia Rydb. — Apparently rare or occasional in the pre-Cambrian country about Great Slave Lake where it grows in rock crevices. — Caribou Isl., Seton & Preble, nos. 78575, 78576(O); Taltheilei Narrows, no. 938. Potentilla multifida L.— Common on shore rocks on the north side of Lake Athabaska, and at least occasional at Great Slave Lake and on the Mackenzie (Dutilly, G; Miss E. Taylor, O). — Lake Athabaska: Chipewyan, nos. 6061, 7036; Shelter Pt., nos. 936, 4464; Charlot Pt., nos. 6130, 6237; Fishhook Bay, no. 6578. Ft. Smith, Seton & Preble (N, O); Yellowknife Bay, Great Slave L., no. 935. Potentilla pulcherrima Lehm. — A northern plains species known in our region only in dry prairies in the Wood Buffalo Park. Potentilla pennsylvanica L. — See Rhod. 37: 286-92 (1935). — Common or occasional on dry prairies, sandy ridges, and rocky hills northward at least to Lake Athabaska and the Wood Buffalo Park. Known also at Great Slave Lake and noted by Richardson at Bear Lake. — Lake Athabaska: Chipewyan, no. 7022; Shelter Pt., no. 934; near Wabba L., no. 6476; Cornwall Bay, no. 6559. East shore of L. Mamawi, nos. 2718, 2719. Resolution, Onion, Kennicott & Hardisty (N). Taltson R., below Tethul R., Harper, no. 100280(O) (P. glab- rella of Harper’s list. This specimen is labeled “Rocher River, Alberta 268 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VoL. xv ... Aug. 12, 1914,” but the published note refers to the Taltson River with the same date, and it is presumed that the latter is correct.) Potentilla pectinata Raf. — Known in the Mackenzie basin only in the pre-Cambrian parts of our region where it inhabits rock crev- ices. — Lake Athabaska: Chipewyan, no. 7035; near Sand Pt., nos. 4487, 4636; Charlot Pt., nos. 6240, 6381; Cornwall Bay, no. 6548; Fishhook Bay, no. 6582. Taltheilei Narrows, Great Slave L., no. 937. Potentilla Anserina L.— Argentina Anserina (L.) Rydb. — Abund- ant in damp meadows, the drier parts of slough margins, and on some river and lake shores northward to Great Slave Lake, but scarcely ex- tending into the pre-Cambrian country. Known on the Mackenzie (Onion, N; Miss E. Taylor, G, O), and noted by Richardson ‘“‘to the extreme Arctic regions.” — Calumet, Athabaska R., no. 945; Shelter Pt., L. Athabaska, no. 942; E. shore of L. Mamawi, no. 2682; upper Slave R. lowland, nos. 944, 946, 2683; Ft. Smith, no. 943. Great Slave L.: Resolution, Miss E. Taylor, no, 100931(O); Stony Isl., J. W. Tyr- rell, no. 23161(O); Keith Isl., no. 947; Hay R., Hume, no. 102668(O). Potentilla palustris (L.) Scop. — Comarum palustre L. — Com- mon at the margins of sloughs and muskeg ponds throughout the region to Great Bear Lake (J. M. Bell, O) and the Barren Lands. — Lower Athabaska R., Kennicott (N); Egg L., Athabaska delta, Harper, no. 45(G). Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., nos. 954, 955; Sand Pt., no. 4579; mouth of Charlot R., no. 6313; Cornwall Bay, no. 6625; William Pt., no. 6845; muskeg 3 mi. W. of Ennuyeuse Cr., no. 6963; pond shore about 2 mi. W. of Ennuyeuse Cr., no. 6985. Great Slave L.: N. shore of McLeod Bay, no. 957; Fairchild Pt., nos. 956, 958, 959; Yellowknife Bay, no. 953; Ft. Rae, Russell (O). Casba L., J. W. Tyrrell, no. 23161(O). Potentilla fruticosa L.— Dasiphora fruticosa (L.) Rydb.— A common shrub of muskegs and rock crevices in the Wood Buffalo Park and about Great Slave Lake, but not known thus far on Lake Atha- baska. Tyrrell noted it near Fond du Lac, but no specimen is available. Preble gives its northern range as “‘to the limit of the forest,” and it has been collected at Great Bear Lake (J. M. Bell, O) and on the lower Mackenzie (Onion, N). Ft. Smith, no. 961. Great Slave L.: Caribou Isl., Seton & Preble, no. 78323(O); Taltheilei Narrows, no. 962; Yellowknife Bay, no. 960; S. W. and N. shores, Howe, no. 91972(O); N. W. shore, Bedford (O); Ft. Rae, Russell (O); Great Slave L., R. Bell, no. 23158(O); and Kennicott (N). Potentilla tridentata Ait. — Sibbaldiopsis tridentata (Ait.) Rydb. — Noted by Richardson “throughout the woody country, . . . 1936] RAUP, ATHABASKA — GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION 269 as far as lat. 64°,” but otherwise not known north of Lake Athabaska and the Wood Buffalo Park. It grows on dry sandy ridges and dunes, sandy lake beaches and in rock crevices. — Lower Athabaska R., Ken- nicott (N). Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., nos. 950, 951, 952, 4429; near Sand Pt., no. 4538; rocky point at N. W. entrance to Black Bay, no. 6418; dunes about 2 mi. E. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6749; sand hills about 4 mi. S. E. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6780; dunes just E. of Ennuyeuse Cr., no. 6926. Woodcock Portage, Black R., J. W. Tyrrell, no. 8030 (O). Upper Slave R. lowland (Gov. Hay Camp district), no. 2729. Chamaerhodos Nuttallii Pickering. — See Rhod. 37: 284-5 (1935). — Known in the Mackenzie basin east of the Rocky Moun- tains only from a single locality on the north shore of Lake Athabaska where it is abundant on outcrops of conglomerate rocks. — Charlot Pt., nos. 6228, 6248 Pop macrophyllum Willd. var. perincisum (Rydb.) Raup. — G. perincisum Rydb. — G. oregonense Rydb., not Scheutz. — See Rhod. 33: 172-6 (1931). — Common in prairies and sloughs northward to Great Bear Lake (J. M. Bell, O) and the Mackenzie (Onion, Kennicott & Hardisty, N), but not thus far collected in the pre-Cambrian re- gions. — Upper Slave R. lowland, nos. 923, 2589, 2591; Ft. Smith district, nos. 922, 925, 926; lower Slave R., no. 924. Geum strictum Ait. — Common in dry prairies and occasional in cabin clearings northward to the Wood Buffalo Park, and known also on the Mackenzie (Miss E. Taylor, 0). — McMurray, no. 7094; E. shore of L. Mamawi, no. 2579. Geum triflorum Pursh. — Sieversia triflora (Pursh) R. Br. — Com- mon in dry upland prairies and rocky hills in the Wood Buffalo Park and southwestward. The Richardson plant probably came from the vicinity of Chipewyan, but there is no other record for the species in the pre-Cambrian. — Lake Athabaska, Richardson (O); Gov. Hay Camp district, Slave R., no. 2587. Dryas Drummondii Richards. — Known in our region about Great. Slave Lake and on the north shore of Lake Athabaska, and apparently confined to calcareous rocks. Known on the Mackenzie (Onion, N), and given a wide range in the northwestern arctic regions by Richard- son. — Lake Athabaska: Cornwall Bay, no. 6550. Great Slave L.: Resolution, Kennicott (N); Fairchild Pt., nos. 911, 912, 913, 914; Jones Pt., Hume, no. 102669(O); N. W. shore, Bedford (QO). Dryas integrifolia Vahl. — An arctic and alpine species common about Great Slave Lake and northward. — Great Slave L.: R. Bell, no. 23156(O); Caribou Islands, Seton & Preble, no. 78322(O); Taltheilei 270 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII Narrows, nos. 915, 917, 919; Fairchild Pt., nos. 916, 918, 920, 921; S. W. and N. shores, Howe, no. 91971(O); N. W. shore, Bedford (QO). Last woods, Artillery L., Seton & Preble, no. 78321(O); barren ground, Artillery L., J. W. Tyrrell, no. 23157(O). Rosa acicularis Lindl. — An abundant and exceedingly variable species throughout the wooded country. The writer has been unable to maintain var. Bourgeauiana, although this is commonly done with many northern specimens; the shape of the fruits is extremely variable, both with age and locality, and the only trend which seems worthy of note is to be found about Lake Athabaska and southward. Here a form with much elongated fruits has been collected several times (nos. 2658, 2659, 2660, 4456, 4415, 7113, cited below), and may be referable to var. lacorum Erlanson (See Papers Mich. Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 5: 77-94). Most of the material cited in Fl. Bor.-Am. for the Mackenzie basin under R. blanda, R. Sayii, and R. majalis probably belongs here. — McMurray, nos. 7113, 7114; Calumet, Athabaska R., nos. 903, 910; Reed Portage, upper Athabaska delta, no. 2660; lower Athabaska R., Kennicott N). Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., nos. 898, 899, 907, 908, 4445, 4446; Sand Pt., nos. 4651, 4680; N. shore of Ellis Bay, no. 6121; Charlot Pt., no. 6403; hills S. of Wabba L., no. 6478; 2 mi. E. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6708; mouth of Archibald R., no. 6768; sand hills 4 mi. S. E. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6774; William Pt., no. 6855; 2 mi. W. of Ennuyeuse Cr., nos. 6950, 6951, 7006. East shore of L. Mamawi, nos. 2658, 2659, 2667, 4415; along Quatre Fourches R., no. 905; upper Slave R. lowland, nos. 906, 2674; Fitzgerald, R. M. Anderson (N); Ft. Smith, no. 901; and Seton & Preble, no. 78325(O). Great Slave L.: Stony Isl., J. W. Tyrrell, no. 23162(O); Taltheilei Narrows, no. 897; Maufelly Pt., no. 904; Fairchild Pt., nos. 896, 900, 909; Yellowknife Bay, no. 902; 12 mi. E. of Moraine Pt., Bedford (O); near Ft. Rae, Russell (QO). Rosa Woodsii Lindl. — Common on dry prairies and bluffs in the southern and southwestern parts of the Mackenzie basin, but not defi- nitely known in any part of the pre-Cambrian country or north of the Wood Buffalo Park. Noted in Fl. Bor.-Am. ‘North of the Saskatche- wan, as far as Bear Lake.” — McMurray, nos. 7059, 7091; E. shore of L. Mamawi, nos. 2680, 4416. Prunus demissa (Nutt.) D. Dietr. — Common in the southern and southwestern parts of the Mackenzie basin, in upland woods and on dry river bluffs. Notes in Fl. Bor.-Am. under Cerasus virginiana and C. serotina probably refer to this species and give the northern limit at Great Slave Lake, lat. 62°. The writer has seen no material, however, 1936] RAUP, ATHABASKA — GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION 271 from beyond the lower Athabaska, and it should be noted that both Seton and Preble place the northern limit in this district also. — Water- ways, no. 2569; McMurray, no. 7082; along Athabaska R. just below MacKay, no. 6000. Prunus pennsylvanica L.f. — Common in the southern and south- western portions of the Mackenzie basin and northward to Lake Atha- baska and the Wood Buffalo Park. Preble recorded it at Great Slave Lake when he wrote, “along the Athabaska and Slave Rivers and about the great lakes into which they flow.’”” — Waterways, no. 2573; along Athabaska R. just below MacKay, no. 6002; along lower Firebag R., no. 6042. Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., nos. 975, 976, 4443; Sand Pt., nos. 4469, 4594; N. shore of Ellis Bay, no. 6122; Charlot Pt., no. 6216; Fishhook Bay, no. 6581; 2 mi. E. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6712; sand hills 4 mi. S. E. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6775; 2 mi. W. of Ennuyeuse Cr., no. 6946. Upper Slave R. lowland, no. 2572. LEGUMINOSAE Astragalus frigidus (L.) Gray var. americanus (Hook.) Wats. — Phaca americana (Hook.) Rydb. — Common or occasional about Great Slave Lake and in the Wood Buffalo Park but not known else- where in our region. It is also known on the upper Mackenzie (Dutilly, G). — Great Slave L.: base of Maufelly Pt., no. 992; Fairchild Pt., no, 993, Astragalus canadensis L. — Known in the Mackenzie basin from a single collection along the lower Athabaska River. — River bank, McMurray, no. 7049. Astragalus adsurgens Pall. — Occasional on sandy ridges and prairies in the Wood Buffalo Park and southwestward. Astragalus hypoglottis L. — Common in rather dry prairies in the Wood Buffalo Park and southwestward. Astragalus alpinus L.— Tium alpinum (L.) Rydb. — Rather common in upland woods and prairies northward at least to Lake Atha- baska and the Wood Buffalo Park. Known also at Great Bear Lake (J. M. Bell, O) and the Mackenzie (Onion, N). — Lake Athabaska: island on N. shore about 6 mi. E. of Chipewyan, no. 4672; Cornwall Bay, nos. 6440, 6565, 6610. Ft. Smith, nos. 994 (coll. Mrs. Conibear), 995 Astragalus neglectus (T. & G.) Sheldon. — Known in the Mac- kenzie basin from a single collection on the lower Athabaska River. — River bank, McMurray, no. 7056. Astragalus eucosmus Robinson. — Apparently rare or occasional, but of wide range in the Mackenzie basin, extending northward to Great 272 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VoL. Xv Bear Lake (J. M. Bell, O). — Dolomitic hill near base of Cornwall Bay, L. Athabaska, no. 6574; island in Slave R. (at 30th base line), no. 991. Astragalus tenellus Pursh. — Homalobus tenellus (Pursh) Brit- ton. — Apparently occasional on dry banks and prairies northward to the lower Mackenzie (Richardson, O; Miss E. Taylor, O), but not known east of the Paleozoic boundary. Astragalus yukonis Jones. — Known in the Mackenzie basin from a single collection on the lower Athabaska River. — River bank, Calu- met, no. 990. Oxytropis retrorsa Fern.— See Rhod. 30: 140-1 (1928). — Known in our region from a single collection near the lower Athabaska River. — Along woods road near McMurray, no. 7096. Oxytropis hudsonica (Greene) Fern. — See Rhod. 30: 142 (1928). — An arctic species known in our region only in the Lockhart basin. — Barren grounds, Artillery L., J. W. Tyrrell, no. 23150(O) (O. campestris var. caerulea of Tyrrell’s list). Oxytropis gracilis (A. Nels.) K. Schum. — Aragallus gracilis A. Nels. — See Univ. Wyo. Publ. Bot. 1: 109-21 (1926) for a treatment of this and the following. — Apparently occasional in the northwestern part of our region, and known on the lower Mackenzie (Miss E. Taylor, O). — N.W. shore of Great Slave L., Bedford (O). Oxytropis Lamberti Pursh. — Apparently rare or occasional and known in the Mackenzie basin only on Great Slave Lake. Harper’s rec- ord for this species at “Salt River, September 8” cannot be verified, — S. W. and N. shores of Great Slave L., Howe, nos. 91977, 91978(O). Oxytropis viscidula (Rydb.) Tidestr. — Aragallus viscidulus Rydb. — Known thus far in the Mackenzie basin east of the moun- tains only on Great Slave Lake where it grows on shingle beaches. — Fairchild Pt., nos. 980, 981, 982; N. W. shore, Bedford (O). Oxytropis splendens Dougl. — Aragallus splendens (Dougl.) Greene. — Common in dry upland prairies and on sandy ridges and plains, chiefly west of the Paleozoic boundary and northward at least to Great Slave Lake. Noted by Richardson as extending to Bear Lake. The writer has included var. Richardsonii which seems of doubtful value. — Calumet, Athabaska R., no. 979. Great Slave L.: Resolution, Onion, Kennicott & Hardisty (N); Ft. Reliance, no. 978; first point N. of Gypsum Pt., Hume, no. 102671(O). Glycyrrhiza lepidota (Nutt.) Pursh. — John Macoun noted this species as occurring northward to Lake Athabaska, but the only authen- tic record for the Mackenzie basin is from specimens collected on the 1936] RAUP, ATHABASKA — GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION 273 lower Athabaska River in 1935. — River bank near McMurray, no. 7048. Hedysarum alpinum L. var. americanum Michx. — Common in upland open woods, prairies, river banks, and lake beaches about Great Slave Lake and in the Wood Buffalo Park, but not found thus far on Lake Athabaska. Known on Great Bear Lake (J. M. Bell, O) and the lower Mackenzie (McConnell, O; Miss E. Taylor, 0). — McMurray, no. 7057; Calumet, Athabaska R., no. 998; Government Hay Camp district,-Slave R., no. 2807. Great Slave L.: Keith Isl., no. 996; N. shore of McLeod Bay, no. 1000; Fairchild Pt., nos. 997, 999, 1001, 1002; S. W. and N. shores, Howe, no. 91991 (O); N. W. shore, Bedford (O). Hedysarum Mackenzii Richards. — Occasional in open woods and thickets and on river banks northward to the lower Mackenzie (Onion, N) and Great Bear Lake (J. M. Bell, O), but not found thus far in the pre-Cambrian country. — Upper Slave R. lowland, nos. 1004, 1005. Great Slave L.: base of Maufelly Pt., no. 1003; N. W. shore, Bedford (O). Vicia americana Muhl. — Abundant in prairies, open woods, and cabin clearings northward at least to Great Slave Lake, and noted by Richardson to Great Bear Lake. Although common just west of the Paleozoic boundary it has been collected only once in the pre-Cambrian country. — Lower Athabaska R., Kennicott (N); Calumet, nos. 1007, 1008; near Pt. La Roche, S. shore of L. Athabaska, no. 7013; E. shore of L. Mamawi, nos. 2783, 4410; upper Slave R. lowland, nos. 2796, 2798; Ft. Smith, no. 1006; Hay R., Great Slave L., Hume, no. 102670 (O). Vicia americana Muhl. var. angustifolia Nees. — Occasional in sloughs and on sand ridges in the Wood Buffalo Park, and possibly only a form of the species. — Upper Slave R. (30th base line), no. 1010; lower Slave R., no. 1009. Lathyrus ochroleucus Hook. — Abundant in prairies, clearings, and dry open woods northward at least to the Wood Buffalo Park and noted in Fl. Bor.-Am. as extending to Great Bear Lake. Scarcely known east of the Paleozoic boundary. — Waterways, no. 2749; McMurray, Dutilly, no. 119(G); along Athabaska R. about 6 mi. below McMurray, no. 987; Calumet, no. 984. Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., nos. 983, 985; near Pt. La Roche, S. shore, no. 7014. Along Quatre Fourches R., no. 989; upper Slave R. lowland, nos. 988, 2745; Ft. Smith, no. 986; and Miss E. Taylor, no. 5507(O); and Seton & Preble, nos. 78319, 78320 (O). Resolution, Onion, Kennicott & Hardisty (N). 274 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VoL. xv GERANIACEAE Geranium Bicknellii Britton. — See Rhod. 37: 295-301 (1935). — Occasional to common in upland woods and clearings northward at least to Lake Athabaska and the Wood Buffalo Park. In the latter it is abundant in recently burned areas. — Lake Athabaska: near Sand Pt., no. 4480; hills near base of Cornwall Bay, nos. 6436, 6517, 6562; N. shore, short distance W. of Fond du Lac, J. W. Tyrrell, no. 101142(O) (G. carolinianum of Tyrrell’s list). Fort Smith, no. 1011. LINACEAE Linum Lewisii Pursh. — Common or occasional on dry prairies and bluffs northward to Great Bear Lake (J. M. Bell, O) and the Mackenzie (Dutilly, G), but not known east of the Paleozoic boundary. Noted by Richardson (under L. perenne) “‘as far north as the shores of the Arctic Sea.” CALLITRICHACEAE Callitriche palustris L. — Apparently occasional in small pools and ponds northward at least to Great Slave Lake. — McMurray, no. 7097. Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., no. 1023; Sand Pt., no. 4568; along William R., no. 6876. Great Slave L.: N. W. shore, Bedford (QO). Callitriche hermaphroditica L. — See Rhod. 25: 211 (1923), and Vierteljahrssch. Nat. Ges. Ziir. 534: 548 (1909). — Common in ponds and slow streams in the Wood Buffalo Park, but very littlé collected elsewhere in the Mackenzie basin. Noted in Fl. Bor.-Am. “as far north as Bear Lake, lat. 66°.’”’ — Mamawi Cr., no. 2812. EMPETRACEAE Empetrum nigrum L. — Abundant in rocky woods and on sandy beaches and dunes throughout the pre-Cambrian parts of our area, but only occasional in the Wood Buffalo Park. — Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., nos. 1014, 1015, 1016; Sand Pt., no. 4586; Charlot Pt., no. 6156; Fishhook Bay, no. 6590; 2 mi. E. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6838; dunes just E. of Ennuyeuse Cr., no. 6921. Great Slave L.: Taltheili Nar- rows, no. 1017; Maufelly Pt., no. 1018; Fairchild Pt., nos. 1013, 1019, 1020; Ft. Reliance, no. 1021; S. W. and N. shores, Howe, no. 91979 (O); 12 mi. E. of Moraine Pt., Bedford (O). Last woods, Artillery L., Seton & Preble, no. 78390(O). BALSAMINACEAE Impatiens Noli-tangere L. — See Bull. No. 74:, Nat. Mus. Can. 149 (1935). — Known in our region only in the lowlands about the western end of Lake Athabaska, where it is common or occasional in rich woods and damp thickets. Mackenzie basin records in FI. Bor.- 1936] RAUP, ATHABASKA — GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION 275 Am. under J. fulva, “as far north as Bear Lake; lat. 66°,” probably re- fer to this species. — East shore of L. Mamawi, no, 4412; Chipewyan, no. 4690. Impatiens sp. — Apparently too young for definite determination. Although they are mere seedlings, some of the plants have produced some cleistogamous flowers and fruit. All of the material (about 70 plants) came from a space about 10 inches in diameter, from about 80 seeds which still cling to the roots. Found in the moss mat of a tim- bered, upland muskeg in the Wood Buffalo Park. RHAMNACEAE Rhamnus alnifolia L’Hér. — Known in the Mackenzie basin only along the lower Athabaska River where it is common in wet lowland woods. — McMurray, no. 7121; Calumet, no. 1022; along lower Fire- bag R., no. 6020. GUTTIFERAE Hypericum majus (Gray) Britton. — Known in the Mackenzie basin only on damp sandy shores about Lake Athabaska, where it is common to abundant. — Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., nos. 1024, 1025, 4436; Sand Pt., no. 4550; 5 mi. S. E. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6818; 2 mi. W. of Ennuyeuse Cr., no. 6980. CISTACEAE Hudsonia tomentosa Nutt. var. intermedia Peck. — Abundant on sandy beach ridges and dunes about Lake Athabaska, and noted by Richardson “as far north as Slave Lake.” Otherwise unknown in our region except for the Kennicott specimen cited below. — Lower Atha- baska R., Kennicott (N). Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., no. 1026; near Sand Pt., no. 4618; shore of main lake just W. of Ellis Bay, no. 6273; 2 mi. E. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6715; just W. of Ennuyeuse Cr., no. 6942, Lechea intermedia Leggett var.: — Known in the Mackenzie basin from a single locality on the south side of Lake Athabaska, where it grows on burned-over sand plains among young Banksian pines. — Near Archibald R., S. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6745. VIOLACEAE Viola nephrophylla Greene. — Known in our region from a single locality in the Wood Buffalo Park, and elsewhere in the Mackenzie basin only in the Peace River region. Viola palustris L. — Occasional in wet woods and muskegs along 1A distinctive form of the species, to be described in a forthcoming monograph of the genus by Dr. A. R. Hodgdon. 276 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VoL. Xv the lower Athabaska River, and on the north shore of Lake Athabaska. A specimen in Herb. G is labeled ‘“‘Arct. Am. Back? Syn. Fl. N. Am.” and “Capt. Back coll.”’; but no locality is given, and it is difficult to correlate it with any of the records in Back’s list. — Along lower Fire- bag R., no. 6025. Lake Athabaska: Sand Pt., no. 4554; Camsell Portage, no. 6200. Viola renifolia Gray var. Brainerdii (Greene) Fern. — Occasional to common in rich woods northward to the Mackenzie (Onion, Kenni- cott & Hardisty, N; Miss E. Taylor, G, O), but scarcely known east of the Paleozoic boundary. Richardson’s record for V. blanda, “as high north as Fort Franklin, in lat. 66°,” probably belongs here, and there is a Hooker specimen of V. renifolia, var. Brainerdii in Herb. G origi- nally labeled V. blanda which presumably came from the north, although no locality is given. — Along lower Athabaska R. about 15 mi. below McMurray, no. 1028; along lower Firebag R., no. 6026; Chipewyan, no. 4677. Viola rugulosa Greene. — Apparently rather widely distributed in the Mackenzie basin west of the Paleozoic boundary. It is common in open upland woods in the Wood Buffalo Park and southward. — Lower Athabaska R., Miss E. Taylor, no. 2370(O); Waterways, no. 2829. Viola adunca J. E. Smith. — Common in upland semi-open prairies and rock crevices northward to the Mackenzie River (Kennicott, N) and Great Bear Lake (J. M. Bell, O), but not known far east of the Paleozoic boundary. — Waterways, no. 2821; along Athabaska R. just below MacKay, no. 6003. Lake Athabaska: Chipewyan, J. W. Tyrrell, no. 101167(O) (probably V. canina var. sylvestris of Tyrrell’s list; the list cites Fond du Lac as the locality, but the date on the specimen is June 19, 1893, at which time Tyrrell was at Chipewyan); Shelter Pt., no. 1029. East shore of L. Mamawi, no. 2824. ELAEAGNACEAE Elaeagnus commutata Bernh. — E. argentea Pursh, not Moench. — Abundant on dry river bluffs, and occasional on dry upland prairies and sandy lake shores northward to the Mackenzie (Miss E. Taylor, G, N, O; Dutilly, G), but not known in the pre-Cambrian country. — Calu- met, Athabaska R., no. 1033. Shepherdia canadensis (L.) Nutt. — Lepargyrea canadensis (L.) Greene. — Common in woods and thickets northward to Great Slave Lake, and known on the lower Mackenzie (Miss E. Taylor, O). — Calu- met, Athabaska R., no. 1044. Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., no. 1043; near Sand Pt., no. 4668; Charlot Pt., no. 6219; Cornwall Bay, no. 6598. East shore of L. Mamawi, no. 2841; Quatre Fourches R., no. 1035; 1936] RAUP, ATHABASKA — GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION 277 upper Slave R. lowland, nos. 1036, 2835, 2836; Ft. Smith, no. 1034; and Seton & Preble, no. 78389(O). Great Slave L.: near Caribou Isl., Seton & Preble, no. 78388(O); Taltheilei Narrows, no. 1041; Fairchild Pt., nos. 1037, 1039, 1040, 1042, 1045; Yellowknife Bay, no. 1038; S. W. and N. shores, Howe, no. 91982(O); N. W. shore, Bedford (O). ONAGRACEAE Epilobium angustifolium L.— Chamaenerion angustifolium (L.) Scop. — Abundant throughout the timbered region, in open woods, clearings, prairies, and burned areas. In the pre-Cambrian it grows on rocky hills and ancient lake beaches. — Calumet, Athabaska R., nos. 1061, 1062, 1069. Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., nos. 1057, 1059, 1060, 1067; just E. of Charlot Pt., no. 6375; 2 mi. E. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6795. Quatre Fourches R., no. 1066; upper Slave R. lowland, nos. 1065, 2862; Ft. Smith, no. 1053 (Mrs. Conibear coll.), 1056. Great Slave L.: Taltheilei Narrows, no. 1058; Fairchild Pt., nos. 1054, 1055, 1068: Ft. Reliance, no. 1064; Yellowknife Bay, no. 1063; Hay R., Hume, no. 102672(O); 12 mi. E. of Moraine Pt., Bedford (O). Epilobium latifolium L. — Chamaenerion latifolium (L.) Sweet. — Chiefly an arctic and alpine species known in our region only on Great Slave Lake and in the Lockhart basin, where it grows on sandy shores and in dry woods. — Great Slave L.: base of Maufelly Pt., no. 1073; Fairchild Pt., nos. 1071, 1072; Ft. Reliance, nos. 1070, 1074; N. W. shore, Bedford (O). Last Woods, Artillery L., Seton & Preble, no. 78331(O Epilobium palustre L.— Common in muskegs and wet meadows northward to Lake Athabaska and the Wood Buffalo Park, and known on Great Slave and Great Bear Lakes (J. M. Bell, O). — Lake Atha- baska: Chipewyan, no. 4698; Shelter Pt., no. 1050; near Sand Pt., no. 4638; 2 mi. W. of Ennuyeuse Cr., no. 6979, East shore of L. Mamawi, no. 2845; Murdock Cr. district, no, 2855. Great Slave L.: Fairchild Pt., nos. 1051, 1052. Epilobium palustre L. var. monticola Haussk. — Common or occasional about Lake Athabaska and along the upper Slave River. Part of the material cited in Fl. Bor.-Am. under E. palustre var. albi- flora, “as far north as lat. 64°,” probably belongs here. — Lake Atha- baska: Shelter Pt., nos. 1046, 4427; near Sand Pt., no. 4474; along Charlot R. near its mouth, no. 6361; 5 mi. E. of Poplar Pt., no. 6695. Government Hay Camp district, Slave R., no. 2844. Epilobium glandulosum Lehm. var. adenocaulon (Haussk.) Fern. — E. adenocaulon Haussk. — See Rhod. 20: 35 (1918). — Com- mon in sloughs, wet meadows, and on lake shores northward to Lake 278 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. Xvi Athabaska and the Wood Buffalo Park, and at least occasional on Great Slave Lake. — McMurray, no. 7076; lower delta of Athabaska R., no. 1049. Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., nos. 1047, 1048; N. of Cornwall Bay, no. 6495; along Ennuyeuse Cr., near its mouth, no. 6927. East shore of L. Mamawi, no. 2870; Murdock Cr. district, no. 2863; N. W. shore of Great Slave L., Bedford (QO). Epilobium leptocarpum Haussk. var. Macounii Trel. — Known in the Mackenzie basin east of the Rocky Mountains only from the type material, which was collected ‘On moist rocks, Lake Athabaska” by John Macoun, September 3, 1875. Macoun’s journal shows that he was in the Athabaska delta on Sept. 3, somewhere within 25 miles of the lake, and in a country notable for the absence of ‘“‘rocks.”’ In his Cata- logue he wrote “Lake Athabaska, near Fort Chipewyan, Lat. 59°,” which further confuses the exact locality from which the type came. — Moist rocks, L. Athabaska. John Macoun, no. 8931(G, O) (E. minu- tum of Macoun’s Cat.) Circaea alpina L. — Occasional to common in rich woods north- ward to the Athabaska River delta, but unknown elsewhere in the Mackenzie basin, east of the Rocky Mountains. — McMurray, no. 7107; Reed Portage, upper Athabaska delta, no. 2843. HALORAGIDACEAE Myriophyllum exalbescens Fern. — M. spicatum L. of auth. — See Rhod. 21: 120 (1919). — Noted in Fl. Bor.-Am. “as far north as the Bear Lake,” and abundant in shallow slough ponds and slow streams northward at least to Great Slave Lake. — Mamawi Cr., no. 2882. Lake Athabaska: pond just N. of Cornwall Bay, no. 6623; 2 mi. W. of Ennuy- euse Cr., no. 7005. Murdock Cr. district, no. 2884; Fairchild Pt., Great Slave L., no. 1075. HIPPURIDACEAE Hippuris vulgaris L.— Common in shallow ponds and sluggish streams throughout the region, and known on the lower Mackenzie (Kennicott?, N).— Lower delta of Athabaska R., no. 1077. Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., no. 1078; muskeg N. of Cornwall Bay, no. 6496; along Archibald R., S. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6737. Upper Slave R. lowland, nos. 2877, 2878, 2879. Great Slave L.: Taltheilei Narrows, no. 1076; Fairchild Pt., no. 1079; E. shore of Charlton Bay, no. 1081; Yellowknife Bay, no. 1080; 12 mi. E. of Moraine Pt., Bedford (O). ARALIACEAE Aralia nudicaulis L.— Common to abundant in open woods north- ward at least to Lake Athabaska and the Wood Buffalo Park, and noted 1936] RAUP, ATHABASKA — GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION 279 in Fl. Bor.-Am. “throughout the woody country to lat. 64°.” — Calu- met, Athabaska R., no. 1083. Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., nos. 1084, 1085; Sand Pt., no. 4561; Charlot Pt., no. 6142. UMBELLIFERAE Cicuta occidentalis Greene. — Occasional in wet meadows north- ward at least to the Wood Buffalo Park, but not known east of the Paleo- zoic boundary. Part of the material cited under C. maculata in FI. Bor.-Am., “between lat. 54° and 64°,” probably belongs here, as may also part of Harper’s unverified records on the Tazin River and near the mouth of the Taltson. — Calumet, Athabaska R., no. 1087; lower delta of the Athabaska, no. 1086; E. shore of L. Mamawi, nos. 2890, 4403; 30th base line district, upper Slave R., no. 1088. Cicuta mackenzieana, sp. nov. PraTeE 197? Herba perennis erecta robusta, 4-10 dm. alta; radix ovoidea ad brevi- ter oblonga, recta, infra radicibus pluribus incrassatis et supra fibrosis instructa; folia inaequaliter bipinnata, plerumque purpurascentia, habitu erecto et stricto, segmentis ultimis anguste lanceolatis vel ellip- ticis, plerisque 1-5 mm. latis, vel segmentis foliorum inferiorum circa 1 cm. latis acute dentatis dentibus 3—5 per cm., foliolis saepe imperfecte divisis; umbellae ad 15 cm. latae, ramis 7-14 (plerumque 8-12); umbellulae 1.5—2.5 cm. (pleraeque circa 2 cm.) latae, pedicellis 25—45 subaequantibus; involucra bracteis paucis anguste lanceolatis vel nullis, involucella bracteolis paucis anguste lanceolatis acuminatis; fructus latior quam longus (1.5-2.2 mm. X 2-3 mm.) ad commissuram non constrictus, costis lateralibus majoribus. Sandy margin of a lagoon near the south shore of Lake Athabaska about 114 miles west of Ennuyeuse Creek, Aug. 25, 1935, no. 6976 (Type, G). The existence of a distinctive subarctic species of Cicuta was recently suggested by Dr. Nicholas Polunin while studying material collected by himself at Fort Churchill, Hudson Bay. However, not only these but also earlier specimens at the Gray Herbarium from the same region had been collected early in the season and were without mature fruit. Plants collected by the writer on Lake Athabaska in 1935, and elsewhere in the central part of the Mackenzie basin on former occasions, now provide a good series whereby the form may be properly described. Cicuta mackenzieana appears to be rather common on sandy lake and swamp margins about Lake Athabaska, and is at least occasional in the Wood 1PLaTE 197. Cicuta mackenzieana Raup. Part of type collection from a lagoon near the e south shore of L. Athabaska wie 11% mi. W. of Ennuyeuse Cr., no. 6976; details of umbellet 3, and of fruits & 8. 280 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII Buffalo Park and about Great Slave Lake. The following specimens are referred to it: margin of lagoon near mouth of Archibald R., south shore of L. Athabaska, no. 6764; muskeg margin about 3 mi. west of mouth of Ennuyeuse Cr., no. 6964; sandy shore of William R., just above its mouth, no. 6861; muskeg margin at Shelter Pt., L. Athabaska, no. 1089; Axis Lake, near E. end of L. Athabaska, Campbell, no. 132402 (O); slough margin near Moose (Eight) L., Wood Buffalo Park, no. 2892 (cited as C. occidentalis in Bot. Invest. etc.); Yellowknife Bay, Gr. Slave L., no. 1093. The Hudson Bay specimens noted above may now be cited as typical, and are as follows: Fort Churchill, J. M. Macoun, no. 79261 (distributed as C. virosa), “Hudson Bay,” Burke, and Churchill, Polunin, no. 73. Material noted in FI. Bor.-Am. under C. virosa, “between lat. 54° and 64°,” probably belongs here, at least in part. With its fruits shorter than broad this species suggests C. vagans Greene which has orbicular fruits, but it differs from C. vagans in hav- ing them unconstricted at the commissure. In the latter character it resembles the eastern C. maculata L., but C. maculata, as well as its western relative, C. occidentalis, has distinctly oblong fruits. C. mac- kenzieana differs from all of these forms, further, in having smaller fruits, umblets of many nearly equal branches (25-45, usually 30-40, as against the usual number of 30 or less very unequal ones in the other species), and in having very narrowly lanceolate, saliently dentate leaf- lets which are purplish-tinged and strict in habit Cicuta bulbifera L. — Apparently rare or ondiinadl in the Mac- kenzie basin, and known thus far only from the Wood Buffalo Park and the south side of Lake Athabaska. It grows on sandy lake shores in the latter place. — Two mi. W. of Ennuyeuse Cr., L. Athabaska, no. 6977. Sium suave Walt. — S. cicutaefolium Gmel. of auth. — See Rhod. 17: 131 (1915). — Common in wet meadows and on marshy slough margins northward at least to Great Slave Lake, but extending east of the Paleozoic boundary only short distances. Part of the material noted in Fl. Bor.-Am. under Cicuta virosa, north to lat. 64°, appears to have been this species. — Lower delta of Athabaska R., no. 1090; Shelter Athabaska, no. 1091; E. shore of L. Mamawi, nos. 2898, 4408; upper Slave R. lowland, nos. 1092, 2902. Great Slave L.: Resolution, Kennicott (N); N. W. shore, Bedford (O); Ft. Rae, Bedford (O). Heracleum lanatum Michx. — Occasional to common in clearings and semi-open prairies in the southern part of the Mackenzie basin, extending northward at least to the Wood Buffalo Park. In FI. Bor.- 1936] RAUP, ATHABASKA — GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION 281 Am. it is given the somewhat anomolous range, ‘‘as far north as the Mackenzie River in lat. 58°”; and there is an Onion, Kennicott & Hardisty specimen in Herb. N. upon which no locality is mentioned, but it might have come from the Mackenzie. — McMurray, no. 7119. CORNACEAE Cornus canadensis L.— Chamaepericlymenum canadense (L.) Aschers. & Graebn. — Usually noted as occurring throughout the wooded country, but judging by the writer’s observations it is not com- mon about the eastern arm of Great Slave Lake. It is most abundant in open woods. — Calumet, Athabaska R., nos. 1095, 1098. Lake Atha- ei Shelter Pt., no. 1094; near Sand Pt., no. 4621; Charlot Pt., no. 6397; 5 mi. E. of Pople Pt., no. 6637; anil hills about 4 mi. S. E. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6783. Quatre Fourches R., no. 1097; Gov. Hay Camp district, no. 2916; Ft. Smith, no. 1096; and Miss E. Taylor (G, N, O); and Seton & Preble, no. 78332(O). Great Slave L.: N. W. shore, Bedford (O); near Ft. Rae, Russell (O); Hay R., Hume, no. 102673(O). Cornus stolonifera Michx.— Common on stream banks and lake shores northward to the Mackenzie, mostly west of the Paleozoic bound- ary, but occasional on the north shore of Lake Athabaska where it has been found only in dolomitic areas. — McMurray, no. 7077; along the Athabaska a few miles below McMurray, no. 1100; Calumet, no. 1102. Lake Athabaska: thicket on hillside S. of Wabba L., no. 6484; near base of Cornwall Bay, no. 6575. East shore of L. Mamawi, no. 2910; along the Quatre Fourches R., no. 1099; upper Slave R. lowland, nos. 1103, 1104, 2909; near upper Smith rapids, no. 1101. Cornus stolonifera Michx. var. Baileyi (Coult. & Evans) Drescher. — C. Baileyi Coult. & Evans. — This form is apparently confined to the southwestern part of the Mackenzie basin and is known in our region only in the Wood Buffalo Park. PYROLACEAE Chimaphila umbellata (L.) Bartr. var. occidentalis (Rydb.) Blake. — See Rhod. 19: 237-44 (1917). — Known in the Mackenzie basin east of the Rocky Mountains only on Lake Athabaska. It grows in sandy spruce woods and is rather common on some parts of the south shore. — Chipewyan, no. 7020; 2 mi. E. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6798; Turnor Pt., no. 6840. Moneses uniflora (L.) Gray. — Common in rich woods and tim- bered muskegs northward at least to Great Bear Lake (J. M. Bell, O) and the upper Mackenzie (Kennicott, N; Miss E. Taylor, G, N, O), but 282 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII apparently only occasional about Lake Athabaska. — Calumet, Atha- baska R., no. 1106; near base of Cornwall Bay, L. Athabaska, no. 6477; near upper Smith Rapids, no. 1105. Great Slave L.: R. Bell, no. 23203(O); Fairchild Pt., nos. 1107, 1108, 1109; S. W. and N. shores, Howe, no. 91962(O); Windy Pt., Hume, no. 102676(O); Ft. Rae, Russell (QO). Pyrola minor L. — Erxlebenia minor (L.) Rydb. — Known in our region only on Lake Athabaska where it is rather common in damp thickets at sandy lagoon margins near the lake. Apparently rare else- where in the Mackenzie basin except in the Rocky Mountains. — Lake Athabaska: Sand Pt., no. 4558; mouth of Charlot R., no. 6319; mouth of Archibald R., no. 6771. Pyrola secunda L. — Ramischia secunda (L.) Garcke. — Common in rich woods and timbered muskegs northward to Great Bear Lake (J. M. Bell, O) and the Mackenzie River (Miss E. Taylor, O; Dutilly, G). — Calumet, Athabaska R., no. 1131. Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., nos. 1132, 1133; near Sand Pt., no. 4598; Charlot Pt., nos. 6296, 6402; mouth of Archibald R., no. 6767. Upper Slave R. lowland, nos. 1130, 2926, 2927. Great Slave L.: Kennicott (N); near Caribou Isl., Seton & Preble, no. 78346(O) (P. secunda var. pumila of Seton’s list) ; Fairchild Pt., nos. 1134, 1135, 1136; Yellowknife Bay, no. 1137; N. W. shore, Bedford (QO). Pyrola chlorantha Sw. — See Rhod. 22: 49 (1920). — Common in upland woods and damp thickets northward at least to the upper Mackenzie (Miss E. Taylor, G, O), and noted by Richardson at Great Bear Lake. — Calumet, Athabaska R., no. 1126; lower Athabaska R., Kennicott (N). Lake Athabaska: mouth of Charlot R., no. 6332; Charlot Pt., no. 6398; 5 mi. E. of Poplar Pt., no. 6638; near mouth of Archibald R., no. 6762; 2 mi. W. of Ennuyeuse Cr., no. 6943. Great Slave L.: Richardson (G); base of Maufelly Pt., no. 1125; Fairchild Pt., nos, 1123, 1124, 1127, 1128, 1129; N. W. shore, Bedford (O). Pyrola grandiflora Rad. — An arctic and alpine species known in our region only in the pre-Cambrian country, and westward on Great Slave Lake. — Lake Athabaska: west shore of Ellis Bay, no. 6164; Charlot Pt., nos. 6221, 6225, 6294; N. shore (probably near Fond du Lac), J. W. Tyrrell, no. 15780(O) (P. rotundifolia var. pumila of Tyr- rell’s list). Slave R., Richardson (G). Great Slave L.: near Caribou Isl., Seton & Preble, no. 78347(O); S. W. and N. shores, Howe, no. 91963(O). Last woods, Artillery L., Seton & Preble, no. 78348(O); and J. W. Tyrrell, no. 23205(O) (P. pumila of Tyrrell’s list); shore of Artillery L., about 3 mi. N. of Lockhart R., J. W. Tyrrell, no. 23206(O) (P. pumda of Tyrrell’s list). 1936] RAUP, ATHABASKA — GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION 283 Pyrola asarifolia Michx.— Common in poplar and spruce woods northward at least to the Wood Buffalo Park, and known on the Mac- kenzie (Onion, N). Although occasional about Lake Athabaska it has not been found elsewhere east of the Paleozoic boundary. — McMurray, no. 7085; Calumet, Athabaska R., no. 1112. Lake Athabaska: Chipe- wyan, Richardson (O) (P. rotundifolia of Fl. Bor.-Am. and Macoun’s Cat., in part); Charlot Pt., no. 6396; 5 mi. E. of Poplar Pt., no. 6639a; mouth of Archibald R., no. 6770. Along the Quatre Fourches R., no. 1110?, 1113; near upper Smith Rapids, no, 1114; Ft. Smith, no. 1111. Pyrola asarifolia Michx. var. incarnata (Fisch.) Fern. — Habitat similar to that of the species, but with a somewhat wider range through- out the wooded country. Earlier material has been named P. borealis by Rydberg, the type of which is a specimen collected on the Mackenzie River by Onion (N), but the writer has preferred to keep it as a variety of P. asarifolia. If it is raised to specific rank, an earlier name is avail- able, P. canadensis H. Andres (Ost. Bot. Z. 64: 250. 1914). — Calumet, Athabaska R., no. 1120. Lake Athabaska: hills N. E. of Cornwall Bay, no. 6529; 5 mi. E. of Poplar Pt., no. 6639. Upper Slave R. low- land, nos. 1115, 2949; vicinity of Ft. Smith, Miss E. Taylor (G, O). Great Slave L.: Taltheilei Narrows, nos. 1121, 1122; N. shore of McLeod Bay, no. 1116; base of Maufelly Pt., no. 1117; Fairchild Pt., nos. 1118, 1119; Windy Pt., Hume, no. 102675(O); N. W. shore, Bed- ford (O); near Ft. Rae, Russell (O). There are specimens in Herb.’s G and N, marked “King in Back’s Voyage” or “. . . Journey,” and originally labeled P. rotundifolia. Judging by the Botanical Appendix to Back’s Narrative, they came from “Athabasca.” Pyrola elliptica Nutt. — Known thus far only in the central and southern parts of the Mackenzie basin, and in our region only at McMurray and on Lake Athabaska where it grows in damp sandy thickets or upland woods. — McMurray, no. 7084. Lake Athabaska: Sand Pt., no. 4557; 5 mi. E. of Poplar Pt., no. 6669. Monotropa uniflora L.— Apparently rare or occasional in the Mackenzie basin, and known thus far only on Lake Athabaska and along the Slave River. — Lake Athabaska: woods along shore just E. of Chipewyan, no. 7040; rich woods on old sand beaches, 2 mi. W. of Ennuyeuse Cr., no. 6901. Slave R., Miss E. Taylor (G, O). ERICACEAE Ledum groenlandicum Oeder. — Common in muskegs throughout the wooded country. — Calumet, Athabaska R., no. 1157. Lake Atha- baska: Shelter Pt., nos. 1158, 1161, 1162, 1163; Sand Pt., nos. 4525, 4593; N. shore of Ellis Bay, no. 6113; 5 mi. E. of Poplar Pt., no. 6692; 284 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VoL. XVII along Archibald R., S. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6735. Smith Portage, Miss E. Taylor, no. 59851(O). Great Slave L.: near Caribou Isl., Seton & Preble, no. 77357(O); island near Keith Isl., no. 1156; Taltheilei Narrows, nos. 1159, 1164; Fairchild Pt., nos. 1155, 1165, 1166; Yellow- knife Bay, no. 1160; 12 mi. E. of Moraine Pt., Bedford (O); S. W. and N. shores, Howe, no. 91964(O). Last woods, Artillery L., Seton & Preble, no. 78358(O). Ledum palustre L. — This plant is most commonly represented in the Mackenzie basin by its variety decumbens, but a form referable to the typical species was found in sandy pine woods on the south shore of Lake Athabaska. — About 3 miles E. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6807. Ledum palustre L. var. decumbens Ait. — An arctic variety occa- sional in the Wood Buffalo Park and on Lake Athabaska, but commoner northward. It is found in muskegs. — Lake Athabaska: near Sand Pt., no. 4523. Great Slave L.: Caribou Isl., Seton & Preble, no. 78354(O) (L. palustre of Seton’s list); Taltheilei Narrows, no. 1189; Fairchild Pt., nos. 1167, 1168; S. shore, Brooke (O). Near southern end of Artillery L., J. W. Tyrrell, no. 23199(O) (L. palustre of Tyr- rell’s list) ; Last Woods, Artillery L., Seton & Preble, no. 78355(O) (L. palustre of Seton’s list) ; Clinton-Colden L., J. W. Tyrrell, no. 23198(O) (L. palustre of Tyrrell’s list). Rhododendron lapponicum (L.) Wahl. — An arctic species known in our region only on Great Slave Lake and in the Lockhart basin. It grows in muskegs and rock crevices. — Great Slave L.: R. Bell, no. 23209(O); Caribou Isl., Seton & Preble, no. 78360(O); Keith Isl., no. 1150; Taltheilei Narrows, no. 1151; Fairchild Pt., nos. 1148, 1149, 1152, 1153. Last woods, Artillery L., J. W. Tyrrell, nos. 23207, 23208 (O); and Seton & Preble, no. 78361(QO). Loiseleuria procumbens (L.) Desv. — An arctic and alpine species known in the Mackenzie basin east of the Rocky Mountains only on Great Bear Lake (J. M. Bell, O) and to the east of Great Slave Lake. — French L., Pike’s Portage route, J. W. Tyrrell, no. 23200(QO); Last woods, Artillery L., J. W. Tyrrell, no. 23201(O); and Seton & Preble, no. 78359(Q). Kalmia polifolia Wang. — Apparently confined to the more arctic parts of the timbered country, and extending somewhat into the Barren Lands. It has been collected on the Thelon River and in the Dubawnt drainage at Lat. 62°05’ (J. W. Tyrrell, O). The range given in FI. Bor.-Am. is ‘extending beyond the woody regions, but scarcely, . to the Arctic Circle,” and Preble states, “not noted south of Smith Land- ing [Fitzgerald],’ and “It apparently extends north to the Barren 1936 | RAUP, ATHABASKA — GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION 285 Grounds.” It has proved to be quite common in muskegs about Lake Athabaska. — Lake Athabaska: near Sand Pt., no. 4529; Camsell Portage, no. 6175; 5 mi. E. of Poplar Pt., no. 6657; along Archibald R., S. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6731. Resolution, Kennicott (N). Cassiope tetragona L.— An arctic and alpine species known in our region only in the Lockhart basin. Richardson gave its range as “From lat. 54° to the Arctic Islands,” in Fl. Bor.-Am., but there is no other indication of its presence so far south except in the Rocky Moun- tains. — Shore of Casba L., J. W. Tyrrell, no. 23193(O). Andromeda Polifolia L.— Common in muskegs throughout the pre-Cambrian country, and at least occasional southward and west- ward. — Lake Athabaska: Sand Pt., nos. 4516, 4527; Camsell Portage, no. 6192; Charlot Pt., no. 6300; mouth of Charlot R., no. 6320; about 5 mi. S. E. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6828; point about 4 mi. E. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6804; 2 mi. W. of Ennuyeuse Cr., no. 7012. Great Slave L.: Resolution, Kennicott (N); Caribou Isl., Seton & Preble, no, 78349 (O); Keith Isl., no. 1140; Taltheilei Narrows, nos. 1142, 1143, 1144; base of Maufelly Pt., no. 1147; Fairchild Pt., nos. 1141, 1145, 1146; S. W. and N. shores, Howe, no. 91965(O); N. W. shore, Bedford (QO). Lockhart R., 3 mi. from Artillery L., J. W. Tyrrell, no. 23191(O); Last Woods, Artillery L., Seton & Preble, no. 78350(O); E. end of Clinton- Colden L., J. W. Tyrrell, no. 23192(O). Chamaedaphne calyculata (L.) Moench. — Common in wet mus- kegs throughout the timbered country northward at least to Lake Atha- baska and the Wood Buffalo Park. Apparently occasional on Great Slave Lake. Noted in FI. Bor.-Am. ‘throughout the woody, and part of the barren country,” and Preble states, “probably throughout the wooded area.’”’ — Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., nos. 1138, 1139; Sand Pt., no. 4526; Camsell Portage, no. 6190; 5 mi. E. of Poplar Pt., no. 6666; along Archibald R., S. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6736; N. shore, J. W. Tyrrell, no. 15519(O) (Cassandra calyculata of Tyrrell’s list) ; “From Cumberland House to Fort Chipewyan,” Richardson (QO) (An- dromeda calyculata of Fl. Bor.-Am., and Cassandra calyculata of Ma- coun’s Cat.). Great Slave L.: Resolution, Kennicott (N); N. W. shore, Bedford (QO). Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi (L.) Spreng. — Common on sandy or rocky plains and hills, and in dry upland woods northward at least to Great Bear Lake (J. M. Bell, O). According to Preble it also extends into the Barren Lands. — Along the Athabaska just below McMurray, no. 1178; Calumet, nos. 1173, 1177; along the lower Firebag R., no. 6034. Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., nos. 1174, 1175, 1176, 4453; 286 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII Charlot Pt., no. 6078; Cornwall Bay, no. 6594; 2 mi. E. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6837; gravel dunes just E. of Ennuyeuse Cr., no. 6922. East shore of L. Mamawi, nos. 2999, 3000; along Quatre Fourches R., no. 1171; Ft. Smith, Seton & Preble, no. 78352(O). Great Slave L.: Resolution, Kennicott (N); near Caribou Isl., Seton & Preble, no. 78351(O); Taltheilei Narrows, nos. 1170, 1172; Fairchild Pt., nos. 1179, 1180, 1183; Ft. Reliance, no. 1182; Yellowknife Bay, no. 1181; and Russell (O); S. W. and N. shores, Howe, no. 91968(0O); N. W. shore, Bedford (O); French L., Pike’s Portage route, J. W. Tyrrell, no. 23188(O). Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi (L.) Spreng. var. adenotricha Fern. & Macbr. — See Rhod. 16: 211-13 (1914). — A cordilleran form of the species known eastward in the Mackenzie basin from a single locality on the north shore of Lake Athabaska. — Upper slopes of a dolomitic hill near the base of Cornwall Bay, no. 6604. Arctostaphylos rubra (Rehder & Wilson) Fern. — Mairania alpina (red-fruited form) Britton & Rydb. — Arctous alpina Niedenz. var. rubra Rehder & Wilson. — See Rhod. 16:32 (1914). — Common about Great Slave Lake and northward but only occasional in the Wood Buffalo Park and on Lake Athabaska. It is usually found in muskeg timber. — Lake Athabaska: Charlot Pt., nos. 6224, 6299. Great Slave L.: R. Bell, no. 23148(O); Taltheilei Narrows, no. 1186; Fairchild Pt., nos. 1184, 1185, 1187, 1188; S. W. and N. shores, Howe, no. 91967(O) ; N. W. shore Bedford (O). Kipling L., Pike’s Portage route, J. W. Tyr- rell, no. 23190(O); Artillery L., 3 mi. N. of Lockhart R., J. W. Tyrrell, no. 23189(O); Last Woods, Artillery L., Seton & Preble, no. 78353(O). Vaccinium canadense Richards. — Cyanococcus canadensis (Rich- ards.) Rydb.— Common to abundant on sandy plains and rocky ridges northward to Lake Athabaska and the Wood Buffalo Park. Noted in Fl. Bor.-Am. as occurring north to Great Bear Lake, but the writer has seen no other record from beyond those cited below. — Atha- baska R. below Pelican Rapids, Harper, no. 99015(O); Calumet, no. 1209; along the lower Firebag R., no. 6040. Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., nos, 1208, 1210, 1211; near Sand Point, no. 4619; Elliot Pt., no. 6426; 5 mi. E. of Poplar Pt., no. 6691; 2 mi. E. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6711; 2 mi. W. of Ennuyeuse Cr., no, 6934. Government Hay Camp district, Slave R., no. 2965. Vaccinium uliginosum L. — See Rhod. 25: 23-5 (1923). — Com- mon in muskegs and on sandy ridges and plains about the great lakes but very little known west of the Paleozoic boundary in our region. It grows to a height of 2—3 feet and produces abundant fruit. — Lake 1936] RAUP, ATHABASKA — GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION 287 Athabaska: Shelter Pt., no. 4447; near Sand Pt., no. 4510; small island about 2 mi. E. of Crackingstone Pt., no. 6424; N. shore, near Old Man R., J. W. Tyrrell, no. 101370(O); 5 mi. E. of Poplar Pt., nos. 6655, 6690; gravelly dunes just E. of Ennuyeuse Cr., no. 6918; shore ridges 2 mi. W. of Ennuyeuse Cr., no. 6948. Great Slave L.: Keith Isl., no. 1216; Taltheilei Narrows, nos. 1214, 1219; Fairchild Pt., nos. 1215, 1217, 1218, 1221, 1222; N. W. shore, Bedford (O). Last woods, Artil- lery L., J. W. Tyrrell, no. 23111(O); and Seton & Preble, no. 78382(O). Vaccinium Vitis-Idaea L. var. minus Lodd. — Vitis-Idaea Vitis- Idaea (L.) Britton. — Common to abundant in muskegs and dry sandy woods throughout the region. — Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., nos. 1191, 1192 and 1193; near Sand: Pt., no. 4620; N. shore near Cypress Pt., J. W. Tyrrell, no. 101377(O); base of Cornwall Bay, no. 6595; 2 mi. E. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6839. Along Quatre Fourches R., no. 1201; Ft. Smith, no. 1194; and Seton & Preble, no. 78384(O); and Miss E. Taylor, no. 15459(O). Great Slave L.: Taltheilei Narrows, no. 1195; Fairchild Pt., nos. 1196, 1198, 1200; Ft. Reliance, no. 1199; N. W. shore, Bedford (O); Old Ft. Rae, Russell (O). Near southern end of Artillery L., J. W. Tyrrell, no. 23113(0); Last Woods, Artillery L., Seton & Preble, no. 78383(O). Vaccinium Oxycoccus L. — Oxycoccus Oxycoccus (L.) MacM. — Common on mossy hummocks in wet muskegs northward at least to Great Bear Lake (J. M. Bell, O). Preble states that it is especially common at Bear Lake and Fort Norman. Noted by Richardson “to the Arctic sea-shore.”” — Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., no. 1203, near Sand Pt., no. 4514; Charlot Pt., no. 6306. Great Slave L.: Kennicott (N); Taltheilei Narrows, no. 1205; N. shore of McLeod Bay, no. 1206; Fairchild Pt., nos. 1204, 1207; S. W. and N. shores, Howe, no. 91966 (O); near Ft. Rae, Russell (OQ). DIAPENSIACEAE Diapensia lapponica L. — An arctic species known in our region only in the Lockhart basin. — Casba L., J. W. Tyrrell, no. 23114(O). PRIMULACEAE Primula incana M. E. Jones. — See Rhod. 30:59 (1928). — Occasional or common in damp meadows and prairies in the Wood Buffalo Park, but not known east of the Paleozoic boundary. Noted in Fl. Bor.-Am. (under P. farinosa) northward “to lat. 66° on the Mackenzie River.” — Cascade Rapid, Athabaska R., Miss E. Taylor, no. 15828(O); Government Hay Camp district, Slave R., no. 3010; Great Slave L., Richardson (G). 288 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII Primula mistassinica Michx. — Common on damp sandy or stony shores about Athabaska and Great Slave Lakes, and known northward to Great Bear Lake (J. M. Bell, O) and the Mackenzie River ( Richard- son, G, under P. Hornemanniana of FI. Bor.-Am.). — Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., nos. 1227, 1228; Sand Pt., nos. 4481, 4631; N. shore, J. W. Tyrrell, no. 15840(O); west shore of Ellis Bay, no. 6366. Great Slave L.: Keith Isl., no. 1226; Fairchild Pt., nos. 1224, 1225; S. W. and N. shores, Howe, no. 91961(O); Pine Pt., Brooke (O). Bviiais egaliksensis Wormsk. satin Rhod. 30:59 (1928). — Occasional on damp sandy shores in the eastern arm of Great Slave Lake, and known on Great Bear Lake (J. M. Bell, O). Richardson noted the range of P. sibirica, which appears to be identical with P. egaliksensis, as ‘Barren country between lat. 60° and 69°. — Great Slave L.: Keith Isl., no. 1230; base of Maufelly Pt., no. 1229. Primula stricta Hornem. — See Rhod, 30:59 (1928). — Known in our region only from an indefinite locality on Great Slave Lake, but apparently common or occasional on the Mackenzie River (Dutilly, G; Miss E. Taylor, O; Richardson, G.) — Shore of Great Slave L., R. Bell, no, 23158(O). Androsace septentrionalis L. — See Mem. 126, Biol. Ser. no. 4, Dept. of Mines, Can., 45 (1922).— Occasional in dry meadows, on sandy banks and rocky hills northward to the lower Mackenzie (Miss E. Taylor, O), but apparently rare eastward of the Paleozoic bound- ary. — Portage la Loche, John Macoun, no. 15863(O). Lake Atha- baska: Chipewyan, nos. 4683, 6058; and Preble & Carey, no. 2(W) (N. E.; var. puberulenta of St. John’s revision); Charlot Pt., no. 6093. East shore of L. Mamawi, no. 3005; Ft. Smith, nos. 1232, 3006; Reso- lution, Kennicott (N).— Extremely variable in form, size and degree of pubescence. The writer has preferred to maintain the forms repre- sented in the Mackenzie basin in one species, although further collec- tions may show well-defined geographical segregates. Dodecatheon pauciflorum (Durand) Greene. — Abundant in the semi-open prairie country on the Salt Plain west of the Slave River, but not known elsewhere in the Mackenzie basin except for the Kennicott record cited. — Resolution, Kennicott (N). Lysimachia thyrsiflora L.— Naumbergia thyrsiflora (L.) Duby. — Occasional on wet banks and shores northward at least to Great Slave Lake. Noted in Fl. Bor.-Am. from “Lake Huron to the Mackenzie River.” — Lower Athabaska R., Kennicott (N); sandy pond margin about 5 mi. S. E. of Wolverine Pt., L. Athabaska, no. 6827; Old Ft. Rae, Great Slave L., Russell (G). 1936] RAUP, ATHABASKA — GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION 289 Trientalis borealis Raf. — 7. americana (Pers.) Pursh. —See Rhod. 11: 236 (1909).— Common in rich woods northward to the lower Athabaska River and about Lake Athabaska. — Waterways, no. 3002; Calumet, Athabaska R., no. 1223; along lower Firebag R., no. 6037. Lake Athabaska: near Sand Pt., no. 4478; along Archibald R. near its mouth, no. 6760; 5 mi. S. E. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6819. Black R., E. of L. Athabaska, J. W. Tyrrell, no. 15925(Q). Trientalis europaea L. var. arctica (Fisch.) Ledeb. — T. arctica Fisch. — See Bull. 74, Nat. Mus. Can. 156 (1935). — Known in the Mackenzie basin only in the Wood Buffalo Park and southwestward. It grows in rich woods. Glaux maritima L.— Common at the margins of saline flats and brine springs west of the Slave River, and known northward to the Mackenzie (Kennicott, N). — Sulfur Bay, Great Slave L., Hume, no. 102677(O). PLUM BAGINACEAE Statice interior, sp. nov. PLaTE 198? Herba perennis scaposa, e radice sensim ad basin plantae attenuata, 2-3 mm. crassa (ex sicco); folia linearia, dense congesta, foliis multis marcescentibus infra recentes, lamina glabra, 2-6 cm. longa, 2-3.5 mm. lata (plerumque circa 2.5 mm.), obtusa vel leviter apiculata, uno nervo conspicuo et 2 vel 4 nervis obscuris ad basin foliorum majorum; scapi novelli 1-7, plerumque paucis anni praeteriti persistentibus, glabri, plerique circa 1.2 mm. crassi, 10-18 cm. alti; capituli hemi- sphaerici, circa 2 cm. lati; spiculae pleraeque 2-florae; bracteae fructi- ferae orbiculari-ovatae, basi cuneatae, margine leviter undulatae, scari- osae, basi excepta flavescentes; flores breviter stipitati (1 mm. vel. breviores), circa 7 mm. longi; calyx omnino glaber, arista exclusa circa 6 mm. longus, parte basali virescente circa 3 mm. longa et 1.5 mm. lata, nervis 5 primariis in parte superiore scariosa purpurascentibus, nervis intermediis in parte inferiore primarios aequantibus; calycis nervi pri- marii in dentes conspicuos aristas simulantes lobis conspicuis rotundatis separatos producti, dentibus 1.3-1.4 mm. ultra basin loborum pro- ductis; corolla rosea, lobis rotundatis vix calycem excedentibus. Occasional in low damp places among the large sand dunes south of William Point, L. Athabaska, Aug. 16, 1935, no. 6895 (Type, G). This species is distinct from all other North American forms in its broad leaves, its entirely glabrous calyx, and its prominent calyx teeth. Its leaves are nearly twice as broad as those of most American plants, 1PLaTE 198. Statice interior Raup. Part of type collection from dunes south of William Pt., Lake Athabaska, no. 6895; detail of flowers * 5 290 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII and its glabrous calyx would suggest removing it entirely from those sections of the genus represented in this country. Its nearest affinity appears to be S. labradorica (Wallr.) Hubbard & Blake, which has short cusps on the main lobes of the calyx. It differs from this species, how- ever, in having the rounded intermediate lobes of the calyx promi- nently developed, to approximately half the length of the main lobes and cusps, all the lobes being .3-.4 mm. longer than those of S. labradorica var. genuina Blake which it most nearly resembles. GENTIANACEAE Gentiana Amarella L.— Amarella plebeia (Cham.) Greene. — Common in damp meadows, muskegs, open woods, and damp rock crev- ices northward to Great Slave Lake, and known on the lower Macken- zie (Onion, N).— McMurray, no. 7086. Lake Athabaska: Chipe- wyan, no. 7028; near Sand Pt., no. 4627; Fishhook Bay, no. 6591. East shore of L. Mamawi, no. 3037; Gov. Hay Camp district, nos. 3032, 3033; near upper Smith Rapids, no. 1238. Great Slave L.: Fairchild Pt., nos. 1235, 1236; Ft. Reliance, no. 1237; S. W. and N. shores, Howe, no. 91959(QO); N. W. shore, Bedford (O); Ft. Rae, Russell (O). Gentiana elegans A. Nels. — See Bull. 74, Nat. Mus. Can. 157 (1935). — Common or occasional northward to the Mackenzie River (Jones, O; Onion, N), and abundant on the Salt Plains west of the Slave River. It has not been found east of the Paleozoic boundary. — Government Hay Camp district, Slave R., no. 3027. Great Slave L.: S. W. and N. shores, Howe, no. 91958(O); Sulfur Bay, Hume, no. 102678(Q). Lomatogonium rotatum (L.) Fries. — Pleurogyne rotata (L.) Griseb. — P. fontana A. Nels. — See Rhod. 21: 197 (1919). — Occa- sional in damp meadows and muskeg thickets in the Wood Buffalo Park and northward to the Mackenzie (Onion, N), but not known east of the Paleozoic boundary. — S. W. and N. shores of Great Slave L., Howe, no. 91960(O). Menyanthes trifoliata L.— See Rhod. 31: 195 (1929). — Com- mon in very wet muskegs northward to Great Slave Lake, and known on the lower Mackenzie (Kennicott, N; Miss E. Taylor, 0). — Lake Athabaska: East end, J. W. Tyrrell, no. 59564(O); William Pt., no. 6867; about 3 mi. W. of Ennuyeuse Cr., no. 6961. Great Slave L.: N. shore of McLeod Bay, no. 1234; Fairchild Pt., no. 1233; N. W. shore, Bedford (QO). APOCYNACEAE Apocynum androsaemifolium L.— Noted in Fl. Bor.-Am. as occurring ‘“‘throughout the woody country,” but the northern-most speci- 1936] RAUP, ATHABASKA — GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION 291 mens seen by the writer are from Great Slave Lake. — Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., no. 1240; dolomitic hills near base of Cornwall Bay, nos. 6434, 6560; Sand hill country about 4 mi. S. E. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6779. Fort Smith (Mrs. Conibear coll.), no. 1239; N. W. shore of Great Slave L., Bedford (OQ). Apocynum sibiricum Jacq. — A. hypericifolium Ait. — A. canna- binum L. var. hypericifolium (Ait.) Gray. — See Rhod. 37: 327-8 (1935). — Occasional on dry river banks along the lower Athabaska, and along the lower Peace River in the Wood Buffalo Park. — McMur- ray, no. 7065. POLEMONIACEAE Polemonium humile Willd. — Noted in Fl. Bor.-Am. “From lat. 66° to the Arctic sea-coast” (as P. coeruleum var. humile). The follow- ing specimens suggest a more southern range, and are the only ones available for the Mackenzie basin. — “Carlton House to Bear Lake,” Richardson (G); Great Slave L., Richardson (G). — The genus Pole- monium has been very little collected in the Mackenzie basin, particu- larly east of the Rocky Mountains. The species are very poorly de- fined in this region, and are much in need of further collection and study. Collomia linearis Nutt. — Gilia linearis (Nutt.) Gray. — Common or occasional in dry prairies in the Wood Buffalo Park and southwest- ward. Noted by Harper on the lower Taltson River, and by Richard- son ‘‘From Saskatchewan to Fort Franklin.” A specimen in Herb. G. labeled Mackenzie R. is presumably from the Richardson collection. — East shore of L. Mamawi, no. 3023. HYDROPHYLLACEAE Phacelia Franklinii R. Br. — Common in clearings and natural openings about the great lakes and in the Wood Buffalo Park, becoming abundant in burned areas. It is at least occasional northward to Great Bear Lake (Richardson, G) (Eutoca Franklini in F). Bor.-Am.).— Lake Athabaska: near Sand Pt., no. 4479; N. shore of Ellis Bay, no. 6120; near base of Cornwall Bay, no. 6429; east end, J. W. Tyrrell, no. 17009(O). Great Slave L.: Resolution, Onion, Kennicott & Hardisty (N); Taltheilei Narrows, no. 1241; Windy Pt., Hume, no. 102679(O); Old Ft. Rae, Russell (O). BORAGINACEAE Lappula Redowskii (Hornem.) Greene var. occidentalis (Wats.) Rydb. — Occasional to common about settlements, and inland in the Wood Buffalo Park. The note in Fl. Bor.-Am., ‘(Cumberland House to Bear Lake,” under Echinospermum patulum, and the same in Macoun’s 292 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. Xv Cat. under E. Redowskii var. occidentale, probably refer to this spe- cies. — Chipewyan, nos. 6063, 6066, Ft. Smith, Seton & Preble, no. 78385(O). Hackelia deflexa (Wahl.) Opiz. var. americana (Gray) Fern. & Johnston. — Lappula americana (Gray) Rydb. — Hackelia deflexa (Wahl.) Opiz of Am. auth. — See Rhod. 26: 124 (1924). — Known in the Mackenzie basin from a single collection in a cabin clearing along the Upper Slave River. — 30th base line district, Slave River, no, 3200. Mertensia paniculata (Ait.) Don. — See Contr. Gray Herb. n. ser. 48: 1-20 (1916). — Common in open woods, prairies and cabin clear- ings northward to Great Slave Lake, and known on the Mackenzie (Onion, N). It has not been found east of the Paleozoic boundary. — Waterways, no. 3206; Calumet, Athabaska R., no. 1243; along lower Firebag R., no. 6033-a; along the Quatre Fourches R., no. 1244; Gov. Hay Camp, Slave R., nos. 3208, 3209; Hay R., Great Slave L., Hume, no. 102680(Q). LABIATAE Scutellaria epilobiifolia Hamilton. — S. galericulata Amer. auth., not L. — See Rhod. 23: 86 (1921). —- Common in wet meadows north- ward to the Wood Buffalo Park, and at least occasional to the Mac- kenzie (Onion, N; Ross, N; Kennicott, N), but not known very far east of the Paleozoic boundary. — Shelter Pt., L. Athabaska, nos. 1250, 1251; E. shore of L. Mamawi, no. 3186; Upper Slave R. lowland, nos. 3190, 3191; S. W. and N. shores of Great Slave L., Howe, no. 91955 (O). Dracocephalum parviflorum Nutt. — Moldavica parviflora (Nutt.) Britton. — Common in dry openings and clearings northward at least to the Wood Buffalo Park, and known on the Mackenzie (Onion, N). It is abundant as a “‘fireweed” in new burns, and appears to be rare or occasional east of the Paleozoic boundary. — Near base of Cornwall Bay, L. Athabaska, no. 6430; Resolution, Kennicott (N); “Between Bear Lake and Cumberland House,” Richardson (G). Agastache Foeniculum (Pursh) Ktze. — Lophanthus anisatus Benth. — Noted in FI. Bor.-Am. north ‘‘to Fort Franklin on the Mac- kenzie River,’ and in Macoun’s Cat. “north to Lake Athabaska.” It is apparently rare northward and the writer has seen only the following material. — McMurray (growing as a roadside weed), nos. 7081, 7116; Resolution, Kennicott (N). Physostegia parviflora Nutt. — Dracocephalum WNuttallii Brit- ton. — Known thus far in the Mackenzie basin only in the delta low- 1936] RAUP, ATHABASKA — GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION 293 lands west of Lake Athabaska and along the Upper Slave River, where it is rather common at willow slough margins and on low mud flats. — East shore of L. Mamawi, nos. 3183, 4401; Murdock Cr. district, no. 3184; Gov. Hay Camp district, Slave R., no. 3185. GaLeopsis TETRAHIT L.— Introduced in the southern districts, where it grows in waste places. — Waterways, no, 3198. Stachys scopulorum Greene. — Common in prairies and at the drier margins of sloughs northward to the Wood Buffalo Park, and at least occasional on the Mackenzie (Onion, Kennicott & Hardisty, N) (N. E.). Not known far eastward of the Paleozoic boundary. Noted in Fl. Bor.-Am. as extending to Ft. Franklin, and by Harper at Tsu Lake, both under S. palustris. — McMurray, no. 7054; lower delta of Athabaska R., no. 1248; Shelter Pt., L. Athabaska, no. 1249; E. shore of L. Mamawi, nos. 3170, 4397; Upper Slave R. lowland, nos. 3178, 3180, 3181; Resolution, Onion, Kennicott & Hardisty (N) (N. E.). Monarda mollis L. var. menthaefolia Fern. — See Rhod. 3: 15 (1901). — Common or occasional in dry prairies in the Wood Buffalo Park and southwestward. Lycopus uniflorus Michx. — Known in the Mackenzie basin only on the south side of Lake Athabaska, where it is abundant at the mar- gins of sandy ponds. — Ponds about 5 mi. S. E. of Wolverine Pt., nos. 6822, 6825; 2 mi. W. of Ennuyeuse Creek, nos. 6978, 6984. Mentha canadensis L. var. glabrata Benth. — M. arvensis L. var. glabrata (Benth.) Fern. —- Common in sloughs, wet meadows, and on stream margins northward to the Mackenzie (Onion, N; Miss E. Taylor, O), but not extending far eastward from the Paleozoic boundary. Plants noted in the Tazin basin by Harper under M. glabrior probably belong here. — McMurray, no. 7061; lower delta of Athabaska R., no. 1247; Shelter Pt., L. Athabaska, nos. 1245, 1246; E. shore of L. Mamawi, nos. 3168, 4399; upper Slave R. lowland, nos. 3163, 3164; N. W. shore of Great Slave L., Bedford (QO). SCROPHULARIACEAE Limosella aquatica L. — Noted by John Macoun “on mud flats on the Lower Peace River and at Fort Chipewyan,” but unknown else- where in the Mackenzie basin except for the following. — Damp sand at margin of beach lagoon, Sand Pt., L. Athabaska, no. 4569. Veronica americana Schwein. — Noted in Macoun’s Cat., “north- ward to Lake Athabaska,”’ but the writer has seen no material from beyond the lower Athabaska River. Occasional in wet meadows and on wet river banks in the southwestern part of the Mackenzie basin, — Calumet, Athabaska R., no. 1255. 294 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII Veronica scutellata L.— Occasional or common in wet sloughs northward at least to Great Slave Lake, but not known far east of the Paleozoic boundary. — Government Hay Camp district, Slave R., no. 3148; near Ft. Smith, no. 1252; N. W. shore of Great Slave L., Bedford (QO). Veronica peregrina L. var. xalapensis (HBK.) Pennell. — V. xalapensis HBK. — See Torreya, 19: 167 (1919). — Occasional or common on damp shores, in rock crevices, wet meadows and open prairies northward at least to the western part of Lake Athabaska, and to the Wood Buffalo Park. Noted in Fl. Bor.-Am. (under V. peregrina) “Throughout Canada to the Mackenzie River.’”’ — Lake Athabaska: Chipewyan, no. 4700; Shelter Pt., nos. 1253, 1254. East shore of L. Mamawi, no. 3146. Euphrasia subarctica Raup. — See Rhod. 36: 87-8 (1934). — Occasional in damp mossy crevices and muskegs about the north side of Lake Athabaska, and known at the eastern end of Great Slave Lake. The record for E. officinalis in Fl. Bor.-Am., ““Canada and New- foundland, to lat. 64° N,” probably includes this species in the north- west. — Lake Athabaska: near Sand Pt., no. 4633 (Type); base of Cornwall Bay, no. 6612; Clut L., near E. end of L. Athabaska, Camp- bell, no. 132401(O). Fairchild Pt., Great Slave L., no. 1266. Castilleja Raupii Pennell. — C. pallida of most auth. — See Proc. Acad, Nat. Sci. Phila. 86: 528-31 (1934). — Occasional to common in upland woods, the willow margins of wet meadows and streams, and on sandy lake shores. — Calumet, Athabaska R., no. 1260. Lake Atha- baska: Sand Pt., no. 4562; N. E. shore of Ellis Bay, no. 6126; near mouth of Charlot R., nos. 6318, 6351; W. shore of Ellis Bay, no. 6371. 30th base line district, Slave R., no. 1258; Ft. Smith, no. 1261; and Seton & Preble, no. 78386(O) (C. pallida var. septentrionalis of Seton’s list) ; Lower Slave R., no. 1262. Great Slave L.: Caribou Isl., Seton & Preble, no. 78387(O) (C. pallida var. septentrionalis of Seton’s list) ; Keith Isl. and vicinity, nos. 1257, 1264; Taltheilei Narrows, no. 1263; Maufelly Pt., no. 1265; Fairchild Pt., no. 1259; S. W. and N. shores, Howe, no. 91957(O); Windy Pt., Hume, no. 102682(O); Pine Pt., Brook (QO); near Ft. Rae, Russell (O); Hay R., Preble & Carey, no. 16 (W) (N. E.). Orthocarpus luteus Nutt. — Known in our region only in dry prai- ries at Peace Point, in the Wood Buffalo Park. Rhinanthus Kyrollae Chab. — Occasional on the north shore of Lake Athabaska and in the Wood Buffalo Park, growing in damp thick- ets. Richardson noted R. Crista Galli “to the shores of the Slave Lake, 1936] RAUP, ATHABASKA — GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION 295 and to Fort Franklin,” and Harper has a record for R. oblongifolius at the ‘Mouth of Taltson River,’ but whether these are all referable to the above is uncertain. The group is poorly understood and badly in need of further material and study. — Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., no. 1267; Fishhook Bay, no. 6584 ?. Pedicularis labradorica Houttuyn.— See Rhod. 33: 193 (1931). — Occasional to common in woods, muskegs and rock crevices about Great Slave Lake, but apparently rare in the Wood Buffalo Park and on Lake Athabaska. Known on Great Bear Lake (J. M. Bell, O) and the lower Mackenzie (Miss E. Taylor, 0). — Great Slave L.: Tal- theilei Narrows, no. 1271; Maufelly Pt., no. 1269; Fairchild Pt., nos. 1270, 1272, 1273, 1274; Ft. Reliance, no. 1268; Windy Pt., Hume, no. 102681(O); N. W. shore, Bedford (O); Ft. Rae, Russell (O). Artil- lery L., Seton & Preble, no. 78579(O). Pedicularis lanata Cham. & Schlecht. — An arctic and alpine spe- cies known in our region only in the Lockhart basin. — Artillery L., J. W. Tyrrell, no. 23119(O) (P. Langsdorfu var. lanata of Tyrrell’s list). Pedicularis lapponica L.— Known in our region only on the northeastern height of land. — Portage between Clinton-Colden L. and the Thelon R., J. W. Tyrrell, no. 23117(O) (P. euphrasioides in Tyr- rell’s list). Pedicularis parviflora Smith. — Known in the Mackenzie basin from a single locality near the south shore of Lake Athabaska. — Mar- gin of wet muskeg about 3 mi. W. of Ennuyeuse Creek, nos. 6965, 6968. Melampyrum lineare Lam. — Common in dry sandy woods about Lake Athabaska, and probably common in similar situations south- ward. — Vicinity of Athabaska Landing, Brinkman, no. 4063(N). Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., nos. 1276, 4465; 5 mi. E. of Poplar Pt., nos. 6688, 6700; 2 mi. W. of Ennuyeuse Cr., no. 6937. OROBANCHACEAE Boschniakia rossica (Cham. & Schl.) Hulten. — See Kgl. Sv. Akad. Hand. Ser. 3, 8. No. 2: 126 (1930). — Occasional to common about Great Slave Lake, in mossy woods. The Fairchild Point speci- mens come from clumps of Alnus viridis. Known also on the lower Mackenzie (Dutilly, G; Miss E. Taylor, O), and noted by Richardson at Ft. Franklin. — Great Slave L.: R. Bell, no. 23149(O); Fairchild Pt. nos. 1277..1278, 1279, LENTIBULARIACEAE Pinguicula vulgaris L.— Common about Great Slave Lake, and known at Great Bear Lake (J. M. Bell, O) and on the lower Mac- 296 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII kenzie (Miss E. Taylor, G, O). It grows in damp mossy crevices. — Great Slave L.: Richardson (G); Keith Isl., no. 1282; Taltheilei Nar- rows, no. 1281; base of Maufelly Pt., no. 1280; S. W. and N. shores, Howe, no. 91956(O); N. W. shore, Bedford (O); Ft. Rae, Russell (O) Pinguicula villosa L. — An arctic and alpine species known in our region about the eastern arm of Great Slave Lake and on the north side of Lake Athabaska. It grews on mossy hummocks in muskegs. — Char- lot Pt., L. Athabaska, no. 6307. Great Slave L.: Caribou Isl., Seton & Preble, no. 78292(O); Taltheilei Narrows, no. 1285; N. shore of McLeod Bay, near Hoarfrost R., no. 1283; Fairchild Pt., nos. 1284, 1286. Utricularia vulgaris L.— Common to abundant in shallow lakes and sluggish streams northward at least to Great Slave Lake. — Cree (Mamawi) Cr., Athabaska delta, no, 3139. Lake Athabaska: pond near base of Cornwall Bay, no. 6624; 2 mi. W. of Ennuyeuse Cr., no. 7004. Grande Detour Portage, lower Slave R., Russell, no. 74(G). Great Slave L.: Yellowknife Bay, no. 1291; N. W. shore, Bedford (O); Ft. Rae, Russell (QO). Utricularia minor L.— Probably common at shallow lake mar- gins northward at least to Great Slave Lake, though not extensively collected. — Lake Athabaska: William Pt., no. 6860; 2 mi. W. of Ennuyeuse Cr., no. 7003. Great Slave L.: Fairchild Pt., no. 1292. Utricularia intermedia Hayne. — Occasional or common at shal- low pond margins about Athabaska and Great Slave Lakes. Noted in Fl. Bor.-Am. from Lake Huron “to Bear Lake,” and by Harper in a “muskeg pond near Athabaska River, 10 miles below McMurray.” — Lake Athabaska: Charlot R., near its mouth, no. 6365; 5 mi. S. E. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6826; William Pt., nos. 6858, 6859. Great Slave L.: Fairchild Pt., nos. 1288, 1290; Bell Isl., Charlton Bay, no. 1289; Yellowknife Bay, no. 1287. PLANTAGINACEAE Plantago major L. var. asiatica Decaisne. — Common on river banks and in damp meadows northward at least to the Wood Buffalo Park, but not extending far east from the Paleozoic boundary. Noted in Fl. Bor.-Am. (as P. major) from “Lake Huron .. . to lat. 68.” — McMurray, no. 7064; Calumet, Athabaska R., no. 1296; Reed Portage, upper Athabaska delta, no. 3132; Shelter Pt., L. Athabaska, nos. 1293, 4435; Upper Slave R. lowland, nos. 1295, 3134, 3135; Ft. Smith, no. 1294, Plantago eriopoda Torr. — Common on saline flats in the Wood 1936] RAUP, ATHABASKA — GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION 297 Buffalo Park and southwestward. The record in Macoun’s Cat., “north- ward to the Arctic Sea” probably refers in part to P. septata Morris, a species of the lower Mackenzie. Plantago oliganthos R. & S.— See Rhod. 27:93 (1925). — Known in the Mackenzie basin only on salt flats west of the Upper Slave River. RUBIACEAE Galium boreale L.— Common to abundant in dry open woods, prairies and clearings northward to the Mackenzie (Miss E. Taylor, O; Onion, Kennicott & Hardisty, N), but very little known east of the Paleozoic boundary. Harper noted it on the Taltson River at Twin Gorges and below Tethul R., and on the Athabaska River at Pelican Portage, but no specimens are available. — Calumet, Athabaska R., no. 1305; Shelter Pt., L. Athabaska, no. 1306; E. shore of L. Mamawi, no. 3112; along Quatre Fourches R., no. 1303; upper Slave R. lowland, nos. 1302, 3107, 3108; Ft. Smith, no. 1304. Great Slave L.: ‘Sulfur Bay, Hume, no. 102685(O); N. W. shore, Bedford (O); Old Fort Rae, Russell (O). Galium trifidum L.— Common in sloughs and damp meadows northward at least to Lake Athabaska and the Wood Buffalo Park. Richardson’s record for G. Claytoni, “as far north as lat. 68°” probably refers to this species. — Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., nos, 1297, 1298, 1299: bank of Charlot R. near its mouth, no. 6363; near base of Corn- wall Bay, no. 6492; 5 mi. E. of Poplar Pt., no. 6702. Upper Slave R. lowland, nos, 3122, 3126, 3128; Ft. Smith, no. 1304. Galium triflorum Michx.— Common in damp woods in the low- lands about the western end of Lake Athabaska and southward. — McMurray, no. 7047; and Dutilly, no. 111(G); Reed Portage, upper Athabaska delta, no. 3098; Chipewyan, no. 4685; along Quatre Fourches K., ne. 1501; CAPRIFOLIACEAE Viburnum pauciflorum Raf.— Abundant in open woods north- ward at least to Great Slave Lake, and known at Great Bear Lake (J. M. Bell, O) and on the Mackenzie (Onion, Kennicott & Hardisty, N). Back’s record for V. acerifolium, “Slave River, and Athabaska,” prob- ably belongs here, as do also the Mackenzie basin records in Fl. Bor.- Am. for V. edule and V. Oxycoccus. — McMurray, no. 7111; Calumet, Athabaska R., no. 1330; along lower Firebag R., no. 6018. Lake Atha- baska: N. shore, J. W. Tyrrell, no. 9548(O); Shelter Pt., nos. 1325, 1329; Charlot Pt., no. 6143; Cornwall Bay, no. 6596; along Archibald R. near its mouth, no. 6757. East shore of L. Mamawi, no. 3084; along 298 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII Quatre Fourches R., no. 1327; upper Slave R. lowland, nos. 1322, 3081; Ft. Smith, no. 1324; and Seton & Preble, no. 78333(O). Great Slave L.: Resolution, Kennicott (N); Taltheilei Narrows, no. 1323; Fairchild Pt., no. 1328; N. W. shore, Bedford (O). Symphoricarpos occidentalis Hook. — Richardson noted this spe- cies between latitudes 54° and 64°, but the writer has seen no material from beyond the south shore of Great Slave Lake. It grows in dry prairies and is abundant in parts of the Wood Buffalo Park. It has not been found far east of the Paleozoic boundary. — McMurray, no. 7093; Chipewyan, Dutily, no. 133(G); E. shore of L. Mamawi, no. 3061; Gov. Hay Camp district, Slave R., no. 3064; Resolution, Kenni- cott (N). Symphoricarpos albus (L.) Blake var. pauciflorus (Robbins) Blake. — S. pauciflorus (Robbins) Britton. — S$. racemosus Michx. var. pauciflorus Robbins. — See Rhod. 16: 119 (1914). — Common to abundant in open, chiefly aspen woods, northward to Lake Athabaska and the Wood Buffalo Park. Most frequent in the Paleozoic or younger regions. — Lac la Biche, no. 6006; McMurray, no. 7103. Lake Atha- baska: Chipewyan, no. 7031; near Sand Pt., no. 4670; Charlot Pt., no. 6135. East shore of L. Mamawi, nos. 3075, 3076, 4417; Gov. Hay Camp, Slave R., no. 3072; Ft. Smith, no. 1320. Linnaea borealis L. var. americana (Forbes) Rehder. — L. ameri- cana Forbes. — Common in rich woods throughout our region, and northward to Great Bear Lake (J. M. Bell, O) and the lower Mackenzie (Miss E. Taylor, G). Noted by Seton on Aylmer Lake, in the Barren grounds. — Calumet, Athabaska R., nos, 1312, 1314. Lake Atha- baska: Shelter Pt., nos. 1313, 1315; Charlot Pt., no. 6275. Along the Quatre Fourches R., no. 1307; Gov. Hay Camp district, Slave R., no. 3053; Ft. Smith, no. 1311; and Miss E. Taylor, no. 9572(O); Cascade Portage, Slave R., Onion, Kennicott & Hardisty (N). Great Slave L.: near Caribou Isl., Seton & Preble, no. 78335(O); Taltheilei Narrows, no. 1316; base of Maufelly Pt., no. 1309; Fairchild Pt., nos. 1308, 1310; Yellowknife Bay, no. 1317; Windy Pt., Hume, no. 102684(O); S. W. and N. shores, Howe, no. 91954(O); N. W. shore, Bedford (O); Old Fort Rae, Russell (O). Lonicera glaucescens Rydb.— Common in open upland woods northward in the Paleozoic or younger country to the Wood Buffalo Park, and occasional on Lake Athabaska. — McMurray, Dutilly, no. 113(G); Calumet, Athabaska R., no. 1319; Lake Athabaska: Charlot Pt., no. 6292; near base of Cornwall Bay, no. 6504. East shore of L. Mamawi, no. 3088; Ft. Smith, no. 1318; and Miss E. Taylor, no. 9658(O); and Seton & Preble, no. 78334(O). 1936] RAUP, ATHABASKA — GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION 299 Lonicera involucrata (Richards.) Banks. — Distegia involucrata (Richards.) Cockerell. — Richardson noted this species between lat. 54° and 64°, but the northernmost specimens seen by the writer are from Lac la Biche. Preble noted it “on the banks of the Athabaska,” but no farther northward. — Lac la Biche, nos. 3097, 6008; “Rocky woods, between lat. 54°-64°,” Richardson (QO). ADOXACEAE Adoxa Moschatellina L. — Definitely known in our region only in the extreme southern part, along the Athabaska River. Noted by Rich- ardson, however, in the “wooded country, lat. 54°-64°.” — Athabaska R., near Cascade Rapids, Miss E. Taylor (G, N, O); Athabaska R., lat. 56°, J. M. Macoun, no. 9484(O). VALERIANACEAE Valeriana septentrionalis Rydb. — V. sylvatica Banks. — Occa- sional in upland muskeg thickets in the Wood Buffalo Park. Noted by Richardson on the Clearwater River near Methye Portage, but other- wise unknown in our region. CAMPANULACEAE Campanula rotundifolia L.— Common in open woods, dry prai- ries, and rocky hills northward at least to the western part of Great Slave Lake. Noted in Fl. Bor.-Am., under C. linifolia, as far north as lat. 64°. Mackenzie basin material recorded under C. petiolata in FI. Bor.-Am. is included here. — Calumet, Athabaska R., no. 1332. Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., nos. 1334, 1335, 1336, 4425; Sand Pt., nos. 4485, 4536; Charlot Pt., nos. 6290, 6404; island near base of Charlot Pt., no, 6390; Cornwall Bay, no. 6454; hills S. of Wabba L., no. 6474; near Archibald R., S. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6743. East shore of L. Mamawi, no. 3048; along the Quatre Fourches R., no. 1331; Gov. Hay Camp district, Slave R., no. 3045. Great Slave L.: S. W. and N. shores, Howe, no. 91953(O); Windy Pt., Hume, no. 102683(O); N. W. shore, Bedford (O); Ft. Rae, Russell (QO). LOBELIACEAE Lobelia Kalmii L. — Apparently rare in the Mackenzie basin, and known only from the following records. Noted by Richardson in saline marshes in lat. 60°. — Sandy muskeg, 'N. arm of Great Slave L., Hume, no. 102686(O). COMPOSITAE Grindelia perennis A. Nels. — G. squarrosa (Pursh) Dunal ex Torr. & Gray. — See Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 21: 485-8 (1934). — Com- 300 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII mon on the Salt Plain prairies west of the Slave River, but not known elsewhere in our region. Noted in Fl. Bor.-Am., under Donia squarrosa Pursh, in the “woody country between lat. 54°-64°,” but the writer has seen no material from beyond the Wood Buffalo Park. Solidago multiradiata Ait.— An arctic and alpine species the typical form of which is known in our region only on Great Slave Lake where it grows on rocky hills or on sandy or stony plains and beaches. At least a part of the material referred to under S. Virgaurea, “woody country between lat. 54° and 64°,” in Fl. Bor.-Am. probably belongs here. — Great Slave L.: Taltheilei Narrows, no. 1365; Fairchild Pt., nos. 1362, 1363, 1364; Ft. Reliance, no. 1366; N. W. shore, Bedford Solidago multiradiata Ait. var. scopulorum Gray. — Common in clearings and in damp woods and thickets in the Wood Buffalo Park, but not known east of the Paleozoic boundary nor north of Resolu- tion. — Lower Athabaska R., Kennicott (N); Government Hay Camp district, Slave R., nos. 3265, 3266; Resolution, Onion, Kennicott & Hardisty (N). Solidago decumbens Greene var. oreophila (Rydb.) Fern. — S. oreophila Rydb. — See Rhod. 38: 202-4 (1936). — Common in dry prairies, clearings, and on sandy or rocky shores and upland woods north- ward to Lake Athabaska and the Wood Buffalo Park. It is known also on the south shore of Great Slave Lake and on the Lower Mackenzie (Miss E. Taylor,OQ). Material noted in Fl. Bor.-Am. under S. stricta, and in Macoun’s Cat. under S. Aumilis, “Woody country between lat. 54° and 64°,” probably belongs here. — Calumet, Athabaska R., no. 1370. Lake Athabaska: Chipewyan, no. 7024; Shelter Pt., nos. 1368, 1369, 4467; Sand Pt., nos. 4491, 4578, 4599, 4640; rocky point at N. W. entrance to Black Bay, no. 6413; Cornwall Bay, no. 6533; 2 mi. E. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6710; 4 mi. S. E. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6792. Government Hay Camp district, upper Slave R., no. 3255; Ft. Smith, no. 1367 (Mrs. Conibear coll.); Resolution, Onion, Kennicott & Hardisty (N). Solidago nemoralis Ait. var. decemflora (DC.) Fern. — See Rhod. 38: 224-7 (1936). — Known in the Mackenzie basin from two collec- tions on Lake Athabaska, where it inhabits dry rocky and sandy up- lands. — Near Archibald R., S. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6744; Chipewyan, np. 7023. Solidago lepida DC. var. elongata (Nutt.) Fern. — S. elongata Nutt. — S. canadensis of auth., in part. —See Rhod. 17: 8-10 (1915). — Common in clearings, open woods, and prairies northward 1936] RAUP, ATHABASKA — GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION 301 at least to the Wood Buffalo Park, and known on the upper Mackenzie (Miss E. Taylor, O), but apparently extending only a short distance east of the Paleozoic boundary. Records in Fl. Bor.-Am. and Macoun’s Cat. under S. canadensis, S. elongata, and S. procera, with notations, “from Slave Lake to Fort Franklin,’ and ‘‘wooded country between lat. 54° and 64°,” probably belong here for the most part. — McMurray, nos. 7051, 7066; Calumet, Athabaska R., no. 1359. Lake Athabaska: Chipewyan, no. 7042; Shelter Pt., nos. 1358, 1360, 1361; Sand Pt., no. 4639. East shore of L. Mamawi, no. 3275; Great Slave L., Richard- son (G). Solidago lepida DC. var. fallax Fern. — See Rhod. 17: 8-10 (1915). — Apparently occasional in the river lowlands where it in- habits damp meadows. — East shore of L. Mamawi, no. 4402; Gov. Hay Camp district, Slave R., nos. 3280, 3282; lower Slave R., no. 1357; Resolution, Kennicott (N). Solidago graminifolia (L.) Salisb. var. camporum (Greene) Fern. — Euthamia camporum Greene. — See Rhod. 17: 12 (1915). — Occasional on damp sandy or muddy shores northward to Lake Atha- baska. Records in Fl. Bor.-Am. and Macoun’s Cat., “north to lat. 64°,” under S. lanceolata probably belong here, but the writer has seen no material from so far north. — McMurray, no. 7071. Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., nos. 1355, 1356; Sand Pt., nos. 4475, 4547; 5 mi. S. E. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6816. Hay (Prairie) R., no. 3263. Aster Richardsonii Spreng. — See Contr. Arnold Arb. 6: 202-4 (1934). — Common on sandy and stony shores about Great Slave Lake, but otherwise not definitely known in our region. It is common north- ward to the Arctic, and on the upper Peace River, particularly in the Rocky Mountains. Harper noted it at the Grand Rapids of the Atha- baska, but no specimen is available. — Great Slave L.: R. Bell, no. 23159(O); Caribou Isl., Seton & Preble, no. 78336(O) (A. sibiricus of Seton’s list); Keith Isl., no. 1350; Yellowknife, Russell (O); Ft. Rae, Russell (O); S. W. and N. shores, Howe, no. 91990; N. W. shore, Bedford (QO). Aster conspicuus Lindl. — Common in upland woods in the Mc- Murray district and in the southwestern parts of the Wood Buffalo Park. — McMurray, no. 7088. Aster modestus Lindl. — Known in this region only in the upper Athabaska delta. — Reed Portage, no. 3213. Aster Lindleyanus T. & G. — Common in open woods and clear- ings northward to Lake Athabaska and the Wood Buffalo Park, and known on Great Slave Lake; but apparently occasional in the pre- 302 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII Cambrian regions. Records in Fl. Bor.-Am. under A. paniculatus, “Slave Lake,” and under A. praecox, “Fort Franklin,” are probably ref- erable to this species or some form of it. — McMurray, no. 7087; Reed Portage, Athabaska delta, no. 3239. Lake Athabaska: Chipe- wyan, nos. 4674, 7025, 7026; Cornwall Bay, nos. 6518, 6608-a. Gov- ernment Hay Camp district, Slave R., nos. 3245, 3246, 3248, 3249; near upper Smith Rapids, no. 1354; Ft. Smith (Mrs. Conibear, coll.) no. 1353; Resolution, Kennicott (N); Great Slave L., Howe, no. 91065(O). Aster Lindleyanus T. & G. var. comatus Fern. — Apparently rare or occasional, and possibly not worthy of varietal rank. It has been found along the Peace River in the Wood Buffalo Park, and on the Mackenzie River (Kennicott, N). Aster Lindleyanus T. & G. var. ciliolatus (Lindl.) Gray. — Known in this region only from Great Slave Lake specimens cited in Fl. Bor.-Am. under A. ciliolatus. — Great Slave L.: Richardson (G). Aster laevis L. var. Geyeri Gray. — Known only in the southern and southwestern parts of the Mackenzie basin where it inhabits dry prairies and upland woods, and extends northward to the Wood Buffalo Park. — McMurray, no. 7080; Chipewyan, no. 4674-a; E. shore of L. Mamawi, no. 4396. Aster ericoides L.— A. multiflorus Ait. — See Rhod. 28: 65 (1926), and 32: 136-40 (1930). — A species of dry prairies and bluffs, known in our region only in the Wood Buffalo Park where it is rather common. — Government Hay Camp district, Slave R., no. 3227. Aster junceus Ait. — Common to abundant on stream banks and in damp meadows northward at least to the Wood Buffalo Park, and known on Great Slave Lake and the Mackenzie (Kennicott, N). It is appar- ently rare east of the Paleozoic boundary. Records made by Harper under S. salicifolius on the Athabaska River and near Salt River prob- ably belong here. Rydberg set up a new species, A. Franklinianus (in Bull. Torrey Bot. Club, 37: 141, 1910), to include the Mackenzie basin specimens of this complex to which he had access (those of Richardson and Kennicott). With more abundant material, however, the writer has been unwilling to separate them, for the present at least, from the wide-ranging A. jumceus. — McMurray, nos. 1352, 7067, 7070; Sand Pt., L. Athabaska, no. 4545; E. shore of L. Mamawi, nos. 3217, 3218, 3219, 4409; upper Slave R. lowland, nos. 3220, 3221, 3223; near upper Smith Rapids, no, 1351; Resolution, Onion, Kennicott & Hardisty (N); Great Slave L., Richardson (G, N) (A. laxifolius of Fl. Bor.-Am.); Ft. Rae, Russell (O). 1936] RAUP, ATHABASKA — GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION 303 Aster puniceus L.— Common in clearings and wet meadows in the great river lowlands, but not known elsewhere in the Mackenzie basin except possibly in the southwestern sections. — Reed Portage, upper Athabaska delta, no. 3214; Murdock Cr. district, no. 3215; Gov. Hay Camp, no. 3216. Aster pauciflorus Nutt. — Known in the Mackenzie basin only on the Salt Plain prairies west of the upper Slave River. Aster falcatus Lindl. — Apparently rare in the Mackenzie basin, growing on dry banks and rocky hills. Material noted in Fl. Bor.-Am. under ‘A. ramulosus, “Saskatchewan to Fort Franklin on the Mackenzie River,” probably belongs here at least in part. The species is very poorly represented in American herbaria, and is greatly in need of further study. It was collected on the Mackenzie by Onion and Ross N). — McMurray, no. 7069; Chipewyan, no. 4684. Erigeron acris L. var. asteroides (Andrz.) DC. — E. droebachen- sis O. Muell. — See Rhod. 12: 225 (1910). — Common in clearings, damp meadows, and on stream margins northward at least to Lake Athabaska and the Wood Buffalo Park. Noted in Fl. Bor.-Am., under E. glabratus, ‘from the Saskatchewan to Fort Franklin .. .,” but the writer has seen no material from beyond Great Slave Lake. — Reed Portage, upper Athabaska delta, no. 3300. Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., no. 1346; hill S. of Wabba L., no. 6475; hill country N. E. of Cornwall Bay, no. 6532; mouth of Archibald R., no. 6773. Government Hay Camp, Slave R., nos. 3296, 3297; near upper Smith Rapids, no. 1345; N. W. shore of Great Slave L., Bedford (QO). Erigeron acris L. var. arcuans Fern. — See Rhod. 28: 236 (1926). — Common or occasional in muskegs and at wet slough mar- gins throughout the region and far northward on the Mackenzie (Onion, N; Miss E. Taylor, 0). — Lake Athabaska: mouth of Charlot R., no. 6340; muskeg N. of Cornwall Bay, no. 6531. Fort Smith, Miss E. Paster (N); Fairchild Pt., Great Slave L., nos. 1337, 1338, 1339. Erigeron acris L. var. debilis Gray. — See Rhod. 12: 225 (1910). — Apparently rare in the Mackenzie basin, and known from a single locality on Great Slave Lake. — Muskegs, Fairchild Pt., nos. 1347, 1348. Erigeron lonchophyllus Hook. — Apparently rare or occasional in semi-open prairies and clearings in the Wood Buffalo Park and south- westward. Erigeron compositus Pursh var. trifidus (Hook.) Gray. — See Contr. Gray Herb. 49: 72-9 (1917); Univ. Wyo. Pub. Bot. 1: 172-86 (1926); Rhod. 30: 122-3 (1928).— An arctic and alpine species, 304 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VoL. XVII known in our region only at the eastern end of Great Slave Lake, where it grows on shingle beaches. — Fairchild Pt., Great Slave L., no. 1340. Erigeron glabellus Nutt. — Common on dry prairies in the Wood Buffalo Park and southwestward, and at least occasional far northward in the Mackenzie country (Miss E. Taylor, O; ?Kennicott, N). Mac- kenzie basin records under E. pulchellus in Fl. Bor.-Am., ‘Woody country, from Canada to lat. 64°” probably belong here. — Resolution, Kennicott (N). Erigeron philadelphicus L. — Common in damp meadows and on river flood plains northward in the Paleozoic or younger country to the Wood Buffalo Park, and known on the Mackenzie (Miss E. Taylor, G; Kennicott, N). Notes in Fl. Bor.-Am. under E. philadelphicus and E. purpureus, “Woody country between lat. 54° and 64°,” and “From Lake Huron . . . to the Arctic Circle,” are referable here for the most part. — Calumet, Athabaska R., nos. 1341, 1343; E. shore of L. Mamawi, no, 3308; upper Slave R. lowland, nos. 1342, 3311; lower Slave R., no. 1344; “Athabasca and north,” Richardson, no. 11177(O). Erigeron canadensis L. — Leptilon canadense (L.) Britton. — Apparently rare or occasional in the Mackenzie basin, and known thus far only on granite hills about the western end of Lake Athabaska. — Chipewyan, no. 7039; E. shore of L. Mamawi, no. 3307. Erigeron hyssopifolius Michx. — Occasional in damp thickets in the Wood Buffalo Park, and northward to Great Bear Lake (J. M. Bell, O) and the Mackenzie (Onion & Ross, N). Unknown east of the Paleozoic boundary. Richardson’s record for Galatella graminifolia at Great Slave Lake should be referred here. — 30th base line district, Slave R., no. 1349; Smith Portage, Miss E. Taylor, no. 11157(QO). Great Slave L.: Pine Pt., Brooke (O); Windy Pt., Hume, no. 102687 (O); N. W. shore, Bedford (O). Erigeron ramosus (Walt.) B. S. P. — Known in our region only along the upper Slave River and at the western end of Lake Athabaska, where it grows in waste places and on damp muddy shores. — Chipe- wyan, no. 7041; Gov. Hay Camp district, Slave R., no. 3306. Antennaria pulcherrima (Hook.) Greene. — Known in our region only from an upland meadow in the Wood Buffalo Park. Antennaria rosea (D. C. Eat.) Greene. — Common in dry upland woods and prairies northward at least to Great Slave Lake, and known on the lower Mackenzie (Stringer, O). — Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., no. 1378; Charlot Pt., nos. 6243, 6279; Fishhook Bay, no. 6585. Fort Smith, no. 1379; lower Slave R., no. 1380. Great Slave L.: R. Bell, no. 23160(O); S. W. and N. shores, Howe, no. 91995(O); N. W. shore, Bedford (QO). 1936] RAUP, ATHABASKA — GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION 305 Antennaria nitida Greene. — Common in dry woods and prairies northward at least to the upper Mackenzie ( Dutilly, G). — Lake Atha- baska: Shelter Pt., no. 4452; base of Cornwall Bay, no. 6452; hills S. of Wabba L., no. 6472; 4 mi. E. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6802. East shore of L. Mamawi, no. 3317; Government Hay Camp district, Slave R., no. 3320. Great Slave L.: Fairchild Pt., no. 1372; Yellowknife Bay, no. 1371. Parry Falls, Lockhart R., J. W. Tyrrell, no. 23176(O)? (A. exilis of Tyrrell’s list). Antennaria campestris Rydb. — Occasional in dry prairies and on rocky shores northward to the western part of Great Slave Lake. — Lake Athabaska: Chipewyan, no. 6069; and Harper, no. 90115(O); Shelter Pt., no. 1376; Charlot Pt., nos. 6076, 6108, 6283. Great Slave L.: S. W. and N. shores, Howe, no. 91996(O). Antennaria aprica Greene. — Occasional on the north shore of Lake Athabaska, and known on the Peace River (cited under A. parvi- folia in Contr. Arnold Arb. 6: 210). — Lake Athabaska: Chipewyan, no. 6071; Shelter Pt., no. 1373; Charlot Pt., nos. 6080, 6284. Antennaria oxyphylla Greene. — Occasional in dry upland woods on the north shore of Lake Athabaska and along the Slave River, but not known elsewhere in the Mackenzie basin. — Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., no. 1374; Sand Pt., no. 4549; Cornwall Bay, no. 6464. Ft. Smith, no. 1375. Gnaphalium uliginosum L.— Apparently rare in the Wood Buf- falo Park and about the western end of Lake Athabaska, growing in damp sandy soils. Unknown elsewhere in the Mackenzie basin. — Chipewyan, no. 7016. Xanthium italicum Mor. — X. commune Britton. — See Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pub. Bot. 4: no. 2 (1919), and Cornell Agr. Exp. Sta. Mem. 92: 414 (1926). — Apparently confined to the southern part of the Mackenzie basin, and known only from the clayey banks of the lower Athabaska River. — McMurray, no. 7075. Helianthus giganteus L. — Common on river banks about McMur- ray, but unknown farther north in the Mackenzie basin. — McMurray, nos. 1381, 7068. Bidens cernua L. — Known in our region only in the Wood Buffalo Park, where it is common on marshy shores. — Reed Portage, upper Athabaska delta, no. 3327; Murdock Cr. district, no. 3328. ANTHEMIs CotuLta L. — Known only as a weed about settlements in the southern part of the region. — McMurray, no. 7098. Achillea sibirica Ledeb. — A. multiflora Hook. — See Rhod. 31: 219 (1929). — Common at lowland slough margins and on delta plains 306 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VoL. Xvi northward at least to the Wood Buffalo Park, and known on the lower Mackenzie (Onion, Kennicott & Hardisty, N), but very little known east of the Paleozoic boundary. It was noted at Tsu Lake by Harper. — McMurray, no. 7112; Shelter Pt., no. 1404; E. shore of L. Mamawi, nos. 3368, 4395; upper Slave R. lowland, nos. 1403, 3370, 3371. Achillea Millefolium L.— Common in prairies, damp meadows and clearings in the Wood Buffalo Park and southward. Also known on Great Bear Lake (J. M. Bell, O) and the Mackenzie (Miss E. Taylor, O). Eastward in the pre-Cambrian region it appears to be replaced in part at least by A. borealis, a closely related form. Owing to the great variation in this species complex certain of the following are placed here provisionally. — Calumet, Athabaska R., no. 1400. Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., nos. 1396, 1397; near eastern end, J. W. Tyrrell, no. 116957 (O) (var. nigrescens of Tyrrell’s list). East shore of L. Mamawi, no. 3345; Gov. Hay Camp district, Slave R., nos. 3353, 3357, 3358; Ft. Smith (Mrs. Conibear coll.), nos. 1398, 1399. Great Slave L.: Keith Isl., no. 1402; Taltheilei Narrows, no. 1401. Achillea borealis Bong. — A northern species, clearly represented in our region only on Lake Athabaska, where it grows on rocky or sandy shores and ridges. — Charlot Pt., nos. 6244, 6259; small island near base of Cornwall Bay, no. 6547; William Pt., no. 6857. Achillea megacephala, sp. nov. PLaTE 1991 Herba erecta 3-4 dm. alta, rhizomate perenni, caule striato leviter flexuoso arachneoso ad dense lanato; folia caulina 4-8 (plerumque circa 6), 2-12 cm. longa, 3-8 mm. lata, linearia vel oblanceolata, obtusa vel acuta, inferiores in petiolum angustata, omnia basi amplexicaulia, folia hasalla 10-15 cm. longa, 6-10 mm. lata, oblanceolata ad linearia in petiolum angustata, folia omnia 2-3 pinnatifida, segmentis ultimis brevibus crassis ovatis, tomento albo lanato fere obscuratis, sed apices exteriorum glabrae saepe fulvo-tinctae in setam albam hyalinam circa 3 mm. longam e basi hyalina excurrentes. Inflorescentia corymbiformis, 3-8 cm. lata; involucra basi rotundata, 5-7 mm. alta (pleraque circa 6-7 mm.), 4-6 mm. lata (pleraque circa 5 mm.); bracteae manifeste imbricatae, obtusae vel rotundatae, superiores ad marginem sericeae ad lanatae, costa rigida conspicua hyalina in medio interdum fulvo- tincta, margine late lacerato scarioso interdum tenuiter fulvo-tincto; ligulae circa 5, 2.5-3 mm. longae, 3-3.5 mm. latae, pleraeque trilobatae, albae; capitula circa 25-flora, receptaculo breviter conico, fere alto quam lato; achaenia circa 2 K 0.8 mm., leviter complanata, ad apicem latissima, alba, medio fusco, stipite distincto. 1PLATE 199. Achillea megacephala Raup. Part of type collection from sand dunes southwest of William Pt., Lake Athabaska; no. 6913; details & 2 1936] RAUP, ATHABASKA — GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION 307 On large shifting sand dunes southwest of William Point, Lake Atha- baska, Aug. 20, 1935, no. 6913 (Type, G). Number 6890, collected in the same dune area on Aug. 16, 1935, but about 4 miles to the east- ward, may also be referred to this species. The complex series of forms centering around Achillea Millefolium L. and its close relatives in America (chiefly A. borealis Bong. and the so- called A. lanulosa Nutt.) is not well understood, but it is uniform in hav- ing involucres which are rather wedge-shaped at the base, and from 3 to 6 mm. high (usually 4-5 mm.). A. megacephala differs from these forms in having a larger involucre (seldom under 5 mm. and mostly 6-7 mm.), the base of which is well-rounded when mature. Its leaves most nearly resemble those of the tomentose forms A. Millefolium com- monly designated A. lanulosa. Its showy rays resemble those of A. borealis, but the scarious-margined bracts, scarcely tinged with brown, suggest the eastern A. Milefolium. CHRYSANTHEMUM LEUCANTHEMUM L, var. PINNATIFIDUM Lecoqg & Lamotte. — Collected thus far only in a cabin clearing in the Wood Buffalo Park. Tanacetum huronense Nutt. var. bifarium Fern. — See Rhod. 37: 333-4 (1935).— Common on sandy beaches on the northwest shore of Lake Athabaska. Noted in Fl. Bor.-Am., under T. pauciflorum, as occurring “between lat. 54° and 64°,” but the following are the only specimens seen by the writer. — Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., nos. 1382, 1383, 4431; Sand Pt., no. 4490. Tanacetum huronense Nutt. var. floccosum, var. nov. PLATE 200! A forma typica differt caulibus floriferis brevioribus (2—4 dm.), et corymbis capitulos 1-6 gerentibus. A var. bifario Fern. differt pinnis et pinnulis magis confertis, et tota herba tomento albo floccoso vestita. Dry sandy upper beach on the south shore of Lake Athabaska near Wolverine Point, July 28, 1935, no. 6719 (Type, G). Another number, 6912, collected in the large dune area southwest of William Point on Aug. 20, 1935, is a good match for the type. These plants are quite distinctive on account of their heavy white tomentum, and are among the more important dune-fixing plants on the south side of Lake Athabaska. They commonly grow in large clumps with extensively ramifying root systems. Their nearest rela- tionship seems to be with 7. Auronense Nutt. var. bifarium Fern.” which 1PLaTE 200. Tanacetum huronense Nutt. var. floccosum Raup. Part of type col- lection from a sandy beach near Wolverine Pt., Lake Athabaska, no. 6719. Habit photo taken in sand dune country southwest of William Pt., Aug. 20, 1935. 2See Rhod. 37: 333-4 (1935) for a recent revision of this species complex. 308 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. Xvi is a few-flowered form of about the same stature and leaf-shape. Variety bifarium is common on the sandy northwestern shores of Lake Atha- baska. Artemisia canadensis Michx. — Occasional to common in dry prairies and on sandy or rocky shores and hills. Known on the lower Mackenzie (Miss E. Taylor, QO). Mackenzie basin records of A. desertorum in Fl. Bor.-Am. probably refers to this species. — Calumet, Athabaska R., no. 1394. Lake Athabaska: Chipewyan, nos. 4676, 7030; and Dutilly, no. 144(G); Shelter Pt., nos. 1389, 1391; Sand Pt., no. 4556; shore of main lake just W. of Ellis Bay, no. 6265; Charlot Pt., no. 6291; hills of Wabba L., no. 6468; Cornwall Bay, no. 6570; along Archibald R., S. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6732. Fort Smith (Mrs. Conibear, coll.), no. 1388. Great Slave L.: Resolution, Onion, Kennt- cott & Hardisty (N); Taltheilei Narrows, nos. 1390, 1392; Fairchild Pt., no. 1393; Ft. Reliance, no. 1395. Artemisia borealis Pall.— Common on dunes and on sandy or gravelly beach ridges in the pre-Cambrian country. — Lake Athabaska: 2 mi. E. of Wolverine Pt., nos. 6709, 6718; near Archibald R., S. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6747; big dunes 5 mi. S. of William Pt., no. 6893; dunes just E. of Ennuyeuse Cr., nos. 6914, 6924. Great Slave L.: Fair- child Pt., nos. 1386, 1387; Ft. Reliance, no. 1385. Artemisia dracunculoides Pursh. — Occasional or common north- ward to the Wood Buffalo Park where it grows in dry prairies, but unknown east of the Paleozoic boundary. — McMurray, Harper, no. 90118(O). Artemisia biennis Willd. — Occasional in meadows and clearings, and on stream banks northward to the Mackenzie (Onion & Ross, N), but not known in the pre-Cambrian country. — McMurray, no. 7055; Reed Portage, upper Athabaska delta, no. 3343. Artemisia frigida Willd. — Common on dry river bluffs and rocky hills northward to Lake Athabaska and the Wood Buffalo Park, and known on the lower Mackenzie (McConnell, O; Miss E. Taylor, O). Noted by Preble at the rapids of the Athabaska. — Lake Athabaska: Chipewyan, Dutilly, no. 143(G); Shelter Pt., no. 1384. East shore of L. Mamawi, no. 3335. Artemisia Tilesii Ledeb.— See Contr. Arnold Arb. 6: 211-12 (1934). — Occasional on river banks and lake shores in the Peace and Athabaska River regions, and on Great Bear Lake (Richardson, O; J. M. Bell, O) and the lower Mackenzie (Onion, N). The writer has seen no material from about Athabaska and Great Slave Lakes. — Mc- Murray, no. 7074; along Athabaska R. below MacKay, no. 6001. 1936] RAUP, ATHABASKA — GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION 309 Petasites palmatus (Ait.) Gray. — Common in open woods and at muskeg margins northward at least to Lake Athabaska and the Wood Buffalo Park, and known at Great Bear Lake (J. M. Bell, no. 22930, O); muskeg S. of Wabba L., no. 6488; along William R. near its mouth, no. 6897. Fort Smith, no. 1435. Taltheilei Narrows, Great Slave L., no. 1436, Petasites vitifolius Greene. — Occasional to common in upland muskegs and wet meadows northward to the Mackenzie (Onion, N). — Lake Athabaska: hills N. E. of Cornwall Bay, no. 6540. Resolution, Kennicott (N)? Petasites sagittatus (Pursh) Gray. — Abundant in wet meadows and muskegs northward at least to the Wood Buffalo Park, and occa- sional on Great Slave Lake, but not yet collected on Lake Athabaska. Noted by Richardson “to Fort Franklin.” — Government Hay Camp district, Slave R., no. 3415. Great Slave L.: Fairchild Pt., nos. 1433, 1434. Arnica chionopappa Fern. — See Rhod. 35: 336-7 (1933). — Common in dry upland woods throughout the region, and known on the lower Mackenzie (Dutilly, G; Onion, N).— Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., nos. 1411, 1412; Charlot Pt., nos. 6127, 6222, 6231, 6260; Cam- sell Portage, no. 6194; hills N. E. of Cornwall Bay, no. 6519; Fishhook Bay, no. 6577; “Cumberland and Chepewyan,” Richardson (O) (A. montana of Fl. Bor.-Am. in part). Government Hay Camp district, Slave R., no. 3377; Ft. Smith, no. 1408; and Seton & Preble, no. 78293 (O) (A. angustifolia of Seton’s list); lower Slave R., no. 1409. Great Slave L.: Fairchild Pt., nos. 1407, 1410; N. W. shore, Bedford (O),; Old Fort Rae, Russell (0); Windy Pt., Hume, no. 102689(O). Arnica attenuata Greene. — Apparently occasional to common on rocky uplands and shores about Great Slave Lake and northward, but rare on Lake Athabaska. Tyrrell’s record for A. alpina on Lake Atha- baska, probably refers to this species. The note in Fl. Bor.-Am., under A. montana, “from the Saskatchewan to the extreme Arctic regions” also probably belongs here at least in part. — Lake Athabaska: small island near base of Charlot Pt., no. 6376. Great Slave L.: Taltheilei Narrows, no. 1406; Fairchild Pt., no. 1405. Arnica rhizomata A. Nels. — Common at the margins of dry up- land prairies in the Wood Buffalo Park, but unknown elsewhere in our region. It has been collected on the Peace River, and a specimen in Herb. N collected by Kennicott somewhere on the Mackenzie has been referred to it somewhat doubtfully. Senecio eremophilus Richards. — Occasional in lowland clearings 310 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VoL Xvi and wet meadows along the upper Slave and lower Athabaska Rivers. Noted by Richardson northward “to Fort Franklin.” — Reed Portage, upper Athabaska delta, no. 3391; Gov. Hay Camp district, Slave R., nos, 3392, 3393 Senecio indecorus Greene. — See Rhod. 26: 120 (1924). — Com- mon in lowland wet meadows and occasional at upland prairie margins in the Wood Buffalo Park, and known far northward in the Mackenzie region (Richardson, O; Onion, N). Apparently rare or occasional east of the Paleozoic boundary. Part of the material referred to S. aureus in Fl. Bor.-Am., Macoun’s Cat., and Back’s Narrative evidently belongs here. — Lake Athabaska: Shelter Pt., no. 1415; near base of Cornwall Bay. no. 6480. Upper Slave R. lowland, nos. 3387, 3388. Senecio pauperculus Michx.— See Rhod. 23: 299 (1921). — Common in muskegs, rich woods, and on damp meadows and shores on the north side of Lake Athabaska and in the Wood Buffalo Park, but apparently only occasional northward. The note under S. Balsamitae in Fl. Bor.-Am. “Woody country, from lat. 54° to 64°,” probably refers to this species in part. — Calumet, Athabaska R., no. 1416. Lake Athabaska: Charlot Pt., nos. 6250, 6377; Cornwall Bay, no. 6546; Fishhook Bay, no. 6583. Upper Slave R. lowland, nos. 3394, 3398; lower Slave R., no. 1417. Great Slave L.: Fairchild Pt., no. 1418. Senecio cymbalarioides Nutt. var. borealis (T. & G.) Greenm. — See Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 3: 177 (1916).— Common on dry uplands and shores about Great Slave Lake, and occasional on Lake Athabaska and in the Wood Buffalo Park. Also known on the Mackenzie (Dutilly, G; Onion & Ross, N). — Lake Athabaska: near Chipewyan, Harper, no. 90127(O); N. shore, J. W. Tyrrell (O); Charlot Pt., nos. 6086, 6282; Black Bay, Harper, no. 90126(O). Fort Smith, nos. 1424, 1429; and Seton & Preble, no. 78580(O); and Miss E. Taylor, no. 14790(O); Hill Island L., Harper, no. 90130(O0); Togun R., between Athabaska and Great Slave Lakes, Harper, no. 90129. Great Slave L.: Caribou Isl., Seton & Preble, no. 78581(O); Taltheilei Narrows, nos. 1423, 1427; base of Maufelly Pt., no. 1428; Fairchild Pt., nos. 1425, 1426, 1430, 1431; Windy Pt., Hume, no. 102688(O0); S. W. and N. shores, Howe, no. 91998(O); N. W. oi Bedford (QO). Senecio palustris (L.) Hook. — Common in lowland sloughs and wet meadows about the western on of Lake Athabaska and northward to the Arctic, but very little known in our region eastward of the Paleo- zoic boundary. — Reed Portage, upper Athabaska delta, no. 3388; lower delta, no. 1420; Shelter Pt., L. Athabaska, no. 1421; upper Slave R. lowland, nos. 1419, 3384. Great Slave L.: N. W. shore, Bedford (O). Senecio pauciflorus Pursh. — The type of this species came from 1936] RAUP, ATHABASKA — GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION 311 Fort Franklin, and the range is given in Fl. Bor.-Am. as “Woody country between lat. 54° and 64°.” The writer has seen no material from south of Great Slave Lake. — Great Slave L.: Resolution, Harper, no. 90128 (O); Ft. Rae, Russell (O). Cirsium Drummondii T. & G. — Common in prairies and the drier parts of wet meadows in the Wood Buffalo Park, but not known else- where in our region. It extends northward to Ft. Franklin (Richard- son, G), and is known in the northern Rockies. — Upper Slave R. low- land, nos. 1437, 3422. Saussurea alpina DC. — A record for S. alpina var. remotifolia, “North of the-Saskatchewan to the Bear Lake, in lat. 66° North,” occurs in Fl. Bor.-Am., but there is no other evidence of the species in our region except the following. — Stony Island, Great Slave L., J. W. Tyrrell, no. 23186(O) (S. monticola of Tyrrell’s list.) Agoseris glauca (Pursh) D. Dietr. — Known in our region only on a muddy shore at the eastern end of Great Slave Lake. Part of the material noted in Fl. Bor.-Am. under Traximon glaucum “from lat. 49° northward to the Arctic Coast” probably belongs here. — Fairchild Pt., Great Slave L., no. 1438. Hieracium canadense Michx.— Common in upland open woods and thickets, and on sandy or rocky shores northward to Great Slave Lake, and known on the Mackenzie (Onion, N). An extremely variable species, possibly containing more than one entity, and possibly separate from the eastern H. canadense. — Lake Athabaska: Chipewyan, no. 7027; and Dutilly, no. 142(G); Shelter Pt., nos. 1439, 1440, 1441, 1443; Sand Pt., nos. 4546, 4648; Cornwall Bay, no. 6466; beach about 2 mi. E. of Wolverine Pt., no. 6705; William Pt., no. 6856. East shore of L. Mamawi, nos. 3432, 4414; Gov. Hay Camp district, Slave R., nos. 3423, 3424. Great Slave L.: S. W. and N. shores, Howe, no. 91997(O); N. W. shore, Bedford (O). TARAXACUM OFFICINALE Weber. — Occasional as an_ introduced weed in waste places about settlements. — Chipewyan, no. 6062. Taraxacum ceratophorum Ledeb.) DC. — See Rhod. 35: 369-86 (1933) for a treatment of this and the following species of Taraxa- cum. — Occasional in open woods, clearings, and rock crevices north- ward at least to Lake Athabaska and the Wood Buffalo Park. A Mac- kenzie River specimen (Onion, N) has been referred here provision- ally. — Lake Athabaska: dolomitic hills N. E. of Cornwall Bay, no. 6524. — Calumet, Athabaska R., no. 1445. Taraxacum dumetorum Greene. — Occasional in open woods, clearings and prairies northward at least to Great Slave Lake. — Gov. Hay Camp district, upper Slave R., no. 3441; Ft. Smith, no. 1446, — 312 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII Great Slave L.: Taltheilei Narrows, no. 1447. Taraxacum lacerum Greene. — Occasional to common in damp crevices and on gravel beaches among conglomerate rocks on the north shore of Lake Athabaska. A sterile specimen from sandstone rocks at Sand Pt. is referred here provisionally. — Charlot Pt., L. Athabaska, nos. 6232, 6251. Taraxacum lapponicum Kihlm. — An arctic species known in our region only on the north shore of Lake Athabaska, where it is occasional in crevices in conglomerate rocks. — Charlot Pt., L. Athabaska, no. 47. Lactuca pulchella (Pursh) DC.— Common in clearings and on stream banks northward to Great Bear Lake and the Mackenzie (Rich- ardson, O, noted under Sonchus sibiricus in Fl. Bor.-Am.; Miss E. Taylor, O), but not known east of the Paleozoic boundary. — McMur- ray, no. 7053; Reed Portage, upper Athabaska delta, no. 3433; upper Slave R. lowland, nos. 3434, 3436; lower Slave R., no. 1444 SONCHUS ARVENSIS L, var. GLABRESCENS Guenth., Wimm. & Grab. — See Rhod. 12: 145 (1910); 30:19 (1928).— An introduced weed known only in settlements in the southern part of the region. — Water- ways, no. 3448. LIST OF UNVERIFIED RECORDS Some of the names noted below were based upon specimens which are known to have been lost, while others are supported by material which the writer has been unable to check. Still another category in- cludes those based upon the ambiguous statements which commonly occur in the earlier works, such as “Cumberland House to Bear Lake.” Some of these unverified records are extremely questionable, like the occurrence of Antennaria plantaginifolia at Great Slave Lake. Others, such as the report of Acer spicatum at Chipewyan, are distinctly worthy of further investigation, particularly since the Athabaska Lake district has proved fruitful of long range extensions from the surrounding regions. THELYPTERIS CRISTATA (L.) Nieuwl. — ‘“Northward as far as Great Slave Lake” (Macoun’s Cat., under Aspidium cristatum). ASPLENIUM TRICHOMANES L. — Clearwater R., near Methye Port- age (Macoun’s Cat.). LyCoPpopIUM ALPINUM L. — White Island, 50 mi. N. of Resolution (J. W. Tyrrell). CALAMAGROSTIS NEGLECTA (Ehrh.) Gaertn. var. MICRANTHA (Kear- ney) Stebbins. — Athabaska Landing (Hitchcock, cited by Stebbins, Rhod. 32: 55). 1936] RAUP, ATHABASKA — GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION 313 CALAMAGROSTIS INEXPANSA Gray var. TyPica Stebbins. — Atha- baska Landing (Hitchcock, cited by Stebbins, Rhod. 32: 48). ERIOPHORUM GRACILE Koch. — “Saskatchewan to Arctic America” (Fl. Bor.-Am.). SCIRPUS AMERICANUS Pers. — Records under S. triqueter in FI. Bor.- Am. and under S. pungens in Macoun’s Cat. may refer to this species: throughout the country ‘“‘to the Arctic regions.”’ KosresiA Betriarpt (All.) Degl.— A record in Fl. Bor.-Am., “Wooded country. Dr. Richardson,” under Carex affinis, is doubtfully referred here. CAREX PRAIREA Dewey. — A record in Macoun’s Cat., “northward to Lake Athabasca,” under C. teretiuscula var. ramosa may refer to this species. CAREX LANUGINOSA Michx. — Methye Portage (Richardson, 1845). CarEx Houcutoni Torr. — ‘(Cumberland House to Fort Chipe- wyan” (Richardson, O). CAREX ROTUNDATA Wahl. — “Slave Lake, and Fort Enterprise” (Fi. Bor.-Am.). TRILLIUM CERNUUM L., var. MACRANTHUM Eames & Wieg. — See Rhod. 25: 189 (1923). — “From Saskatchewan to Mackenzie River” (Fl. Bor.-Am.). A Richardson specimen in Herb. G. is marked ‘‘Mac- kenzie River.” SaLrx AMMANIANA Richardson. — A Richardson specimen in Herb. O (N. E.) is labeled Slave River. Hooker apparently referred S. Ammaniana to S. Uva-ursi (Fl. Bor.-Am. 2: 152), also a species other- wise unknown in the Mackenzie basin. SaLix RicHARpDsoNIr Hook. — Pike’s Portage and Artillery L. (J. W. Tyrrell). CoRYLUS AMERICANA Marsh.— Common on the road a few miles south of Athabaska Landing. ‘This is its northern limit...” (Predle). PoLyGONUM coccINEUM Muhl. — See Rhod. 27: 156 (1925). — Records for P. Muhlenbergii made by Harper on the Athabaska near Cascade Rapid may refer to this species. CHENOPODIUM HYBRIDUM L. — “Northward to Bear Lake, Lat. 64” (Macoun’s Cat.), evidently based on the record in Fl. Bor.-Am. under C. urticum, ATRIPLEX NutTTALLII Wats. — A record in Fl. Bor.-Am., “Salt marshes of the Saskatchewan and of Slave River,” under A. canescens, may be referable to this species. SILENE Menziest1 Hook. — “Portage D’Embarras, Slave River” (FI. Bor.-Am.). DraBa INCANA L. var. CONFUSA (Ehrh.) Liljebl. — See Rhod. 36: 314 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. Xvi 315 (1934). — “North in the plains, nearly to the mouth of the Mac- kenzie River” (Fl. Bor.-Am., under D. confusa). PoOTENTILLA DISSECTA Pursh. — “Great Slave Lake (McGill Coll. Herb.)” (Macoun’s Cat.). ASTRAGALUS ABORIGINORUM Richards. — ‘“‘From Lake Winipeg to the Rocky Mountains and as far north as Bear Lake...” (Fl. Bor.-Am., under Phaca aboriginorum). ACER SPICATUM Lam, — Chipewyan (J. W. Tyrrell). The writer has searched repeatedly but in vain for this species at Chipewyan and else- where on Lake Athabaska. VIOLA OCHROLEUCA Schwein. — “Woody country, from lat. 54° to 64°. ? Dr. Richardson” (Fl. Bor.-Am.). SHEPHERDIA ARGENTEA Nutt. — “Left bank of the Athabaska, below Brule Rapid” (Seton). EPILOBIUM MOLLE Torr. — “In boggy ground, Lake Athabasca” (Macoun’s Cat.). OENOTHERA BIENNIS L. — ‘‘Athabasca” (Bot. App. to Back’s Narra- tive). GENTIANA PROPINQUA Richards. —‘‘Cumberland House to Bear Lake...” (Fl. Bor.-Am.). GENTIANA TENUIS Griseb. — “Cumberland House to Bear Lake” (Fl. Bor.-Am.). SCUTELLARIA LATERIFLORA L.— ‘‘Northward to Lake Athabasca” (Macoun’s Cat.). LONICERA VILLOSA (Michx.) R. & S. var. ? — A record in FI. Bor.- Am. under L. caerulea, “Throughout the wooded country and as far north as lat. 66°” may refer to this species, which occurs in the Lesser Slave Lake district. SYMPHORICARPOS VACCINOIDES Rydb. — Sterile specimens doubtfully determined thus were collected by the writer along the Quatre Fourches R., no. 1321. VIBURNUM TRILOBUM Marsh. — Notes under V. opulus by Preble, “not observed north of the junction of the Athabaska and the Clear- water. South of this point it is abundant . . .,’ and by Seton, “along the Athabaska at Fort McKay,” may refer to this species. LoBeLtiA DortTMANNA L. — Slave Lake and small lake at the sum- mit of Portage La Loche (Fl. Bor.-Am.). EUPATORIUM PURPUREUM L. — “North to the Clearwater River. Lat. 57°” (Macoun’s Cat.). SOLIDAGO JUNCEA Ait. — ‘“‘Woody country between lat. 54° and 64°” (Fl. Bor.-Am.). Jour. ARNoLD Ars. VoL. XVII PLATE 195 ALNUS CRISPA var. ELONGATA Raup FULL-TONE™ MERIDEN Jour. ARNoLD Ars. Vor. XVII PLATE 196 STELLARIA ARENICOLA Raup FULL-TONE = MERIDEN Jour. ARNoLD Ars. VoL. XVII PLATE 197 CICUTA MACKENZIEANA Raup FULL-TONE— MERIDEN 198 PLATE Jour. ARNOLD Ars. VoL. XVII STATICE INTERIOR Raup FULL-TONE =" MERIDEN Jour. ARNoLD Ars. VoL. XVII PLATE 199 ACHILLEA MEGACEPHALA Raup FULL-TONE = MERIDEN Jour. ARNOLD Ars. VoL. XVII PLATE 200 ee eh EL * _* ~*~ SS ? i¢ ai a ys vf VE Wf od ~ Kren ar - ae ere es f wd” eemanas TANACETUM HURONENSE var. FLoccosuM Raup FULL-TONE == MERIDEN 1936] RAUP, ATHABASKA — GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION 315 AsTER ancustus T. & G.— “Slave Lake” (Fl. Bor.-Am., under Tripolium angustum); “northward to Lake Athabaska” (Macoun’s ERIGERON SALSUGINOSUS Gray. — “Salt plains of the Athabasca. Dr. Richardson.” (Fl. Bor.-Am., under Aster salsuginosus). ANTENNARIA PLANTAGINIFOLIA Hook. — Great Slave Lake (Bot. App. to Back’s Narrative, under A. plantaginea). HELENIUM AUTUMNALE L. — “From Lake Huron nearly to the Arc- tic Circle .. .” (Fl. Bor.-Am.). SENECIO INTEGRIFOLIUS Nutt. — “Woody country, in lat. 54°, to the shores of the Arctic sea” (Fl. Bor.-Am.); referred to S. Hookeri in Macoun’s Cat. ADDITIONS The following species were overlooked in the preparation of the first part of the catalogue. Pinus contorta Loudon var. latifolia Engelm. ex Wats. — P. Mur- rayana Balf. — P. contorta var. Murrayana (Balf.) Engelm. — A cor- dilleran species known in our region only on the southwestern uplands of the Wood Buffalo Park. Potamogeton panormitanus Biv. — Known in our region only from an upland lake in the Wood Buffalo Park. Potamogeton filiformis Pers. var. Macounii Morong. — Occasional in shallow lakes and slow streams in the Wood Buffalo Park. Najas flexilis (Willd.) Rostk. and Schmidt. — Rare or occasional in upland lakes in the Wood Buffalo Park. SUMMARY OF PLANTS TREATED IN THIS CATALOGUE Total number Vars of and different Families Genera Species forms plants Pteridophyta 6 13 36 8 39 Gymnospermae 1 5 8 2 8 Monocotyledoneae 14 67 215 44 227 Archichlamydeae 36 97 262 44 280 Metachlamydeae oe 85 i> KK) 185 Totals 79 267 696 ist 739 HERBARIUM, ARNOLD ARBORETUM, HARVARD UNIVERSITY. 1There are 88 species which are represented only by one or more varieties or forms. The figures for the total number of different plants are ase by subtracting these species from the a number of species, varieties, or form 316 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII NOTES ON THE LIGNEOUS PLANTS DESCRIBED BY H. LEVEILLE FROM EASTERN ASIA! ALFRED REHDER POLY GONACEAE2 Polygonum emodi Meisn. var. dependens Diels. — Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb, 10: 184 (1929). — Samuelsson in Handel-Mazzetti, Symb. Sin. 7: 176 (1929). — Steward in Contrib. Gray Herb. 88: 29 (1930). se eli zigzag Léveillé & — (1908). — Léveillé in Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 57: 447 (19 eae zigzag (Lévl.) Gross in cn Géog. Bot. 23: 19 (1913). Polygonum cuspidatum Siebold & Zuccarini in Abh, Akad. Wiss. Muench. 4, pt. 3, p. 208 (FI. Jap. Fam. Nat. 2: 84) (1846). — Samu- elsson in Handel-Mazzetti, Symb. Sin. 7: 185 (1929). — Steward in Contrib. Gray Herb. 88: 97 (1930). Polygonum yunnanense Léveillé in Fedde, Rep. Spec. Nov. 6: 112 08). Cuina. Yunnan: Yunnan-sen, buissons, F. Ducloux, no. 539, Aug. 15, 1905 (holotype of P. yunnanense; photo. in A. A.). Polygonum yunnanense seems to have been first identified with P. cus pidatum by H. Gross, according to a note on the type specimen dated 1912, where the name is transferred as a variety to Pleuropterus cus pi- datus, but the varietal combination was apparently never published. Handel-Mazzetti (l.c.) cites P. yunnanense Lévl. (1908), non Cat. Pl. Yun-Nan, 208 (1916) as a synonym. Steward does not cite the name, but the type specimen Ducloux 539 under P. cuspidatum. The correct name of the species is P. cuspidatum Sieb. & Zucc., for P. cuspidatum Willd. ex Sprengel (1825) was published as a synonym of P. acuminatum Kunth. Therefore, P. Zuccarinii Small (1895) and P. Steboldii De Vriese ex Bailey (1901) proposed as new names for P. cuspidatum Sieb. & Zucc., not Willd., become synonyms of P. cuspi- datum Sieb. & Zucc. As far as I can find, P. Sieboldii was never used as a valid name before being taken up by Bailey. In the citations given ‘Continued from Vol. 17: 53-82; for preceding parts see Vols. 10: 108-132, 164- aap 12: 275-281; 13: 299-332; 14: 223-252; 15:1-27, 89- 117, 267- 326 0. 2See Jour. Arnold Arb. 10: 184. 1936] REHDER, LIGNEOUS PLANTS DESCRIBED BY LEVEILLE 317 by Meisner in DC. Prodr. 14: 136 under P. Sieboldi that name appears only as a synonym of P. cuspidatum. Polygonum urophyllum Franchet & Bureau. — Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 10: 184 (1929). — Samuelsson in Handel-Mazzetti, Symb. Sin. 7: 186 (1929). — Steward in Contrib. Gray Herb. 88: 116 (1930). ae Mairei (Lévl.) H. Gross in Bull. Géog. Bot. 23:25 913). Heide Mairei Lévl. is cited as a synonym of P. urophyllum by Samuelsson and by Steward. Polygonum Statice Léveillé in Fedde, Rep. Spec. Nov. 7: 338 (1909); in Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 57: 446 (1910); Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 321 (1915). — Samuelsson in Handel-Mazzetti, Symb. Sin. 7: 186 (1929). — Steward in Contrib. Gray Herb. 88: 115 (1930). Fagopyrum Statice (Lévl.) H. Gross in Bull. Géog. Bot. 23: 26 1913 an multiflorum Thunberg sensu Rehder in Jour. oe Arb. 1929), quoad syn. P. Statice Lévl.; non Thunber Cutna. Kweichou: without precise locality, J. oe no. 164 (holotype; ex Léveillé). I had placed P. Statice Lévl. on the authority of Dr. Samuelsson (in litt.) under P. multiflorum Thbg., but apparently on closer study, he found that it represents a distinct species related to P. urophyllum Franch. & Bur. I have not seen the type specimen. RANUNCULACEAE! Clematis ranunculoides Franch. var. tomentosa Finet & Gagnepain in Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 50: 544 (1903); Contrib. Fl. As. Or. 1: 29 (1905). Clematis urophylla Franch. var. ite ee in Bes Acad. Intern. Géog. Bot. 17, no. 210-211, p. it 07). — nov. Clematis urophylla Franch. sensu Lens Fl. Kouy- res. 334 ) pro parte, quoad specim. Esquirol 763; vix Franchet ig ee Mairci Léveillé in Fedde, Rep. Spec. Nov. 7: 337 (1909) ; Pl. Yun-Nan, 222 (191 ae Kweichou: witioul locality, J. Esquirol, no. 763 (holotype of C. urophylla var. heterophylla; photo. in A. A.). Yun - nan: Tong-chan, taillis et fourrets de la montagne, E. E. Maire, no. 381, June 19, 1905 (holotype of C. Maret; ex Léveillé). This variety looks quite distinct from typical C. ranunculoides, but seems to be connected by intermediate forms, such as Henry no. 9326 1See Jour. Arnold Arb. 10: 185. 318 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. Xvi from Mengtze, 4600 ft. “red fls., erect plant,” while another specimen under the same number with the note “low hills” agrees well with the var. tomentosa. ‘The color of the flowers varies from white to rose- colored. The type of C. Mairei cannot be located in the Herb. Léveillé but according to the description, it probably belongs here. ’ Clematis trullifera Finet & Gagnepain in Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 50: 547 (1903); Contrib. Fl. As. Or. 1: 32 (1905). — Léveillé, Cat. Pl. Yun-Nan, 222 (1917). — Handel-Mazzetti, Symb. Sin. 7: 319 (1929). Clematis cortigera alias in Fedde, Rep. Spec. Nov. 12: 281 (1913). — Synon CHINA. Yunnan: te plaine de Tong-tchouan, alt. 2500 m., E. E. Maire, Sept. 1912, “Clematis grimpant a long rameaux, fleurs jaunes” (holotype of C. coriigera; photo. in A. A.) Handel-Mazzetti cites (l.c.) a Maire specimen from the same locality, spelled by him “Dungtschwan” which is probably an isotype, but he does not mention Léveillé’s name. Clematis coriigera is not enumerated by Léveillé in his Cat. Pl. Yun-Nan, neither as a valid species nor as a synonym of C, trullifera. Clematis grata Wall. var. argentilucida (Lévl. & Vant.), comb. nov. eae Vitalba L. var. argentilucida Léveillé & Vaniot in Bull. Intern. Géog. Bot. 11: 167 (1902). So pcaatts Vitalba ¥ Cl. grata (Wall.) Finet & Gagnepain in Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 50: 532 (1 903) ; Contrib, Fl. As. Or. 1: 17 (1905), p.p., tandem quoad specim. cit. “Bodinier no, 1621.” Clematis grata var. recap ay ngs & Wilson in Sargent, Pl. Wilson. 1: 338 (1913). — Synon. nov CuHIna. Kweichou:. environs im Kouy-yang, commun dans les haies de la plaine, E. Bodinier, no. 1621, June 10, 1897 “‘fleurs ‘blanches”; Collége, E. Bodinier, July 3, 1900 (syntypes of C. Vitalba var. argentilucida ; photos. in A. A.) The fact that Léveillé and Vaniot’s varietal epithet antedates C. grata var. grandidentata makes a new combination necessary. Clematis Gouriana Roxburgh ex De Candolle, Syst. 1: 138 (1818). — Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 10: 188 (1929). Clematis substipulata Kuntze in Verh. Bot. Ver. Brandenb. 26: 100 (Monog. Clem.) (1885). Clematis Vitalba L. var. micrantha Léveillé & Vaniot in Bull. Acad. ntern. Géog. Bot, 11: 167 (1902). — Léveillé, Cat. Pl. Yun-Nan, 2 (1917). Clematis Vitalba L. var. 8 Cl. Gouriana f, substipulata (Ktze.) Finet 1936] REHDER, LIGNEOUS PLANTS DESCRIBED BY LEVEILLE 319 & Gagnepain in Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 50: 532 (1903) ; Contrib. Fl. As. Or. 1:17 (1905) Clematis Martini Léveillé in Bull. Acad. Intern. Géog. Bot. 27, no. 210-211, p. ii (1907) ; Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 333 (1915 Cutna. Kweichou: environs de Gan-pin, haies de la mon- tagne, L. Martin in herb. Bodinier, no. 1884, Sept. 4, 1897, “fleurs blanches” (holotype of C. Vitalba var. micrantha, photo. in A. A.); Gan-chouen, J. Cavalerie, no. 3831, in 1910, “‘fleure blanche” (cited in F]. Kouy-Tchéou under C. Vitalba var. Gouriana; photo. and merotype in A. A.); route de Pien-yang a Lo-fou, J. Cavalerie, no. 2662, Nov. 1905 (syntype of C. Martini; photo. in A. A.); bord du fleuve Hoa- kiang, J. Esquirol, no. 576, Aug. 5, 1905 (syntype of C. Martini; mero- type in A. A.); Lo-fou, J. Cavalerie, no. 3583, March 1909 (sub C, Martini in Fl. Kouy-Tchéou; duplicate in A. A.). It does not seem advisable to maintain f. substipulata as a distinct form or variety, since the stipules or bracts constitute a rather unstable character and may be present or absent on different inflorescences of the same specimen. Kuntze used the character of perulate and eperulate inflorescences for major divisions of the genus which led him to separate those forms of C. Gouriana with scales or leafy bracts (stipules ) at the base of the inflorescence as a distinct species. The species was reduced by Finet and Gagnepain to a form of their C. Vitalba B Cl. Gouriana, and they cite under it Bodinier’s no. 1884 which is the holo- type of C. Vitalba var. micrantha Leévl. & Vant., but the specimen in the Léveillé herbarium which is rather fragmentary, shows no stipules. Leafy bracts, however, are present in Cavalerie no. 3583, referred to C. Martini by Léveillé (Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 333). Specimens of C. Gouriana with leafy bracts or scales at the base of the inflorescence are found occasionally, as Henry no. 4329 and Wilson no. 2397 (Veitch Exp.) from Hupeh, and Hers, nos. 848 and 1351 from Honan. Also in C. Gouriana var. Finetii Rehd. & Wils., some speci- mens exhibit this character, as Wilson no. 672 (type of var. Finetit) from Hupeh, and J. F. Rock no. 14733 from Kansu. From the speci- mens cited, it appears that this variation occurs in the northern part of the range of the species. Cavalerie no. 2662 is a syntype of C. Martini, but there is another specimen under the same number in Herb. Léveillé, which is C. rubifolia Wright and was correctly referred by Léveillé to that species (Fl. Kouy- Tchéou, 333). Clematis parviloba Gardn. & Champ. var. ganpiniana (Lévl. & Vant.), comb. nov. 320 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII ashe Vitalba var. Ganpiniana Léveillé & Vaniot in Bull. Acad. éog. Bot. 11: 167 (1902). a pee ee Gardn. & Champ. var. glabrescens Finet & Gagne- pain in Bull. Soc, Bot. France, 50: 534 (1903) ; Contrib. Fl. As. Or. 1:19 (1905). — Léveillé, Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 333 (1915); Cat. Pl. Yun-Nan, 222 (1917). Cuina. Kweichou: environs de Gan-pin, L. Martin in herb. Bodinier, nos. 1788, 1882 and 1883, August 10, August 4, and Sept. 4, 1897 “fleurs blanches” (syntypes of C. Vitalba var. Ganpiniana ; photo. of no. 1883 in A.A Clematis Vitalba var. Ganpiniana was first cited by Finet & Gagne- pain (l.c.) as a synonym of their new variety C. parviloba var. gla- brescens, without employing the earlier varietal epithet. LARDIZABALACEAF! Stauntonia Cavalerieana Gagnepain in Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 55: 47 (1908). — Léveillé, Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 50 (1914). Epimedium Cavaleriei Léveillé, Cat. Pl. Yun-Nan, 18, in nota (1915) ; China Rev. Ann. 1916: 18 (MS.). Cuina. Kweichou: Pin-fa, prés cascade, J. Cavalerie, no. 1266, March 1903 (holotype of Stauntonia Cavalerieana in herb. Paris, ex Gagnepain; and holotype of Epimedium Cavaleriei; photo. in A. A.). Stauntonia Cavalerieana and Epimedium Cavaleriei are both based on Cavalerie 1266, cited by Léveillé in his Fl. Kouy-Tchéou under the first name and in his Cat. Pl. Yun-Nan under the second name, but neither name appears on the type specimen in herb. Léveillé in Léveillé’s handwriting. A fruiting specimen collected in Kweichou by Steward, Chiao and Cheo (no. 856) may belong here. Stauntonia obovata Hemsley in Hooker’s Ic. Pl. 29: t. 2847 (1907). Akebia Cavaleriei Léveillé, Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 47 (1914).— Synon. nov. Holboellia spec. Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 10: 189 (1929). Cuina. Kweichou: Pin-fa, contreforts de Yuin-ou-chan, J. Cavalerie, no. 955, March 28, 1903, ‘‘fleurs blanches” (holotype of Akebia Cavaleriei; photo. in A. A.). When I referred in 1929 (1.c.) Akebia Cavaleriei Lévl. to Holboellia, I had only a photograph of the type with fragments consisting of de- tached leaflets before me, but now the loan of the type specimen enabled me to examine a flower which shows that it belongs to Stauntonia. Stauntonia obovata has so far been recorded only from Hongkong. 1See Vol. 10: 189. 1936] REHDER, LIGNEOUS PLANTS DESCRIBED BY LEVEILLE 321 Holboellia coriacea Diels. — Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 10: 189 (1929). Artabotrys Esquirolii Léveillé, Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 29 (1914), p.p., quoad specim. Esquirol, no. 2184. Cuina. Kweichou: Gny-hien, bord du ruisseau, 700 m., J. Esquirol, no. 2184, June 1910 (syntype of Artabotrys Esquirolii; mero- type in A. A.). In my note under this species (l.c.) I stated that the description does not seem to fit Esquirol’s no. 2184, and that I had not seen the other syntype. I have now before me Esquirol’s no. 2033, the other syntype, which agrees better with the description; this is not an Artabotrys, how- ever, but belongs to Desmos cochinchinensis Lour. (see p. 324). Holboellia latifolia Wallich, Tent. Fl. Napal. 24, t. 16 (1824). Hoya Cavaleriei Léveillé, Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 42 (1914). Synon. nov. CutIna. Kweichou: Kan-pey, J. Esquirol, no. 322, no date, “fleurs rouges ou roses” (holotype of Hoya Cavaleriei; photo. in A. A.). Esquirol’s no, 322 which has 3-foliolate leaves is apparently referable to typical H. latifolia which has 3—5S leaflets. BERBERIDACEAE! Berberis Cavaleriei Léveillé in Fedde, Rep. Spec. Nov. 9: 454 (1911).— Schneider in Oester. Bot. Zeitschr. 67: 140 (1918). — Byhouwer in Jour. Arnold Arb. 9: 133 (1928). Berberis Griffithiana Schneider sensu Schneider in Sargent, PI. Wilson. 1: 364 (1913), pro parte, quoad specim. citata. — Léveillé, Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 48 (1914). — Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 10: 189 (1929). — Handel-Mazzetti, Symb. Sin. 7: 326 (1929). — Non Schneider (1905). CuIna. Kweichou: entre Kouan-chan et Kouy-yang, J. Cavalerie, no. 3209, Apr. 1907, “‘fleurs jaunes” (holotype of B. Cava- leriei; photo. in A. A.). Schneider in 1913 (l.c.) referred to his B. Griffithiana based in 1905 on Griffith 125 from Bhutan, several Chinese specimens, and he also identified B. Cavaleriei, of which Léveillé had sent fragments to the Arnold Arboretum in 1916, as B. Griffithiana; this induced Léveillé to cite his B. Cavaleriei in his Fl. Kouy-Tchéou as a synonym of B. Griffith- iana and transfer the name to another species which turned out to be a Gymnosporia (see Jour. Arnold Arb. 14: 250). In 1917, however, Schneider (in Sargent, Pl. Wilson. 3: 438) stated that B. Griffithiana is entirely absent from China, and therefore, took up again in 1918 (l.c.) the name B. Cavaleriei Lévl. of 1911. 1See Vol. 10: 189. 322 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. Xvi Berberis Julianae Schneider in Sargent, Pl. Wilson. 1: 360 (1913); in Oester. Bot. Zeitschr. 67: 138 (1918). — Léveillé, China, Rev. Ann. 1916, p. 18 (MS). Berberis stenophylla “Hance” sensu Léveillé, Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 48 1914) ; non Hance, nec Lin Berberis Griffithiana Schneider sensu Schneider in Sargent, PI. Wilson. 1: 364 (1913), p.p., quoad specim. Bodinier 2143 [= 2145]; non Schneider (1905). Cuina. Kweichou: environs de Kouy-yang, commun partout dans la mont., E. Bodinier, no. 2145, March 30, 1898 ‘“‘fleur jaune foncé” (photo. in A. A.). Berberis stenophyllia Lévl. was referred by Léveillé in 1916 (1.c.) and by Schneider in 1918 (l.c.) to B. Julianae, but it differs from typical B. Julianae in the smaller leaves with only 3—7 pairs of teeth. Berberis bicolor Léveillé in Fedde, Rep. Spec. Nov. 9: 454 (1911); Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 48 (1914). — Schneider in Oester. Bot. Zeitschr. 67: 144 (1918). Berberis acuminata ‘“Franchet” sensu Schneider i in Bull. Herb. Boiss. ser. 2, - 197 (1908), p.p., quoad specim. Henry 13267; non Franche Berberis ss pemainiea rae in Sargent, Pl. Wilson. 1: 363 (1913). — Léveillé, Cat. Pl. Yun-Nan, 18 (1915). CuIna. Kweichou: a -jo, J. Cavalerie, no. 3043, May, 1908, “‘fleurs exterieurement rouges, interieurement blanches” (holo- type of B. bicolor; merotype in A. A Mahonia elegans (Lévl.), comb. nov. Berberis (Mahonia) elegans Léveillé in Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 51: 289 (1904). Mahonia Bodinieri Gagnepain in Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 55: 86 (1908). — Schneider in Sargent, Pl. Wilson. 1: 384 (1913). — Léveillé, Fl. Kouy-Tchéou 49 (1914) ; Cat. Pl. Yun-Nan, 19 (1915). Mahonia Leveilleana Schneider in Sargent, Pl. Wilson. 1: 385 (1913). — Léveillé, Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 49 (1914 Mahonia elegans Léveillé, Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 49 (1914), pro synon. M. Leveilleanae, Cutna. Kweichou: environs de Gan-pin, L. Martin in herb. Bodinier, no. 2465, July 27, 1897 (syntype of Berberis elegans ; photo. in A, A.); environs de Kouy-yang, mont du Collége, E. Bodinier, no. 2465 [not 2469] July 7, 1898 (syntype of B. elegans in herb. Lévl. and holotype of M. Leveilleana in herb. Mus. Vindob.; photo. in A. A.); environs de Gan-pin et Kouy-yang, L. Martin in herb. Bodinier, no. nie July 19, 1898 holotype of M. Bodinieri in herb. Paris; fragments . A.); environs de Tou-chan, Lao-chou-tse, J. Ponce in herb. pas July 19, 1897 (syntype a B. elegans ; photo. in A. A.). 1936] REHDER, LIGNEOUS PLANTS DESCRIBED BY LEVEILLE 323 In his Flore du Kouy-Tchéou, Léveillé cites Bodinier no. 2465 under Mahonia Bodinieri, and Cavalerie’s specimen from Tou-chan under M. Leveilleana. Later when at the Arnold Arboretum in 1916-19 Schnei- der himself referred his M. Leveilleana to M. Bodinieri. He was apparently not aware that Berberis elegans had been validly published and considered it a manuscript name, which he did not care to use to avoid any possible confusion with his Berberis elegans published in 1905; Léveillé’s name published a year earlier, however, invalidates B. elegans Schneid. which has to receive a new name.’ The specimen from Tou-chan differs slightly from the other two syntypes but is evi- dently conspecific. Takeda in 1917 in his paper on Mahonia (in Notes Bot. Gard. Edinb. 6: 238) lists M. Bodinieri, M. Leveilleana and M. ganpinensis (Lévl.) Fedde among the species he has not seen. MENISPERMACEAE Cocculus laurifolius DeCandolle, Prodr. 1: 100 (1824). Cinnamomum Esquirolii Léveillé Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 218 (1915). — Synon. nov. Cutina. Kweichou: bois de Ta-ram, riviére de Lo-hou, J. Esquirol, no. 3586, March 1912, “fleurs jaunes” (syntype of Cinna- momum Esquiroli; merotype in A. A.); chemin de Pell-tiang, J. Esqui- rol, 3757, June 1912 (syntype of C. Esquiroli; ex Léveillé). The locality cited above marks the northwestern limit of the range of this widely distributed species. There are also specimens from Kwangtung (C. L. Tso, Sun Yatsen herb. 20860) and from Fukien (H. H. Chung 7774) in this herbarium. MAGNOLIACEAE? Tlicium Griffithii Hooker f. & Thomson, Fl. Ind. 1: 74 (1855). — Hooker, Fl. Brit. Ind. 1: 40 (1875). Glochidion Cavaleriei Léveillé in Fedde, Rep. Spec. Nov. 12: 183 (1913); Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 163 (1914). Illictum Cavaleriei (Lévl.) Léveillé in Monde axe ser. 2, 18:31 (1916) ; Rev. Ann. Chine, 1916: 20, 23. — Synon. Cuina. Kweichou: Pin-fa, ruisseau de iene a Cavalerie, no. 578, Oct. 1, 1902 (holotype of Glochidion Cavaleriei; photo. in A. A.). 1 Berberis Schneideri, nom Berberis sinensis var. elegans Rradaice Pl. Delavay. 35 (1889). “Tavel (1909), (Franch.) Schneider in Bull. Herb. Boiss., ser. 2, 5: 463 (1905); non illé (190 nan: near Mo-so-yn, Delavay, June 18, 1887, and nos. 827 and 1087. 2See Vol. 10: 190. a e 324 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. xvi The specimen agrees well in the shape and size of the leaves and in the comparatively short beak of the mature carpels with J. Griffithi; the seed is 4.5 mm. long. ANNONACEAE! Desmos cochinchinensis Loureiro, Fl. Cochinch. 352 (1790). — Merrill in Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. n. ser. 14, pt. 2: 160 (1935). sapien Esquirolit liga Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 29 (1914), p.p. excl. specim. 2184. — Synon. nov. CHINA. kK weichou: ruisseau Sen-tse-pa, alt. 1400 m., Esqui- rol no. 2033, April 17, 1910 (syntype of Artabotrys Esquirolii; photo. in A. A.). When I referred in 1929 (in Jour. Arnold Arb. 10: 189) Artabotrys Esquirolii to Holboellia coriacea Diels, to which the other syntype, Esquirol, no. 2184 belongs, I had not seen Esquirol no. 2033 which I have now before me; it agrees with the description, except that “‘folia . ovata” and “flores . . . masculi atrorubri” seem to be based on Esquirol no, 2184. LAURACEAE2? Determined by CaroLinE K. ALLEN Cinnamonum Bodinieri Léveillé in Fedde, Rep. Spec. Nov. 10: 369 (1912); Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 218 (1914); Cat. Ill. Pl. Seu-Tchouen, 96, t. 45 (1918)MS; Rev. Ann. Chine, 1916: 21, mae Cinnamonum hupehanum Gamble in cape Pl. Wilson. 2: 69 (1914). — Liou, Laurac. Chine & Indoch. 26 (1932). Cutna. Kweichou: environs de Kouy-yang, bois de la pagode de Lau-yo-chan, E. Bodinier, no. 2622, June 15, 1899 “arbre enorme in hauteur et grosseur” (holotype of C. Bodinieri; photo. in A. A.). In his Flore du Kouy-Tchéou, and later in China Review, Léveillé mentions Cinnamonum hupehanum as a synonym of C. Bodinieri. Liou who prepared his Lauraceae of China and Indochina at the Paris Herba- rium referred without citing Léveillé’s name Bodinier no. 2622 in the Paris herbarium to C. hupehanum. This number is the type of C. Bodinieri. Cinnamonum Camphora Nees & Ebermayer, Handb, Med. Pharm. Bot. 2: 430 (1831). Cinnamonum Taquetii Léveillé in Fedde, Rep. Spec. Nov. 10: 370 (1912). — Synon. nov Korea. Quelpaert: in sylvis Tolsouni rara, E. Taquet, no. 1See Vol. 10: 191. 2See Vol. 10: 192. —— ee 1936] REHDER, LIGNEOUS PLANTS DESCRIBED BY LEVEILLE 325 1344, Oct. 1908, (syntype of C. Taqueti; isotype in A. A.); in sylvis Taitpjeng rara, EF. Taquet, no. 3159, July 1909 (syntype of C. Taquetit; isotype in A. A.). Cinnamonum Parthenoxylon Meissner in De Candolle, Prodr. 15': 26 (1864). — Liou, Laurac. Chine & Indoch. 28 (1932). Cinnamonum Neesianum Meissner l|.c. — Léveillé Rev. Ann. Chine, 1916: 21. MS. Cinnamonum Cavaleriei Léveillé in Fedde, Rep. Spec. Nov. 10: 370 (1912) ; Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 218 (1914). CuHtInA. Kweichou: Pin-fa, J. Cavalerie, no. 1084, June 23, 1903 (holotype of C. Cavaleriei, photo. in A. A.); Ly-Po, J. Cavalerie, no. 2630, in 1899 (cited as C. Neesianum in Rey. Ann. Chine; photo. in A.) The Cinnamonum Parthenoxylon of Meissner was distinguished by him from C. Neestanum by its odor, more conspicuous veins and vein- lets and more divergent ribs. Cinnamomum Neesianum has long since been reduced to synonymy under C. Parthenoxylon, the conception of which has expanded to include these varying leaf characters. This is perhaps the best way to dispose of these species for there is not much difference, from the descriptions at least. The Cavalerie numbers cited above, agree with the description for C. Neesianum, but must be in- cluded under C. Parthenoxylon. Cinnamonum pedunculatum Nees var. angustifolium Hemsley in Jour., Linn, Soc. Bot. 26: 373 (1891). — Léveillé, Cat. Ill. Pl. Seu- Tchouen, 97 (1918) MS. — Liou, Laurac. Chine & Indoch. 37 (1932). Cinnamonwm linearifolium Lecomte in Nouv. Arch. Mus. Paris, sér. , 5:79 (1913). — Liou, Laurac. Chine & Indoch. 32 (1932). — Synon. nov. CutInA. Kweichou: sud de Lo-fou, J. Cavalerie, no. 3082, April 1907 (holotype of C. linearifolium ; isotype in herb. N. Y.; photo. inA.A.). Szechuan: E. Faber, no. 575 (syntype of C. peduncu- latum var. angustifolium; isotype in herb. N. Y.; (photo. in A. A.). Lecomte when describing Cinnamonum linearifolium draws attention to the fact that it resembles C. pedunculatum var. angustifolium, but he points out the differences between the two, namely, the size and vena- tion of the leaves, and the cross section of the petiole. An examination of sheets of the two types discloses the differences mentioned by Lecomte, but these would seem to be differences of degree only, and not specific. I have before me a photograph of Laurus Heyneana Wallich, men- tioned in Wallich’s Catalogue no. 2576, the locality unknown. This has 326 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM (VoL. Xv been transferred by Nees’ to Cinnamomum Heyneana, and by Meissner’ to Cinnamomum iners var. subvenosum. As far as can be judged by the photograph, the specimen is very similar to Cinnamomum peduncu- latum var. angustifolium. An examination of the actual specimen would be necessary, however, before making the change in synonomy. Alseodaphne camphorata (Lévl.) Allen, comb. nov. Machilus camphoratus Léveillé in Fedde, Rep. Spec. Nov. 9: 460 (1911). Alseodaphne caudata Lecomte in Nouv, Arch. Mus. Paris, sér. 5, 5: 97 (1913). — Liou, Laurac. Chine & Indoch. 43 (1932). — Synon. nov. Cuina. Kweichou: Pin-fa, J. Cavalerie, no. 1002, May 1903, “petit arbre, odeur de camphre” (holotype of Machilus camphoratus and of Alseodaphne caudata; photo, in A. A.). Léveillé in 1911 described Machilus camphoratus based on Cavalerie no. 1002. This apparently passed unnoticed, for three years later, Lecomte from the same number described Alondeatine caudata. Ex- amination of Léveillé’s specimen shows it to be identical with Alseo- daphne caudata Lecomte. Machilus Cavaleriei Léveillé. — Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 10: 192 (1929). — Liou, Laurac. Chine & Indoch. 60 (1932). This species is very different from any known Machilus. The leaves are dull, very prominently reticulate, and obtuse to emarginate at the tip. The inflorescence is large and open. At first glance it resembles Beilschmiedia, but the floral structure is typical Machilus. The perianth lobes are very rough gray pubescent on the outside. Machilus longipedicellata Lecomte in Nouv. Arch. Mus. Paris, sér. 5, 5: 101 (1913). — Handel-Mazzetti, Symb. Sin. 7: 253 (1931). — Liou, Laurac, Chine & Indoch. 51 (1932). To this species belongs J. Cavalerie, no. 3007, Kweichou: Majo, April 20, 1908, “fl. vert-jaune,” cited by Léveillé in his Fl. Kouy- Tchéou, 221 (1914) under M. oreophila Hance. I have before me a photograph of the type of M. oreophila Hance. Cavalerie’s specimen differs from this radically in leaf-shape, and somewhat in the inflo- rescence. The nearest species seems to be M. longipedicellata or one very close to it. Machilus Rehderi Allen, spec. nov. Arbor parva; ramuli glabri, purpureo-nigri, rugosi. Folia in superiore 1Nees in Wallich, Pl. As. Rar. 2: 76 (1831). 2Meissner in De Candolle, Prodr. 151: 20 (1864). 1936] REHDER, LIGNEOUS PLANTS DESCRIBED BY LEVEILLE 327 parte ramulorum approximata, coriacea, lanceolata, longe acuminata acumine obtuso, basin versus attenuata, 9-12 cm. longa et 1.5-3 cm. lata, glabra, nitida, supra flavo-viridia, subtus pallidiora, costa leviter impressa, nervis utrinsecus 7-8 inconspicuis angulo 45° divergentibus, minute reticulata; petioli glabri, 1.5—2 cm. longi. Inflorescentiae panicu- latae vel racemosae, 10-11 cm. longae, glabrae, in basi innovationum bracteis deciduis pallide rubro-fuscis tomentosis suffultae; pedunculi 3-5 cm. longi, graciles; pedicelli 7-13 mm. longi, glabri; flores 8-9 mm. longa; perianthium fere ad basin divisum, lobis 6, 6-7 mm. longis extus glabris demum reflexis, exterioribus lanceolatis obtusis intus glabris 2 mm. latis, interioribus intus dense pubescentibus, quam exteriora paulo brevioribus; stamina 9, circa 5 mm. longa, aequalia vel subaequalia, filamentis glabris 3:5 mm. longis, antheris introrsis ob- longis 1.5 mm. longis, ea ordinis III. leviter ad basin pilosa et glandulis 2 reniformibus stipitatis 1.5-2 mm. longis instructis; staminodia ordinis IV. triangularia, auriculata, acuta, stipitata; ovarium subglobosum; stylus filamentis paulo brevior. Drupa globosa, minute apiculata, 7-8 mm. diam., glabra, basi perianthio reflexo instructa, pedicello incrassato. Cuina. Kweichou: bois, Pin-fa, J. Cavalerie, no. 1741, April 5, 1904 “fl. voyantes a odeur forte, petit arbre” (type, photo. in A. A.); Pin-fa, J. Cavalerie, no. 2345, June 8, 1905, “petit arbre.” These two specimens are in the Léveillé herbarium as Machilus Thun- bergii S. & Z. They are distinguished from this species by the leaf shape, inflorescence and the more evident thickening of the inflorescence in fruit. This species I am naming for Prof. A. Rehder who is com- pleting a revision of the specimens in the Léveillé Herbarium. Machilus Thunbergii Siebold & Zuccarini in Abh. Akad. Miinch. 4: 202 (1846). Litsea coreana Léveillé in Fedde, Rep. Spec. Nov. 10: 370 (1912). — ynon. nov. Korea. Quelpaert: in pago Syekeni prope mare E. Taquet, no. 1356, July 1908 (syntype of Litsea coreana; isotype in A. A.);-in silvis Taitpjeng, Yangkeuni et Sampangsan, Jul.—Oct. 1908-1910, E. Taquet nos. 1355, 3171, 4401 (syntypes of L. coreana; fragments in Nothaphoebe omeiensis Chun in Contrib. Biol. Lab. Sci. Soc. China, 1°: 33 (1925); Jour. Arnold Arb. 8: 21 (1927). — Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 10: 192 (1929). — Liou, Laurac. Chine & Indoch. 79 (1932). Liou mentions as synonyms the same Léveillé species as cited by Rehder (l.c.). 328 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII Phoebe neurantha (Hemsl.) Gamble in Sargent, Pl. Wilson. 2: 72 (1914). — Liou, Laurac. Chine & Indoch. 69 (1932). Machilus neurantha Hemsley in Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 26: 376 (1891). In the Catalogue illustré et alphabétique des plantes du Seu-Tchouen, Léveillé mentions M. neurantha var. ferruginea, without citing a col- lector or number. The sheet, so far, has not been found in the Léveillé herbarium. It has probably been placed in another species or even in another genus. Sassafras tzumu Hemsley in Kew Bull. Misc. Inform. 1907: 55. — Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 1: 244 (1920). Pseudosassafras tzumu Lecomte in Not. Syst. 2: 269 (1912). — Liou, Laurac. Chine & Indoch. 81 (1932). — Merrill, Comment. Loureiro Fl. Cochinch. 165 (1935). Lindera camphorata Léveillé in Fedde, Rep. Spec. Nov. 9: 459 (1911); Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 219 (1914), — Synon. nov. Cuina. Kweichou: Touan-po, district de Oui-ne, J. Cava- lerie no. 2484, Aug. 13, 1905 “arbre rare” (holotype of Lindera campho- rata; photo. in A. A.). Neolitsea undulatifolia (Lévl.) Allen, comb. nov. Litsea undulatifolia Léveillé, Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 220 (1914). Neolitsea spec. Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb, 10: 193 (1929), Frutex glaber; rami et ramuli teretes, laeves, tenuiter striati, ramuli ultimi olivacei, rami vetustiores partim decorticantes cortice interiore rubro-brunneo. Folia in apice ramulorum congesta, subverticillata, lanceolata, 5—7 cm. longa et 1-2 cm. lata, margine undulata, apice longe acuta, basi cuneata, supra opace coeruleo-viridia, subtus pallide brunnea, costa utrinque prominente elevata, penninervia, nervis inconspicuis utrinsecus 12-15 angulo 60° divergentibus; petioli breves ad 2.5 cm. longi. Inflorescentiae umbellatae, sessiles, 6-9 mm. longae, infra foli- orum verticillum ultimum spiraliter dispositae, pluribus bracteis glabris inclusae; flores numerosi, pedunculis pubescentibus circa 4 mm. longis; perianthium fere ad basin divisum, lobis 4 glabris, 2 interioribus anguste ovatis plus minusve carinatis 4 mm. longis, exterioribus late ovatis majoribus; stamina 6, 2—4 filamentis glabris satis robustis circa 2 mm. longis, basi glandulis sessilibus reniformibus instructis, stamina reliqua filamentis eglandulosis 2.5 mm. longis gracillimis, antheris oblongis introrsis 1.5 mm. longis; ovarium ellipsoideum, glabrum. Cutna. Kweichou: Tou-chan, J. Cavalerie, without number, March 14, 1900 “arbuste, fl. blanches, odoriferantes,” (holotype of Litsea undulatifolia, dupl. in A. A.). This species resembles superficially Neolitsea confertifolia (Hemsl.) 1936] REHDER, LIGNEOUS PLANTS DESCRIBED BY LEVEILLE 329 Merr., but can be distinguished vegetatively from it by the narrower leaves not glaucescent beneath and undulate at the margin. As Léveillé’s description is inadequate, a complete description has been given above. Léveillé states that both the leaves and the inflo- rescence are fasciculate. Litsea, Dunniana Léveillé in Fedde, Rep. Spec. Nov. 9: 460 (1911); Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 220 (1914). Neolitsea spec. Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 10: 193 (1929). Cuina. Kweichou: foréts de Gam-go, J. Esquirol, no. 565, Dec. 15, 1905, “arbre” (type of L. Dunniana, photo. in A. A.). This species has been left in Litsea because of the number of stamens and the type of inflorescence. The type of Litsea Dunniana superficially resembles Litsea Garrettii Gamble var. longistaminata Liou.t| The pubescence on the undersurface of the leaf of Esquirol no. 565, however, consists of long, slightly villous hairs, the inflorescence is sessile, the staminal filaments are glabrous, and the style is covered with whitish hairs. In the two syntypes of Litsea Garrettii var. longistaminata, the isotypes of which I have before me, the pubescence on the undersurface of the leaf consists of shorter, less conspicuous hairs; the inflorescence consists of umbels in a short raceme; the staminal filaments are covered with brownish hairs, and the style is glabrous. Litsea Esquirolii (Lévl. in herb.) Allen, spec. nov. Eurya Esquirolit Léveillé, Fl. Kouy-Tchéou 415 (1915), nomen nudum, Neolitsea spec., Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 10: 193 (1929). Arbor?; rami brunnei, pubescentes, ultimi ramuli dense pubescentes, vetustiores glabri. Folia in parte superiore ramulorum, lanceolato- elliptica, 6-10 cm. longa et 1.75-2.5 cm. lata, apice acuminata, ad basin sensim attenuata, supra nitida, subtus pallidiora, glaucescentia, minute pubescentia, penninervia, costa subtus pilosa manifeste elevata quam parenchyma intensius colorata, nervis utrinsecus 5—8 utrinque leviter elevatis, supra rete venularum satis distincto; petioli dense sed tenuiter pubescentes, 8-13 mm. longi. Umbellae 1-3 in axillis foliorum et saepe infra in axillis bractearum caducarum, pedunculis 2 mm. longis pubes- centibus; flores plures, sessiles, circa 5 mm. longi, bracteis 4 inclusi, exterioribus brunneis leviter pubescentibus, interioribus majoribus pallide brunneis dense pubescentibus; perianthium ad 2/3 divisum, tubo inferiore parte extus densissime longe piloso, intus dense breviter pubescente, lobis 6 oblongo-lanceolatis acutis extus sparsius pubescenti- 1Liou, Laurac. Chine & Indoch. 196 (1932). 330 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VoL. Xvi bus intus glabris; stamina 7-9, antheris extrorsis, 2-3 interiora fila- mentis 3 mm. longis sparse pilosis ad basin glandulis 2 sessilibus cordatis instructis, stamina reliqua filamentis eglandulosis paulo longioribus gracilioribus; pistillum circa 2 mm. longum ovario ovoideo, stylo curvato, stigmate conspicuo. Cuina. Kweichou: Ganchouen, J. Esquirol, no. 3893, 1912 (type = isotype of Eurya Esquirolu, nom, nud., in A. A Superficially this species resembles somewhat Litsea lancifolia Hook. f., but the leaves of the latter are of finer texture, longer and not shin- ing; the inflorescence consists of groups of stalked small umbels, while in Litsea Esquirolii, there is a single cluster of umbels to a peduncle. There is a question of the technicality of making Litsea Esquiroli a new species. Léveillé in Flore du Kouy-Tchéou, has mentioned the name only. Since the first description to appear is the one given above, it has been published as a new species. Litsea mollis Hemsley in Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 26: 383 (1891). — Léveillé, Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 220 (1914). — Liou, Laurac. Chine & Indoch. 186 (1932). Cutna. Kweichou: Touan-po, Mou-kiang-to, J. Cavalerie, no. 2486, August 13, 1905; “grand arbre 7 ou 8 métres, arbre purpurié, le fruit vert de condiment” (cited in Fl. Kouy-Tchéou under L, mollis). Cavalerie no. 2486, which I have before me, has been correctly identi- fied by Léveillé. Liou recognizes L. mollis, but appends a note to the effect that in his opinion, L. mollis will eventually, when fruit is known, go into synonymy under L. cubeba Pers. Litsea spec. Lindera Esquirolii Léveillé in Fedde, Rep. Spec. Nov. 9: 327 (1911); Fl. Kouy-Tchéou 219 (1914), as synonym of Lindera praecox Blume. Cutna. Kweichou: J. Esquirol, no. 738 (type of Lindera Esquirolii; photo. in A. A.). Léveillé described Esquirol no. 738 as a new species in Fedde’s Repertorium. Later, in his Flore du Kouy-Tchéou, he placed it under Lindera praecox Bl., along with Bodinier no, 2114, Esquirol nos. 369 and 911. Close examination of all four numbers, however, reveals the fact that they do not belong to the genus Lindera but to Litsea and are very close to L. sericea Hook. f. They doubtless represent a new species, but without leaf specimens and fruit, its description would be inadequate. Benzoin commune (Hemsl.) Rehder, Jour. Arnold Arb. 1: 144 1936] REHDER, LIGNEOUS PLANTS DESCRIBED BY LEVEILLE 331 (1919); Le. 10: 194 (1929). — Handel-Mazzetti, Symb. Sin. 7: 258 (1931). Lindera communis Hemsley in Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 26: 387 (1891). — Liou, Laurac. Chine & Indoch. 130 (1932). Lindera Bodinieri Léveillé in Fedde, Rep. Spec. Nov. 10: 371 (1912). Cutna. Kweichou: Add: Pin-fa, J. Cavalerie, no. 798, June 25, 1902 (syntype of L. Bodinier1; photo. in A. A.). There is a great variation in the amount of pubescence in this species. The only two numbers I have seen of those quoted by Hemsley as syn- types of Lindera communis, Henry 1296 and 3413, are sparingly and very finely pubescent on the lower leaf surface and twigs. The ma- jority of the specimens examined from Hupeh are similar to these or more pubescent. For the most part, those collected in Yunnan have much the same characteristics. In some cases, however, the pubescence is confined only to the primary veins of the leaf. Bodinier no. 105, type of Lindera yunnanensis Lévl. and referred to B. commune by Rehder, is typical of the species. Esquirol no. 372 (type of Litsea Esquirolit Lévl.) and Bodinier no. 2179 (type of Lindera Bodinieri) placed under B. commune by Rehder, are both very densely pubescent. Those numbers from the eastern provinces of China represent the other extreme, in being almost entirely glabrous on the under surface of the leaves and the twigs. Benzoin glaucum Siebold & Zuccarini. — Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb, 10: 194 (1929). Lindera glauca Blume, Mus. Bot. a -Bat. 1: 325 (1850). — Léveillé, Fl. Kouy- GR cheou, 219 (1914). Cutina. Kweichou: Pin-fa, J. Cavalerie, no. 45, July 15, 1902; without definite locality, J. Cavalerie, no. 2378, “fl. verte jaune,” March 26, “fr.” June 15, 1905. Cavalerie nos. 45 and 2378 which Léveillé cites are typical B. glaucum, but no. 1961 is an //ex, apparently referable to J. cinerea Champ. Benzoin touyunense (Lévl.) Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 10: 194 (1929); 11: 158 (1930). — Handel-Mazzetti, Symb. Sin. 7: 258 (1931). Litsea touyunensis Léveillé in Fedde, Rep. Spec. Nov. 11: 63 (1912) ; Kouy-Tchéou, 220 (1914). Benzoin touyunense f. megaphyllum (Hemsl.) Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 11: 158 (1930). Lindera megaphylla Hemsley in Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 26: 389 (1891). — Léveillé, Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, a oats pro “parte, — Liou, Laurac. Chine & Indoch. 124 (193 332 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII CutIna. Kweichou: Add: Majo, Long-by, J. Cavalerie, no. 3053 (in part), July 1908, “assez grand arbre’ (cited under Lindera megaphylla Brandis). Léveillé has placed under Lindera megaphylla Brandis, Cavalerie no. 3053, which consists of two sheets at least. Of the two sheets which I have seen, one is Benzoin touyunense {. megaphylla (Hemsl.) Rehd., and the other is Actinodaphne reticulata Meissn. Cavalerie, no. 3585, cited along with no, 3053 is Tarenna incerta Koord. & Val. (see Jour. Arnold Arb. 16: 321). The author citation “Brandis” for Lindera megaphylla is apparently a mistake. In any case, it is Hemsley’s species that Léveillé had in mind, which is a synonym of Benzoin touyunense f. megaphylla. The leaves are glabrous on the lower surface, which is the character separating the form from the species proper. CAPPARIDACEAE! Capparis cantoniensis Loureiro, Fl. Cochin. 331 (1790). — Merrill in Trans. Am. Philos. Soc, n. ser. 24: 173 (Comm. Loureiro FI. Cochin. ) (1935). Cudrania Bodinieri oe in Fedde, Rep. Spec. Nov. 13: 265 (1914), — Synon. Vanieria Bodinteri (Lev. ) Chun in Jour. Arnold Arb. 8: 21 (1927). Cutna. Hongkong: torrent de la Baie du Télégraphe prés Bethanie, E£. Bodinter, no. 1413, Jan. 14, 1896, “grande liane épineuse”’ (holotype of Cudrania Bodinieri; photo. in A, A.). The specimen cited above differs from typical C. cantoniensis in the leaves narrowed at the apex into an obtuse point, not acuminate; such leaves occur occasionally, but rarely, in other specimens, as in Y. Tsiang no. 1738 from the Lo-fou-shan, Kwangtung. Capparis viminea Hooker f. & Thomson ex Hooker f., Fl. Brit. Ind. 1: 179 (1875). Ficus Marchandii Léveillé in Fedde, Rep. sated Nov. 12: 533 (1913) ; Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 432 (1915). — Synon.n CuHtInaA. Kweichou:. without te. : Esquirol (holotype of Ficus Marchandu, photo. in A. A.). There are in this herbarium Chinese specimens referable to C. viminea from Hainan (McClure 9520, 20110) and from Yunnan (Henry 9124 and Schneider 3237). This and the preceding species were identified by Dr. E. D. Merrill. Ficus Marchandii had been already recognized as representing appar- See Vol. 10: 195. 1936] REHDER, LIGNEOUS PLANTS DESCRIBED BY LEVEILLE 333 ently a species of Capparis by Dr. Handel-Mazzetti in 1929 (Symb. Sin. 7: 100) SAXIFRAGACEAE! Deutzia Esquirolii (Lévl.) Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 14: 202 (1933). sees ee Rehder in ae Pl. Wilson. 1: 147 (1912) ; Jour. Arnold Arb. 12: 276 (19 When este in 1931 (l.c.) cae Esquirolii Lévl. and Deutzia Chaffanjoni Lévl. as synonyms to my D. lancifolia, I unfortunately overlooked that Styrax Esquirolii had priority over D. lancifolia. This mistake was corrected in 1933. HAMAMELIDACEAE? Bucklandia populnea R. Brown ex Wallich, Num. List. no. 7414 (1832), nom. nud. — R. Brown ex Griffith in As. Research. 19: 94 pl. 13, 14 (1836). mae roa on Esquirolii Léveillé in Fedde, Rep. ne Ba 11: 495 (1913); Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 180 (1914). — Synon Cutna. Kweichou: Tchei-chou, J. eeuined no. “732, « chinois Ma-ty-chou” (holotype of Aeschynanthus Esquirolii; photo. in ) According to a note on the type specimen it was referred to Buck- landia by Wm. G. Craib. Distylium chinense (Franch.) Diels in Bot. Jahrb. 29: 380 (1900). — Handel-Mazzetti, Symb. Sin. 7: 53, in nota (1929). — Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 12: 280 (1931). Myrica Seguini Léveillé in Fedde, Rep. Spec. Nov. 12: 537 (1913). Myrica rapaneoidea Léveillé in Bull. Acad. Intern. Géog. Bot. 24: 146 (1914); Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 281 (1915). — Synon. nov Cutna. Kweichou: without locality, J. Cavalerie, no. 3929, “arbrisseau” (holotype of Myrica rapaneoidea and of M. Seguini ; photo. in A. A.). On the label of Cavalerie’s no. 3929 only the name Myrica rapa- neoidea appears. EUCOMMIACEAE Eucommia ulmoides Oliver in Hooker’s Ic. Pl. 20: t.1950 (1890). — Léveillé, Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 268 (1915) “ulmoidea,” Eucommia ulmoidea Oliv. var. yunnanensis Léveillé, Cat. Pl. Yun- Nan, 174 (1916), nom. nud. 1See Vol. 12: 275. 2See Vol. 12: 280. 334 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VoL. xv CHINA. Kweichou: Ko-tchiang-kéou, J. Esquirol, no. 637, Aug. 1905 (cited in Fl. Kouy-Tchéou; fragments in A. A.). Yun - nan: foréts de Long-ky, alt. 700 m., E. E. Maire, Aug. 1911-13 fragments in A. A.). Eucommia ulmoidea var. yunnanensis was published without descrip- tion and locality, but the name refers doubtless to the specimen cited above which is the only one from Yunnan in the Léveillé herbarium. I can see no difference from the typical form. The specimen may be from a cultivated tree, for it is according to Hu (cf. Icon. Pl. Sin. 1: 26. 1927) an eastern tree, and is found in Hupeh and Szechuan only under cultivation. There is no specimen from Yunnan in the Arnold Arbore- tum herbarium. ROSACEAE? Neillia sinensis Oliver in Hooker’s Icon. 16: t.1540 (1886). Neillia glandulocalyx Léveillé, Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 348 (1915). Neillia sinensis Oliv. {. glanduligera (Hemsl.) Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 13: 299 (1932). aes sinensis Oliv. var. leas ie Hemsl. in herb. ex Rehder » pro synon., praece In peel aide the numerous specimens of Neillia in this herbarium, I noticed that all flowering specimens had the calyx without glands, while in all fruiting specimens the calyx had gland-tipped setose hairs. On our cultivated plants, I was able to observe the gradual develop- ment of the glandular bristles after flowering which shows conclusively that “glanduligera” is not a distinct form or variety, but is descriptive of the calyx at the fruiting stage. Spiraea Martini Lévl. — Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 13: 300 (1932). — Handel-Mazzetti, Symb. Sin. 7: 452 (1933). Handel-Mazzetti collected this species also in southwestern Szechuan. Eriobotrya Cavaleriei (Lévl.) Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 13: 307 (1932). — Handel-Mazzetti, Symb. Sin. 7: 477 (1933). Handel-Mazzetti gives (l.c.) a complete description of the species and states that the description of the fruit is based on Wilson, Arnold rb. Exp. no. 2993, distributed as Pyrus Delavayi, but in this herba- rium Wilson no, 2993 is the type of Sorbus aronioides Rehd., and Wil- son’s specimen named by him P. Delavayi is no. 2998 and represents Docynia rufifolia (Lévl.) Rehd., not Docynia Delavayi (Fr.) Schneid. Photinia Esquirolii (Lévl.), comb. nov. Cotoneaster Esquirolii Léveillé, Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 346 (1915). — Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 13: 302, in nota (1932). 1See Vol. 13: 299, 1936] REHDER, LIGNEOUS PLANTS DESCRIBED BY LEVEILLE 335 Cutna. Kweichou: bois de Ban-gnien, J. Esquirol, no. 2624, March 25, 1911, “couleur rosée” (holotype; photo. in A. A.) Frutex ramulis gracilibus atrofuscis sparse et inconspicue lenticellatis initio accumbenti-pilosis mox glabris. Folia brevissime petiolata petiolo 1-2 mm. longo accumbenti-piloso vel fere glabro, lamina oblonga vel oblongo-lanceolata, 4—6.5 cm. longa et 1.1—2.5 cm. lata, medio latissima, acuminata, basi rotundata vel late cuneata, minute et inconspicue serru- lata denticulis mucronulatis accumbentibus vel partim fere integra, costa media utrinque pilosa vel fere glabra excepta glabra vel fere glabra, nervis utrinsecus 10-12 tenuibus subtus leviter elevatis. Inflorescentia circiter 5-flora, 12 mm. alta, pedicellis 5-7 mm. longis, laxe accumbenti- pilosis non verrucosis; bracteolae minutae, lineari-lanceolatae, fugaces; alabastra tantum adsunt; calyx glaber, lobis rotundatis in mucronem subito productis intus villosis; petala orbicularia; stamina circiter 20, antheris oblongis; styli ad apicem connati, stigmate capitato; ovarium apice villosum, 4-loculare. As Léveillé’s description is very brief, I have drawn up a new descrip- tion as far as possible with the meagre type specimen which bears only a few flower-buds. Léveillé describes the fruit as “parvi, 5 X 5, nigri- cantes” but there are no fruits with the specimen and it seems unlikely that there were any, since the specimen was collected March 25. The species seems to be most closely related to Photinia brevipetiolata Cardot of which I have seen no specimen. According to the description, it chiefly differs from Cardot’s species in the indistinctly serrulate mar- gin and the mostly rounded base of the leaves, in the larger inflorescence with longer pedicels and in the glabrous calyx. Cardot’s species also comes from Kweichou, having been collected between Pin-fa and Kouy- yang by Cavalerie and Fortunat (no. 2607). If Léveillé’s species should prove to be identical with Ph. brevipetiolata, the latter name would become a synonym of the new combination proposed above, since Léveillé’s specific epithet has priority. Photinia Blinii (Lévl.), comb. nov. Cotoneaster Blinii Léveillé, Cat. Pl. Yun-Nan, 229 (1917). — Rehder in r. Arnold Arb. 13: 302, in nota (1932). CHINA. K weichou: Goui-reou, lit méme du fleuve, alt. 600 m., J. Esquirol, no. 3700, Oct. 2, 1912 (holotype; photo. in A. A.). Frutex ramulis purpureo-brunneis glabris minute sparseque lenti- cellatis novellis lanuginoso-tomentosis. Folia ut videtur decidua, brevi- ter vel brevissime petiolata, lanceolata, majora circiter 3 cm. longa et 8 mm. lata, in apicem obtusiusculum minute mucronulatum attenuata, basi attenuata, integra vel indistincte crenulate, supra tomento lanugi- 336 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM (VOL. XVII noso mox evanescente, infra denso flavescente obtecta, costa supra leviter impressa subtus leviter elevata, nervis indistinctis. Flores non visi. Corymbus fructifer terminalis, 18 mm. altus, compactus, ramulis et pedicellis brevibus glabris purpureo-brunneis conspicue lenticellatis, fructibus paucis vel pluribus (1-5) ovoideis 6 mm. longis, calycis lobis triangularibus incurvis vix 1 mm. longis coronatis; ovarium triente superiore liberum, 3-loculare, semine unico evoluto ovoideo brunneo. This plant apparently belongs to Photinia § Pourthiaea, as already indicated in a note on the type-sheet by Mr. W. E. Evans, but differs from all other species in the entire leaves and the one-seeded fruit; at least, in the two fruits I examined only one seed of the 3-celled ovary was developed which filled the whole ovary, the thin walls of the other two locules being pressed against the outer wall. The ovary is free from the calyx in the upper third, and there are remnants of 3 styles and of about 20 stamens. As the original description is very incomplete, a fuller description of the type specimen has been given above. As stated by the collector, the shrub grows in the river bed, and the shrubs are apparently at times wholly immersed in the water, since two of the branchlets are entirely enveloped by débris of vegetable matter such as is often carried by floods The development of leaves in the specimen seems abnormal, for the specimen having been collected in October with mature fruits, has no mature leaves, which were apparently destroyed and carried away by a flood. The leaves present are all young leaves, partly still unfolding which probably developed after the flood. Rosa multiflora Thbg. var. adenophora Franchet & Savatier, — Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 13: 310 (1932) Rosa Nakaiana Léveillé in Fedde, Rep. Spec. Nov. 10: 432 (1912). Rosa polyantha S. & Z. var. adenochaeta Nakai in Tokyo Bot. Mag. 40: 569 (1926). Boulenger (in Bull. Jard. Bot. Bruxelles, 9: 267, 1933) refers Rosa Nakaiana to R. Luciae as R. Luciae var. Nakaiana (Lévl.), but accord- ing to the type specimen of which I have a photograph and fragments before me, the styles of R. Nakaiana are glabrous as described by Léveillé, which removes it at once from R. Luciae. Boulenger does not cite the type of R. Nakaiana under his variety and may not have seen it. Rosa multiflora var. mokanensis (Lévl.), comb. nov. Rosa Mokanensis Léveillé in Fedde, mu Spec. Nov. 7: 340 (1909). — Willmott, Gen. Rosa, 2: 511, t. (1914). Rosa multiflora var. guelpuericnsts Rehder & Wilson in Sargent, PI. Wilson, 2: 335 (1915), quoad synon. R. mokanensis. 1936] REHDER, LIGNEOUS PLANTS DESCRIBED BY LEVEILLE 337 Rosa calva Bouleng. ie mokanensis Boulenger in Bull. Jard. Bot. Bruxelles, 9: 270 (1933). Korea. Quelpaert: Mokan, EF. Taquet, no. 778 (770 ?), June 3, 1908 (holotype of R. Mokanensis, in part; photo. and isotype [770] in A. A.). Boulenger separates (in Bull. Jard. Bot. Bruxelles, 9: 268-275. 1933) Rosa multiflora var. calva Franch. & Sav. from R. multiflora as a distinct species based chiefly on the glabrous pedicels of the former and refers to R. calva as varieties also R. multiflora var. cathayensis Rehd. & Wils. and var. formosana Cardot. I do not consider the char- acter of pubescent or glabrous pedicels important enough for specific differentiation, but it may be used as a varietal character to distinguish var. mokanensis with glabrous pedicels from var. quelpaertensis with hairy pedicels. The citation of the type of this variety represents two complications; the first is the fact that Taquet’s number contains two specimens belong- ing to different species. However, the words “pedunculis glandulosis”’ of Léveillé’s meagre description apply only to the left hand specimen, and the drawing published by Miss Willmott is clearly based on an identical specimen, probably sent to her by Léveillé. The right hand specimen on the sheet has perfectly smooth pedicels and a pubescent style and belongs to R. Wichuraiana Crép. The second complication is the question of the correct number which is cited by Léveillé as 778; this seems to be a mistake for on the label of the isotype in this herba- rium, the number is clearly 770 and on Léveillé’s type sheet, the last figure of the number is not at all like the “8” in 1908 of the same label. The mistake was already indicated by citing in Sargent, Pl. Wilson. 2: 335 the number as 770 followed by “778 (ex Léveillé).” In regard to the name R. calva, it may be pointed out that, as this species includes R. Mokanensis, the latter name being the oldest specific epithet should have been used for the group. Rosa multiflora var. quelpaertensis (Lévl.) Rehder & Wilson in Sargent, Pl. Wilson. 2: 335 (1915), and Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 13: 310 (1932), excl. synon. R. mokanensis. — Boulenger in Bull. Jard. Bot. Bruxelles, 9: 274 (1933) Rosa polyantha S, a 2. Far. cag Aue ak ime in Tokyo Bot. Mag. 40: 569 (1926), excl. synon. kan As stated under the preceding variety, it seems ea est to treat R. moka- nensis Lévl. as a distinct variety of R. multiflora. Rosa Wichuraiana Crépin. — Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 13: 311 (1932). 338 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII Rosa Luciae Fr. & Sav. var. Ait agit Koidzumi in Jour. Coll. Sci. Univ. Tokyo, 34: oe 13). — Boulenger in Bull. Jard. Bot. Bruxelles 9: 264 (193 Rosa Luciae var. ee Boulenger, l.c. 267 (1933). Rosa mokanensis Lévl. p.p. is probably best omitted from the synony- my, since this species seems to be based exclusively on the branch referable to R. multiflora (see above under R. multiflora var. moka- nensis). In the enumeration of specimens Taquet no. 102 should be called holotype of R. Taquetii rather than syntype, since the other branch on the sheet did not enter in the description. Taquet no. 5586 is the holotype of R. Luciae var. Taquetiana Boulenger and seems to be a small-leaved form of R. Wichuratana. Koidzumi (l.c.), Cardot (in Bull. Mus. Paris, 23: 116, 1917) and Boulenger (l.c.) consider R. Luciae and R. Wichuraiana conspecific and distinguish the latter as a variety; the two species are undoubtedly closely related, but for the present I prefer to keep them distinct. Rosa Gentiliana Léveillé & Vaniot. — Rehder & Wilson in Sargent, Pl. Wilson. 2: 312 (1915), excl. synon. et speciminibus cit. — Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 13: 313 (1932). — Boulenger in Bull. Jard. Bot. Bruxelles, 9: 260 (1933). As Boulenger points out this rose is a doubtful species and belongs probably into the affinity of R. Maximowicziana Reg. and may be the same as R, tsusimensis Nakai which is unknown to me. The type speci- men of R. Gentiliana seems to have been lost, but there exist two plates apparently drawn from the same specimen which have to serve as the type. I have seen so far no specimen which agrees with these draw- ings and all the material enumerated in 1915 by the writer and E. H. Wilson belong to another species described in 1933 by Boulenger as R. Henryi' which is easily distinguished from the true R. Gentiliana by the narrow entire stipules and the pubescent styles. Rosa Rubus Léveillé & Vaniot. — Cardot in Bull. Mus. Paris, 23: 116 (1917). — Rolfe in Gard. Chron. ser. 3, 68: 59 (1920). — Tack- holm in Act. Hort. Berg. 7: 104 (1922). — Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 13: 312 (1932).— Boulenger in Bull. Jard. Bot. Bruxelles, 9: 234 (1933). — Rehder, Man. Cult. Trees & Shrubs, 431 (1927). Cardot considers R. Rubus to be only a variety of R. moschata, but does not make a combination nor does he reduce it to synonymy. 1 Rosa Henryi Paiteseer | in Bull. Jard. — Bruxelles, 9: 231 (1933). Rosa Gentiliana fo tey . e Vaniot’”’ sensu Rehder & Wilson in Sa rgent, Pl. Wilson. 2: 312 (1915), _ et specimina satete Batali, Man, Cult. Trees las 432 q (1927). — eas A pene’ Symb. Sin. 7: 525 (1933).— Non Léveillé & Va Widely distributed through eastern, central and western China 1936] REHDER, LIGNEOUS PLANTS DESCRIBED BY LEVEILLE 339 Rosa adenoclada Léveillé. — Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 13: 314 (1932). This rose is merely mentioned by Boulenger under R. Henryi (in Bull. Jard. Bot. Bruxelles, 9: 232 (1933) as not belonging to the Synstylae; he ventures no opinion about its relationship. Rosa longicuspis A. Bertoloni. — Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 13: 314 (1932). Rosa Willmottiana Lévl. is considered a distinct species by Boulenger (in Bull. Jard. Bot. Bruxelles, 9: 232 (1933). Though perhaps not sufficiently different to be regarded as a species, it may be distinguished as a variety, as I have already intimated in 1932 (l.c.). Rosa cymosa Trattinnick, Ros. Monog. 1: 27 (1823). Rosa microcarpa Lindley. — Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb, 13: 314 1932). — Non Retzius (1803), nec Besser (1811). On the cover of Rosa microcarpa and R. Chaffanjoni in the Léveillé herbarium appears the name Rosa Patrum Lévl. This is apparently a manuscript name and I find it only in the two manuscript works by Léveillé: Rosetum universum (1917) and Catalogue illustré et alpha- betique des plantes du Seu-Tchouan (1918); in the first publication it appears as “113. R. Patrum Lévl. nov. nom. (microcarpa Lindl. 1820, non Retz. 1803,” in the second publication the name appears only with a reference to the Rosetum. As Rosa microcarpa Lindl. is a later homonym, Rosa cymosa Tratt. has to take its place. Léveillé overlooked the existence of R. cymosa and proposed R. Patrum for the preoccupied name. Rosa Davidi Crép. var. elongata Rehder & Wilson. — Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb, 13: 318 (1932). Rosa Davidi var. elongata and R. Parmentieri Lévl. are cited by Boulenger (in Bull. Jard. Bot. Bruxelles, 13: 252 (1935) as synonyms of R. Davidi Crép. Rosa sertata Rolfe. — Rehder, l.c. (1932). Rosa sertata Rolfe and R. iochanensis Lévl. are cited by Boulenger (op. cit. 193) as synonyms of R. Webbiana Wall. Rosa omeiensis Rolfe. — Rehder, l.c. (1932). Rosa omeiensis Rolfe, R. Sorbus Lévl. and R. Mairei Lévl. are cited by Boulenger (op. cit. 192) as synonyms of R. sericea Lindl. Rosa Mairei Léveillé. — Rehder, op. cit. 319 (1932). — Handel- Mazzetti, Symb. Sin. 7: 528 (1933). 340 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XVII Boulenger (op. cit. 192) considers R. Mairei a synonym of R. sericea Lindl Prunus Wilsonii (Diels ex Schneid.) Koehne var. leiobotrys Koehne in Sargent, Pl. Wilson. 1: 63 (1911). — Léveillé, Fl. Kouy- Tchéou, 352 (1915). Prunus Dunniana Léveillé in Fedde, Rep. Spec. Nov. 10: 377 (1912). Cutna. Kweichou: Kai-tchéou, Cavalerie, no. 2985, June 1908, “grande arbre” (holotype of P. Dunniana; photo. in A. A.). According to a note on the type specimen, this was determined by Koehne in 1913 as P. Wilsonii var. leiobotrys and subsequently enu- merated by Léveillé under that name in his Flore du Kouy-Tchéou. All the other specimens from Kweichou I have seen, as Tsiang nos. 4441, 6654, 7064 and 8870, belong to typical P. Wilsonii which has the rachis of the inflorescence pubescent. (To be continued ) HERBARIUM, ARNOLD ARBORETUM, HarvaArRD UNIVERSITY. 1936] MORTON, THE GENUS CESTRUM IN GUATEMALA 341 THE GENUS CESTRUM IN GUATEMALA’ C. V. Morton THROUGH THE cCouRTESY of the Arnold Arboretum I have been enabled to study a collection of Solanaceae made in Guatemala by Dr. Alexander F. Skutch, who is to be congratulated not only upon the keen- ness of his collecting but the excellence of his specimens as well. Inas- much as six new species of Cestrum were represented in the collection, the following short synopsis of the genus in Guatemala was prepared. However, the recent appearance of a comprehensive monograph of the genus by Dr. P. Francey* has necessitated the rewriting of certain por- tions in order to include the new species described by him. One of the new species collected by Dr. Skutch has been described on other mate- rial as C. guatemalense Francey. No other changes have been found necessary, except that I follow Dr. Francey in referring certain speci- mens, which I had previously called C. megalophyllum Dunal, to C. Baenitzii Lingelsh. These two species are, admittedly, too Hose and should perhaps be considered only varietally distinct. The species of Guatemala are all of restricted altitudinal range, four (C. Baenitzti, C. panamense, C. scandens, and C. nocturnum) being wide-ranging species found from sea-level up to 1000 meters altitude, rarely up to 1500 in C. nocturnum. Eight (C. dumetorum, C. lanatum, C. aurantiacum, C. elegantissimum, C. Skutchii, C. Franceyi, C. coba- nense, and C. luteovirescens) are species of middle elevations (1000 to 2000 meters) and are, except the first two, confined to Guatemala. Five (C. fraternum, C. formosum, C. guatemalense, C. dasyanthum, and C. on are montane species, endemic in western Guatemala and Chiapa In Gaattien to the material of the genus in the Arnold Arboretum and the U. S. National Herbarium, I have had also the advantage of study- ing the Mexican and Central American specimens in the Gray Herba- rium, the loan of which is gratefully acknowledged. 1Published by permission of the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution. 2Candollea 6: 46-398 (1935) and 7: 1-132 (1936). 342 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VoL. XVI KEY TO THE SPECIES Stems, leaves and calyces stellate-tomentose ...........-. 3. C. lanatum. Stems, leaves and calyces glabrous or hairy, the hairs sometimes branched but not stellate. Coeoils. tae HOlGe oo sas oe besos dune ge caeekeces ¥¥0 4. C. dasyanthum. Corolla tube glabrous. Filaments appendiculate. Corolla tube 9-11 mm. long .............-0-005 5. C. dumetorum. Corolla tube 15-23 mm. long. Corolla orange; calyx lobes prominent, mucronate... 2. C. aurantiacum. Corolla greenish-yellow, white or purplish; calyx lobes minute, deltoid or rounded Leaves linear or linear-lanceolate, not more than 2.6 cm. wide, usually 4 to 7 times as long; flowers sessile, borne in fascicles at the ends of short branches. Calyx lobes deltoid; leaves linear-lanceolate . 14. C. luteovirescens. Calyx lobes low and rounded; leaves linear ..13. C. Skutchit. Leaves not linear or linear-lanceolate, 3 cm. wide or more, 2—4 times as long; flowers sessile or pedi- cellate, borne in loose panicles Leaves dimorphic, those in the axils minute, orbicu- lar, sessile and stipule-like; larger leaves gla- brous, with 17-20 pairs of primary veins; calyx and rhachis purple ....... 12. C. elegantissimum. Leaves not dimorphic, the larger with not more than 13 pairs of primary veins; calyx and rhachis green. Filaments and appendages densely pilosulous ; gs weaves with at least a hairs on midrib and primary veins. nae with long pedicels and short peduncles 7. C. fraternum. Flowers with very short pedicels and long PORGUNOIES 2ibtis < cantonensis) 2n 42% oxo Billiardii (Douglasii < salicifolia) 5 or 6n 1% OXN notha (corymbosa latifolia) 4n 13% NXN Margaritae (japonica < (albiflora & corymbosa)) 2 and 4n 0 OxN bikes penny ypericifolia ricifolia & cana) 2n 65% oxo ieciieie (albiflora <